Shorter Rules (Asceticon, Regulae brevius tractatae)
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Shorter Rules (Prooemium)
0PG 31:1079
Ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς, ὁ διδάσκων ἄνθρωπον γνῶ σιν, τοῖς μὲν τὸ διδασκαλικὸν πεπιστευμένοις χάρισμα παραγγέλλει διὰ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ἐμμένειν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, τοῖς δὲ χρήζουσι τῆς ἐκ τῶν θείων διδαγμά των οἰκοδομῆς διὰ Μωϋσέως παραινεῖ λέγων·· Ἐπερώ τησον τὸν πατέρα σου, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ σοι· τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους σου, καὶ ἐροῦσί σοι. Διόπερ ἀνάγκη ἡμᾶς μὲν, τοὺς τὴν διακονίαν τοῦ λόγου πεπιστευ μένους, ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ προθύμους εἶναι πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ψυχῶν· καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν κοινῷ τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ πάσῃ διαμαρτύρασθαι· τὰ δὲ ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ τῶν προσιόντων παρέχειν ἑαυτοὺς κατ' ἐξουσίαν ἐπερωτᾷν, τὰ τε πρὸς ὑγείαν τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἀλήθειαν τῆς κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ πολιτείας, ἐξ ὧν ἀμφοτέρων ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος βεβαίως τελειοῦται· ὑμᾶς δὲ μηδὲν ἄκαρπον παριέναι, μηδὲν ἀργὸν ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς οἷς ἐν τῷ κοινῷ μανθάνετε, καὶ ἰδίᾳ περὶ τῶν συμφερόντων ἐπερωτᾷν, καὶ πᾶσαν σχολὴν τοῦ βίου πρὸς τὸ χρήσιμον διατίθεσθαι. Εἰ οὖν εἰς τοῦτο συνήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ ἡσυχία πολλὴ ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν θορύβων ἐστὶ, μήτε πρὸς ἑτέραν τινὰ ἐργασίαν τρεπώμεθα, μήτε ὕπνῳ πάλιν παραδῶμεν τὰ σώματα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ μερίμνῃ καὶ ἐξετάσει τῶν ἀναγκαίων τὸ λειπόμενον μέρος τῆς νυκτὸς διενέγκωμεν, πληροῦντες τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ μακαρίου Δαβίδ, ὅτι ἐν νόμῳ Κυρίου μελετήσει ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός.
Ho philanthrōpos Theos, ho didaskōn anthrōpon gnō sin, tois men to didaskalikon pepisteumenois charisma parangellei dia tou ᾿Apostolou emmenein tę̄ didaskalią, tois de chrēzousi tēs ek tōn theiōn didagma tōn oikodomēs dia Mōÿseōs parainei legōn;; Eperō tēson ton patera sou, kai anangelei soi; tous presbyterous sou, kai erousi soi. Dioper anankē hēmas men, tous tēn diakonian tou logou pepisteu menous, en panti kairǭ prothymous einai pros ton katartismon tōn psychōn; kai ta men en koinǭ tę̄ Ekklēsią pasę̄ diamartyrasthai; ta de idią hekastǭ tōn prosiontōn parechein heautous kat' exousian eperōtąn, ta te pros hygeian tēs pisteōs kai alētheian tēs kata to Euangelion tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou politeias, ex hōn amphoterōn ho tou Theou anthrōpos bebaiōs teleioutai; hymas de mēden akarpon parienai, mēden argon heautois, alla pros hois en tǭ koinǭ manthanete, kai idią peri tōn sympherontōn eperōtąn, kai pasan scholēn tou biou pros to chrēsimon diatithesthai. Ei oun eis touto synēgagen hēmas ho Theos, kai hēsychia pollē apo tōn exōthen thorybōn esti, mēte pros heteran tina ergasian trepōmetha, mēte hypnǭ palin paradōmen ta sōmata, all᾽ en tę̄ merimnę̄ kai exetasei tōn anankaiōn to leipomenon meros tēs nyktos dienenkōmen, plērountes to eirēmenon hypo tou makariou Dabid, hoti en nomǭ Kyriou meletēsei hēmeras kai nyktos.
God, who loves humankind and teaches man knowledge, commands those entrusted with the gift of teaching, through the Apostle, to continue in their teaching; and those who need the building up that comes from the divine teachings he exhorts through Moses, saying: “Ask your father, and he will declare it to you; your elders, and they will tell you.” It is therefore necessary that we, who have been entrusted with the ministry of the word, be at all times ready for the perfecting of souls: to testify some things publicly to the whole church, and to give ourselves privately to each of those who come to us, to ask freely about whatever concerns the soundness of faith and the truth of the way of life according to the Gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ, the two things by which the man of God is securely made perfect. And you, for your part, must let nothing pass without fruit, nothing be idle for you; but besides what you learn in common, you should also ask privately about what is profitable, and devote all the leisure of your life to what is useful. If, then, God has gathered us for this, and there is much quiet from the noise outside, let us neither turn to any other work nor give our bodies over to sleep again, but let us spend the remaining part of the night in care and examination of what is necessary, fulfilling what was said by the blessed David: “In the law of the Lord he will meditate day and night.”
Chapter 1
1PG 31:1079
Εἰ ἔξεστιν ἢ συμφέρει τινὶ ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέπειν, καὶ ποιεῖν ἢ λέγειν ἃ νομίζει καλὰ, ἄνευ τῆς μαρτυρίας τῶν θεοπνεύστων Γραφῶν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγοντος περὶ μὲν τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος· Οὐ γὰρ λαλήσει ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα ἂν ἀκούσῃ, ταῦτα λαλήσει· περὶ δὲ ἑαυτοῦ· Οὐ δύναται ὁ Υἱὸς ποιεῖν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ οὐδὲν· καὶ πάλιν· ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα, ἀλλ' ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ, αὐτός μοι ἐντολὴν ἔδωκε, τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω· καὶ οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν ἃ οὖν λαλῶ ἐγὼ, καθὼς εἴρηκέ μοι ὁ Πατήρ, οὕτω λαλῶ· τίς ἂν εἰς τοσαύτην ἐξέλθῃ μανίαν, ὥστε ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ τολμῆσαί τι καὶ μέχρις ἐννοίας λαβεῖν, ὃς ὁδηγοῦ μὲν τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ ἀγαθοῦ Πνεύματος χρείαν ἔχει, ἵνα κατευθυνθῇ εἰς τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς ἀληθείας κατά τε νοῦν καὶ λόγον, καὶ πρᾶξιν, τυφλὸς δὲ καὶ ἐν σκότει διάγει, ἄνευ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ φωτίζοντος, ὥσπερ ἀκτῖσι, ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἐντολαῖς; Ἡ γὰρ ἐντολὴ Κυρίου, φησί, τηλαυγής, φωτίζουσα ὀφθαλμούς. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν στρεφομένων πραγμάτων ἢ ῥημάτων τὰ μὲν ἐστιν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐντολῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Γραφῇ διεσταλμένα, τὰ δὲ σεσιωπημένα· περὶ μὲν τῶν γεγραμμένων οὐδεμία ἐξουσία δέδοται καθόλου οὐδενὶ, οὔτε ποιῆσαί τι τῶν κεκωλυμένων, οὔτε παραλείψαί τι τῶν προστεταγμένων, τοῦ Κυρίου ἅπαξ παραγγείλαντος, καὶ εἰπόντος· Καὶ φυλάξῃ τὸ ῥῆμα ὁ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον· οὐ προσθήσεις ἐπ' αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐκ ἀφελεῖς ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ. Φοβερὰ γάρ τις ἐκδοχή κρίσεως, καὶ πυρὸς ζῆλος ἐσθίειν μέλλοντος τοὺς τοιοῦτόν τι τολμῶντας· περὶ δὲ τῶν σεσιωπημένων κανόνα ἡμῖν ἐξέθετο ὁ ἀπόστολος Παῦλος εἰπών· Πάντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ' οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ. Μηδεὶς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ζητείτω, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου ἕκαστος. Ωστε παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπάναγκες ᾗ ἢ τῷ Θεῷ ὑποτάσσεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν αὐτοῦ, ἢ ἄλλοις διὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν αὐτοῦ. Γέγραπται γάρ· Ὑποτασσόμενοι ἀλλήλοις ἐν φόβῳ Χριστοῦ. Καὶ ὁ Κύριός φησιν· Ὁ θέλων ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι μέγας, ἔστω πάντων ἔσχατος, καὶ πάντων δοῦλος· ἀπηλλοτριωμένος δηλονότι τῶν ἰδίων θελημάτων κατὰ μίμησιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος· Καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός.
Ei exestin ē sympherei tini heautǭ epitrepein, kai poiein ē legein ha nomizei kala, aneu tēs martyrias tōn theopneustōn Graphōn. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou legontos peri men tou hagiou Pneumatos; Ou gar lalēsei aph' heautou, all᾽ hosa an akousę̄, tauta lalēsei; peri de heautou; Ou dynatai ho Huios poiein aph' heautou ouden; kai palin; hoti egō ex emautou ouk elalēsa, all' ho pempsas me Patēr, autos moi entolēn edōke, ti eipō, kai ti lalēsō; kai oida, hoti hē entolē autou zōē aiōnios estin ha oun lalō egō, kathōs eirēke moi ho Patēr, houtō lalō; tis an eis tosautēn exelthę̄ manian, hōste aph' heautou tolmēsai ti kai mechris ennoias labein, hos hodēgou men tou hagiou kai agathou Pneumatos chreian echei, hina kateuthynthę̄ eis tēn hodon tēs alētheias kata te noun kai logon, kai praxin, typhlos de kai en skotei diagei, aneu tou hēliou tēs dikaiosynēs autou tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou tou phōtizontos, hōsper aktisi, tais heautou entolais? Hē gar entolē Kyriou, phēsi, tēlaugēs, phōtizousa ophthalmous. Epeidē de tōn en hēmin strephomenōn pragmatōn ē rhēmatōn ta men estin hypo tēs entolēs tou Theou en tę̄ hagią Graphę̄ diestalmena, ta de sesiōpēmena; peri men tōn gegrammenōn oudemia exousia dedotai katholou oudeni, oute poiēsai ti tōn kekōlymenōn, oute paraleipsai ti tōn prostetagmenōn, tou Kyriou hapax parangeilantos, kai eipontos; Kai phylaxę̄ to rhēma ho entellomai soi sēmeron; ou prosthēseis ep' autǭ, kai ouk apheleis ap᾿ autou. Phobera gar tis ekdochē kriseōs, kai pyros zēlos esthiein mellontos tous toiouton ti tolmōntas; peri de tōn sesiōpēmenōn kanona hēmin exetheto ho apostolos Paulos eipōn; Panta moi exestin, all' ou panta oikodomei. Mēdeis to heautou zēteitō, alla to tou heterou hekastos. Ōste panti logǭ epanankes hę̄ ē tǭ Theǭ hypotassesthai kata tēn entolēn autou, ē allois dia tēn entolēn autou. Gegraptai gar; Hypotassomenoi allēlois en phobǭ Christou. Kai ho Kyrios phēsin; Ho thelōn en hymin einai megas, estō pantōn eschatos, kai pantōn doulos; apēllotriōmenos dēlonoti tōn idiōn thelēmatōn kata mimēsin autou tou Kyriou legontos; Katabebēka ek tou ouranou, ouch hina poiō to thelēma to emon, alla to thelēma tou pempsantos me Patros.
Question. Whether it is permitted or profitable for anyone to give himself leave to do or say what he thinks good without the testimony of the God-inspired Scriptures.
Answer. Since our Lord Jesus Christ says of the Holy Spirit, “For he will not speak on his own, but whatever he hears, that he will speak,” and of himself, “The Son can do nothing of himself,” and again, “I have not spoken from myself; but the Father who sent me, he gave me a commandment, what I should say and what I should speak; and I know that his commandment is eternal life. What I speak, therefore, I speak just as the Father has told me”: who could fall into such madness as to dare of himself to take up anything, even so far as a thought? For he needs the holy and good Spirit as a guide, so as to be directed into the way of truth in mind, word, and deed; and he is blind and lives in darkness without the sun of righteousness, our Lord Jesus Christ himself, who enlightens with his commandments as with rays. “For the commandment of the Lord,” it says, “is far-shining, enlightening the eyes.”
Now of the things and words that occupy us, some are distinctly laid down by God's commandment in holy Scripture, and others are passed over in silence. Concerning what is written, no authority at all is given to anyone either to do anything forbidden or to leave out anything commanded, since the Lord has charged once for all and said: “And you shall keep the word that I command you today; you shall not add to it, and you shall not take away from it.” For there is “a fearful expectation of judgment and a zeal of fire” that will devour those who dare anything of the kind. But concerning what is passed over in silence, the apostle Paul has set out a rule for us, saying: “All things are lawful for me, but not all things build up. Let no one seek his own, but each that of the other.” So in every respect it is necessary to be subject either to God according to his commandment, or to others because of his commandment. For it is written: “Being subject to one another in the fear of Christ.” And the Lord says: “Whoever wishes to be great among you, let him be last of all and servant of all”, being, that is, estranged from his own wishes, in imitation of the Lord himself, who says: “I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of the Father who sent me.”
Chapter 2
2PG 31:1081
Ποίαν ὁμολογίαν ἀπαιτεῖσθαι δεῖ παρ' ἀλλήλων τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ζῇν κατὰ Θεὸν βουλομένους. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου παντὶ τῷ προσερχομένῳ προταθεῖσαν, εἰπόντος· Εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. Τούτων δὲ ἕκαστον οἴαν ἔχει δύναμιν εἴρηται ἐν τῷ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐρωτήματι.
Poian homologian apaiteisthai dei par' allēlōn tous epi to auto zę̄n kata Theon boulomenous. APOKRISIS. Tēn hypo tou Kyriou panti tǭ proserchomenǭ protatheisan, eipontos; Ei tis thelei opisō mou elthein, aparnēsasthō heauton, kai aratō ton stauron autou, kai akoloutheitō moi. Toutōn de hekaston oian echei dynamin eirētai en tǭ peri autou erōtēmati.
Question. What profession ought those who wish to live together according to God to require of one another?
Answer. The one set before everyone who comes by the Lord, who said: “If anyone wishes to come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” What force each of these has has been stated in the question about it.
Chapter 3
3PG 31:1083
Τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα πῶς ἐπιστρέψομεν, ἢ μὴ ἐπιστρέφοντα πῶς ἔχειν χρή. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς προστετάγμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. Ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. Ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν εἰπὲ τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὡς ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. Ἐὰν ἄρα γένηται τοῦτο, Ἀρκετὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου γράψαντος· Ἔλεγξον, ἐπιτίμησον, παρακάλεσον ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμία, καὶ διδαχῇ· καὶ πάλιν· Εἰ δὲ τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν, διὰ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε· καὶ μὴ συναναμίγνυσθε αὐτῷ, ἵνα ἐντραπῇ.
Ton hamartanonta pōs epistrepsomen, ē mē epistrephonta pōs echein chrē. APOKRISIS. Hōs prostetagmetha hypo tou Kyriou eipontos; Ean hamartę̄ ho adelphos sou, hypage, elenxon auton metaxy sou kai autou monou. Ean sou akousę̄, ekerdēsas ton adelphon sou; ean de mē akousę̄, paralabe meta sou eti hena ē dyo, hina epi stomatos dyo martyrōn ē triōn stathę̄ pan rhēma. Ean de parakousę̄ autōn eipe tę̄ Ekklēsią ean de kai tēs Ekklēsias parakousę̄, estō soi hōs ho ethnikos kai ho telōnēs. Ean ara genētai touto, Arketon tǭ toioutǭ hē epitimia hautē hē hypo tōn pleionōn, tou ᾿Apostolou grapsantos; Elenxon, epitimēson, parakaleson en pasę̄ makrothymia, kai didachę̄; kai palin; Ei de tis ouch hypakouei tǭ logǭ hēmōn, dia tēs epistolēs touton sēmeiousthe; kai mē synanamignysthe autǭ, hina entrapę̄.
Question. How shall we turn back one who sins, or how should we treat one who does not turn back?
Answer. As we have been commanded by the Lord, who said: “If your brother sins, go, rebuke him between you and him alone. If he listens to you, you have gained your brother; but if he does not listen, take with you one or two more, so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. If he refuses to listen to them, tell it to the church; and if he refuses to listen even to the church, let him be to you as the Gentile and the tax collector.” If this happens, then, “this rebuke by the majority is enough for such a one”, as the Apostle wrote; and: “Reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all patience and teaching”; and again: “If anyone does not obey our word through this letter, mark that man, and do not mix with him, so that he may be ashamed.”
Chapter 4
4PG 31:1083
Ἐὰν τις καὶ εἰς τὰ μικρὰ ἁμαρτήματα στενοχωρῇ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, λέγων, ὅτι Οφείλετε μετανοήσαι, μήποτε καὶ αὐτὸς ἄσπλαγχνός ἐστι, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην καταλύει. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου διαβεβαιωσαμένου μὲν, ὅτι ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κεραία οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου, ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται, ἀποφηναμένου δὲ, ὅτι Πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν, ὁ ἐὰν λαλήσωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσι περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως· οὐδενὸς δεῖ καταφρονεῖν ὡς μικροῦ. Ὁ γὰρ καταφρονῶν πράγματος, φησί, καταφρονηθήσεται ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. Ἄλλως τε ποῖον ἁμάρτημα μικρὸν τολμήσει τις εἰπεῖν, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ἀποφηναμένου, ὅτι Διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις; Εἰ δὲ τὸ κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία, οὐχ ἥδε ἢ ἥδε, ἀλλὰ τῷ ἀδιορίστῳ δηλονότι πᾶσα ἁμαρτία, ἄσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ ἐφησυχάζων, οὐχ ὁ ἐλέγχων· ὥσπερ ὁ τὸν ἱὸν ἐναφεὶς τῷ δηχθέντι ὑπὸ ἰοβόλου, οὐχ ὁ ἐξαίρων. Καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην δὲ οὗτος καταλύει Γέγραπται γάρ· Ὃς φείδεται τῆς βακτηρίας, μισεῖ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ υἱόν· ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν ἐπιμελῶς παιδεύει.
Ean tis kai eis ta mikra hamartēmata stenochōrę̄ tous adelphous, legōn, hoti Opheilete metanoēsai, mēpote kai autos asplanchnos esti, kai tēn agapēn katalyei. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou diabebaiōsamenou men, hoti iōta hen ē mia keraia ou mē parelthę̄ apo tou nomou, heōs an panta genētai, apophēnamenou de, hoti Pan rhēma argon, ho ean lalēsōsin hoi anthrōpoi, apodōsousi peri autou logon en hēmerą kriseōs; oudenos dei kataphronein hōs mikrou. Ho gar kataphronōn pragmatos, phēsi, kataphronēthēsetai hyp' autou. Allōs te poion hamartēma mikron tolmēsei tis eipein, tou ᾿Apostolou apophēnamenou, hoti Dia tēs parabaseōs tou nomou ton Theon atimazeis? Ei de to kentron tou thanatou hē hamartia, ouch hēde ē hēde, alla tǭ adioristǭ dēlonoti pasa hamartia, asplanchnos estin ho ephēsychazōn, ouch ho elenchōn; hōsper ho ton hion enapheis tǭ dēchthenti hypo iobolou, ouch ho exairōn. Kai tēn agapēn de houtos katalyei Gegraptai gar; Hos pheidetai tēs baktērias, misei ton heautou huion; ho de agapōn epimelōs paideuei.
Question. If someone presses the brothers hard even over small sins, saying, “You must repent,” is he not himself without compassion, and does he not destroy love?
Answer. Since the Lord has firmly declared that “not one iota or one stroke will pass from the law until all is accomplished,” and has pronounced that “for every idle word that men speak they will give account on the day of judgment,” nothing should be despised as small. “For he who despises a thing,” it says, “will be despised by it.” Besides, what sin will anyone dare to call small, when the Apostle has pronounced that “through the transgression of the law you dishonour God”? And if “the sting of death is sin”, not this sin or that, but plainly, without distinction, every sin, then it is the one who keeps quiet who is without compassion, not the one who reproves; just as it is the one who leaves the poison in a man bitten by a venomous creature, not the one who draws it out. And it is he who destroys love. For it is written: “He who spares the rod hates his son; but he who loves him disciplines him diligently.”
Chapter 5
5PG 31:1085
Πῶς ὀφείλει τις μετανοῆσαι ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ ἁμαρτήματι, καὶ ποίους ἐπιδείξασθαι καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν διάθεσιν ἀναλαβὼν τοῦ εἰπόντος, Ἀδικίαν ἐμίσησα, καὶ ἐβδελυξάμην. Καὶ ποιήσας τὰ ἐν τῷ ἔκτῳ ψαλμῷ, καὶ ἐν πολλοῖς ἄλλοις εἰρημένα, καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ὑπὲρ ἄλλου ἡμαρτηκότος μεμαρτυρημένα τοῖς κατὰ Θεὸν λυπηθεῖσιν. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ, φησὶ, τὸ κατὰ Θεὸν λυπηθῆναι, πόσην κατειργάσατο ὑμῖν σπουδὴν, ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν, ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ φόβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν, ἀλλὰ ζῆλον. Ἐν παντὶ συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς ἀγνοὺς εἶναι ἐν τῷ πράγματι. Καὶ πολυπλασιάσας τὸ ἀντίθετον κατόρθωμα, ὡς ὁ Ζακχαῖος.
Pōs opheilei tis metanoēsai eph᾽ hekastǭ hamartēmati, kai poious epideixasthai karpous axious tēs metanoias. APOKRISIS. Tēn diathesin analabōn tou eipontos, Adikian emisēsa, kai ebdelyxamēn. Kai poiēsas ta en tǭ ektǭ psalmǭ, kai en pollois allois eirēmena, kai ta hypo tou Apostolou hyper allou hēmartēkotos memartyrēmena tois kata Theon lypētheisin. Idou gar, phēsi, to kata Theon lypēthēnai, posēn kateirgasato hymin spoudēn, alla apologian, alla aganaktēsin, alla phobon, alla epipothēsin, alla ekdikēsin, alla zēlon. En panti synestēsate heautous agnous einai en tǭ pragmati. Kai polyplasiasas to antitheton katorthōma, hōs ho Zakchaios.
Question. How ought one to repent of each sin, and what fruits worthy of repentance should one show?
Answer. By taking up the disposition of him who said, “I have hated and abhorred unrighteousness”; and by doing what is said in the sixth psalm and in many other places, and what the Apostle testifies of those who grieved in a godly way over another who had sinned: “For see,” he says, “what earnestness this godly grief has produced in you, what defence, what indignation, what fear, what longing, what punishment, what zeal! In everything you have shown yourselves to be pure in the matter.” And by multiplying the opposite good deed, as Zacchaeus did.
Chapter 6
6PG 31:1085
Ὁ λόγῳ ὁμολογῶν μετανοεῖν, τὸ δὲ ἁμάρτημα μὴ διορθούμενος, τίς ἐστιν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου γεγράφθαι λογίζομαι· Εάν σου δέηται ὁ ἐχθρὸς μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ, μὴ πεισθῆς αὐτῷ· ἑπτὰ γάρ εἰσι πονηρίαι ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· Ὥσπερ κύων ὅταν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἐμετὸν, καὶ μισητὸς γένηται, οὕτως ἄνθρωπος τῇ ἰδίᾳ κακίᾳ ἀναστρέψας ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν.
Ho logǭ homologōn metanoein, to de hamartēma mē diorthoumenos, tis estin APOKRISIS. Peri tou toioutou gegraphthai logizomai; Ean sou deētai ho echthros megalę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄, mē peisthēs autǭ; hepta gar eisi ponēriai en tę̄ psychę̄ autou; kai allachou; Hōsper kyōn hotan epelthę̄ epi ton heautou emeton, kai misētos genētai, houtōs anthrōpos tę̄ idią kakią anastrepsas epi tēn heautou hamartian.
Question. Who is he who confesses in word that he repents, but does not correct his sin?
Answer. Of such a one I reckon it is written: “If your enemy entreats you with a loud voice, do not be persuaded by him; for there are seven wickednesses in his soul”; and elsewhere: “As a dog when it returns to its own vomit becomes hateful, so is a man who by his own wickedness has turned back to his own sin.”
Chapter 7
7PG 31:1085
Τι τὸ κρῖμα τῶν ἐκδικούντων τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Βαρύτερον ἐκείνου οἶμαι, περὶ οὗ εἴρηται ὅτι Συμφέρει αὐτῷ, ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ῥιφῇ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἢ ἵνα σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων. Οὐκέτι γὰρ τὴν ἐπιτίμησιν εἰς διόρθωσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐκδίκησιν εἰς βεβαίωσιν τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος ὁ ἁμαρτήσας λαμβάνει, καὶ ἄλλους εἰς τὰ ὅμοια πάθη προτρέπει, ὡς ἐφαρμόσαι τῷ ἐκδικοῦντι, εἰ μὴ ἐπιδεῖξηται καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας, τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰρημένον, ὅτι Ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν, καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ. Συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς τὴν γέενναν.
Ti to krima tōn ekdikountōn tous hamartanontas. APOKRISIS. Baryteron ekeinou oimai, peri hou eirētai hoti Sympherei autǭ, hina kremasthę̄ mylos onikos peri ton trachēlon autou, kai rhiphę̄ eis tēn thalassan, ē hina skandalisę̄ hena tōn mikrōn toutōn. Ouketi gar tēn epitimēsin eis diorthōsin, alla tēn ekdikēsin eis bebaiōsin tou hamartēmatos ho hamartēsas lambanei, kai allous eis ta homoia pathē protrepei, hōs epharmosai tǭ ekdikounti, ei mē epideixētai karpous axious tēs metanoias, to hypo tou Kyriou eirēmenon, hoti Ean ho ophthalmos sou ho dexios skandalizę̄ se, exele auton, kai bale apo sou. Sympherei gar soi hina apolētai hen tōn melōn sou, kai mē holon to sōma sou blēthę̄ eis tēn geennan.
Question. What is the judgment on those who take the part of sinners?
Answer. Heavier, I think, than that of him of whom it is said: “It is better for him that a donkey's millstone be hung around his neck and he be thrown into the sea, than that he should cause one of these little ones to stumble.” For the one who has sinned no longer receives rebuke for his correction, but support for the confirming of his sin, and he urges others on to the same passions. So that to the one who takes his part, unless he shows fruits worthy of repentance, the Lord's saying applies: “If your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it from you. For it is better for you that one of your members perish, than that your whole body be thrown into hell.”
Chapter 8
8PG 31:1087
Τὸν μετανοοῦντα γνησίως πῶς προσδέχεσθαι χρή. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς ὁ Κύριος ἐδίδαξεν, εἰπὼν, ὅτι Συγκαλεῖται τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας λέγων· Συγχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου, τὸ ἀπολωλός.
Ton metanoounta gnēsiōs pōs prosdechesthai chrē. APOKRISIS. Hōs ho Kyrios edidaxen, eipōn, hoti Synkaleitai tous philous kai tous geitonas legōn; Syncharēte moi, hoti heuron to probaton mou, to apolōlos.
Question. How should one who truly repents be received?
Answer. As the Lord taught, saying: “He calls together his friends and neighbours, saying, Rejoice with me, for I have found my sheep that was lost.”
Chapter 9
9PG 31:1087
Πρὸς τὸν ἀμετανόητα ἁμαρτάνοντα πῶς διατεθῶμεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς ὁ Κύριος προσέταξεν, εἰπών· Ἐὰν δε καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὡς δ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης· καὶ ὡς ὁ Ἀπόστολος ἐδίδαξε, γράψας· Στέλλεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀδελφοῦ ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ἣν παρέλαβον παρ' ἡμῶν.
Pros ton ametanoēta hamartanonta pōs diatethōmen. APOKRISIS. Hōs ho Kyrios prosetaxen, eipōn; Ean de kai tēs Ekklēsias parakousę̄, estō soi hōs d ethnikos kai ho telōnēs; kai hōs ho Apostolos edidaxe, grapsas; Stellesthai hymas apo pantos adelphou ataktōs peripatountos, kai mē kata tēn paradosin hēn parelabon par' hēmōn.
Question. How should we be disposed toward one who sins without repenting?
Answer. As the Lord commanded, saying: “If he refuses to listen even to the church, let him be to you as the Gentile and the tax collector”; and as the Apostle taught, writing: “that you keep away from every brother who walks disorderly and not according to the tradition which they received from us.”
Chapter 10
10PG 31:1087
Ψυχὴ ἐν ἁμαρτίαις πολλαῖς ταλαιπωρήσασα μετὰ ποταποῦ φόβου καὶ ποταπῶν δακρύων ὀφείλει ἀναχωρῆσαι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων· καὶ. μετὰ ποίας ἐλπίδος καὶ διαθέσεως προσελθεῖν τῷ Θεῷ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρῶτον μὲν ὀφείλει μισῆσαι τὸν κατεγνωσμένον ἑαυτῆς πρότερον βίον, καὶ τὴν μνήμην αὐτὴν σικχαίνουσα καὶ βδελυσσομένη· γέγραπται γάρ· ᾿Αδικίαν ἐμίσησα καὶ ἐβδελυξάμην, τὸν δὲ νόμον σου ἠγάπησα· ἔπειτα δὲ φόβου μὲν διδάσκαλον καὶ κολάσεως, δακρύων δὲ καιρὸν γνωρίζειν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς μετανοίας, ὡς ἐδίδαξεν ὁ Δαβὶδ ἐν τῷ ἕκτῳ ψαλμῷ· πληροφορηθεῖσα τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ ἐλέους καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ εἰπόντος, ὅτι Ἐὰν ὦσιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ὑμῶν ὡς φοινικοῦν, ὡς χιόνα λευκανῶ· ἐὰν δὲ ὦσιν ὡς κόκκινον, ὡσεὶ ἔριον λευκανῶ. Τότε τὴν ἐξουσίαν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν λαβοῦσα τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως, λέγει· Τὸ ἐσπέρας αὐλισθήσεται κλαυθμὸς, καὶ εἰς τὸ πρωὶ ἀγαλλίασις ῎Εστρεψας τὸν κοπετόν μου εἰς χαρὰν ἐμοὶ, διέρρηξας τὸν σάκκον μου, καὶ περιέζωσάς με εὐφροσύνην, ὅπως ἂν ψάλῃ σοι ἡ δόξα μου. Καὶ οὕτω προσελθοῦσα, ψάλλει τῷ Θεῷ, λέγουσα· Ὑψώσω σε, Κύριε, ὅτι ὑπέλαβές με, καὶ οὐκ εὐφρανας τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου ἐπ' ἐμέ.
Psychē en hamartiais pollais talaipōrēsasa meta potapou phobou kai potapōn dakryōn opheilei anachōrēsai tōn hamartēmatōn; kai. meta poias elpidos kai diatheseōs proselthein tǭ Theǭ. APOKRISIS. Prōton men opheilei misēsai ton kategnōsmenon heautēs proteron bion, kai tēn mnēmēn autēn sikchainousa kai bdelyssomenē; gegraptai gar; ᾿Adikian emisēsa kai ebdelyxamēn, ton de nomon sou ēgapēsa; epeita de phobou men didaskalon kai kolaseōs, dakryōn de kairon gnōrizein ton kairon tēs metanoias, hōs edidaxen ho Dabid en tǭ hektǭ psalmǭ; plērophorētheisa ton katharismon tōn hamartēmatōn dia tou haimatos tou Christou en tǭ megethei tou eleous kai tǭ plēthei tōn oiktirmōn tou Theou, tou eipontos, hoti Ean ōsin hai hamartiai hymōn hōs phoinikoun, hōs chiona leukanō; ean de ōsin hōs kokkinon, hōsei erion leukanō. Tote tēn exousian kai tēn dynamin labousa tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs, legei; To esperas aulisthēsetai klauthmos, kai eis to prōi agalliasis ᾿Estrepsas ton kopeton mou eis charan emoi, dierrēxas ton sakkon mou, kai periezōsas me euphrosynēn, hopōs an psalę̄ soi hē doxa mou. Kai houtō proselthousa, psallei tǭ Theǭ, legousa; Hypsōsō se, Kyrie, hoti hypelabes me, kai ouk euphranas tous echthrous mou ep' eme.
Question. With what kind of fear and what kind of tears ought a soul that has been wretched in many sins to withdraw from its sins, and with what hope and disposition should it come to God?
Answer. First, it ought to hate its former life, now condemned, loathing and abhorring the very memory of it; for it is written: “I have hated and abhorred unrighteousness, but your law I have loved.” Next, it should recognize the time of repentance as the teacher of fear and of punishment, and as the time for tears, as David taught in the sixth psalm; being fully assured of the cleansing of sins through the blood of Christ, in the greatness of the mercy and the multitude of the compassions of God, who said: “Though your sins be as scarlet, I will make them white as snow; and though they be as crimson, I will make them white as wool.” Then, having received the freedom and the strength to be well-pleasing to God, it says: “Weeping will lodge in the evening, and in the morning gladness. You turned my mourning into joy for me; you tore off my sackcloth and girded me with gladness, so that my glory may sing to you.” And coming forward in this way, it sings to God, saying: “I will exalt you, O Lord, for you have taken me up, and have not made my enemies rejoice over me.”
Chapter 11
11PG 31:1089
Πῶς κατορθοῖ τις τὸ μῖσος πρὸς τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ ᾿Αεὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἀηδοῦς καὶ λυπηροῦ ἀποτελέσματος τὸ μίῖσος πρὸς τοὺς αἰτίους τῶν τοιούτων ἐγγίνεται. Ἐὰν οὖν τις πληροφορηθῇ ὅσων καὶ ἡλίκων· κακῶν γίνεται αἴτια τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, αὐτομάτως καὶ ἐνδιαθέτως πάσχει τὸ πρὸς αὐτὰ μῖσος, οἷον ἔδειξεν ὁ εἰπών· ᾿Αδικίαν ἐμίσησα καὶ ἑβδελυξάμην.
Pōs katorthoi tis to misos pros ta hamartēmata. APOKRISIS ᾿Aei ek tou aēdous kai lypērou apotelesmatos to miisos pros tous aitious tōn toioutōn enginetai. Ean oun tis plērophorēthę̄ hosōn kai hēlikōn; kakōn ginetai aitia ta hamartēmata, automatōs kai endiathetōs paschei to pros auta misos, hoion edeixen ho eipōn; ᾿Adikian emisēsa kai hebdelyxamēn.
Question. How does one achieve hatred of sins?
Answer. Hatred of the causes of such things always arises from an unpleasant and painful result. If, then, someone is fully convinced how many and how great are the evils of which sins are the cause, of his own accord and from the heart he comes to feel hatred of them, such as he showed who said: “I have hated and abhorred unrighteousness.”
Chapter 12
12PG 31:1089
Πῶς πληροφορηθῇ ἡ ψυχὴ, ὅτι ἀφῆκεν αὐτῇ ὁ Θεὸς τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ, Ἐὰν θεωρήσῃ ἑαυτὴν ἐν τῇ διαθέσει τοῦ εἰπόντος· Αδικίαν ἐμίσησα καὶ ἐβδελυξάμην. ῾Ο γὰρ Θεὸς, ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀφέσεως τῶν ἡμετέρων ἁμαρτημάτων καταπέμψας τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ Υἱὸν, τὸ ὅσον ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ προλαβὼν πᾶσιν ἀφῆκεν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔλεον καὶ κρίσιν ἄδει ὁ ἅγιος Δαβὶδ, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἐλεήμων ἐστὶ καὶ δίκαιος, ἀνάγκη τὰ εἰρημένα ὑπό τε τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων εἰς τοὺς περὶ μετανοίας τόπους παρ᾿ ἡμῶν γίνεσθαι, ἵνα τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναδειχθῇ, καὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τελειωθῇ.
Pōs plērophorēthę̄ hē psychē, hoti aphēken autę̄ ho Theos ta hamartēmata APOKRISIS, Ean theōrēsę̄ heautēn en tę̄ diathesei tou eipontos; Adikian emisēsa kai ebdelyxamēn. ῾O gar Theos, hyper tēs apheseōs tōn hēmeterōn hamartēmatōn katapempsas ton monogenē autou Huion, to hoson eph᾽ heautǭ prolabōn pasin aphēken. Epeidē de eleon kai krisin adei ho hagios Dabid, kai martyrei, hoti ho Theos eleēmōn esti kai dikaios, anankē ta eirēmena hypo te tōn prophētōn kai tōn apostolōn eis tous peri metanoias topous par᾿ hēmōn ginesthai, hina ta krimata tēs dikaiosynēs tou Theou anadeichthę̄, kai to eleos autou eis aphesin tōn hamartiōn teleiōthę̄.
Question. How may the soul be fully assured that God has forgiven it its sins?
Answer. If it sees itself in the disposition of him who said: “I have hated and abhorred unrighteousness.” For God, who sent his only-begotten Son for the forgiveness of our sins, has for his part forgiven all beforehand. But since holy David sings of mercy and judgment, and testifies that God is merciful and just, it is necessary that what has been said by the prophets and the apostles in the passages on repentance be done by us, so that the judgments of God's righteousness may be shown and his mercy be brought to completion in the forgiveness of sins.
Chapter 13
13PG 31:1089
Εἰ χρὴ τὸν μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ἐξαμαρτήσαντα ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ πλῆθος οἰκτιρμῶν Θεοῦ ἀριθμῆσαι, καὶ μέγεθος ἐλέους Θεοῦ μετρῆσαι δυνατὸν, ἐν συγκρίσει πλήθους καὶ μεγέθους ἁμαρτημάτων ἡ ἀπόγνωσις γινέσθω. Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν, ὡς εἰκὸς, καὶ μέτρῳ ὑποβάλλεσθαι, καὶ ἀριθμητὰ εἶναι συμβαίνει, Θεοῦ δὲ ἔλεος μετρῆσαι καὶ οἰκτιρμοὺς ἀριθμῆσαι ἀδύνατον· οὐκ ἀπογνώσεως καιρὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιγνώσεως ἐλέους καὶ καταγνώσεως ἁμαρτημάτων, ὧν ἡ ἄφεσις πρόκειται ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καθὼς γέγραπται. Ὅτι δὲ οὐ χρὴ ἀπογινώσκειν, διδασκόμεθα πολλαχοῦ μὲν καὶ πολυτρόπως, μάλιστα δὲ ἐκ τῆς παραβολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ λαβόντος τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς οὐσίαν καὶ καταναλώσαντος εἰς ἁμαρτήματα. Οὗ ἡ μετάνοια οἴας καὶ ὅσης ἑορτῆς ἀξία γέγονεν, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ῥημάτων τοῦ Κυρίου μανθάνομεν. Καὶ διὰ Ἡσαΐου δέ φησιν ὁ Θεός· Ἐὰν ὦσιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ὑμῶν ὡς φοινικοῦν, ὡς χιόνα λευκανῶ· ἐὰν δὲ ὦσιν ὡς κόκκινον, ὡς ἔριον λευκανώ. Ὅπερ ὀφείλομεν εἰδέναι ἀληθὲς μόνον, ἐὰν ὁ τρόπος τῆς μετανοίας ἐκ διαθέσεως βδελυσσομένης τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀξιόλογος γένηται, καθὼς γέγραπται ἔν τε Παλαιᾷ καὶ Καινῇ Διαθήκῃ· καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ἄξιος, καθὼς εἴρηται ἐν τῷ περὶ τούτου ἐπερωτήματι.
Ei chrē ton meta to baptisma examartēsanta APOKRISIS. Ei plēthos oiktirmōn Theou arithmēsai, kai megethos eleous Theou metrēsai dynaton, en synkrisei plēthous kai megethous hamartēmatōn hē apognōsis ginesthō. Ei de tauta men, hōs eikos, kai metrǭ hypoballesthai, kai arithmēta einai symbainei, Theou de eleos metrēsai kai oiktirmous arithmēsai adynaton; ouk apognōseōs kairos, all᾽ epignōseōs eleous kai katagnōseōs hamartēmatōn, hōn hē aphesis prokeitai en tǭ haimati tou Christou, kathōs gegraptai. Hoti de ou chrē apoginōskein, didaskometha pollachou men kai polytropōs, malista de ek tēs parabolēs tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou tēs epi tou huiou tou labontos tēn tou patros ousian kai katanalōsantos eis hamartēmata. Hou hē metanoia oias kai hosēs heortēs axia gegonen, ex autōn tōn rhēmatōn tou Kyriou manthanomen. Kai dia Hēsaïou de phēsin ho Theos; Ean ōsin hai hamartiai hymōn hōs phoinikoun, hōs chiona leukanō; ean de ōsin hōs kokkinon, hōs erion leukanō. Hoper opheilomen eidenai alēthes monon, ean ho tropos tēs metanoias ek diatheseōs bdelyssomenēs tēn hamartian axiologos genētai, kathōs gegraptai en te Palaią kai Kainę̄ Diathēkę̄; kai ho karpos axios, kathōs eirētai en tǭ peri toutou eperōtēmati.
Question. Whether one who has sinned after baptism ought [to despair …]
Answer. If it were possible to count the multitude of God's compassions and to measure the greatness of God's mercy, then let there be despair in comparison with the multitude and greatness of our sins. But if sins, as is likely, can be measured and numbered, while it is impossible to measure God's mercy or to number his compassions, then it is not a time for despair, but for recognizing mercy and condemning sins, whose forgiveness is set before us in the blood of Christ, as it is written. That we ought not to despair we are taught in many places and in many ways, but especially by the parable of our Lord Jesus Christ about the son who took his father's property and squandered it on sins. What a feast, and how great, his repentance was worthy of, we learn from the Lord's own words. And through Isaiah God says: “Though your sins be as scarlet, I will make them white as snow; and though they be as crimson, I will make them white as wool.” This, we ought to know, is true only if the manner of repentance, coming from a disposition that abhors sin, is worthy of note, as is written in both the Old and the New Testament, and the fruit is worthy, as has been said in the question on this.
Chapter 14
14PG 31:1091
Ἐκ ποίων καρπῶν ὀφείλει δοκιμάζεσθαι ἡ ἀληθὴς μετάνοια ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ τρόπος τῶν μετανοούντων καὶ ἡ διάθεσις τῶν ἀναχωρούντων τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος, καὶ ἡ σπουδή τῶν ἀξίων καρπῶν τῆς μετανοίας εἴρηται ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις τόποις
Ek poiōn karpōn opheilei dokimazesthai hē alēthēs metanoia APOKRISIS. Ho tropos tōn metanoountōn kai hē diathesis tōn anachōrountōn tou hamartēmatos, kai hē spoudē tōn axiōn karpōn tēs metanoias eirētai en tois idiois topois
Question. By what fruits ought true repentance to be tested?
Answer. The manner of those who repent, the disposition of those who withdraw from sin, and the zeal for fruits worthy of repentance have been stated in their own places.
Chapter 15
15PG 31:1091
Τί ἐστι τὸ, « Ποσάκις ἁμάρτη εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; › Καὶ ἐπὶ ποίοις ἐμόν ἐστιν ἀφιέναι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ ἀφιέναι οὐκ ἀπολύτως δέδοται· ἀλλ' ἐν ὑπακοῇ τοῦ μετανοοῦντος, καὶ συμφωνίᾳ πρὸς τὸν ἐπιμελούμενον αὐτοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς. Γέγραπται γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ὅτι Ἐὰν δύο ὑμῶν συμφωνήσωσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, περὶ παντὸς πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται, γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ ποίοις οὐδὲ ἐρωτᾶν ἐστι, τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης διαφορὰν ἡμῖν μηδεμίαν δηλωσάσης, πάσης δὲ ἁμαρτίας τὴν ἄφεσιν τοῖς ἀξιολόγως μετανοοῦσιν ἐπαγγελλομένης· καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ Κυρίου ἐξ ἰδίου προσώπου ἐπαγγειλαμένου περὶ παντὸς πρά-
Ti esti to, « Posakis hamartē eis eme ho adelphos mou kai aphēsō autǭ? › Kai epi poiois emon estin aphienai. APOKRISIS. Hē exousia tou aphienai ouk apolytōs dedotai; all' en hypakoę̄ tou metanoountos, kai symphōnią pros ton epimeloumenon autou tēs psychēs. Gegraptai gar epi tōn toioutōn, hoti Ean dyo hymōn symphōnēsōsin epi tēs gēs, peri pantos pragmatos hou ean aitēsōntai, genēsetai autois para tou Patros mou tou en ouranois. To de epi poiois oude erōtan esti, tēs Kainēs Diathēkēs diaphoran hēmin mēdemian dēlōsasēs, pasēs de hamartias tēn aphesin tois axiologōs metanoousin epangellomenēs; kai malista tou Kyriou ex idiou prosōpou epangeilamenou peri pantos pra-
Question. What is the meaning of “How often shall my brother sin against me and I forgive him?” And in what matters is it mine to forgive?
Answer. The authority to forgive is not given absolutely, but in the obedience of the one who repents and in agreement with the one who cares for his soul. For it is written of such cases: “If two of you agree on earth about any matter for which they ask, it will be done for them by my Father in heaven.” As for “in what matters”, there is no need even to ask, since the New Testament has shown us no distinction, but promises forgiveness of every sin to those who repent in a worthy manner; and above all the Lord has promised in his own person concerning every …
Chapter 16
16PG 31:1091
Διὰ τί ποτὲ μὲν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ μὴ σπουδάζουσα, αὐτομάτως σχεδὸν ὡς ἐμπεσόντος πόνου, κατανύσσεται· ποτὲ δὲ ἄπονος οὕτως ἐστὶν, ὡς καὶ βιαζομένη κατανυγῆναι μὴ δύνασθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ μὲν τοιαύτη κατάνυξις Θεοῦ ἐστι δῶρον, ἢ εἰς ἐρεθισμὸν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ἵνα γευσαμένη ἡ ψυχή τῆς γλυκύτητος τοῦ τοιούτου πόνου, σπουδάσῃ τοῦτον ἐξομαλίσαι· ἢ εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ δύνασθαι τὴν ψυχὴν διὰ σπουδαιοτέρας ἐπιμελείας ἐν κατανύξει εἶναι πάντοτε, πρὸς τὸ ἀναπολόγητον τῶν διὰ ῥαθυμίας ταύτην ἀποβαλόντων· τὸ δὲ βιάζεσθαι καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι, ἅμα μὲν ἔλεγχος τῆς ἐν τῷ ἄλλῳ χρόνῳ ἀμελείας ἡμῶν (οὐ γὰρ δυνατὸν ἄνευ μελέτης καὶ συγγυμνασίας πλείονος καὶ συνεχοῦς, ἐξαίφνης ἐπί τι παρελθόντα, περιγενέσθαι αὐτοῦ)· ἅμα δὲ δείκνυσι τὴν ψυχὴν ὑφ᾽ ἑτέρων παθῶν κυριευομένην, καὶ ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνων οὐδὲ πρὸς ἃ βούλεται, ἐλευθεριάζειν ἐπιτρεπομένην, κατὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου είρημένον θεώρημα, εἰπόντος· Ἐγὼ δὲ σαρκικός εἰμι, πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. Οὐ γὰρ ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω, ἀλλ' ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ· καὶ πάλιν· Νῦν δὲ οὐκέτι ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτὸ, ἀλλ᾿ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία· τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τοῦτο συμβαίνειν ἡμῖν εἰς ἀγαθὸν συγχωρήσαντος, ἐὰν ἄρα δι' ὧν ἀκουσίως πάσχει ἡ ψυχὴ, εἰς αἴσθησιν ἔλθοι τοῦ κρατοῦντος, καὶ γνωρίσασα ἑαυτὴν ἐν οἷς ἀκουσίως δουλεύει τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀνανήψῃ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος, ἕτοιμον εὑρίσκουσα τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ἀντίληψιν τῶν γνησίως μετανοούντων.
Dia ti pote men hē psychē kai mē spoudazousa, automatōs schedon hōs empesontos ponou, katanyssetai; pote de aponos houtōs estin, hōs kai biazomenē katanygēnai mē dynasthai. APOKRISIS. Hē men toiautē katanyxis Theou esti dōron, ē eis erethismon tēs epithymias, hina geusamenē hē psychē tēs glykytētos tou toioutou ponou, spoudasę̄ touton exomalisai; ē eis apodeixin tou dynasthai tēn psychēn dia spoudaioteras epimeleias en katanyxei einai pantote, pros to anapologēton tōn dia rhathymias tautēn apobalontōn; to de biazesthai kai mē dynasthai, hama men elenchos tēs en tǭ allǭ chronǭ ameleias hēmōn (ou gar dynaton aneu meletēs kai syngymnasias pleionos kai synechous, exaiphnēs epi ti parelthonta, perigenesthai autou); hama de deiknysi tēn psychēn hyph᾽ heterōn pathōn kyrieuomenēn, kai hyp᾽ ekeinōn oude pros ha bouletai, eleutheriazein epitrepomenēn, kata to hypo tou Apostolou eirēmenon theōrēma, eipontos; Egō de sarkikos eimi, pepramenos hypo tēn hamartian. Ou gar ho thelō, touto prassō, all' ho misō, touto poiō; kai palin; Nyn de ouketi egō katergazomai auto, all᾿ hē oikousa en emoi hamartia; tou Theou kai touto symbainein hēmin eis agathon synchōrēsantos, ean ara di' hōn akousiōs paschei hē psychē, eis aisthēsin elthoi tou kratountos, kai gnōrisasa heautēn en hois akousiōs douleuei tę̄ hamartią, ananēpsę̄ ek tēs tou diabolou pagidos, hetoimon heuriskousa to eleos tou Theou eis antilēpsin tōn gnēsiōs metanoountōn.
Question. Why is it that sometimes the soul, even without making an effort, is pierced with compunction almost of itself, as if pain had fallen on it, and at other times is so without feeling that even when it forces itself it cannot be pierced?
Answer. Such compunction is a gift of God: either to stir up desire, so that the soul, having tasted the sweetness of such pain, may be eager to make it habitual; or to show that by more earnest care the soul can be in compunction always, so that those who have lost it through negligence have no excuse. But forcing oneself and being unable is at once a proof of our negligence at other times (for it is not possible, without practice and much and continual exercise, to master something suddenly on coming to it), and at the same time it shows that the soul is ruled by other passions and is not allowed by them to be free even for what it wishes, according to the observation stated by the Apostle, who says: “But I am carnal, sold under sin. For what I wish, that I do not do; but what I hate, that I do”; and again: “But now it is no longer I who do it, but the sin that dwells in me.” God permits this too to happen to us for our good, so that perhaps, through what it suffers against its will, the soul may come to perceive what masters it, and recognizing itself in the things in which it serves sin unwillingly, may return to its senses out of the snare of the devil, finding God's mercy ready for the help of those who truly repent.
Chapter 17
17PG 31:1093
Ἐὰν τις κατὰ νοῦν μνημονεύσῃ τοῦ φαγεῖν, εἶτα καταγνῷ ἑαυτοῦ, εἰ καὶ οὗτος ὡς μεριμνήσας ἐγκληθήσεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὲν, της φύσεως μὴ ἐνοχλούσης, πρὸ καιροῦ τῆς πείνης ἡ μνήμη γίνεται, πρόδηλος μὲν ὁ μετεωρισμὸς τῆς ψυχῆς, κατηγορῶν αὐτῆς τὴν τε περὶ τὰ παρόντα προσπάθειαν καὶ τὴν περὶ τὰ ἀρέσκοντα Θεῷ ῥαθυμίαν· ἕτοιμον δὲ καὶ οὕτως τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔλεος. Καταγνοὺς γάρ τις ἑαυτοῦ, τῷ λόγῳ τῆς μετανοίας ἀπολέλυται τοῦ ἐγκλήματος, καὶ ἐὰν φυλάξηται τοῦ λοιποῦ τὸν ὄλισθον, μνημονεύων τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος: Ἴδε ὑγιὴς γέγονας, μηκέτι ἀμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν τι σοι γένηται. Εἰ δὲ, τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκαζούσης, καὶ τῆς πείνης κρατούσης, ἡ μὲν αἴσθησις τὴν μνήμην κινεῖ, νικᾷ δὲ ὁ λογισμὸς τῇ περὶ τὰ κρείττονα σπουδῇ τε καὶ σχολῇ, οὐχ ἡ μνήμη καταγνώσεως ἀξία, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ νίκη ἐπαίνου.
Ean tis kata noun mnēmoneusę̄ tou phagein, eita katagnǭ heautou, ei kai houtos hōs merimnēsas enklēthēsetai. APOKRISIS. Ei men, tēs physeōs mē enochlousēs, pro kairou tēs peinēs hē mnēmē ginetai, prodēlos men ho meteōrismos tēs psychēs, katēgorōn autēs tēn te peri ta paronta prospatheian kai tēn peri ta areskonta Theǭ rhathymian; hetoimon de kai houtōs to tou Theou eleos. Katagnous gar tis heautou, tǭ logǭ tēs metanoias apolelytai tou enklēmatos, kai ean phylaxētai tou loipou ton olisthon, mnēmoneuōn tou Kyriou eipontos: Ide hygiēs gegonas, mēketi amartane, hina mē cheiron ti soi genētai. Ei de, tēs physeōs anankazousēs, kai tēs peinēs kratousēs, hē men aisthēsis tēn mnēmēn kinei, niką de ho logismos tę̄ peri ta kreittona spoudę̄ te kai scholę̄, ouch hē mnēmē katagnōseōs axia, all᾽ hē nikē epainou.
Question. If someone thinks in his mind about eating, and then condemns himself, will he too be charged as one who was anxious?
Answer. If the thought comes before the time of hunger, when nature is not troubling him, the distraction of the soul is plain, and it accuses the soul both of attachment to present things and of negligence about what pleases God. Yet even so God's mercy is ready. For whoever condemns himself is released from the charge by the word of repentance, if he guards against the slip in future, remembering the Lord who said: “See, you have been made well; sin no more, so that nothing worse happens to you.” But if, when nature compels and hunger prevails, sensation stirs the thought, but reason conquers by its zeal and leisure for better things, then the thought does not deserve condemnation, but the victory deserves praise.
Chapter 18
18PG 31:1093
Εἰ χρὴ ἐν ἀδελφότητι τῷ ἐξαμαρτήσαντί ποτε φροντίδα τινὰ ἐγχειρίζειν μετὰ πολλὴν ἄσκησιν· καὶ εἰ χρὴ, ποίαν ταύτην. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ, Μνημονεύοντες τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου λέγοντος, ᾿Απρόσκοποι γίνεσθε καὶ Ἰουδαίοις, καὶ "Ελλησι, καὶ τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καθὼς κἀγὼ πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω, μὴ ζητῶν τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ συμφέρον, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν πολλῶν, ἵνα σωθῶσι, πολλὴν φροντίδα ἔχειν ὀφείλομεν, ὅπως μὴ ἐγκοπήν τινα δῶμεν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ὅπως μὴ πρόσκομμα γενώμεθα τοῖς ἀσθενοῦσι, μήτε μὴν οἰκοδομήσωμέν τινας εἰς κακίαν. Διόπερ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων σκοπεῖν καὶ δοκιμάζειν τὸ πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως, καὶ προκοπὴν πάσης ἀρετῆς ἐν Χριστῷ.
Ei chrē en adelphotēti tǭ examartēsanti pote phrontida tina encheirizein meta pollēn askēsin; kai ei chrē, poian tautēn. APOKRISIS, Mnēmoneuontes tou ᾿Apostolou legontos, ᾿Aproskopoi ginesthe kai Ioudaiois, kai "Ellēsi, kai tę̄ Ekklēsią tou Theou, kathōs kagō panta pasin areskō, mē zētōn to emautou sympheron, alla to tōn pollōn, hina sōthōsi, pollēn phrontida echein opheilomen, hopōs mē enkopēn tina dōmen tǭ Euangeliǭ tou Christou, kai hopōs mē proskomma genōmetha tois asthenousi, mēte mēn oikodomēsōmen tinas eis kakian. Dioper anankaion kai epi tōn toioutōn skopein kai dokimazein to pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs, kai prokopēn pasēs aretēs en Christǭ.
Question. Whether, in a brotherhood, one who once sinned should be entrusted with some charge after much ascetic training; and if so, what kind.
Answer. Remembering the Apostle, who says: “Give no offence to Jews or to Greeks or to the church of God, just as I also please all men in all things, not seeking my own advantage but that of the many, so that they may be saved,” we ought to take great care that we put no hindrance in the way of the Gospel of Christ, and that we do not become a stumbling block to the weak, nor build anyone up toward evil. Therefore in such cases too it is necessary to consider and test what serves the building up of faith and the progress of every virtue in Christ.
Chapter 19
19PG 31:1095
Ἐὰν τις ὑποπτεύηται ἐπὶ ἁμαρτήματι, προφανῶς δὲ τοῦτο μὴ ποιῇ, εἰ δεῖ αὐτῷ ἐπιτηρεῖν ἵνα καὶ ἐφευρεθῇ ὁ ὑποπτεύεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Αἱ μὲν πονηραι ὑπόνοιαι καὶ ἀπὸ προαιρέσεως ἐθελοκάκου γινόμεναι κατηγοροῦνται ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου· ἐπιτηρεῖν δὲ χρὴ τοῖς πᾶσιν ἐν ἀγάπῃ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ θεραπείας τοῦ ὑποπτευομένου τὸν ἐπιτεταγμένον τὴν πάντων ἐπιμέλειαν, ὅπως γένηται τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου· Ἵνα παραστήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ.
Ean tis hypopteuētai epi hamartēmati, prophanōs de touto mē poię̄, ei dei autǭ epitērein hina kai epheurethę̄ ho hypopteuetai. APOKRISIS Hai men ponērai hyponoiai kai apo proaireseōs ethelokakou ginomenai katēgorountai hypo tou ᾿Apostolou; epitērein de chrē tois pasin en agapę̄ Christou, kai en epithymią therapeias tou hypopteuomenou ton epitetagmenon tēn pantōn epimeleian, hopōs genētai to eirēmenon hypo tou ᾿Apostolou; Hina parastēsōmen panta anthrōpon teleion en Christǭ Iēsou.
Question. If someone is suspected of a sin but does not commit it openly, should he be watched so that what he is suspected of may be found out?
Answer. Evil suspicions, those that come from a choice that delights in evil, are condemned by the Apostle. But the one entrusted with the care of all ought to watch over everyone in the love of Christ and with the desire to heal the one suspected, so that what the Apostle said may come about: “That we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus.”
Chapter 20
20PG 31:1095
Ει χρη τὸν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ἐξετασθέντα φεύγειν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἑτεροδόξους κοινωνίαν, ἢ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς κακῶς ζῶντας διακρίνεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰπόντος, Στέλλεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀδελφοῦ ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν, ἣν παρέλαβον παρ ἡμῶν, καθόλου παντὶ πᾶσα κοινωνία παντὸς ἀπ ηγορευμένου πράγματος κατά τε νοῦν καὶ λόγον, καὶ πρᾶξιν ἐπιβλαβὴς καὶ ἐπικίνδυνος. Τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ἐξετασθέντας καὶ πλέον ἀκριβεύεσθαι χρή. Πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι ὀλισθηροτέρα ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστὸν ἐστιν, ἡ ἐν συνηθεία ταύτης γενομένη· ἔπειτα δὲ, ὅτι, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν τὰ σώματα ἀσθενούντων ἡ ἐπιμέλεια τὴν ἐπιτήρησιν ἀκριβεστέραν ἔχει, ὡς καὶ τὰ ὠφελοῦντα τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας παραιτεῖσθαι πολλάκις· οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀρρωστησάντων πολὺ πλείονος χρεία τῆς παραφυλακῆς καὶ τῆς ἐπιμελείας. Ὅση δὲ ἐστιν ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας κοινωνίας ἡ παν βλάβη, παρίστησιν ὁ αὐτὸς ᾿Απόστολος ἐπὶ τοιαύτῶν περὶ Θεοῦ κακοδοξούντων, οὓς ἡ κακοδοξία οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑγιαίνειν ἐᾷ, παραδιδομένους ἅπαξ δι᾿ αὐτὴν τοῖς τῆς ἀτιμίας πάθεσιν; ὡς πολλαχόθεν δείκνυται καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εἰρημένων περί τινων οὕτως· Καὶ καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει, παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν, ποιεῖν τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα· πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πορνείᾳ, πονηρία, πλεονεξία, κακίᾳ· μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας· ψιθυριστάς, καταλάλους, θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστὰς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας, ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν, γονεῦσιν ἀπειθεῖς, ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀσπόνδους, ἀνελεήμονας· οἶτινες, τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες, οὐκ ἐνόησαν ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσὶν, οὐ μόνον δὲ αὐτὰ ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνευδοκοῦσι τοῖς πράσσουσιν.
Ei chrē ton en hamartiais exetasthenta pheugein tēn pros tous heterodoxous koinōnian, ē kai pros tous kakōs zōntas diakrinesthai. APOKRISIS. Tou Apostolou eipontos, Stellesthai hymas apo pantos adelphou ataktōs peripatountos, kai mē kata tēn paradosin, hēn parelabon par hēmōn, katholou panti pasa koinōnia pantos ap ēgoreumenou pragmatos kata te noun kai logon, kai praxin epiblabēs kai epikindynos. Tous de en hamartiais exetasthentas kai pleon akribeuesthai chrē. Prōton men, hoti olisthērotera hē psychē pros tēn hamartian hōs epi to pleiston estin, hē en synētheia tautēs genomenē; epeita de, hoti, kathaper epi tōn ta sōmata asthenountōn hē epimeleia tēn epitērēsin akribesteran echei, hōs kai ta ōphelounta tous hygiainontas paraiteisthai pollakis; houtō kai epi tōn tēn psychēn arrōstēsantōn poly pleionos chreia tēs paraphylakēs kai tēs epimeleias. Hosē de estin ek tēs pros tous hamartanontas koinōnias hē pan blabē, paristēsin ho autos ᾿Apostolos epi toiautōn peri Theou kakodoxountōn, hous hē kakodoxia oude en tois allois hygiainein eą, paradidomenous hapax di᾿ autēn tois tēs atimias pathesin? hōs pollachothen deiknytai kai ek tōn en tę̄ pros Rhōmaious eirēmenōn peri tinōn houtōs; Kai kathōs ouk edokimasan ton Theon echein en epignōsei, paredōken autous ho Theos eis adokimon noun, poiein ta mē kathēkonta; peplērōmenous pasę̄ adikią, porneią, ponēria, pleonexia, kakią; mestous phthonou, phonou, eridos, dolou, kakoētheias; psithyristas, katalalous, theostygeis, hybristas, hyperēphanous, alazonas, epheuretas kakōn, goneusin apeitheis, asynetous, asynthetous, astorgous, aspondous, aneleēmonas; oitines, to dikaiōma tou Theou epignontes, ouk enoēsan hoti hoi ta toiauta prassontes axioi thanatou eisin, ou monon de auta poiousin, alla kai syneudokousi tois prassousin.
Question. Whether one who has been found in sins ought to avoid fellowship with those of other beliefs, or also to keep apart from those who live wickedly.
Answer. Since the Apostle said, “that you keep away from every brother who walks disorderly and not according to the tradition which they received from us,” all fellowship of anyone at all with anything forbidden, in thought, word, or deed, is harmful and dangerous. But those who have been found in sins must be even more careful. First, because the soul that has become accustomed to sin is, for the most part, more prone to slip into it; and next, because, just as with those who are sick in body the care involves stricter watching, so that they must often refuse even what benefits the healthy, so also with those whose souls are sick there is need of much more guarding and care. How great the harm is from fellowship with sinners, the same Apostle shows in the case of those who think wrongly about God, whose wrong belief does not let them be sound even in other matters, since because of it they are once for all handed over to dishonourable passions, as is shown in many places, and also from what is said in the Epistle to the Romans about certain people: “And since they did not see fit to have God in their knowledge, God gave them up to a worthless mind, to do what is not fitting; filled with all unrighteousness, sexual immorality, wickedness, covetousness, malice; full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, malignity; whisperers, slanderers, haters of God, insolent, proud, boastful, inventors of evils, disobedient to parents, senseless, faithless, without natural affection, implacable, unmerciful; who, knowing the decree of God, did not understand that those who do such things are worthy of death; and not only do them, but also approve of those who practise them.”
Chapter 21
21PG 31:1097
Πόθεν ὁ μετεωρισμὸς καὶ οἱ διαλογισμοί· καὶ πῶς αὐτοὺς διορθωσόμεθα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Γίνεται ὁ μετεωρισμὸς ἀπὸ ἀργίας τοῦ νοῦ μὴ ἀσχολουμένου περὶ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα. ᾿Αργεῖ δὲ ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἀμεριμνεῖ ἐξ ἀπιστίας τοῦ παρεῖναι τὸν Θεὸν, ἐτάζοντα καρδίας καὶ νεφρούς. Εἰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐπίστευε, πάντως ἐποίει τὸ εἰρημένον· Προωρώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διαπαντὸς, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ. Ὁ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ ὅμοια τούτῳ κατορθῶν οὔτε τολμήσει ποτέ, οὔτε ἕξει σχολὴν διαλογίσασθαί τι τῶν μὴ πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως οἰκονομουμένων, κἂν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι δοκῇ, οὐχ ὅτι γε τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων, καὶ μὴ ἀρεσκόντων Θεῷ.
Pothen ho meteōrismos kai hoi dialogismoi; kai pōs autous diorthōsometha. APOKRISIS. Ginetai ho meteōrismos apo argias tou nou mē ascholoumenou peri ta anankaia. ᾿Argei de ho nous kai amerimnei ex apistias tou pareinai ton Theon, etazonta kardias kai nephrous. Ei gar touto episteue, pantōs epoiei to eirēmenon; Proōrōmēn ton Kyrion enōpion mou diapantos, hoti ek dexiōn mou estin, hina mē saleuthō. Ho de touto kai ta homoia toutǭ katorthōn oute tolmēsei pote, oute hexei scholēn dialogisasthai ti tōn mē pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs oikonomoumenōn, kan agathon einai dokę̄, ouch hoti ge tōn apēgoreumenōn, kai mē areskontōn Theǭ.
Question. Where do distraction and wandering thoughts come from, and how shall we correct them?
Answer. Distraction comes from idleness of the mind when it is not busied with what is necessary. And the mind is idle and unconcerned from unbelief that God is present, “who tries the hearts and reins.” For if it believed this, it would surely do what is said: “I set the Lord always before me, for he is at my right hand, that I may not be moved.” And one who achieves this and the like will never dare, nor have leisure, to turn over in his mind anything not ordered to the building up of faith, even if it seems good, much less anything forbidden and not pleasing to God.
Chapter 22
22PG 31:1097
Πόθεν αἱ νυκτεριναὶ φαντασίαι αἱ ἀπρεπεῖς γίνονται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Γίνονται μὲν ἐκ τῶν μετὰ ἡμεραν αλλοκοτων (ο) τῆς ψυχῆς κινημάτων. Ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῇ σχολῇ τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ κριμάτων καθαρεύσῃ ἡ ἐκείνων ψυχὴ, καὶ ἐν μελέτῃ γένηται διηνεκεῖ τῶν καλῶν καὶ ἀρεσκόντων Θεῷ, τοιαῦτα ἕξει καὶ τὰ ἐνύπνια,
Pothen hai nykterinai phantasiai hai aprepeis ginontai. APOKRISIS. Ginontai men ek tōn meta hēmeran allokotōn (o) tēs psychēs kinēmatōn. Ean de en tę̄ scholę̄ tōn tou Theou krimatōn kathareusę̄ hē ekeinōn psychē, kai en meletę̄ genētai diēnekei tōn kalōn kai areskontōn Theǭ, toiauta hexei kai ta enypnia,
Question. Where do unseemly fantasies at night come from?
Answer. They come from the strange movements of the soul during the day. But if one's soul is purified in leisure for the judgments of God, and is in continual meditation on what is good and pleasing to God, its dreams too will be of that kind.
Chapter 23
23PG 31:1097
Ἕως ποίων ῥημάτων ἡ ἀργολογία κρίνεται ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καθόλου πᾶν ῥῆμα, τὸ μὴ συντελοῦν πρὸς τὴν προκειμένην ἐν Κυρίῳ χρείαν, ἀργόν ἐστι. Καὶ τοσοῦτός ἐστι τοῦ τοιούτου ῥήματος ὁ κίνδυνος, ὅτι, κᾶν ἀγαθὸν ἢ τὸ λεγόμενον, μὴ πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν δὲ τῆς πίστεως οἰκονομῆται, οὐκ ἐν τῇ ἀγαθότητι τοῦ ῥήματος ὁ λαλήσας ἔχει τὸ ἀκίνδυνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ μὴ πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν οἰκονομῆσαι τὸ ῥηθὲν, λυπεί τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τοῦτο γὰρ σαφῶς ἐδίδαξεν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, εἰπών· Πᾶς λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκπορευέσθω· ἀλλ᾽ εἶ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως, ἵνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσι· καὶ τοῦτο ἐπαγαγών Καὶ μὴ λυπῆτε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε. Τὸ δὲ λυπῆσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅσον ἐστὶ κακὸν, τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν
Heōs poiōn rhēmatōn hē argologia krinetai APOKRISIS. Katholou pan rhēma, to mē synteloun pros tēn prokeimenēn en Kyriǭ chreian, argon esti. Kai tosoutos esti tou toioutou rhēmatos ho kindynos, hoti, kan agathon ē to legomenon, mē pros oikodomēn de tēs pisteōs oikonomētai, ouk en tę̄ agathotēti tou rhēmatos ho lalēsas echei to akindynon, all᾽ en tǭ mē pros oikodomēn oikonomēsai to rhēthen, lypei to Pneuma to hagion tou Theou. Touto gar saphōs edidaxen ho ᾿Apostolos, eipōn; Pas logos sapros ek tou stomatos hymōn mē ekporeuesthō; all᾽ ei tis agathos pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs, hina dǭ charin tois akouousi; kai touto epagagōn Kai mē lypēte to Pneuma to hagion tou Theou, en hǭ esphragisthēte. To de lypēsai to Pneuma to hagion tou Theou, hoson esti kakon, ti dei kai legein
Question. To what words does the judgment on idle talk extend?
Answer. In general, every word that does not contribute to the purpose set before us in the Lord is idle. And so great is the danger of such a word that, even if what is said is good, but is not ordered to the building up of faith, the one who spoke does not find safety in the goodness of the word; rather, by not ordering what he said to building up, he grieves the Holy Spirit of God. For the Apostle taught this clearly, saying: “Let no rotten word proceed out of your mouth, but only such as is good for the building up of faith, that it may give grace to those who hear”; and he adds: “And do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, in whom you were sealed.” And what need is there even to say how great an evil it is to grieve the Holy Spirit of God?
Chapter 24
24PG 31:1099
Τί ἐστι λοιδορία. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πᾶν ῥῆμα ἐκ διαθέσεως τοῦ ἀτιμᾶσαι λεγόμενον λοιδορία ἐστὶ, κἂν αὐτὸ τὸ ῥῆμα μὴ δόξῃ εἶναι ὑβριστικόν. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐκ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου λέγοντος περὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι Ἐλοιδόρησαν αὐτὸν, καὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Σὺ εἶ μαθητὴς ἐκείνου.
Ti esti loidoria. APOKRISIS. Pan rhēma ek diatheseōs tou atimasai legomenon loidoria esti, kan auto to rhēma mē doxę̄ einai hybristikon. Kai touto dēlon ek tou Euangeliou legontos peri tōn Ioudaiōn, hoti Eloidorēsan auton, kai eipon autǭ; Sy ei mathētēs ekeinou.
Question. What is reviling?
Answer. Every word spoken from a disposition to dishonour is reviling, even if the word itself does not seem insulting. This is clear from the Gospel, which says of the Jews: “They reviled him and said to him: You are that man's disciple.”
Chapter 25
25PG 31:1099
Τί ἐστι καταλαλιά. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Δύο καιροὺς εἶναι ἡγοῦμαι, καθ' οὓς ἔξεστιν εἰπεῖν τι περί τινος φαῦλον· ὅτε ἀνάγκην ἔχει τις βουλεύσασθαι μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων τῶν εἰς τοῦτο δεδοκιμασμένων πῶς διορθωθῇ ὁ ἡμαρτηκώς· καὶ πάλιν ὅταν χρεία γένηται ἀσφαλίσασθαί τινας τοὺς ἐξ ἀγνοίας δυναμένους πολλάκις συναναμιγῆναι τῷ κακῷ ὡς καλῷ, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου παραγγέλλοντος, μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι τοῖς τοιούτοις, μή ποτε λάβῃ τις βρόχους τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῇ. Ὅπερ εὑρίσκομεν τὸν αὐτὸν Απόστολον πεποιηκότα δι' ὧν γράφει Τιμοθέῳ, ὅτι Αλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς πολλά μοι κακὰ ἐνεδείξατο, ὃν καὶ σὺ φυλάσσου· λίαν γὰρ ἀνθέστηκε τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις. Ἐκτὸς δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀνάγκης ὁ λέγων τι κατά τινος, ἵνα αὐτὸ τοῦτο διαβάλῃ, ἢ διασύρῃ, κατάλαλός ἐστι, κἂν ἀληθὲς ἢ τὸ
Ti esti katalalia. APOKRISIS. Dyo kairous einai hēgoumai, kath' hous exestin eipein ti peri tinos phaulon; hote anankēn echei tis bouleusasthai meta kai heterōn tōn eis touto dedokimasmenōn pōs diorthōthę̄ ho hēmartēkōs; kai palin hotan chreia genētai asphalisasthai tinas tous ex agnoias dynamenous pollakis synanamigēnai tǭ kakǭ hōs kalǭ, tou ᾿Apostolou parangellontos, mē synanamignysthai tois toioutois, mē pote labę̄ tis brochous tę̄ heautou psychę̄. Hoper heuriskomen ton auton Apostolon pepoiēkota di' hōn graphei Timotheǭ, hoti Alexandros ho chalkeus polla moi kaka enedeixato, hon kai sy phylassou; lian gar anthestēke tois hēmeterois logois. Ektos de tēs toiautēs anankēs ho legōn ti kata tinos, hina auto touto diabalę̄, ē diasyrę̄, katalalos esti, kan alēthes ē to
Question. What is slander?
Answer. I consider there are two occasions on which it is permitted to say something bad about someone: when one needs to take counsel with others approved for the purpose on how the one who has sinned may be corrected; and again when it becomes necessary to safeguard some who through ignorance might often join in with evil as if it were good, since the Apostle commands us not to mix with such people, lest anyone bring a snare on his own soul. This we find the same Apostle did when he wrote to Timothy: “Alexander the coppersmith did me much harm; guard against him yourself, for he strongly opposed our words.” But apart from such necessity, whoever says anything against anyone in order to discredit or disparage him is a slanderer, even if what he says is true …
Chapter 26
26PG 31:1101
῾Ο καταλαλῶν ἀδελφοῦ, ἢ ἀκούων καταλαλοῦντος καὶ ἀνεχόμενος, τίνος ἐστὶν ἄξιος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Αφορισμοῦ καὶ ἀμφότεροι. Τὸν γὰρ καταλαλοῦντα λάθρα τοῦ πλησίον αὐτοῦ, τοῦτον ἐξεδίωκον. Καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ εἴρηται· Μὴ ἡδέως ἄκουε καταλαλοῦντος, ἵνα μὴ ἐξαρθῇς.
῾O katalalōn adelphou, ē akouōn katalalountos kai anechomenos, tinos estin axios. APOKRISIS. Aphorismou kai amphoteroi. Ton gar katalalounta lathra tou plēsion autou, touton exediōkon. Kai allachou eirētai; Mē hēdeōs akoue katalalountos, hina mē exarthę̄s.
Question. What does one who slanders a brother, or who listens to a slanderer and puts up with him, deserve?
Answer. Both deserve to be excluded. For “him who secretly slanders his neighbour, him I drove out.” And elsewhere it is said: “Do not listen gladly to a slanderer, lest you be cut off.”
Chapter 27
27PG 31:1101
Ἐὰν δὲ τοῦ προεστῶτος καταλαλήσῃ, πῶς αὐτῷ προσέξομεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Φανερὸν τοῦτο τὸ κρῖμα ἐκ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς ἐπὶ Μαριάμ, ἡνίκα κατελάλησε Μωϋσέως, ἧς τὸ ἁμάρτημα, οὐδὲ αὐτοῦ Μωϋσέως δεομένου, ἀνεκδίκητον ἀφῆκεν ὁ Θεός.
Ean de tou proestōtos katalalēsę̄, pōs autǭ prosexomen. APOKRISIS. Phaneron touto to krima ek tēs orgēs tou Theou, tēs epi Mariam, hēnika katelalēse Mōÿseōs, hēs to hamartēma, oude autou Mōÿseōs deomenou, anekdikēton aphēken ho Theos.
Question. And if someone slanders the superior, how shall we regard him?
Answer. The judgment on this is plain from the wrath of God against Miriam when she spoke against Moses: God did not leave her sin unpunished, even when Moses himself entreated him.
Chapter 28
28PG 31:1101
Ἐάν τις θρασυτέρα φωνῇ καὶ ῥήμασι θρασέσιν ἀποκρίνηταί τινι, καὶ ὑπομνησθεὶς λέγῃ, ὅτι οὐδὲν πονηρὸν ἔχω ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, εἰ δεῖ αὐτῷ πιστεῦσαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οὐ πάντα τὰ πάθη τῆς ψυχῆς φανερά ἐστι τοῖς πᾶσιν, οὔτε αὐτῷ τῷ πάσχοντι, ὡς οὐδὲ τὰ τοῦ σώματος. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος οἱ ἐπιστήμονες σημεῖα ἔχουσί τινα τῶν κεκρυμμένων παθῶν, καὶ γευγόντων τὴν αἴσθησιν τοῦ πάσχοντος· οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, κἂν μὴ αἰσθάνηται τοῦ ἰδίου πάθους ὁ ἁμαρτάνων, πιστεύειν δεῖ τῷ Κυρίῳ, καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ διαβεβαιωσαμένῳ ὅτι ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ προφέρει τὰ πονηρά. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ κακὸς ἀγαθόν τι ῥῆμα ἢ πρᾶγμα πολλάκις καὶ σχηματίζεται· τὸν δὲ ἀγαθὸν σχηματίσασθαί τι κακὸν ἀμήχανον. Προνοούμενοι γὰρ καλὰ, φησὶν, οὐ μόνον ἐνώπιον Κυρίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων.
Ean tis thrasytera phōnę̄ kai rhēmasi thrasesin apokrinētai tini, kai hypomnēstheis legę̄, hoti ouden ponēron echō en tę̄ kardią, ei dei autǭ pisteusai. APOKRISIS. Ou panta ta pathē tēs psychēs phanera esti tois pasin, oute autǭ tǭ paschonti, hōs oude ta tou sōmatos. Hōsper oun epi tou sōmatos hoi epistēmones sēmeia echousi tina tōn kekrymmenōn pathōn, kai geugontōn tēn aisthēsin tou paschontos; houtō kai epi tēs psychēs, kan mē aisthanētai tou idiou pathous ho hamartanōn, pisteuein dei tǭ Kyriǭ, kai auton kai tous met᾿ autou diabebaiōsamenǭ hoti ho ponēros anthrōpos ek tou ponērou thēsaurou tēs kardias autou propherei ta ponēra. Ho men gar kakos agathon ti rhēma ē pragma pollakis kai schēmatizetai; ton de agathon schēmatisasthai ti kakon amēchanon. Pronooumenoi gar kala, phēsin, ou monon enōpion Kyriou, alla kai enōpion anthrōpōn.
Question. If someone answers another in too bold a voice and with bold words, and when reminded says, “I have nothing evil in my heart,” should he be believed?
Answer. Not all the passions of the soul are evident to everyone, nor even to the one who suffers them, just as with those of the body. As, then, with the body those with knowledge have certain signs of hidden diseases, even of those that escape the sufferer's perception, so also with the soul: even if the one who sins does not perceive his own passion, we must believe the Lord, who assured both him and those with him that “the evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart brings forth evil things.” For the bad man often even feigns a good word or deed; but for the good man to feign anything bad is impossible. For it says: “Providing what is good, not only before the Lord, but also before men.”
Chapter 29
29PG 31:1101
Ποίῳ τρόπῳ δυνηθῇ τις μὴ ὀργίζεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐὰν Θεὸν ἐπόπτην, καὶ τὸν Κύριον παρόντα ενυπτρίζεσθαι ἡγῆται ἀεί. Τίς γὰρ ὑπήκοος ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἄρχοντός ποτε κατατολμᾷ τινος τῶν μὴ ἀρεσκόντων αὐτῷ; Καὶ ἐὰν μὴ ἐκδέχηται τὴν παρ' ἑτέρων ὑπακοὴν, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτὸς πρὸς ὑπακοὴν παρασκευάζηται, πάντας ἡγούμενος ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτοῦ. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χρείαν τὴν ὑπακοὴν ἐπιζητεῖ, γινωσκέτω, ὅτι ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου αὐτὸν ἕκαστον τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπηρετεῖν διδάσκει εἱ δὲ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου ἐντολῆς παρακοὴν ἐκδικεῖ, οὐκ ὀργῆς χρεία, ἀλλ᾽ οἴκτου καὶ συμπαθείας κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· Τἰς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ;
Poiǭ tropǭ dynēthę̄ tis mē orgizesthai. APOKRISIS. Ean Theon epoptēn, kai ton Kyrion paronta enyptrizesthai hēgētai aei. Tis gar hypēkoos en ophthalmois archontos pote katatolmą tinos tōn mē areskontōn autǭ? Kai ean mē ekdechētai tēn par' heterōn hypakoēn, all᾿ autos pros hypakoēn paraskeuazētai, pantas hēgoumenos hyperechontas heautou. Ei men gar pros tēn heautou chreian tēn hypakoēn epizētei, ginōsketō, hoti ho logos tou Kyriou auton hekaston tois allois hypēretein didaskei hei de tēs tou Kyriou entolēs parakoēn ekdikei, ouk orgēs chreia, all᾽ oiktou kai sympatheias kata ton eiponta; Tis asthenei, kai ouk asthenō?
Question. In what way can one keep from anger?
Answer. If he always considers God as overseer, and the Lord as present and looking on. For what subject ever dares, under the eyes of his ruler, anything that displeases him? And if he does not expect obedience from others but prepares himself for obedience, counting all others better than himself. For if he seeks obedience for his own need, let him know that the word of the Lord teaches each one to serve the others; but if he is punishing disobedience to the Lord's commandment, there is no need of anger, but of pity and compassion, after the example of him who said: “Who is weak, and I am not weak?”
Chapter 30
30PG 31:1103
Πῶς ἐκκόψομεν τὸ πάθος τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς κακῆς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐπιθυμίᾳ διαπύρῳ τῶν θελημάτων τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοιαύτῃ, οἴαν ἔδειξεν ἔχειν ὁ εἰπών· Τὰ κρίματα Κυρίου ἀληθινά, δεδικαιωμένα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό· ἐπιθυμητὰ ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιον πολὺν, καὶ γλυκύτερα ὑπὲρ μέλι καὶ κηρίον. ᾿Αεὶ γὰρ ἡ τῶν κρειττόνων ἐπιθυμία ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἔχουσα τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν τῶν ἐπιθυμουμένων, καταφρονεῖν καὶ ἀποστρέφεσθαι ἀναγκάζει τὰ ἐλάττονα, ὡς ἐδίδαξαν οἱ ἅγιοι πάντες· πόσῳ δὲ μᾶλλον τὰ φαῦλα, καὶ αἰσχύνης ἄξια;
Pōs ekkopsomen to pathos tēs epithymias tēs kakēs. APOKRISIS. Epithymią diapyrǭ tōn thelēmatōn tou Theou, kai toiautę̄, oian edeixen echein ho eipōn; Ta krimata Kyriou alēthina, dedikaiōmena epi to auto; epithymēta hyper chrysion kai lithon timion polyn, kai glykytera hyper meli kai kērion. ᾿Aei gar hē tōn kreittonōn epithymia en exousią kai dynamei echousa tēn apolausin tōn epithymoumenōn, kataphronein kai apostrephesthai anankazei ta elattona, hōs edidaxan hoi hagioi pantes; posǭ de mallon ta phaula, kai aischynēs axia?
Question. How shall we cut out the passion of evil desire?
Answer. By a burning desire for the will of God, and such a desire as he showed who said: “The judgments of the Lord are true, righteous altogether; more to be desired than gold and much precious stone, and sweeter than honey and the honeycomb.” For the desire for better things, when it has the enjoyment of what is desired in its power and reach, always compels one to despise and turn away from lesser things, as all the saints taught; how much more from what is base and deserving of shame?
Chapter 31
31PG 31:1103
Εἰ καθόλου γελᾷν οὐκ ἔξεστιν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου τοὺς νῦν γελῶντας κατακρίνοντος εὔδηλον, ὅτι οὐδέποτε καιρὸς γέλωτός ἐστι τῷ πιστῷ, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν τοσούτῳ πλήθει τῶν διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμαζόντων καὶ θανατουμένων ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἀθυμεῖν καὶ στένειν χρή
Ei katholou geląn ouk exestin. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou tous nyn gelōntas katakrinontos eudēlon, hoti oudepote kairos gelōtos esti tǭ pistǭ, kai malista en tosoutǭ plēthei tōn dia tēs parabaseōs tou nomou ton Theon atimazontōn kai thanatoumenōn en tę̄ hamartią, hyper hōn athymein kai stenein chrē
Question. Whether it is not permitted to laugh at all.
Answer. Since the Lord condemns those who laugh now, it is clear that there is never a time for laughter for the believer, and especially amid so great a multitude of those who dishonour God by transgressing the law and are dying in sin, over whom we ought to be dejected and to groan.
Chapter 32
32PG 31:1103
Ὁ ἄκαιρος καὶ ἄμετρος νυσταγμός πόθεν πῶς αὐτὸν ἀποθώμεθα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ὁ μὲν τοιοῦτος νυσταγμὸς γίνεται, ὅταν νωθροτέρα γένηται ἡ ψυχὴ περὶ τὰς περὶ Θεοῦ ἐννοίας, καὶ τῶν κριμάτων τοῦ Θεοῦ καταφρονῶμεν· άποτιθέμεθα δὲ αὐτὸν, ὅταν γνησίαν καὶ ἀξιόλογον ἀναλάβωμεν τῆς μεγαλειότητος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἔννοιαν, καὶ τῶν θελημάτων αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· Εἰ δώσω ὕπνον τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου, καὶ τοῖς βλεφάροις μου νυσταγμὸν, καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν τοῖς κροτάφοις μου· ἕως οὗ εὕρω τόπον τῷ Κυρίῳ, σκήνωμα τῷ Θεῷ Ἰακώβ.
Ho akairos kai ametros nystagmos pothen pōs auton apothōmetha. APOKRISIS Ho men toioutos nystagmos ginetai, hotan nōthrotera genētai hē psychē peri tas peri Theou ennoias, kai tōn krimatōn tou Theou kataphronōmen; apotithemetha de auton, hotan gnēsian kai axiologon analabōmen tēs megaleiotētos tou Theou tēn ennoian, kai tōn thelēmatōn autou tēn epithymian, kata ton eiponta; Ei dōsō hypnon tois ophthalmois mou, kai tois blepharois mou nystagmon, kai anapausin tois krotaphois mou; heōs hou heurō topon tǭ Kyriǭ, skēnōma tǭ Theǭ Iakōb.
Question. Where does untimely and excessive drowsiness come from, and how shall we put it away?
Answer. Such drowsiness comes when the soul has grown sluggish in its thoughts about God, and we despise the judgments of God. And we put it away when we take up a genuine and worthy conception of the majesty of God and a desire for his will, after the example of him who said: “If I give sleep to my eyes, or slumber to my eyelids, or rest to my temples, until I find a place for the Lord, a dwelling for the God of Jacob.”
Chapter 33
33PG 31:1103
Πῶς ἐλέγχεται ὁ ἀνθρωπάρεσκος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅταν ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἐπαινούντων σπουδὴν ἐπιδείξηται, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ψεγόντων ὀκνηρὸς γένηται. Εἰ γὰρ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἀρέσκειν βούλεται, πάντοτε καὶ πανταχοῦ ὁ αὐτὸς ἔσται, πληρῶν τὸ εἰρημένον· Διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν· διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀτιμίας· διὰ δυσφημίας καὶ εὐφημίας· ὡς πλάνοι, καὶ ἀληθεῖς.
Pōs elenchetai ho anthrōpareskos. APOKRISIS. Hotan epi men tōn epainountōn spoudēn epideixētai, epi de tōn psegontōn oknēros genētai. Ei gar tǭ Kyriǭ areskein bouletai, pantote kai pantachou ho autos estai, plērōn to eirēmenon; Dia tōn hoplōn tēs dikaiosynēs tōn dexiōn kai aristerōn; dia doxēs kai atimias; dia dysphēmias kai euphēmias; hōs planoi, kai alētheis.
Question. How is the man-pleaser shown up?
Answer. When he shows zeal before those who praise him, but becomes sluggish before those who blame him. For if he wishes to please the Lord, he will be the same always and everywhere, fulfilling what is said: “By the weapons of righteousness on the right hand and on the left; through glory and dishonour; through evil report and good report; as deceivers, and yet true.”
Chapter 34
34PG 31:1105
Πῶς φύγῃ τις τὸ πάθος τῆς ἀνθρωπαρεσκείας, καὶ τὸ περιβλέπεσθαι τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπαίνους. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Πληροφορίᾳ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ παρουσίας, καὶ ἀπερισπάστῳ φροντίδι τῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως καὶ διαπύρῳ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου μακαρισμῶν. Οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐν ὄψεσι δεσπότου πρὸς ἀρέσκειαν συνδούλου ἐπὶ ἀτιμίᾳ τοῦ δεσπότου καὶ κατακρίσει ἑαυτοῦ μετεωρίζεται.
Pōs phygę̄ tis to pathos tēs anthrōpareskeias, kai to periblepesthai tous para tōn anthrōpōn epainous. APOKRISIS Plērophorią tēs tou Theou parousias, kai aperispastǭ phrontidi tēs pros ton Theon euarestēseōs kai diapyrǭ epithymią tōn para tou Kyriou makarismōn. Oudeis gar en opsesi despotou pros areskeian syndoulou epi atimią tou despotou kai katakrisei heautou meteōrizetai.
Question. How may one escape the passion of man-pleasing, and looking about for the praises of men?
Answer. By full assurance of God's presence, by undistracted care to be well-pleasing to God, and by burning desire for the blessings that come from the Lord. For no one, in the sight of his master, is distracted into pleasing a fellow servant to the dishonour of his master and his own condemnation.
Chapter 35
35PG 31:1105
Πῶς γνωρίζεται ὁ ὑπερήφανος, καὶ πῶς θεραπεύεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Γνωρίζεται μὲν ἐκ τοῦ τὰ τῆς ὑπεροχῆς ἐπιζητεῖν· θεραπεύεται δὲ, ἐὰν πιστεύσῃ τῷ κρίματι τοῦ εἰπόντος· Κύριος ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται ταπεινοῖς δὲ δίδωσι χάριν. Ἐκεῖνο μέντοι εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι, ὅπως ἄν τις φοβηθῇ τὸ κρῖμα τῆς ὑπερηφανίας, οὐ δύναται θεραπευθῆναι τὸ πάθος, ἐὰν μὴ ἀναχωρήσῃ τῶν τῆς ὑπεροχῆς ἐπιτηδευμάτων ἁπάντων· ὡς οὐ δύναται ἀπομαθεῖν διάλεκτον ἢ οἴαν δήποτε τέχνην, μὴ τελείως ἀναχωρήσας οὐ μόνον τοῦ ποιεῖν, ἢ λαλεῖν τι κατ' ἐκείνην τὴν τέχνην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἀκούειν τῶν λαλούντων, καὶ βλέπειν τοὺς ποιοῦντας· ὅπερ παρατηρητέον καὶ ἐπὶ πάσης κακίας.
Pōs gnōrizetai ho hyperēphanos, kai pōs therapeuetai. APOKRISIS. Gnōrizetai men ek tou ta tēs hyperochēs epizētein; therapeuetai de, ean pisteusę̄ tǭ krimati tou eipontos; Kyrios hyperēphanois antitassetai tapeinois de didōsi charin. Ekeino mentoi eidenai chrē, hoti, hopōs an tis phobēthę̄ to krima tēs hyperēphanias, ou dynatai therapeuthēnai to pathos, ean mē anachōrēsę̄ tōn tēs hyperochēs epitēdeumatōn hapantōn; hōs ou dynatai apomathein dialekton ē oian dēpote technēn, mē teleiōs anachōrēsas ou monon tou poiein, ē lalein ti kat' ekeinēn tēn technēn, alla kai tou akouein tōn lalountōn, kai blepein tous poiountas; hoper paratērēteon kai epi pasēs kakias.
Question. How is the proud man recognized, and how is he cured?
Answer. He is recognized by his seeking pre-eminence; and he is cured if he believes the judgment of him who said: “The Lord resists the proud, but gives grace to the humble.” One must know, however, that however much someone fears the judgment on pride, the passion cannot be cured unless he withdraws from all practices of pre-eminence; just as one cannot unlearn a language or any craft whatever without completely withdrawing not only from doing or speaking anything in that craft, but also from hearing those who speak it and seeing those who practise it. This must be observed with every vice as well.
Chapter 36
36PG 31:1105
Εἰ χρὴ τιμὴν ἐπιζητεῖν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. ᾿Αποδιδόναι μὲν τῷ τὴν τιμὴν, τὴν τιμὴν ἐδιδάχθημεν, ἐπιζητεῖν δὲ τιμὴν ἐκωλύθημεν, τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι δόξαν παρ' ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ οὐ ζητοῦντες Ὥστε τὸ ζητεῖν παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δόξαν ἀπόδειξίς ἐστιν ἀπιστίας, καὶ θεοσεβείας ἀλλοτρίωσις, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην. Εἰ δὲ οἱ τὴν δεδομένην παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δόξαν λαμβάνοντες οὕτω κατεκρίθησαν, οἱ τὴν μὴ δεδομένην ἐπιζητοῦντες ἄδῥητον ἔχουσι τὸ κρίμα.
Ei chrē timēn epizētein. APOKRISIS. ᾿Apodidonai men tǭ tēn timēn, tēn timēn edidachthēmen, epizētein de timēn ekōlythēmen, tou Kyriou eipontos; Pōs dynasthe hymeis pisteusai doxan par' allēlōn lambanontes, kai tēn doxan tēn para tou monou Theou ou zētountes Hōste to zētein para tōn anthrōpōn doxan apodeixis estin apistias, kai theosebeias allotriōsis, tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Ei eti anthrōpois ēreskon, Christou doulos ouk an ēmēn. Ei de hoi tēn dedomenēn para tōn anthrōpōn doxan lambanontes houtō katekrithēsan, hoi tēn mē dedomenēn epizētountes adrhēton echousi to krima.
Question. Whether one ought to seek honour.
Answer. We have been taught to render honour to whom honour is due, but we have been forbidden to seek honour, since the Lord said: “How can you believe, who receive glory from one another, and do not seek the glory that comes from the only God?” So seeking glory from men is proof of unbelief and estrangement from godliness, since the Apostle said: “If I were still pleasing men, I would not be a servant of Christ.” And if those who receive glory given by men were condemned in this way, those who seek glory not given have a judgment beyond words.
Chapter 37
37PG 31:1107
῾Ὁ ὀκνηρὸς πρὸς τὴν ἐντολὴν ποίῳ τρόπῳ σπουδὴν δυνηθῇ ἀναλαβεῖν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πληροφορηθεὶς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Δεσπότου Θεοῦ τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐφορῶντος, καὶ τὴν ἀπειλὴν τὴν κατὰ τοῦ ὀκνηροῦ, καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς μεγάλης παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου μισθαποδοσίας, τοῦ ἐπαγγειλαμένου διὰ Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου, ὅτι ἕκαστος τὸν ἴδιον μισθὸν λήψεται κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον κόπον· καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα γέγραπται πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ἑκάστου σπουδήν, ἤτοι ὑπομονὴν εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ
῾Ho oknēros pros tēn entolēn poiǭ tropǭ spoudēn dynēthę̄ analabein. APOKRISIS. Plērophorētheis tēn parousian tou Despotou Theou tou ta panta ephorōntos, kai tēn apeilēn tēn kata tou oknērou, kai tēn elpida tēs megalēs para tou Kyriou misthapodosias, tou epangeilamenou dia Paulou tou apostolou, hoti hekastos ton idion misthon lēpsetai kata ton idion kopon; kai hosa toiauta gegraptai pros tēn idian hekastou spoudēn, ētoi hypomonēn eis doxan Theou
Question. In what way can one who is sluggish toward the commandment take up zeal?
Answer. By being fully assured of the presence of God the Master, who watches over all things, and of the threat against the sluggish, and of the hope of the great reward from the Lord, who promised through Paul the apostle that “each will receive his own reward according to his own labour”; and of all such things as are written to rouse each one's zeal, or endurance, to the glory of God.
Chapter 38
38PG 31:1107
Ἐὰν ἐπιταχθῇ ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀντείπῃ, ὕστερον δὲ ἑαυτῷ ἀπέλθῃ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐν ᾧ μὲν ἀντεῖπεν ὡς ἀντιλογικὸς, καὶ ἄλλους πρὸς τὸ αὐτὸ ἐρεθίζων, γνωριζέσθω ὑπόδικος εἶναι τοῦ κρίματος ἐκείνου, ὅτι Ἀντιλογίας ἐγείρει πᾶς κακός· ὁ δὲ Κύριος ἄγγελον ἀνελεήμονα ἐπιπέμπει αὐτῷ. Πληροφορείσθω δὲ, ὅτι οὐκ ἀνθρώπῳ ἀντιλέγει ἢ ὑπακούει, ἤδη δὲ καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ τῷ εἰπόντι· Ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν ἐμοῦ ἀκούει· καὶ ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ. Καὶ κατανυγεὶς πρότερον, ἀπολογησάσθω, καὶ οὕτως, ἐὰν ἐπιτραπῇ, ποιείτω τὸ ἔργον.
Ean epitachthę̄ adelphos, kai anteipę̄, hysteron de heautǭ apelthę̄ APOKRISIS. En hǭ men anteipen hōs antilogikos, kai allous pros to auto erethizōn, gnōrizesthō hypodikos einai tou krimatos ekeinou, hoti Antilogias egeirei pas kakos; ho de Kyrios angelon aneleēmona epipempei autǭ. Plērophoreisthō de, hoti ouk anthrōpǭ antilegei ē hypakouei, ēdē de kai autǭ tǭ Kyriǭ tǭ eiponti; Ho akouōn hymōn emou akouei; kai ho athetōn hymas eme athetei. Kai katanygeis proteron, apologēsasthō, kai houtōs, ean epitrapę̄, poieitō to ergon.
Question. If a brother is given an order and speaks against it, but later goes of his own accord [to do it] …
Answer. In so far as he spoke against it as a contradicter, and provoked others to do the same, let him know that he is liable to that judgment: “Every evil man stirs up contradictions; but the Lord will send a merciless angel against him.” And let him be fully assured that it is not a man he contradicts or obeys, but the Lord himself, who said: “He who hears you hears me; and he who rejects you rejects me.” And having first been pierced with compunction, let him make his apology, and then, if he is permitted, let him do the work.
Chapter 39
39PG 31:1107
Ἐὰν δὲ ὑπακούσας τις γογγύσῃ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Πάντα ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν, ἀπηλλοτρίωται καὶ ὁ γογγύζων τῆς ἑνώσεως τῶν ἀδελφῶν, καὶ τὸ τούτου ἔργον τῆς χρήσεως αὐτῶν· φανερὸς δὲ ἐστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος νοσῶν τὴν τε ἀπιστίαν καὶ τῆς ἐλπίδος τὴν ἀμφιβολίαν.
Ean de hypakousas tis gongysę̄. APOKRISIS. Tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Panta poieite chōris gongysmōn kai dialogismōn, apēllotriōtai kai ho gongyzōn tēs henōseōs tōn adelphōn, kai to toutou ergon tēs chrēseōs autōn; phaneros de estin ho toioutos nosōn tēn te apistian kai tēs elpidos tēn amphibolian.
Question. And if someone obeys but grumbles?
Answer. Since the Apostle said, “Do all things without grumbling and disputing,” the one who grumbles is estranged from the unity of the brothers, and his work from their use. And such a one is clearly sick with unbelief and with doubt about the hope.
Chapter 40
40PG 31:1107
Ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν λυπήσῃ, πῶς ὀφείλει διορθώσασθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὲν οὕτως ἐλύπησεν, ὡς ὁ Ἀπόστολος, εἰπών· Ἐλυπήθητε γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν, ἵνα ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν, οὐχ ὁ λυπήσας χρήζει διορθώσεως, ἀλλ' ὁ λυπηθεὶς ὀφείλει τὰ ἰδιώματα τῆς κατὰ Θεὸν σας τὸ τοιοῦτον ἁμάρτημα, πληρωσάτω τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰρημένον· Ἐὰν προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ ἐκεῖ μνησθῆς, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ, ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ὕπαγε, πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν, πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου.
Ean adelphos adelphon lypēsę̄, pōs opheilei diorthōsasthai APOKRISIS. Ei men houtōs elypēsen, hōs ho Apostolos, eipōn; Elypēthēte gar kata Theon, hina en mēdeni zēmiōthēte ex hēmōn, ouch ho lypēsas chrēzei diorthōseōs, all' ho lypētheis opheilei ta idiōmata tēs kata Theon sas to toiouton hamartēma, plērōsatō to hypo tou Kyriou eirēmenon; Ean prospherę̄s to dōron sou epi to thysiastērion, kai ekei mnēsthēs, hoti ho adelphos sou echei ti kata sou, aphes ekei to dōron sou emprosthen tou thysiastēriou, kai hypage, prōton diallagēthi tǭ adelphǭ sou, kai tote elthōn, prosphere to dōron sou.
Question. If a brother grieves a brother, how ought he to make amends?
Answer. If he grieved him in the way the Apostle did, who said, “For you were grieved in a godly way, so that you suffered loss from us in nothing,” it is not the one who caused grief who needs to make amends; rather, the one grieved ought [to show] the marks of godly [grief] … [If he has committed] such a sin, let him fulfil what the Lord said: “If you are offering your gift at the altar, and there remember that your brother has something against you, leave your gift there before the altar, and go; first be reconciled to your brother, and then come and offer your gift.”
Chapter 41
41PG 31:1109
Ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀνέχηται ἀπολογήσασθαι ὁ λυπήσας ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πληρῶσαι ὀφείλομεν ἐπ' αὐτῷ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἁμαρτήσαντος καὶ μὴ μετανοήσαντος εἰρημένα· Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὡς ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ δ΄ τελώνης.
Ean de mē anechētai apologēsasthai ho lypēsas APOKRISIS. Plērōsai opheilomen ep' autǭ ta hypo tou Kyriou epi tou hamartēsantos kai mē metanoēsantos eirēmena; Ean de kai tēs Ekklēsias parakousę̄, estō soi hōs ho ethnikos kai d΄ telōnēs.
Question. And if the one who caused the grief will not bring himself to apologize?
Answer. We ought to carry out in his case what the Lord said about one who has sinned and not repented: “And if he refuses to listen even to the church, let him be to you as the Gentile and the tax collector.”
Chapter 42
42PG 31:1109
Ἐὰν δὲ, ἀπολογουμένου τοῦ λυπήσαντος, μὴ θέλῃ διαλλαγῆναι ὁ λυπηθείς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Φανερόν ἐστι το κρίμα τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπὶ τοῦ τοιούτου ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ τοῦ δούλου πρὸς τὸν σύνδουλον, ὃς, ἐπειδὴ παρακαλούμενος, μακροθυμῆσαι οὐκ ἤθελεν· Ἰδόντες δὲ, φησὶν, οἱ σύνδουλοι τὰ γενόμενα, διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ αὐτῶν· ὀργισθεὶς δὲ ὁ κύριος, ἀνεκαλέσατο τὴν ἑαυτοῦ εἰς αὐτὸν χάριν, καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς βασανισταῖς, ἕως οὗ ἀποδῷ τὸ ὀφειλόμενον
Ean de, apologoumenou tou lypēsantos, mē thelę̄ diallagēnai ho lypētheis. APOKRISIS. Phaneron esti to krima tou Kyriou epi tou toioutou en tę̄ parabolę̄ tou doulou pros ton syndoulon, hos, epeidē parakaloumenos, makrothymēsai ouk ēthelen; Idontes de, phēsin, hoi syndouloi ta genomena, diesaphēsan tǭ kyriǭ autōn; orgistheis de ho kyrios, anekalesato tēn heautou eis auton charin, kai paredōken auton tois basanistais, heōs hou apodǭ to opheilomenon
Question. And if, when the one who caused grief apologizes, the one grieved will not be reconciled?
Answer. The Lord's judgment on such a one is plain in the parable of the servant and his fellow servant, who, when entreated, would not be patient: “When his fellow servants saw what had happened,” it says, “they told their lord; and the lord was angry, and revoked his favour toward him, and handed him over to the torturers until he should pay what was owed.”
Chapter 43
43PG 31:1109
Πῶς οφειλει τις προσέχειν τῷ εἰς προσευχὴν ἐξυπνίζοντι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ ἐπιγινώσκει τις τὴν ζημίαν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἑαυτῆς ἐπαισθάνεται ἡ ψυχή, γνωρίζει δὲ τὸ κέρδος τῆς ἐγρηγόρσεως, καὶ μάλιστα τὴν ὑπερέχουσαν δόξαν, ὅτε προσάγεταί τις τῷ Θεῷ εἰς προσευχὴν, ὡς τὰ μεγάλα καὶ τὰ ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν εὐεργετοῦντι, προσέξει τῷ ἐξυπνίζοντι, εἴτε εἰς προσευχὴν εἴτε εἰς οἱανδηποτοῦν ἐντολήν.
Pōs opheilei tis prosechein tǭ eis proseuchēn exypnizonti APOKRISIS. Ei epiginōskei tis tēn zēmian tēn ek tou hypnou, hoti oude heautēs epaisthanetai hē psychē, gnōrizei de to kerdos tēs egrēgorseōs, kai malista tēn hyperechousan doxan, hote prosagetai tis tǭ Theǭ eis proseuchēn, hōs ta megala kai ta hyper pasan epithymian euergetounti, prosexei tǭ exypnizonti, eite eis proseuchēn eite eis hoiandēpotoun entolēn.
Question. How ought one to regard the one who wakes him for prayer?
Answer. If one recognizes the loss that comes from sleep, in that the soul is not even aware of itself, and knows the gain of wakefulness, and above all the surpassing glory when one is brought to God in prayer, as to one who bestows great benefits beyond all desire, he will heed the one who wakes him, whether for prayer or for any commandment at all.
Chapter 44
44PG 31:1109
Ἐὰν δὲ στυγνάσῃ ὁ ἐξυπνισθεὶς ἢ καὶ ὀργισθῇ, τίνος ἐστὶν ἄξιος ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τέως μὲν ἀφορισμοῦ καὶ ἀσιτίας, ἐὰν ἄρα δυνηθῇ κατανυγεὶς ἐπιγνῶναι ὅσων καὶ ἡλίκων ἀγαθῶν ἑαυτ τὸν ἀναισθήτως ἀποστερεῖ, καὶ οὕτως ἐπιστρέψας ἐνευφρανθῇ τῇ χάριτι τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἐμνήσθην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εὐφράνθην· ἐὰν δὲ ἐπιμένῃ ἀναισθη τῶν, ἀποκοπτέσθω, ὡς τὸ σεσηπὸς καὶ διεφθαρμένον μέλος ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος. Γέγραπται γάρ· Συμ φέρει ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς γέενναν
Ean de stygnasę̄ ho exypnistheis ē kai orgisthę̄, tinos estin axios APOKRISIS. Teōs men aphorismou kai asitias, ean ara dynēthę̄ katanygeis epignōnai hosōn kai hēlikōn agathōn heaut ton anaisthētōs aposterei, kai houtōs epistrepsas eneuphranthę̄ tę̄ chariti tou eipontos; Emnēsthēn tou Theou, kai euphranthēn; ean de epimenę̄ anaisthē tōn, apokoptesthō, hōs to sesēpos kai diephtharmenon melos apo tou sōmatos. Gegraptai gar; Sym pherei hina apolētai hen tōn melōn sou, kai mē holon to sōma sou blēthę̄ eis geennan
Question. And if the one who is woken is sullen or even angry, what does he deserve?
Answer. For the present, exclusion and going without food, in the hope that, pierced with compunction, he may recognize how many and how great the good things are of which he deprives himself without feeling it, and so, turning back, may rejoice in the grace of him who said: “I remembered God and was glad.” But if he remains without feeling, let him be cut off like a rotten and corrupt member from the body. For it is written: “It is better that one of your members perish, than that your whole body be thrown into hell.”
Chapter 45
45PG 31:1111
κάν τις, ἀκούσας τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, ὅτι Ὁ δοῦλος ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ποιήσας, μηδὲ ἑτοιμάσας πρὸς τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς· ὁ δὲ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας, ἀμελήσῃ τῆς γνώσεως τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου θελημάτων, εἰ ἔχει τὴν παραμυθίαν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ, Δῆλός ἐστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος σχηματιζόμενος τὴν ἄγνοιαν, καὶ ἄφευκτον ἔχει τῆς ἁμαρτίας τὴν κρίσιν μὴ ἦλθον γὰρ, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἶχον· νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσι περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν, τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς πανταχοῦ πᾶσι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ διαγγελλούσης. Ὥστε οὐχὶ μετὰ τῶν ἀγνοησάντων ὁ τοιοὔτος ἔλαττον κρίνεται, ἀλλὰ μετ' ἐκείνων σφοδρότερον κατακρίνεται, περὶ ὧν γέγραπται· Ὡσεὶ ἀσπίδος κωφῆς, καὶ βυούσης τὰ ὦτα αὐτῆς, ἥτις οὐκ εἰσακούσεται φωνῆς ἐπᾳδόντων, φαρμακοῦ τε φαρμακευομένη παρὰ σοφοῦ. Ὁ μέντοι ἐπιτεταγμένος τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ λόγου, ἐὰν ἀμελήσῃ τοῦ ἀναγγεῖλαι, ὡς φονεὺς κρίνεται, καθὼς γέγρα πται.
kan tis, akousas tou Kyriou eipontos, hoti Ho doulos ho gnous to thelēma tou kyriou autou, kai mē poiēsas, mēde hetoimasas pros to thelēma autou, darēsetai pollas; ho de mē gnous, poiēsas de axia plēgōn, darēsetai oligas, amelēsę̄ tēs gnōseōs tōn tou Kyriou thelēmatōn, ei echei tēn paramythian. APOKRISIS, Dēlos estin ho toioutos schēmatizomenos tēn agnoian, kai apheukton echei tēs hamartias tēn krisin mē ēlthon gar, phēsin ho Kyrios, kai elalēsa autois, hamartian ouk eichon; nyn de prophasin ouk echousi peri tēs hamartias autōn, tēs hagias Graphēs pantachou pasi to thelēma tou Theou diangellousēs. Hōste ouchi meta tōn agnoēsantōn ho toioutos elatton krinetai, alla met' ekeinōn sphodroteron katakrinetai, peri hōn gegraptai; Hōsei aspidos kōphēs, kai byousēs ta ōta autēs, hētis ouk eisakousetai phōnēs epądontōn, pharmakou te pharmakeuomenē para sophou. Ho mentoi epitetagmenos tēn oikonomian tou logou, ean amelēsę̄ tou anangeilai, hōs phoneus krinetai, kathōs gegra ptai.
Question. If someone, having heard the Lord say, “The servant who knew his master's will and did not do it, nor prepared himself for his will, will be beaten with many blows; but the one who did not know, and did what deserved blows, will be beaten with few,” neglects to learn the Lord's will, does he have that consolation?
Answer. Such a one is plainly feigning ignorance, and the judgment on his sin is inescapable. “For if I had not come and spoken to them,” says the Lord, “they would not have sin; but now they have no excuse for their sin,” since holy Scripture everywhere proclaims the will of God to all. So such a one is not judged more lightly with those who did not know, but is condemned more severely with those of whom it is written: “Like a deaf asp that stops its ears, which will not hear the voice of charmers, nor of a drug skilfully prepared by a wise man.” The one, however, who is entrusted with the stewardship of the word, if he neglects to declare it, is judged as a murderer, as it is written.
Chapter 46
46PG 31:1111
Εἰ ὁ ἑτέρου ἀνεχόμενος εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι ἁμαρτίαν ἔνοχός ἐστι τῆς ἁμαρτίας ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο τὸ κρῖμα φανερὸν ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς Πιλᾶτον ῥημάτων, εἰπόντος· Ὁ παραδιδούς με σοὶ μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει. Σαφὲς γὰρ ἐκ τούτου, ὅτι καὶ ὁ Πιλᾶτος, ἀνεχόμενος τῶν παραδεδωκότων, ἁμαρτίαν εἶχεν, εἰ καὶ ἐλάττονα. Παρίστησι δὲ τοῦτο φανερῶς καὶ ὁ ᾿Αδὰμ ἀνασχόμενος τῆς Εὔας· καὶ ἡ Εὔα ἀνασχομένη τοῦ ὄφεως· οὐδεὶς γὰρ αὐτῶν ὡς ἀθῶος ἀτιμώρητος ἀφείθη. Καὶ αὐτὴ δὲ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ κατ᾿ αὐτῶν ἀγανάκτησις ἐπιτετηρημένως τοῦτο ἐνδείκνυται· τοῦ γὰρ ᾿Ἀδὰμ ἀντὶ ἀπολογίας προσενεγκόντος τὸ, Ἡ γυνὴ, ἣν δέδωκας μετ' ἐμοῦ, αὕτη μοι ἔδωκε, καὶ ἔφαγον· ἀποκρίνεται ὁ Θεός Ὅτι ἤκουσας τῆς φωνῆς τῆς γυναικός σου, καὶ ἔφαγες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, οὗ ἐνετειλάμην σοι, τούτου μόνου μὴ φαγεῖν, ἐπικατάρατος ἡ γῆ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις σου. καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
Ei ho heterou anechomenos eis to poiēsai hamartian enochos esti tēs hamartias APOKRISIS. Touto to krima phaneron ek tōn tou Kyriou pros Pilaton rhēmatōn, eipontos; Ho paradidous me soi meizona hamartian echei. Saphes gar ek toutou, hoti kai ho Pilatos, anechomenos tōn paradedōkotōn, hamartian eichen, ei kai elattona. Paristēsi de touto phanerōs kai ho ᾿Adam anaschomenos tēs Euas; kai hē Eua anaschomenē tou opheōs; oudeis gar autōn hōs athōos atimōrētos apheithē. Kai autē de hē tou Theou kat᾿ autōn aganaktēsis epitetērēmenōs touto endeiknytai; tou gar ᾿Adam anti apologias prosenenkontos to, Hē gynē, hēn dedōkas met' emou, hautē moi edōke, kai ephagon; apokrinetai ho Theos Hoti ēkousas tēs phōnēs tēs gynaikos sou, kai ephages apo tou xylou, hou eneteilamēn soi, toutou monou mē phagein, epikataratos hē gē en tois ergois sou. kai ta hexēs.
Question. Whether one who puts up with another in doing a sin is guilty of the sin.
Answer. This judgment is plain from the Lord's words to Pilate: “He who delivered me to you has the greater sin.” For it is clear from this that Pilate too, in putting up with those who had delivered him, had sin, even if less. Adam shows this plainly too in putting up with Eve, and Eve in putting up with the serpent; for none of them was let go unpunished as innocent. And God's very indignation against them shows this pointedly; for when Adam offered by way of defence, “The woman whom you gave to be with me, she gave me, and I ate,” God answers: “Because you listened to the voice of your wife, and ate of the tree of which I commanded you not to eat of this alone, cursed is the ground in your works,” and so on.
Chapter 47
47PG 31:1113
Εἰ δεῖ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ἐφησυχάζειν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅτι μὲν οὐ δεῖ, φανερὸν ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου προσταγμάτων ἐν μὲν τῇ Παλαιᾷ Διαθήκῃ εἰπόντος· Ἐλεγμῷ ἐλέγξεις τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ οὐ λήψῃ δι' αὐτὸν ἁμαρτίαν· ἐν δὲ τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ· Ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. Εάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα. Ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ τελώνης. Ἡλίκον δὲ ἐστι τὸ κρίμα τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος τούτου, ἔξεστι γνῶναι πρῶτον μὲν ἐξ ἀποφάσεως τοῦ Κυρίου καθολικῶς εἰπόντος· Ὁ ἀπειθῶν τῷ Υἱῷ οὐκ ὄψεται τὴν ζωήν· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μενεῖ ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν· ἔπειτα καὶ ἐξ ἱστοριῶν ἔν τε τῇ Παλαιᾷ καὶ τῇ Καινῇ Γραφῇ φερομένων. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ ὁ μὲν ῎Αχαρ, ἡνίκα ἔκλεψε τὴν γλῶσσαν τὴν χρυσῆν καὶ τὴν ψιλὴν, ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν γέγονεν ὀργὴ Κυρίου, καίτοιγε ἀγνοήσαντα καὶ τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα καὶ τὸ ἁμάρτημα, μέχρις ὅτε ἐφανερώθη ὁ προειρημένος, καὶ τὸν φοβερὸν ἐκεῖνον ἅμα πᾶσι τοῖς ἰδίοις ὑπέμεινεν ὅλεθρον. Ὁ δὲ Ἠλεί καίπερ οὐκ ἐφησυχάσας τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ υἱοῖς, οἵτινες ἦσαν υἱοὶ λοιμοί, πολλάκις δὲ αὐτοῖς παραινέσας, καὶ εἰπὼν, Μὴ, τέκνα, οὐκ ἀγαθὰ ἀκούω περὶ ὑμῶν, καὶ λόγῳ πλείονι κατασκευάσας τῆς τε ἁμαρτίας τὸ ἄτοπον καὶ τῆς κρίσεως τὸ ἄφευκτον, ὅτι μὴ ὅλως ἐξεδίκησε, μηδὲ τὸν πρέποντα ζῆλον κατ' αὐτῶν ἐπεδείξατο, τοσοῦτον παρώξυνε τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς καὶ τὸν λαὸν τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ συναναλωθῆναι, καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν αὐτὴν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ληφθῆναι, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις οἰκτρῷ τέλει θανατωθῆναι. Εἰ δὲ κατὰ τῶν μὴ συνεγνωκότων τῷ ἁμαρτήσαντι, καὶ κατὰ τῶν κωλυσάντων, καὶ διαμαρτυραμένων τὸ ἁμάρτημα, τοσαύτη ἡ ὀργὴ ἐξεκαύθη, τί ἄν τις εἴποι περὶ τῶν γινωσκόντων καὶ ἐφησυχαζόντων; Οἵτινες ἐὰν μὴ ἐπιδείξωνται τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου πρὸς τοὺς Κορινθίους εἰρημένα, εἰπόντος· Διὰ τι οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε, ἵνα ἐξαρθῇ ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν ὁ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο ποιήσας; καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς αὐτοῖς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ μαρτυρηθέντα γράψαντος· Ἰδοὺ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, τὸ κατὰ Θεὸν λυπηθῆναι, πόσην ἐν ὑμῖν κατειργάσατο σπουδήν· ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν, ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ φόβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀλλὰ ζῆλον, ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν· ἐν παντὶ συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς ἀγνοὺς εἶναι ἐν τῷ πράγματι· κινδυνεύουσι πάντως καὶ νῦν ὁμοῦ πάντες τὸν αὐτὸν ὄλεθρον ὑποστῆναι, ἢ καὶ χείρονα, ὅσῳ χείρων τοῦ ἀθετήσαντος νόμον Μωσέως ὁ ἀθετῶν τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ὁ τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ προημαρτηκότι καὶ προκατακριθέντι τολμήσας. Ἑπτάκις μὲν γὰρ ἐκδεδίκηται ἐκ Κάϊν, ἐκ δὲ Λάμεχ έβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτὰ, τὸ ὅμοιον ἡμαρτόν τος
Ei dei tois hamartanousin ephēsychazein. APOKRISIS. Hoti men ou dei, phaneron ek tōn tou Kyriou prostagmatōn en men tę̄ Palaią Diathēkę̄ eipontos; Elegmǭ elenxeis ton plēsion sou, kai ou lēpsę̄ di' auton hamartian; en de tǭ Euangeliǭ; Ean hamartę̄ eis se ho adelphos sou, hypage, elenxon auton metaxy sou kai autou monou. Ean sou akousę̄, ekerdēsas ton adelphon sou; ean de mē akousę̄, paralabe meta sou eti hena ē dyo, hina epi stomatos dyo martyrōn ē triōn stathēsetai pan rhēma. Ean de parakousę̄ autōn, eipe tę̄ Ekklēsią; ean de kai tēs Ekklēsias parakousę̄, estō soi hōsper ho ethnikos kai telōnēs. Hēlikon de esti to krima tou hamartēmatos toutou, exesti gnōnai prōton men ex apophaseōs tou Kyriou katholikōs eipontos; Ho apeithōn tǭ Huiǭ ouk opsetai tēn zōēn; all᾽ hē orgē tou Theou menei ep᾿ auton; epeita kai ex historiōn en te tę̄ Palaią kai tę̄ Kainę̄ Graphę̄ pheromenōn. Idou gar ho men ᾿Achar, hēnika eklepse tēn glōssan tēn chrysēn kai tēn psilēn, epi panta ton laon gegonen orgē Kyriou, kaitoige agnoēsanta kai ton hēmartēkota kai to hamartēma, mechris hote ephanerōthē ho proeirēmenos, kai ton phoberon ekeinon hama pasi tois idiois hypemeinen holethron. Ho de Ēlei kaiper ouk ephēsychasas tois heautou huiois, hoitines ēsan huioi loimoi, pollakis de autois parainesas, kai eipōn, Mē, tekna, ouk agatha akouō peri hymōn, kai logǭ pleioni kataskeuasas tēs te hamartias to atopon kai tēs kriseōs to apheukton, hoti mē holōs exedikēse, mēde ton preponta zēlon kat' autōn epedeixato, tosouton parōxyne tēn orgēn tou Theou, hōs kai ton laon tois huiois autou synanalōthēnai, kai tēn kibōton autēn hypo tōn allophylōn lēphthēnai, kai auton epi toutois oiktrǭ telei thanatōthēnai. Ei de kata tōn mē synegnōkotōn tǭ hamartēsanti, kai kata tōn kōlysantōn, kai diamartyramenōn to hamartēma, tosautē hē orgē exekauthē, ti an tis eipoi peri tōn ginōskontōn kai ephēsychazontōn? Hoitines ean mē epideixōntai ta hypo tou Apostolou pros tous Korinthious eirēmena, eipontos; Dia ti ouchi mallon epenthēsate, hina exarthę̄ ek mesou hymōn ho to ergon touto poiēsas? kai ta hexēs autois hyp' autou martyrēthenta grapsantos; Idou gar auto touto, to kata Theon lypēthēnai, posēn en hymin kateirgasato spoudēn; alla apologian, alla aganaktēsin, alla phobon, alla epipothēsin, alla zēlon, alla ekdikēsin; en panti synestēsate heautous agnous einai en tǭ pragmati; kindyneuousi pantōs kai nyn homou pantes ton auton olethron hypostēnai, ē kai cheirona, hosǭ cheirōn tou athetēsantos nomon Mōseōs ho athetōn ton Kyrion, kai ho to auto tǭ proēmartēkoti kai prokatakrithenti tolmēsas. Heptakis men gar ekdedikētai ek Kaïn, ek de Lamech ebdomēkontakis hepta, to homoion hēmarton tos
Question. Whether one should keep silent toward those who sin.
Answer. That one should not is plain from the Lord's commands: in the Old Testament he says, “You shall surely reprove your neighbour, and you shall not incur sin because of him”; and in the Gospel: “If your brother sins against you, go, rebuke him between you and him alone. If he listens to you, you have gained your brother; but if he does not listen, take with you one or two more, so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. If he refuses to listen to them, tell it to the church; and if he refuses to listen even to the church, let him be to you as the Gentile and tax collector.” How great the judgment on this sin is may be learned, first, from the Lord's general pronouncement: “He who disobeys the Son will not see life, but the wrath of God will remain on him”; and then from the histories recorded in both the Old and the New Scripture. For see: when Achar stole the golden tongue and the cloak, the wrath of the Lord came on the whole people, although they knew neither the sinner nor the sin, until the man was revealed and suffered that fearful destruction together with all his household. And Eli, although he did not keep silent toward his sons, who were pestilent sons, but often admonished them, saying, “No, children, it is not a good report I hear about you,” and set out at length both the outrage of the sin and the inescapability of the judgment, yet because he did not punish them at all, nor show the zeal against them that was fitting, so provoked the wrath of God that the people perished together with his sons, the ark itself was taken by the foreigners, and he himself died a pitiful death on top of all this. If, then, so great a wrath was kindled against those who were not accomplices of the sinner, and against those who forbade and protested against the sin, what could one say of those who know and keep silent? Unless they show what was spoken by the Apostle to the Corinthians, when he said, “Why did you not rather mourn, so that he who has done this deed might be removed from among you?” and what he afterwards testified of them, writing, “For see what earnestness this very godly grief has produced in you: what defence, what indignation, what fear, what longing, what zeal, what punishment! In everything you have shown yourselves to be pure in the matter”, they all run the risk, now too, of suffering the same destruction together, or even a worse one, inasmuch as one who rejects the Lord is worse than one who rejected the law of Moses, and so is one who dares the same as one who sinned and was condemned before him. For “sevenfold vengeance is taken for Cain, but for Lamech seventy times seven,” since he sinned in the same way …
Chapter 48
48PG 31:1115
Ἡ πλεονεξία μέχρι τίνος κρίνεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. "Ὅταν ὑπερβῇ τις τοῦ νόμου τὸν ὄρον. Ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο κατὰ μὲν τὴν Παλαιὰν Διαθήκην τὸ πλέον ἑαυτοῦ φροντίσαι ἢ τοῦ πλησίον· γέγραπται γάρ· ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν· κατὰ δὲ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, τὸ πλέον τῶν πρὸς τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν ἀναγκαίων σπουδάσαι τι ἑαυτοῦ ἕνεκεν, ὡς ὁ ἀκούσας· Ἄφρον, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ· ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας, τίνι ἔσται; Οἷς ἐπιφέρει καθολικώτερον· Οὕτως ὁ θησαυρίζων ἑαυτῷ, καὶ μὴ εἰς Θεὶν
Hē pleonexia mechri tinos krinetai. APOKRISIS. "Hotan hyperbę̄ tis tou nomou ton oron. Esti de touto kata men tēn Palaian Diathēkēn to pleon heautou phrontisai ē tou plēsion; gegraptai gar; ᾿Agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs seauton; kata de to Euangelion, to pleon tōn pros tēn enestōsan hēmeran anankaiōn spoudasai ti heautou heneken, hōs ho akousas; Aphron, tautę̄ tę̄ nykti tēn psychēn sou apaitousin apo sou; ha de hētoimasas, tini estai? Hois epipherei katholikōteron; Houtōs ho thēsaurizōn heautǭ, kai mē eis Thein
Question. To what point is covetousness judged?
Answer. When one oversteps the boundary of the law. According to the Old Testament, this is to care more for oneself than for one's neighbour; for it is written: “You shall love your neighbour as yourself.” According to the Gospel, it is to be anxious for anything for oneself beyond what is needed for the present day, like the man who heard: “Fool, this night they demand your soul from you; and the things you have prepared, whose will they be?” To which he adds more generally: “So is he who lays up treasure for himself and is not [rich] toward God.”
Chapter 49
49PG 31:1115
Τί ἐστι τὸ περπερεύεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πᾶν ὁ μὴ διὰ χρείαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ καλλωπισμὸν παραλαμβάνεται, περπερείας ἔχει κατηγορίαν
Ti esti to perpereuesthai. APOKRISIS. Pan ho mē dia chreian, alla dia kallōpismon paralambanetai, perpereias echei katēgorian
Question. What is it to be vainglorious in display?
Answer. Everything that is taken up not for need but for adornment is open to the charge of vain display.
Chapter 50
50PG 31:1115
Ἐὰν τις τὰ μὲν πολυτελέστερα τῆς ἐσθῆτες ἀπωθῆται, αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ εὐτελὲς, εἴτε ἱμάτιον εἴτε ὑπόδημα οἱονεὶ θέλῃ ἵνα πρέπῃ αὐτῷ, εἰ ἁμαρτάνει, ἢ ποῖον πάθος νοσεῖ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ θέλων ἵνα πρέπῃ αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσαι, φανερός ἐστιν ἀνθρωπαρέσκειαν νοσῶν. καὶ μετεωριζόμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ πάθος τῆς περπερείας καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς εὐτελέσι πληροφορῶν.
Ean tis ta men polytelestera tēs esthētes apōthētai, auto de to euteles, eite himation eite hypodēma hoionei thelę̄ hina prepę̄ autǭ, ei hamartanei, ē poion pathos nosei APOKRISIS. Ho thelōn hina prepę̄ autǭ pros to anthrōpois aresai, phaneros estin anthrōpareskeian nosōn. kai meteōrizomenos apo tou Theou, kai to pathos tēs perpereias kai en autois eutelesi plērophorōn.
Question. If someone refuses the more costly kinds of clothing, but wants the cheap thing itself, whether cloak or shoe, to look becoming on him, does he sin, or what passion is he sick with?
Answer. One who wants it to look becoming on him so as to please men is plainly sick with man-pleasing, distracted from God, and gives full proof of the passion of vain display even in cheap things.
Chapter 51
51PG 31:1117
Τί ἐστι ῾Ρακά ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐπιχώριον ῥῆμα ἠπιωτέρας ὕβρεως, πρὸς τοὺς οἰκειοτέρους λαμβανόμενον.
Ti esti ῾Raka APOKRISIS. Epichōrion rhēma ēpiōteras hybreōs, pros tous oikeioterous lambanomenon.
Question. What is “Raca”?
Answer. A local word for a milder insult, used toward those closer to one.
Chapter 52
52PG 31:1117
Τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος ποτὲ μὲν, « Μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι·· ποτὲ δὲ, «Μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι, » τίς ὁ κενόδοξος, καὶ τίς ὁ ἀνθρωπάρεσκος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Λογίζομαι, ὅτι κενόδοξος μέν ἐστιν ὁ, ψιλῆς ἕνεκεν τῆς ἐν κόσμῳ δόξης, τῆς παρὰ τῶν ὁρώντων ἢ ἀκουόντων, ποιῶν τι ἢ λέγων· ἀνθρωπάρεσκος δὲ ὁ πρὸς τὸ θέλημά τινος ἀνθρώπου εἰς ἀρέσκειαν αὐτοῦ ποιῶν, κἂν ἀτιμίας ἄξιον ᾗἢ τὸ γινόμενον.
Tou Apostolou legontos pote men, « Mē ginōmetha kenodoxoi;; pote de, «Mē en ophthalmodouleia hōs anthrōpareskoi, » tis ho kenodoxos, kai tis ho anthrōpareskos. APOKRISIS. Logizomai, hoti kenodoxos men estin ho, psilēs heneken tēs en kosmǭ doxēs, tēs para tōn horōntōn ē akouontōn, poiōn ti ē legōn; anthrōpareskos de ho pros to thelēma tinos anthrōpou eis areskeian autou poiōn, kan atimias axion hę̄ē to ginomenon.
Question. Since the Apostle says at one time, “Let us not become vainglorious,” and at another, “Not with eye-service, as man-pleasers,” who is the vainglorious man, and who the man-pleaser?
Answer. I consider that the vainglorious man is one who does or says something merely for worldly glory from those who see or hear; and the man-pleaser one who acts according to some man's wish in order to please him, even if what is done deserves dishonour.
Chapter 53
53PG 31:1117
Τις ἐστην ὁ μολυσμὸς τῆς σαρκὸς, καὶ τίς ὁ μολυσμὸς τοῦ πνεύματος· καὶ πῶς αὐτῶν καθαρεύσομεν· ἢ τίς ὁ ἁγιασμός· καὶ πῶς αὐτὸν κτησόμεθα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Μολυσμὸς ἂν εἴη σαρκὸς μὲν τὸ ἀναμίγνυσθαι τοῖς αὐτουργοῦσι τὰ ἀπηγορευμένα, πνεύματος δὲ τὸ ἀδιαφορεῖν πρὸς τοὺς φρονοῦντας ἢ ποιοῦντας τὰ τοιαῦτα. Καθαρεύει δέ τις, ὅταν ἀνάσχηται τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος τῷ τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα· ἢ ὅταν πάθῃ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Δαβίδ· Ἀθυμία κατέσχε με ἀπὸ ἁμαρτωλῶν τῶν ἐγκαταλιμπανόντων τὸν νόμον σου· καὶ λύπην τοιαύτην ἐνδείξηται, οἴαν ἐπεδείξαντο οἱ Κορίνθιοι, ὁπότε ἐνεκλήθησαν, ὅτι πρὸς τὸν ἁμαρτήσαντα ἀδιαφόρως διετέθησαν, ἐν παντὶ συστήσαντες ἑαυτοὺς ἁγνοὺς εἶναι ἐν τῷ πράγματι. Ἁγιασμὸς δὲ ἐστι τὸ ἀνακεῖσθαι τῷ ἁγίῳ Θεῷ ἐξ ὁλοκλήρου, καὶ ἀδιαστάτως ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ, διὰ φροντίδος καὶ σπουδῆς τῶν αὐτῷ ἀρεσκόντων. Τό τε γάρ λελωβημένον ἐν τοῖς ἀναθήμασιν ἀπρόσδεκτον, καὶ τὸ ἅπαξ ἀνατεθὲν τῷ Θεῷ εἰς κοινὴν καὶ ἀνθρωπίνην χρῆσιν ἕλκειν ἀσεβὲς καὶ ἀτόλμητον
Tis estēn ho molysmos tēs sarkos, kai tis ho molysmos tou pneumatos; kai pōs autōn kathareusomen; ē tis ho hagiasmos; kai pōs auton ktēsometha. APOKRISIS. Molysmos an eiē sarkos men to anamignysthai tois autourgousi ta apēgoreumena, pneumatos de to adiaphorein pros tous phronountas ē poiountas ta toiauta. Kathareuei de tis, hotan anaschētai tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos tǭ toioutǭ mēde synesthiein, kai hosa toiauta; ē hotan pathę̄ to eirēmenon hypo tou Dabid; Athymia katesche me apo hamartōlōn tōn enkatalimpanontōn ton nomon sou; kai lypēn toiautēn endeixētai, oian epedeixanto hoi Korinthioi, hopote eneklēthēsan, hoti pros ton hamartēsanta adiaphorōs dietethēsan, en panti systēsantes heautous hagnous einai en tǭ pragmati. Hagiasmos de esti to anakeisthai tǭ hagiǭ Theǭ ex holoklērou, kai adiastatōs en panti kairǭ, dia phrontidos kai spoudēs tōn autǭ areskontōn. To te gar lelōbēmenon en tois anathēmasin aprosdekton, kai to hapax anatethen tǭ Theǭ eis koinēn kai anthrōpinēn chrēsin helkein asebes kai atolmēton
Question. What is defilement of the flesh, and what is defilement of the spirit, and how shall we be cleansed of them? Or what is sanctification, and how shall we gain it?
Answer. Defilement of the flesh would be mixing with those who themselves do what is forbidden; defilement of the spirit, being indifferent toward those who think or do such things. One is cleansed when he heeds the Apostle, who says not even to eat with such a one, and other such things; or when he experiences what was said by David: “Despondency took hold of me because of the sinners who forsake your law”; and shows such grief as the Corinthians showed when they were reproached for having been indifferent toward the one who had sinned, in everything showing themselves to be pure in the matter. Sanctification is to be dedicated to the holy God wholly and without interruption at every time, through care and zeal for what pleases him. For what is maimed is unacceptable among offerings, and to drag what has once been dedicated to God into common and human use is impious and not to be dared.
Chapter 54
54PG 31:1119
Τί ἐστι φιλαυτία, καὶ πῶς γνωρίζει ἑαυτὸν ὁ φίλαντος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πολλὰ καταχρηστικῶς λέγεται, ὥσπερ τό· ῾Ο φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν· καὶ ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν. Φίλαυτος οὖν ἐστιν ὁ ἑαυτὸν δῆθεν φιλῶν. Γνωρίζει δὲ ἑαυτὸν, ἐὰν ἄπερ ποιεῖ δι᾽ ἑαυτὸν ποιῇ, κἂν κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν ᾗ τὸ γινόμενον. Τὸ γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀναπαύσεως ἐλλεῖψαί τι τῶν πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, εἶτε κατὰ ψυχὴν εἴτε κατὰ σῶμα, φανερὰν ἤδη καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔχει τῆς φιλαυτίας τὴν κακίαν, ἧς τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια.
Ti esti philautia, kai pōs gnōrizei heauton ho philantos. APOKRISIS. Polla katachrēstikōs legetai, hōsper to; ῾O philōn tēn psychēn autou apolesei autēn; kai ho misōn tēn psychēn autou en tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ eis zōēn aiōnion phylaxei autēn. Philautos oun estin ho heauton dēthen philōn. Gnōrizei de heauton, ean aper poiei di᾽ heauton poię̄, kan kat᾿ entolēn hę̄ to ginomenon. To gar hyper tēs heautou anapauseōs elleipsai ti tōn pros tēn chreian tou adelphou, eite kata psychēn eite kata sōma, phaneran ēdē kai tois allois echei tēs philautias tēn kakian, hēs to telos apōleia.
Question. What is self-love, and how does the self-lover recognize himself?
Answer. Many things are said in a loose sense, as for example: “He who loves his soul will lose it; and he who hates his soul in this world will keep it for eternal life.” The self-lover, then, is one who loves himself, as he supposes. And he recognizes himself if he does what he does for his own sake, even if what is done is according to the commandment. For to fall short in anything that serves a brother's need, whether in soul or body, for the sake of one's own rest, already makes the vice of self-love plain even to others; and its end is destruction.
Chapter 55
55PG 31:1119
Ποία διαφορὰ πικρίας, καὶ θυμοῦ, καὶ ὀργῆς, καὶ παροξυσμοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Θυμοῦ μὲν καὶ ὀργῆς ἡ διαφορὰ τάχα ἐν διαθέσει καὶ ὁρμῇ κεῖται· τοῦ μὲν ὀργιζομένου ἐν διαθέσει μόνῃ ἔχοντος τὸ πάθος, ὡς δηλοῖ ὁ εἰπών· Ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε· τοῦ δὲ θυμουμένου ἤδη τι καὶ πλέον δεικνύντος· θυμὸς γὰρ αὐτοῖς, φησὶ, κατὰ τὴν ὁμοίωσιν τοῦ ὄφεως· καὶ, ῾Ο Ἡρώδης ἦν θυμομαχῶν Τυρίοις καὶ Σιδονίοις. Καὶ τὸ σφοδρότερον ἀπὸ θυμοῦ κίνημα παροξυσμὸς ὀνομάζεται· ἡ δὲ πικρία κατασκευὴν δεινοτέραν τῆς κακίας ἐμφαίνει.
Poia diaphora pikrias, kai thymou, kai orgēs, kai paroxysmou. APOKRISIS. Thymou men kai orgēs hē diaphora tacha en diathesei kai hormę̄ keitai; tou men orgizomenou en diathesei monę̄ echontos to pathos, hōs dēloi ho eipōn; Orgizesthe, kai mē hamartanete; tou de thymoumenou ēdē ti kai pleon deiknyntos; thymos gar autois, phēsi, kata tēn homoiōsin tou opheōs; kai, ῾O Hērōdēs ēn thymomachōn Tyriois kai Sidoniois. Kai to sphodroteron apo thymou kinēma paroxysmos onomazetai; hē de pikria kataskeuēn deinoteran tēs kakias emphainei.
Question. What is the difference between bitterness, rage, anger, and provocation?
Answer. The difference between rage and anger lies perhaps in disposition and impulse: one who is angry has the passion in his disposition only, as he shows who said, “Be angry and do not sin”; while one in a rage already shows something more: “They have rage,” it says, “after the likeness of the serpent”; and, “Herod was furious with the people of Tyre and Sidon.” And the more violent movement that follows rage is called provocation. Bitterness reveals a more dreadful contrivance of wickedness.
Chapter 56
56PG 31:1119
Τοῦ Κυρίου ἀποφηναμένου, ὅτι « Ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθήσεται·· καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου παραγγέλλοντος, «Μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν·· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ λέγοντος· « ᾿Αλαζόνες, ὑπερήφανοι, τετυφωμένοι·· καὶ πάλιν·· ῾Η ἀγάπη οὐ φυσιοῦται·· τίς ἐστιν ὁ ὑψηλόφρων, καὶ τὶς ὁ ἀλαζῶν, καὶ τίς ὁ ὑπερήφανος, τις δὲ ὁ τετυφωμένος ἢ τίς ὁ πεφυσιωμένος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὑψηλόφρων μὲν εἴη ἂν καὶ ὁ ἑαυτὸν ὑψῶν, ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς προσοῦσιν αὐτῷ κατορθώμασι μεγαλοφρονῶν καὶ ἐπαιρόμενος, κατὰ τὸν Φαρισαῖον ἐκεῖνον, καὶ μὴ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγόμενος. Ὁ αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἂν λέγοιτο καὶ πεφυσιωμένος, κατὰ τὸ Κορινθίων ἔγκλημα. ᾿Αλαζὼν δὲ ὁ μὴ στοιχῶν τοῖς νενομοθετημένοις, μηδὲ πληρῶν τὸ τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν κανόνι, τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν· ἰδίαν δὲ ὁδὸν δικαιοσύνης καὶ εὐσεβείας ἐπινοῶν. Ὑπερήφανος δὲ ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς προσοῦσιν αὐτῷ κομπάζων, καὶ ὑπὲρ ὅ ἐστι, φαίνεσθαι ἐπιτηδεύων. Τετυφωμένος δὲ ἢ ὁ αὐτός έστι τάχα τῷ ὑπερηφάνῳ, ἢ ἐγγὺς τούτου, κατὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰρημένον· Τετύφωται, μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος.
Tou Kyriou apophēnamenou, hoti « Ho hypsōn heauton tapeinōthēsetai;; kai tou Apostolou parangellontos, «Mē ta hypsēla phronein;; kai allachou legontos; « ᾿Alazones, hyperēphanoi, tetyphōmenoi;; kai palin;; ῾Ē agapē ou physioutai;; tis estin ho hypsēlophrōn, kai tis ho alazōn, kai tis ho hyperēphanos, tis de ho tetyphōmenos ē tis ho pephysiōmenos. APOKRISIS. Hypsēlophrōn men eiē an kai ho heauton hypsōn, ho epi tois prosousin autǭ katorthōmasi megalophronōn kai epairomenos, kata ton Pharisaion ekeinon, kai mē tois tapeinois synapagomenos. Ho autos d᾽ an legoito kai pephysiōmenos, kata to Korinthiōn enklēma. ᾿Alazōn de ho mē stoichōn tois nenomothetēmenois, mēde plērōn to tǭ autǭ stoichein kanoni, to auto phronein; idian de hodon dikaiosynēs kai eusebeias epinoōn. Hyperēphanos de ho epi tois prosousin autǭ kompazōn, kai hyper ho esti, phainesthai epitēdeuōn. Tetyphōmenos de ē ho autos esti tacha tǭ hyperēphanǭ, ē engys toutou, kata to hypo tou Apostolou eirēmenon; Tetyphōtai, mēden epistamenos.
Question. Since the Lord declared, “He who exalts himself will be humbled,” and the Apostle commands, “Do not set your mind on high things,” and elsewhere says, “Boasters, arrogant, puffed up with conceit,” and again, “Love is not puffed up,” who is the high-minded man, who the boaster, who the arrogant, who the conceited, and who the puffed-up?
Answer. The high-minded man would also be the one who exalts himself, who thinks great things and is elated over the good deeds he possesses, like that Pharisee, and does not associate with the lowly. The same might also be called puffed up, as in the charge against the Corinthians. The boaster is one who does not keep in line with what has been laid down, nor fulfils the command “to walk by the same rule, to be of the same mind,” but devises his own way of righteousness and godliness. The arrogant man is one who brags of what he has and makes it his business to appear more than he is. The conceited man is either perhaps the same as the arrogant or close to him, according to what the Apostle said: “He is conceited, understanding nothing.”
Chapter 57
57PG 31:1121
Ἐάν τις ἐλάττωμα ἔχῃ ἀδιόρθωτον, καὶ συνεχέστερον καταγινωσκόμενος βλάπτηται, εἰ συμφέρει μᾶλλον ἐπαφιέναι αὐτῷ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ εἴρηται, ὅτι τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐπιστρέφειν μακροθύμως δεῖ, κατὰ τὸν ὑποδεδειγμένον τρόπον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου. Ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ αὐτῷ πρὸς ἐπιστροφὴν ἡ τῶν πλειόνων κατάγνωσις καὶ ἐπιτίμησις, ὡς τῷ Κορινθίῳ, ὡς ἐθνικὸν ὁρᾶσθαι χρὴ τὸν τοιοῦτον. Ἐναφίεσθαι δὲ τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου κατακεκριμένον κατ' οὐδένα τρόπον ἀσφαλὲς οὐδενὶ, τοῦ μὲν Κυρίου εἰπόντος, ὅτι συμφέρει ἵνα τις, ἕνα ὀφθαλμὸν, ἢ μίαν χεῖρα, ἢ ἕνα πόδα ἀπολέσας, εἰσέλθῃ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν, ἢ ἐν τῷ φείσασθαί τινος τούτων, ὅλος βληθῇ εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρὸς, ὅπου ἐστὶν ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων· καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου μαρτυροῦντος, ὅτι μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ.
Ean tis elattōma echę̄ adiorthōton, kai synechesteron kataginōskomenos blaptētai, ei sympherei mallon epaphienai autǭ. APOKRISIS. Touto kai allachou eirētai, hoti tous hamartanontas epistrephein makrothymōs dei, kata ton hypodedeigmenon tropon para tou Kyriou. Ean de mē arkesę̄ autǭ pros epistrophēn hē tōn pleionōn katagnōsis kai epitimēsis, hōs tǭ Korinthiǭ, hōs ethnikon horasthai chrē ton toiouton. Enaphiesthai de ton hypo tou Kyriou katakekrimenon kat' oudena tropon asphales oudeni, tou men Kyriou eipontos, hoti sympherei hina tis, hena ophthalmon, ē mian cheira, ē hena poda apolesas, eiselthę̄ eis tēn basileian, ē en tǭ pheisasthai tinos toutōn, holos blēthę̄ eis tēn geennan tou pyros, hopou estin ho klauthmos kai ho brygmos tōn odontōn; kai tou Apostolou martyrountos, hoti mikra zymē holon to phyrama zymoi.
Question. If someone has a fault that cannot be corrected, and is harmed by being reproved too often, is it better to leave him alone?
Answer. This has been said elsewhere too: those who sin must be turned back with patience, in the way the Lord showed. But if reproof and rebuke by the majority are not enough for his turning back, as with the Corinthian, such a one must be regarded as a Gentile. To leave alone one condemned by the Lord is in no way safe for anyone, since the Lord said that it is better for someone to lose one eye, or one hand, or one foot, and enter the kingdom, than by sparing any of these to be thrown whole into the hell of fire, where there is weeping and gnashing of teeth; and since the Apostle testifies that “a little leaven leavens the whole lump.”
Chapter 58
58PG 31:1121
Ὁ κατ' ἐπιτήδευσιν ψευσάμενος κρίνεται μόνον ἢ καὶ ὁ κατὰ ἄγνοιάν τι παρὰ τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀπολύτως φθεγξάμενος; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἁμαρτανόντων φανερὸν, εἰπόντος· Ὁ μὴ γνοὺς, ποιήσας δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας. Πανταχοῦ δὲ ἡ ἀξιόλογος μετάνοια βεβαίαν ἔχει τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς ἀφέσεως.
Ho kat' epitēdeusin pseusamenos krinetai monon ē kai ho kata agnoian ti para to alēthes apolytōs phthenxamenos? APOKRISIS. To krima tou Kyriou kai epi tōn kata agnoian hamartanontōn phaneron, eipontos; Ho mē gnous, poiēsas de axia plēgōn, darēsetai oligas. Pantachou de hē axiologos metanoia bebaian echei tēn elpida tēs apheseōs.
Question. Is only one who lies deliberately judged, or also one who through ignorance simply says something contrary to the truth?
Answer. The Lord's judgment is plain even on those who sin through ignorance, since he said: “The one who did not know, and did what deserved blows, will be beaten with few.” But everywhere repentance worthy of the name holds a sure hope of forgiveness.
Chapter 59
59PG 31:1121
Ἐὰν ἐνθυμηθῇ τις μόνον ποιῆσαί τι, καὶ μὴ ποιήσῃ, εἰ καὶ οὗτος ὡς ψεύστης κρίνεται ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Εἰ κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν ἐστιν ὁ ἐνεθυμήθη ποιῆσαι, οὐχ ὡς ψεύστης μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς ἀπειθὴς κατακρίνεται. Ἐτάζων γὰρ καρδίας καὶ νεφροὺς ὁ Θεός.
Ean enthymēthę̄ tis monon poiēsai ti, kai mē poiēsę̄, ei kai houtos hōs pseustēs krinetai APOKRISIS Ei kat᾿ entolēn estin ho enethymēthē poiēsai, ouch hōs pseustēs monon, alla kai hōs apeithēs katakrinetai. Etazōn gar kardias kai nephrous ho Theos.
Question. If someone only intends to do something and does not do it, is he too judged as a liar?
Answer. If what he intended to do is according to the commandment, he is condemned not only as a liar but also as disobedient. For God tries the hearts and reins.
Chapter 60
60PG 31:1121
Ἐὰν τις προληφθεὶς ὁρίσῃ τι πρᾶξαι τῶν μὴ ἀρεσκόντων Θεῷ, τί χρὴ μᾶλλον, ἀνατρέψαι τὸ κακῶς ὁρισθὲν, ἢ φόβῳ τοῦ ψεύδους τελέσαι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου λέγοντος, Οὐχ ὅτι ἀφ' ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί ἐσμεν λογίσασθαί τι ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν· καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ὁμολογοῦντος, ὅτι Οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ ποιεῖν ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν· καὶ πάλιν· Τὰ ῥήματα, ἀλλαχοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι Καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρὸς, μετανοῆσαι ὀφείλει ὁ τοιοῦτος· πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ τολμᾷ τι ὁρίζειν, οἷον ἂν ᾖ· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὰ τὰ καλὰ ἐξ αὐθεντίας ποιεῖν χρή· ἔπειτα δὲ, καὶ σφοδρότερον, ὅτι παρὰ ἀνατρέπειν χρὴ τὸ παρ᾽ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου κατὰ πρόληψιν ὁρισθὲν, δείκνυται σαφῶς ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου Πέτρου, ὁρισαμένου μὲν κατὰ πρόληψιν, ὅτι οὐ μὴ νίψῃς τοὺς πόδας μου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἤκουσε τοῦ Κυρίου ἀποφηναμένου· Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ' ἐμοῦ, εὐθὺς μεταθεμένου, καὶ εἰπόντος· Κύριε, μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν κεφαλήν. ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ· καὶ
Ean tis prolēphtheis horisę̄ ti praxai tōn mē areskontōn Theǭ, ti chrē mallon, anatrepsai to kakōs horisthen, ē phobǭ tou pseudous telesai tēn hamartian. APOKRISIS. Tou ᾿Apostolou legontos, Ouch hoti aph' heautōn hikanoi esmen logisasthai ti hōs ex heautōn; kai autou tou Kyriou homologountos, hoti Ou dynamai egō poiein ap᾿ emautou ouden; kai palin; Ta rhēmata, allachou legontos, hoti Katabebēka ek tou ouranou, ouch hina poiō to thelēma to emon, alla to thelēma tou pempsantos me Patros, metanoēsai opheilei ho toioutos; prōton men, hoti aph᾿ heautou tolmą ti horizein, hoion an ę̄; oude gar auta ta kala ex authentias poiein chrē; epeita de, kai sphodroteron, hoti para anatrepein chrē to par᾽ entolēn tou Kyriou kata prolēpsin horisthen, deiknytai saphōs epi tou apostolou Petrou, horisamenou men kata prolēpsin, hoti ou mē nipsę̄s tous podas mou eis ton aiōna; epeidē de ēkouse tou Kyriou apophēnamenou; Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros met' emou, euthys metathemenou, kai eipontos; Kyrie, mē tous podas mou monon, alla kai tas cheiras kai tēn kephalēn. ha egō lalō hymin, ap᾿ emautou ou lalō; kai
Question. If someone, under the sway of a prior impulse, has resolved to do something that does not please God, what ought he rather to do: overturn what was wrongly resolved, or carry out the sin for fear of lying?
Answer. Since the Apostle says, “Not that we are sufficient of ourselves to think anything as from ourselves,” and the Lord himself confesses, “I can do nothing of myself,” and again, “The words that I speak to you I do not speak from myself,” and elsewhere says, “I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of the Father who sent me,” such a one ought to repent: first, because he dares to resolve anything of himself, whatever it may be, for one ought not to do even good things on one's own authority; and next, and more seriously, [because he resolved what is contrary to the commandment]. That what has been resolved on impulse contrary to the Lord's commandment must be overturned is shown clearly in the case of the apostle Peter, who resolved on impulse, “You shall never wash my feet”; but when he heard the Lord declare, “If I do not wash you, you have no part with me,” he at once changed his mind and said, “Lord, not my feet only, but also my hands and my head.”
Chapter 61
61PG 31:1123
Ἐὰν τις μήτε ἐργάζεσθαι δύνηται, μήτε τοὺς ψαλμοὺς μαθεῖν βούληται, τι χρὴ αὐτῷ ποιεῖσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν παραβολῇ εἰπόντος περὶ τῆς ἀκάρπου συκῆς· Ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν, ἵνα τί καὶ τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ; προσάγειν μὲν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν πᾶσαν ἀναγκαῖον· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀνέχηται, τὸ προστεταγμένον περὶ τοῦ ἐπιμένοντος τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ παραφυλαχθῆναι χρή. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀργὸς τοῦ καλοῦ μετὰ τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ κρίνεται.
Ean tis mēte ergazesthai dynētai, mēte tous psalmous mathein boulētai, ti chrē autǭ poieisthai. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou en parabolę̄ eipontos peri tēs akarpou sykēs; Ekkopson autēn, hina ti kai tēn gēn katargei? prosagein men autǭ tēn epimeleian pasan anankaion; ean de mē anechētai, to prostetagmenon peri tou epimenontos tę̄ hamartią kai ep᾿ autǭ paraphylachthēnai chrē. Kai gar ho argos tou kalou meta tou diabolou kai tōn angelōn autou krinetai.
Question. If someone is neither able to work nor willing to learn the psalms, what should be done with him?
Answer. Since the Lord said in a parable about the barren fig tree, “Cut it down; why does it even use up the ground?”, it is necessary to apply every care to him; but if he will not bear it, what has been ordained for one who persists in sin must be observed in his case too. For one who is idle in what is good is judged with the devil and his angels.
Chapter 62
62PG 31:1123
Τί ἑαν ποιήσῃ τις ὡς κρύψας τὸ τάλαντον, κατακρίνεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ οἱανδήποτε χάριν Θεοῦ παρακατασχὼν εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ μὴ ἄλλους εὐεργετῶν, ὡς κρύπτων τὸ τάλαντον κατακρίνεται.
Ti hean poiēsę̄ tis hōs krypsas to talanton, katakrinetai. APOKRISIS. Ho hoiandēpote charin Theou parakataschōn eis apolausin heautou, kai mē allous euergetōn, hōs kryptōn to talanton katakrinetai.
Question. What must one do to be condemned as one who hid the talent?
Answer. Whoever keeps back any grace of God at all for his own enjoyment, and does not benefit others with it, is condemned as hiding the talent.
Chapter 63
63PG 31:1123
Τί ἐὰν ποιήσῃ τις, κατακρίνεται, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι οἱ γογγύσαντες κατὰ τῶν ἐσχάτων. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἕκαστος ἐπὶ τῷ ἰδίῳ ἁμαρτήματι κατακρίνεται καὶ οἱ γογγύσαντες ἐπὶ τῷ γογγυσμῷ. ῎Ἄλλοι δὲ
Ti ean poiēsę̄ tis, katakrinetai, hōs ekeinoi hoi gongysantes kata tōn eschatōn. APOKRISIS. Hekastos epi tǭ idiǭ hamartēmati katakrinetai kai hoi gongysantes epi tǭ gongysmǭ. ᾿Alloi de
Question. What must one do to be condemned like those who grumbled against the last?
Answer. Each is condemned for his own sin, and those who grumbled for their grumbling. Others …
Chapter 64
64PG 31:1125
Τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ λέγοντος, Συμφέρει αὐτῷ ἵνα κρεμασθῆ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ῥιφῇ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἢ ἵνα σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων·· τί ἐστι τὸ σκανδαλίσαι; ἢ πῶς αὐτὸ φυλαξώμεθα, ἵνα μὴ τὸ οὕτω φοβερὸν κρίμα ἔλθῃ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Σκανδαλίζει μέν τις, παρανομῶν λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ καὶ ἕτερον πρὸς παρανομίαν ἐνάγων, ὡς ὁ ὄφις τὴν Εὔαν, καὶ ἡ Εὔα τὸν ᾿Αδάμ· ἢ κωλύων ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς ὁ Πέτρος τὸν Κύριον, εἰπών· Ἴλεώς σοι, Κύριε, οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι τοῦτο· καὶ ἀκούσας· Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, σκάνδαλόν μου εἶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἢ οἰκοδομῶν τὸ φρόνημα τοῦ ἀσθενοῦς εἴς τι τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων, κατὰ τὸ παρὰ τῷ ᾿Αποστόλῳ γεγραμμένον, εἰπόντι· Ἐὰν γὰρ τις ἴδῃ σὲ, τὸν ἔχοντα γνῶσιν, ἐν εἰδωλείῳ κατακείμενον, οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδομηθήσεται εἰς τὸ τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν; οἷς ἐπιφέρει· Διόπερ εἱ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν μου, οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν μου σκανδαλίσω. Γίνεται δὲ τὸ σκάνδαλον κατὰ πλείονας αἰτίας. Ἢ γὰρ παρὰ τὸν σκανδαλίζοντα τὸ σκάνδαλον γίνεται, ἢ παρὰ τὸν σκανδαλιζόμενον τὸ σκανδαλισθῆναι συμβαίνει Καὶ ἐν τούτοις πάλιν διαφόρως· ποτὲ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ ἀπειρίαν ἢ τούτου, ἢ ἐκείνου. Ἔστι δὲ ὅτε ἐν τῇ ὀρθοτομίᾳ τοῦ λόγου ἡ τῶν σκανδαλιζομένων κακία δηλοτέρα γίνεται· καὶ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι δὲ ὁμοίως. Η γὰρ ἐντολὴν Θεοῦ ποιοῦντος, ἢ τοῖς ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ κειμένοις ἐπ᾿ ἀδείας χρωμένου ὁ σκανδαλιζόμενος σκανδαλίζεται. "Ὅταν μὲν οὖν τοῖς κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν γινομένοις προσκόπτωσιν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις σκανδαλίζωνται (ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τινὲς ἐπὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρὸς γινομένοις καὶ λεγομένοις), τότε χρή μνημονεύειν τοῦ Κυρίου περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀποκριναμένου, ἡνίκα προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Οἶδας, ὅτι οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον, ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν; πρὸς οὓς φησι· Πᾶσα φυτεία, ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος, ἐκριζωθήσεται. "Αφετε αὐτούς· τυφλοί εἰσιν ὁδηγοί τυφλῶν. Τυφλὸς δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον ἐμπεσοῦνται. Καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις, καὶ παρὰ τῷ ᾿Αποστόλῳ εὕροι τις ἄν. Ὅταν δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἡμετέρᾳ κειμένοις προσκόπτῃ τις, ἢ σκανδαλίζηται, εἰς ἀνάμνησιν ἐλθεῖν δεῖ τότε τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον ῥημάτων, εἰπόντος· Ἄρα γε ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοἱ· ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτοὺς, πορευθεὶς εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, βάλε ἄγκιστρον, καὶ τὸν ἀναβαίνοντα πρῶτον ἰχθὺν ἆρον· καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, εὑρήσεις στατῆρα· ἐκεῖνον λαβών, δὸς αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ· καὶ τῶν τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου πρὸς Κορινθίους γραμμάτων, ἐν οἷς φησιν· Οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν μου σκανδαλίσω· καὶ πάλιν· Καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα, μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει, ἢ σκανδαλίζεται, ἢ ἀσθενεῖ. Ὅπως δὲ ἐστι φοβερὸν τὸ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ κεῖσθαι δοκοῦσι περιορᾶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν σκανδαλιζόμενον ἐν τούτοις, δείκνυσι μὲν ἡ τοῦ Κυρίου παραγγελία, καθόλου πάντα σκανδαλισμοῦ τρόπον ἀπαγορεύοντος, καὶ λέγοντος· ᾿Ορᾶτε μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων· λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν διαπαντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. Μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος λέγων ποτὲ μέν· Ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, τὸ μὴ τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἢ σκάνδαλον· ποτὲ δὲ διὰ περισσοτέρας κατασκευῆς σφοδρότερον ἀπαγορεύων τὸ ἄτοπον, δι' ὧν φησιν· Ἐὰν γάρ τις ἴδῃ σὲ, τὸν ἔχοντα γνῶσιν, ἐν εἰδωλείῳ κατακείμενον, οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδομηθήσεται εἰς τὸ τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν; καὶ ἀπολεῖται ὁ ἀσθενῶν ἀδελφὸς ἐπὶ τῇ σῇ γνώσει, δι' ὃν Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν. Οἷς ἐπιφέρει· Οὕτω δὲ ἁμαρτάνοντες εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ τύπτοντες αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν ἀσθενοῦσαν, εἰς Χριστὸν ἁμαρτάνετε. Διόπερ εἱ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν μου, οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν μου σκανδαλίσω. Καὶ ἄλλαχοῦ, εἰπών· "Η μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρνάβας οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ μὴ ἐργάζεσθαι; ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει· Ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ταύτῃ, ἀλλὰ πάντα στέγομεν, ἵνα μὴ ἐγκοπήν τινα δῶμεν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Οὕτω δὲ φοβεροῦ δειχθέντος τοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ κειμένοις σκανδαλίζειν τὸν ἀδελφὸν, τί ἄν τις εἴποι περὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ τὰ ἀπηγορευμένα ποιεῖν ἢ λέγειν σκανδαλιζόντων; καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν ἢ γνῶσιν ἔχων περισσοτέραν φαίνηται ὁ σκανδαλίζων, ἢ ἐν βαθμῷ ἐξετάζηται ἱερατικῷ· ὃς, ὥσπερ κανὼν καὶ τύπος ὀφείλων προκεῖσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις, κἂν βραχύ τι παρίδῃ τῶν γεγραμμένων, ἢ πράξας τὸ κεκωλυμένον, ἢ ἐλλιπὼν τὸ προστεταγμένον, ἢ ὅλως ἐφησυχάσας τινὶ τοιούτῳ, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ μόνῳ τοσοῦτον ἔχει τὸ κρίμα, ὥστε τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντος, φησὶν, ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκζητηθήσεται.
Tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou legontos, Sympherei autǭ hina kremasthē mylos onikos peri ton trachēlon autou, kai rhiphę̄ eis tēn thalassan, ē hina skandalisę̄ hena tōn mikrōn toutōn;; ti esti to skandalisai? ē pōs auto phylaxōmetha, hina mē to houtō phoberon krima elthę̄ eph' hēmas. APOKRISIS Skandalizei men tis, paranomōn logǭ ē ergǭ kai heteron pros paranomian enagōn, hōs ho ophis tēn Euan, kai hē Eua ton ᾿Adam; ē kōlyōn poiēsai to thelēma tou Theou, hōs ho Petros ton Kyrion, eipōn; Ileōs soi, Kyrie, ou mē estai soi touto; kai akousas; Hypage opisō mou, Satana, skandalon mou ei, hoti ou phroneis ta tou Theou, alla ta tōn anthrōpōn; ē oikodomōn to phronēma tou asthenous eis ti tōn apēgoreumenōn, kata to para tǭ ᾿Apostolǭ gegrammenon, eiponti; Ean gar tis idę̄ se, ton echonta gnōsin, en eidōleiǭ katakeimenon, ouchi hē syneidēsis autou asthenous ontos oikodomēthēsetai eis to ta eidōlothyta esthiein? hois epipherei; Dioper hei brōma skandalizei ton adelphon mou, ou mē phagō krea eis ton aiōna, hina mē ton adelphon mou skandalisō. Ginetai de to skandalon kata pleionas aitias. Ē gar para ton skandalizonta to skandalon ginetai, ē para ton skandalizomenon to skandalisthēnai symbainei Kai en toutois palin diaphorōs; pote men gar kata apeirian ē toutou, ē ekeinou. Esti de hote en tę̄ orthotomią tou logou hē tōn skandalizomenōn kakia dēlotera ginetai; kai en tois pragmasi de homoiōs. Ē gar entolēn Theou poiountos, ē tois en exousią keimenois ep᾿ adeias chrōmenou ho skandalizomenos skandalizetai. "Hotan men oun tois kat᾿ entolēn ginomenois proskoptōsin anthrōpoi, kai epi toutois skandalizōntai (hōs en tǭ Euangeliǭ tines epi tois hypo tou Kyriou kata to thelēma tou Patros ginomenois kai legomenois), tote chrē mnēmoneuein tou Kyriou peri tōn toioutōn apokrinamenou, hēnika proselthontes hoi mathētai eipon autǭ; Oidas, hoti hoi Pharisaioi, akousantes ton logon, eskandalisthēsan? pros hous phēsi; Pasa phyteia, hēn ouk ephyteusen ho Patēr mou ho ouranios, ekrizōthēsetai. "Aphete autous; typhloi eisin hodēgoi typhlōn. Typhlos de typhlon ean hodēgę̄, amphoteroi eis bothynon empesountai. Kai polla toiauta kai en tois Euangeliois, kai para tǭ ᾿Apostolǭ heuroi tis an. Hotan de epi tois en exousią hēmeterą keimenois proskoptę̄ tis, ē skandalizētai, eis anamnēsin elthein dei tote tōn tou Kyriou pros ton Petron rhēmatōn, eipontos; Ara ge eleutheroi eisin hoi huioi; hina de mē skandalisōmen autous, poreutheis eis tēn thalassan, bale ankistron, kai ton anabainonta prōton ichthyn aron; kai anoixas to stoma autou, heurēseis statēra; ekeinon labōn, dos autois anti emou kai sou; kai tōn tou ᾿Apostolou pros Korinthious grammatōn, en hois phēsin; Ou mē phagō krea eis ton aiōna, hina mē ton adelphon mou skandalisō; kai palin; Kalon to mē phagein krea, mēde piein oinon, mēde en hǭ ho adelphos sou proskoptei, ē skandalizetai, ē asthenei. Hopōs de esti phoberon to epi tois en exousią keisthai dokousi perioran ton adelphon skandalizomenon en toutois, deiknysi men hē tou Kyriou parangelia, katholou panta skandalismou tropon apagoreuontos, kai legontos; ᾿Orate mē kataphronēsēte henos tōn mikrōn toutōn; legō gar hymin, hoti hoi angeloi autōn diapantos blepousi to prosōpon tou Patros mou, tou en ouranois. Martyrei de kai ho Apostolos legōn pote men; Alla touto krinate mallon, to mē tithenai proskomma tǭ adelphǭ ē skandalon; pote de dia perissoteras kataskeuēs sphodroteron apagoreuōn to atopon, di' hōn phēsin; Ean gar tis idę̄ se, ton echonta gnōsin, en eidōleiǭ katakeimenon, ouchi hē syneidēsis autou asthenous ontos oikodomēthēsetai eis to ta eidōlothyta esthiein? kai apoleitai ho asthenōn adelphos epi tę̄ sę̄ gnōsei, di' hon Christos apethanen. Hois epipherei; Houtō de hamartanontes eis tous adelphous, kai typtontes autōn tēn syneidēsin asthenousan, eis Christon hamartanete. Dioper hei brōma skandalizei ton adelphon mou, ou mē phagō krea eis ton aiōna, hina mē ton adelphon mou skandalisō. Kai allachou, eipōn; "Ē monos egō kai Barnabas ouk echomen exousian tou mē ergazesthai? hexēs epilegei; All' ouk echrēsametha tę̄ exousią tautę̄, alla panta stegomen, hina mē enkopēn tina dōmen tǭ Euangeliǭ tou Christou. Houtō de phoberou deichthentos tou epi tois en exousią keimenois skandalizein ton adelphon, ti an tis eipoi peri tōn en tǭ ta apēgoreumena poiein ē legein skandalizontōn? kai malista hotan ē gnōsin echōn perissoteran phainētai ho skandalizōn, ē en bathmǭ exetazētai hieratikǭ; hos, hōsper kanōn kai typos opheilōn prokeisthai tois allois, kan brachy ti paridę̄ tōn gegrammenōn, ē praxas to kekōlymenon, ē ellipōn to prostetagmenon, ē holōs ephēsychasas tini toioutǭ, kai en toutǭ monǭ tosouton echei to krima, hōste to haima tou hamartanontos, phēsin, ek tōn cheirōn autou ekzētēthēsetai.
Question. Since our Lord Jesus Christ says, “It is better for him that a donkey's millstone be hung around his neck and he be thrown into the sea, than that he should cause one of these little ones to stumble,” what is it to cause to stumble? And how shall we guard against it, so that so fearful a judgment may not come upon us?
Answer. One causes stumbling by breaking the law in word or deed and leading another into lawlessness, as the serpent did Eve, and Eve Adam; or by hindering someone from doing the will of God, as Peter did the Lord when he said, “God be merciful to you, Lord; this shall not happen to you,” and heard, “Get behind me, Satan; you are a stumbling block to me, for you do not set your mind on the things of God, but on the things of men”; or by building up the mind of the weak toward something forbidden, as is written in the Apostle, who says: “For if anyone sees you, who have knowledge, reclining at table in an idol's temple, will not his conscience, since he is weak, be built up to eat food offered to idols?” To which he adds: “Therefore, if food causes my brother to stumble, I will never eat meat, so that I may not cause my brother to stumble.”
Stumbling arises from several causes. For either the stumbling comes from the one who causes it, or the being caused to stumble happens through the one who stumbles; and in these cases again in different ways: sometimes through inexperience on the part of the one or the other. And there are times when, in rightly handling the word, the wickedness of those who stumble becomes plainer; and likewise in deeds. For the one who stumbles stumbles either when someone does God's commandment, or when he freely uses things that lie within his own authority. When, then, people take offence at what is done according to the commandment and stumble over it (as in the Gospel some did over what the Lord did and said according to the will of the Father), we must remember the Lord's answer about such people, when the disciples came and said to him, “Do you know that the Pharisees were offended when they heard the saying?” To them he says: “Every plant which my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up. Let them alone; they are blind guides of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind, both will fall into a pit.” And one could find many such things both in the Gospels and in the Apostle. But when someone takes offence or stumbles at things that lie within our own authority, we must then call to mind the Lord's words to Peter, when he said, “Then the sons are free. But so that we do not cause them to stumble, go to the sea, cast a hook, and take the first fish that comes up; and when you open its mouth you will find a stater; take that and give it to them for me and for you”; and the words of the Apostle in his letter to the Corinthians, where he says, “I will never eat meat, so that I may not cause my brother to stumble”; and again, “It is good not to eat meat or drink wine, or do anything by which your brother takes offence, or stumbles, or is made weak.”
How fearful it is to disregard a brother who stumbles over things that seem to lie within our authority is shown by the Lord's command, which forbids every kind of causing to stumble altogether, saying: “See that you do not despise one of these little ones; for I tell you that their angels always behold the face of my Father who is in heaven.” And the Apostle bears witness, saying at one time, “But rather decide this, not to put a stumbling block or a hindrance in a brother's way”; and at another forbidding the outrage more strongly with fuller argument, when he says: “For if anyone sees you, who have knowledge, reclining at table in an idol's temple, will not his conscience, since he is weak, be built up to eat food offered to idols? And through your knowledge the weak brother is destroyed, for whom Christ died.” To which he adds: “Thus, sinning against the brothers and wounding their weak conscience, you sin against Christ. Therefore, if food causes my brother to stumble, I will never eat meat, so that I may not cause my brother to stumble.” And elsewhere, having said, “Or is it only I and Barnabas who have no right to refrain from working?”, he goes on to say: “But we have not made use of this right, but we endure all things, so that we may put no hindrance in the way of the Gospel of Christ.”
If causing a brother to stumble over things that lie within our authority has been shown to be so fearful, what could one say of those who cause stumbling by doing or saying what is forbidden? And above all when the one causing the stumbling appears to have greater knowledge, or is ranked in the priestly order: he ought to be set before the others as a rule and pattern, and if he overlooks even a little of what is written, whether by doing what is forbidden, or by leaving undone what is commanded, or by keeping silent about any such thing at all, even in this alone his judgment is so great that “the blood of the one who sins,” it says, “will be required at his hands.”
Chapter 65
65PG 31:1129
Πῶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ τις κατέχει. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ὅταν τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ δεδομένοις ἀγαθοῖς εἰς τὰ ἴδια θελήματα καταχρήσηται, ὅπερ ἀπηρνήσατο ὁ ᾿Απόστολος εἰπών· Οὐ γὰρ ἐσμεν, ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ, καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ πάλιν· Οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακείας ἐγενήθημεν, καθὼς οἴδατε, οὔτε ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας, Θεὸς μάρτυς· οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπὸ ἄλλων.
Pōs tēn alētheian en adikią tis katechei. APOKRISIS Hotan tois para tou Theou dedomenois agathois eis ta idia thelēmata katachrēsētai, hoper apērnēsato ho ᾿Apostolos eipōn; Ou gar esmen, hōs hoi polloi, kapēleuontes ton logon tou Theou; kai palin; Oute gar pote en logǭ kolakeias egenēthēmen, kathōs oidate, oute en prophasei pleonexias, Theos martys; oute zētountes ex anthrōpōn doxan, oute aph᾽ hymōn, oute apo allōn.
Question. How does someone hold down the truth in unrighteousness?
Answer. When he misuses the good things given by God for his own wishes, which the Apostle renounced when he said, “For we are not, like many, peddling the word of God”; and again, “For we never came with a word of flattery, as you know, nor with a pretext for covetousness, God is witness; nor seeking glory from men, either from you or from others.”
Chapter 66
66PG 31:1129
Τί ἐστιν ἔρις, καὶ τὶ ἐστιν ἐριθεία ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ἔρις μέν ἐστιν, ὅταν τις, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ἐλάττων φανῆναί τινος, σπουδάζῃ ποιεῖν τι· ἐριθεία δὲ τὸ ἐξ ὧν ποιεῖ τις ἐπιδεικτικῶς ἢ κενοδόξως προκαλεῖσθαι, καὶ ἐρεθίζειν ἄλλους εἰς τὰ ὅμοια. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Ἀπόστολος, ποτὲ μὲν ἐριθείας μνημονεύων, τὴν κενοδοξίαν ἐπισυνάπτει, εἰπὼν, Μηδὲν κατ' ἐριθείαν ἢ κενοδοξίαν· ποτὲ δὲ κενοδοξίαν προτάξας, μετὰ ταύτης καὶ τὴν ἐριθείαν ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι ἀπαγορεύει, λέγων· Μὴ γινώμεθα κενόδοξοι, ἀλλήλους προκαλούμενοι.
Ti estin eris, kai ti estin eritheia APOKRISIS Eris men estin, hotan tis, hyper tou mē elattōn phanēnai tinos, spoudazę̄ poiein ti; eritheia de to ex hōn poiei tis epideiktikōs ē kenodoxōs prokaleisthai, kai erethizein allous eis ta homoia. Kai gar ho Apostolos, pote men eritheias mnēmoneuōn, tēn kenodoxian episynaptei, eipōn, Mēden kat' eritheian ē kenodoxian; pote de kenodoxian protaxas, meta tautēs kai tēn eritheian heterǭ onomati apagoreuei, legōn; Mē ginōmetha kenodoxoi, allēlous prokaloumenoi.
Question. What is strife, and what is rivalry?
Answer. It is strife when someone is eager to do something so as not to appear inferior to someone else; rivalry is to challenge and provoke others to the like by what one does for show or out of vainglory. For the Apostle at one time, when he mentions rivalry, joins vainglory to it, saying, “Nothing from rivalry or vainglory”; and at another, putting vainglory first, he forbids rivalry along with it under another name, saying: “Let us not become vainglorious, challenging one another.”
Chapter 67
67PG 31:1129
Τί ἐστιν ἀκαθαρσία, καὶ τί ἐστιν ἀσέλγεια. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν μὲν ἀκαθαρσίαν ὁ νόμος ἔδειξε, χρησάμενος τῷ ὀνόματι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκουσίως ἐκ φυσικῆς ἀνάγκης συμβαινόντων· τὴν δὲ ἀσέλγειαν δοκεῖ μοι ἐμφαίνειν ὁ σοφώτατος Σολομῶν, ἡδὺν καὶ ἀνάλγητον ὀνομάσας· ὡς εἶναι τὴν ἀσέλγειαν διάθεσιν ψυχῆς μὴ ἔχουσαν ἢ μὴ φέρουσαν ἄλγος ἀθλητικόν· ὥσπερ καὶ ἀκρασία ἐστὶν ἡ μὴ σχοῦσα κράτος κατὰ τῶν ἐνοχλουσῶν ἡδονῶν
Ti estin akatharsia, kai ti estin aselgeia. APOKRISIS. Tēn men akatharsian ho nomos edeixe, chrēsamenos tǭ onomati epi tōn akousiōs ek physikēs anankēs symbainontōn; tēn de aselgeian dokei moi emphainein ho sophōtatos Solomōn, hēdyn kai analgēton onomasas; hōs einai tēn aselgeian diathesin psychēs mē echousan ē mē pherousan algos athlētikon; hōsper kai akrasia estin hē mē schousa kratos kata tōn enochlousōn hēdonōn
Question. What is uncleanness, and what is licentiousness?
Answer. The law has shown what uncleanness is, using the word of things that happen involuntarily from natural necessity. Licentiousness, it seems to me, is indicated by the most wise Solomon when he called a man pleasure-loving and without pain; so that licentiousness is a disposition of soul that does not have or does not bear the pain of the contest, just as incontinence is that which has no mastery over the pleasures that trouble it.
Chapter 68
68PG 31:1129
Τι ἴδιον θυμοῦ, καὶ τὶ ἴδιον ἀγανακτήσεως εὐλόγου, καὶ πῶς πολλάκις ἀπὸ ἀγανακτήσεως ἀρχόμενοι, εὑρισκόμεθα θυμούμενοι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Θυμοῦ ἴδιον ὀρμὴ ψυχῆς ἐν μελέτῃ κακώσεως κατὰ τοῦ παροξύναντος· ἀγανακτήσεως δὲ ἐπιστήμονος ίδιον σκοπὸς διορθώσεως τοῦ ἡμαρτηκότος ἀπὸ διαθέσεως ἀπαρεσκομένης τῷ γενομένῳ Τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ καλοῦ ἀρχομένην ψυχὴν ἐκπίπτειν εἰς κακόν, οὐδὲν παράδοξον· πολλὰ γὰρ ἄν τις εὔροι τοιαῦτα. Διόπερ μνημονεύειν χρὴ τῆς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς λεγούσης· Ἐχόμενα τρίβου σκάνδαλα ἔθεντό μοι· καὶ πάλιν· Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ· καὶ φυλάσσεσθαι πανταχοῦ τὴν τε ἀμετρίαν καὶ τὴν ἀκαιρίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀταξίαν. Παρὰ γὰρ τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν εἰρημένων ἕκαστον, καὶ τὸ δόξαν εἶναι καλὸν, πολλάκις εἰς κακὸν μετέπεσεν.
Ti idion thymou, kai ti idion aganaktēseōs eulogou, kai pōs pollakis apo aganaktēseōs archomenoi, heuriskometha thymoumenoi. APOKRISIS. Thymou idion ormē psychēs en meletę̄ kakōseōs kata tou paroxynantos; aganaktēseōs de epistēmonos idion skopos diorthōseōs tou hēmartēkotos apo diatheseōs apareskomenēs tǭ genomenǭ To de apo kalou archomenēn psychēn ekpiptein eis kakon, ouden paradoxon; polla gar an tis euroi toiauta. Dioper mnēmoneuein chrē tēs theopneustou Graphēs legousēs; Echomena tribou skandala ethento moi; kai palin; Ean de kai athlę̄ tis, ou stephanoutai, ean mē nomimōs athlēsę̄; kai phylassesthai pantachou tēn te ametrian kai tēn akairian, kai tēn ataxian. Para gar tēn aitian tōn eirēmenōn hekaston, kai to doxan einai kalon, pollakis eis kakon metepesen.
Question. What is the mark of rage, and what the mark of reasonable indignation, and how is it that, often beginning with indignation, we find ourselves in a rage?
Answer. The mark of rage is an impulse of the soul bent on harming the one who provoked it; the mark of knowledgeable indignation is the aim of correcting the one who has sinned, from a disposition displeased at what was done. That a soul beginning from good should fall into evil is nothing strange; one could find many such cases. Therefore we must remember the God-inspired Scripture, which says, “They have set stumbling blocks for me beside the path”; and again, “And if anyone competes, he is not crowned unless he competes lawfully”; and we must guard everywhere against excess, untimeliness, and disorder. For through the fault of each of these, even what seemed good has often changed into evil.
Chapter 69
69PG 31:1131
Τὸν μὴ ἔλαττον ἐσθίοντα τῶν λοιπῶν, μήτε σῶμα ἔχοντα κατερριμμένον, μήτε ἐμπαθή γνωριζόμενον, ἀδυναμίαν δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἔργον ὀδυρόμενον, πῶς δεῖ μετέρχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πᾶσα προφασις ἀργίας πρόφασίς ἐστιν ἁμαρτίας· τὴν γὰρ σπουδὴν μέχρι θανάτου, ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν ὑπομονὴν, ἐπιδείκνυσθαι χρή. Ὅτι δὲ ἡ ὀκνηρία τῇ πονηρία συνεζευγμένη κατακρίνει τὸν ὀκνηρὸν, ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ῥημάτων φανερόν, εἰπόντος· Δοῦλε πονηρὲ καὶ ὀκνηρέ
Ton mē elatton esthionta tōn loipōn, mēte sōma echonta katerrimmenon, mēte empathē gnōrizomenon, adynamian de pros to ergon odyromenon, pōs dei meterchesthai. APOKRISIS. Pasa prophasis argias prophasis estin hamartias; tēn gar spoudēn mechri thanatou, hōsper kai tēn hypomonēn, epideiknysthai chrē. Hoti de hē oknēria tę̄ ponēria synezeugmenē katakrinei ton oknēron, ek tōn tou Kyriou rhēmatōn phaneron, eipontos; Doule ponēre kai oknēre
Question. How should we deal with one who eats no less than the rest, whose body is not worn down, and who is not known to be ill, yet laments that he is too weak for work?
Answer. Every pretext of idleness is a pretext of sin; for one must show zeal, as also endurance, even to death. That sluggishness yoked with wickedness condemns the sluggard is plain from the Lord's words, when he said: “You wicked and sluggish servant.”
Chapter 70
70PG 31:1131
Τὸν παραχρώμενον τοῖς ἱματίοις ἢ τοῖς ὑποδήμασι πῶς δεῖ μετέρχεσθαι· ἐγκαλούμενος γὰρ, μικρολογίαν τοῦ ἐγκαλοῦντος καὶ γογγυσμὸν ὑποπτεύει. Εἰ δὲ μετὰ τὴν προσήκουσαν δευτέραν καὶ τρίτην παράκλησιν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιμένοι, τι χρὴ αὐτῷ ποιεῖν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐκβάλλει τὴν παράχρησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος εἰπών· Ὡς χρώμενοι τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, καὶ μὴ παραχρώμενοι. Τῆς γὰρ χρήσεως τὸ μέτρον ἡ ἀπαραίτητος ἀνάγκη τῆς χρείας· ἡ δὲ ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν ἢ πλεονεξίας, ἢ φιληδονίας, ἢ κενοδοξίας ἔχει τὴν νόσον. Ὁ δὲ ἐπιμένων τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἔχει τὸ κρίμα τοῦ μὴ μετανοοῦντος.
Ton parachrōmenon tois himatiois ē tois hypodēmasi pōs dei meterchesthai; enkaloumenos gar, mikrologian tou enkalountos kai gongysmon hypopteuei. Ei de meta tēn prosēkousan deuteran kai tritēn paraklēsin tois autois epimenoi, ti chrē autǭ poiein APOKRISIS. Ekballei tēn parachrēsin ho ᾿Apostolos eipōn; Hōs chrōmenoi tǭ kosmǭ toutǭ, kai mē parachrōmenoi. Tēs gar chrēseōs to metron hē aparaitētos anankē tēs chreias; hē de hyper tēn chreian ē pleonexias, ē philēdonias, ē kenodoxias echei tēn noson. Ho de epimenōn tę̄ hamartią echei to krima tou mē metanoountos.
Question. How should we deal with one who misuses clothing or shoes? For when he is reproached, he suspects the one reproaching him of pettiness and grumbling. And if after the fitting second and third exhortation he persists in the same, what should be done with him?
Answer. The Apostle rules out misuse, saying: “As using this world, and not misusing it.” For the measure of use is the unavoidable necessity of need; use beyond need carries the sickness of covetousness, or love of pleasure, or vainglory. And one who persists in the sin has the judgment of one who does not repent.
Chapter 71
71PG 31:1131
Εἰσί τινες οἱ πρὸ πλείονος τὸ ἡδύτερον τῶν ἐδεσμάτων ἐπιζητοῦντες· ἄλλοι δὲ τὸ πλεῖον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ ἡδὺ διὰ τὸν κόρον θέλουσιν· πᾶς οὖν ἀμφοτέρους πληροφορεῖν χρή. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Αμφότεροι νοσοῦσιν· ὁ μὲν τὴν φιληδονίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν πλεονεξίαν. Οὔτε δὲ ὁ φιλήδονος οὔτε ὁ πλεονέκτης ἐν οἱῳδήποτε πράγματι ἐκτὸς κατακρίσεώς ἐστιν. Αμφοτέρων οὖν εὐσπλάγχνως ἐπιμεληθῆναι χρὴ πρὸς θεραπείαν τοῦ πάθους. Εἰ δὲ μὴ θεραπεύονται τὴν νόσον, φανερὸν τὸ κρῖμα τῶν μὴ μετανοούντων.
Eisi tines hoi pro pleionos to hēdyteron tōn edesmatōn epizētountes; alloi de to pleion mallon ē to hēdy dia ton koron thelousin; pas oun amphoterous plērophorein chrē. APOKRISIS. Amphoteroi nosousin; ho men tēn philēdonian, ho de tēn pleonexian. Oute de ho philēdonos oute ho pleonektēs en hoiǭdēpote pragmati ektos katakriseōs estin. Amphoterōn oun eusplanchnōs epimelēthēnai chrē pros therapeian tou pathous. Ei de mē therapeuontai tēn noson, phaneron to krima tōn mē metanoountōn.
Question. There are some who seek the tastier among foods rather than more of them; and others want more rather than what is tasty, for the sake of being filled. How, then, should both be brought to full conviction?
Answer. Both are sick: the one with love of pleasure, the other with greed. And neither the lover of pleasure nor the greedy man, in any matter whatever, is outside condemnation. Both, then, must be cared for compassionately, for the healing of the passion. But if they do not let their sickness be healed, the judgment on those who do not repent is plain.
Chapter 72
72PG 31:1133
Ἐάν τις περὶ τὴν μετάληψιν ἐν ἀδελφότητι ἀσέμνως ἀναστρέφηται λαβρότερον ἐσθίων ἢ πίνων, εἰ δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐλέγχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ τοιοῦτος οὐ φυλάσσει τὸ παράγγελμα τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Εἴτε ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖτε· καὶ πάλιν· Πάντα εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω· καὶ χρήζει διορθώσεως, πλὴν εἰ μή τις ἀνάγκη τοῦ κόπου ἢ τοῦ τάχους κατεπείγοι· ἀλλὰ καὶ τότε χρὴ τὸ ἀπρόσκοπον ἐσπουδασμένως φυλάττειν.
Ean tis peri tēn metalēpsin en adelphotēti asemnōs anastrephētai labroteron esthiōn ē pinōn, ei dei auton elenchesthai. APOKRISIS. Ho toioutos ou phylassei to parangelma tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Eite esthiete, eite pinete, eite ti poieite, panta eis doxan Theou poieite; kai palin; Panta euschēmonōs kai kata taxin ginesthō; kai chrēzei diorthōseōs, plēn ei mē tis anankē tou kopou ē tou tachous katepeigoi; alla kai tote chrē to aproskopon espoudasmenōs phylattein.
Question. If someone in the brotherhood behaves unbecomingly at meals, eating or drinking too greedily, should he be reproved?
Answer. Such a one does not keep the Apostle's command, “Whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God”; and again, “Let all things be done decently and in order”; and he needs correction, unless some necessity of toil or haste presses on him; but even then one must zealously guard against giving offence.
Chapter 73
73PG 31:1133
Τὸν μὴ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῆς τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ διορθώσεως ἐλέγχοντα τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα, ἀλλ' ἐν πάθει τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἐκδικήσεως, πῶς χρὴ διορθοῦσθαι μετά πλείονα παράκλησιν τῷ αὐτῷ ἐπιμένοντα πάθει ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς φίλαυτος καὶ φίλαρχος γνωριζέσθω ὁ τοιοῦτος· καὶ ὁ τῆς διορθώσεως τρόπος αὐτῷ κατ᾿ ἐπιστήμην τῆς θεοσεβείας φανερούσθω. Εἰ δὲ ἐπιμένοι τῇ κακίᾳ, δῆλον τὸ κρίμα κατὰ τῶν μὴ μετανοούντων.
Ton mē en epithymią tēs tou adelphou diorthōseōs elenchonta ton hamartanonta, all' en pathei tēs heautou ekdikēseōs, pōs chrē diorthousthai meta pleiona paraklēsin tǭ autǭ epimenonta pathei APOKRISIS. Hōs philautos kai philarchos gnōrizesthō ho toioutos; kai ho tēs diorthōseōs tropos autǭ kat᾿ epistēmēn tēs theosebeias phanerousthō. Ei de epimenoi tę̄ kakią, dēlon to krima kata tōn mē metanoountōn.
Question. How should one be corrected who reproves the one who sins not from a desire for his brother's correction but from a passion to avenge himself, and who persists in the same passion after repeated exhortation?
Answer. Let such a one be recognized as a lover of self and a lover of power; and let the manner of correction be made plain to him according to the knowledge of godliness. But if he persists in the vice, the judgment against those who do not repent is clear.
Chapter 74
74PG 31:1133
Τοὺς ἐξερχομένους ἐκ τῆς ἀδελφότητος, καὶ βουλομένους μονήρη βίον ζῆν, ἢ μετὰ·, ἢ μετὰ ὀλίγων τῷ αὐτῷ ἕπεσθαι σκοπῷ τῆς εὐσεβείας, εἰ χρὴ ἀφορίζειν, διδαχθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς δεόμεθα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πολλάκις τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· ὁ Υἱὸς ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖ οὐδέν· καὶ ὅτι Καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός· καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου μαρτυροῦντος, "Οτι ἡ σάρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός· ταῦτα δὲ ἀντίκεινται ἀλλήλοις, ἵνα μὴ ἃ ἂν θέλωμεν, ταῦτα ποιῶμεν· πᾶν τὸ κατὰ τὸ ἴδιον θέλημα αἱρετὸν ἀλλότριον θεοσεβούντων. Πληρέστερον δὲ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐν τοῖς κατὰ πλάτος εἰρημένοις ἀπεκρινάμεθα.
Tous exerchomenous ek tēs adelphotētos, kai boulomenous monērē bion zēn, ē meta;, ē meta oligōn tǭ autǭ hepesthai skopǭ tēs eusebeias, ei chrē aphorizein, didachthēnai apo tēs Graphēs deometha. APOKRISIS. Pollakis tou Kyriou eipontos; ho Huios aph' heautou poiei ouden; kai hoti Katabebēka ek tou ouranou, ouch hina poiō to thelēma to emon, alla to thelēma tou pempsantos me Patros; kai tou ᾿Apostolou martyrountos, "Oti hē sarx epithymei kata tou pneumatos, to de pneuma kata tēs sarkos; tauta de antikeintai allēlois, hina mē ha an thelōmen, tauta poiōmen; pan to kata to idion thelēma haireton allotrion theosebountōn. Plēresteron de peri tōn toioutōn en tois kata platos eirēmenois apekrinametha.
Question. We need to be taught from Scripture whether those should be excluded who leave the brotherhood and wish to live a solitary life, or with a few others, following the same aim of godliness.
Answer. Since the Lord has often said, “The Son does nothing of himself,” and, “I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of the Father who sent me,” and the Apostle testifies that “the flesh desires against the spirit, and the spirit against the flesh; these are opposed to each other, so that we may not do whatever we wish,” everything chosen according to one's own will is alien to those who are godly. We have answered more fully about such matters in what was said at length.
Chapter 75
75PG 31:1133
Εἰ παντὸς ἁμαρτήματος. εἴτε κατὰ νοῦν, εἴτε κατὰ λόγον, εἴτε κατὰ πρᾶξιν, τὸν Σατανᾶν αἴτιον λέγειν ἀκόλουθον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καθόλου οἶμαι, ὅτι αὐτὸς καθ' ἑαυτὸν ὁ Σατανᾶς αἴτιος γενέσθαι τινὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐ δύναται· τοῖς δὲ ἐνυπάρχουσι ποτὲ μὲν φυσικοῖς κινήμασι, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ ἀπηγορευμένοις πάθεσι συγχρώμενος, δι᾿ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα τῶν παθῶν ἀπάγειν ἐπιχειρεῖ τοὺς μὴ νήφοντας. Συγκέχρηται δὲ τοῖς μὲν φυσικοῖς, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ Κυρίου ποιῆσαι ἐπειράθη, ἡνίκα ᾔσθετο αὐτοῦ πεινάσαντος, εἰπών· Εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται· πάθεσι δὲ ἀπηγορευμένοις, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα, ὃν ἐπειδὴ φιλαργυρίαν νοσοῦντα κατέμαθε, τούτῳ συγχρησάμενος τῷ πάθει, καὶ εἰς τὸ τῆς προδοσίας πτῶμα τὸν φιλάργυρον διὰ τῶν τριάκοντα ἀργυρίων κατηκόντισεν. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ τὰ κακὰ ἐξ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναφύεται, δείκνυσι σαφῶς ὁ Κύριος· Ἐκ γὰρ τῆς καρδίας, φησὶν, ἐξέρχονται οἱ διαλογισμοί οἱ πονηροί. Συμβαίνει δὲ τοῦτο τοῖς ἐξ ἀμελείας ἀγεώργητα καταλιποῦσι τὰ φυσικὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν σπέρματα, ὡς κατὰ τὸ ἐν Παροιμίαις εἰρημένον· Ὥσπερ γεώργιον ἀνὴρ ἄφρων, καὶ ὥσπερ ἀμπελὼν ἄνθρωπος ἐνδεὴς φρενῶν. Ἐὰν ἀφῆς αὐτὸν, χερσωθήσεται, καὶ χορτομανήσει ὅλος, καὶ γίνεται ἐκλελειμμένος. Τῇ δὲ ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀμελείας κεχερσωμένῃ καὶ ἐκλελειμμένῃ ψυχῇ ἀκόλουθον ἐξ ἀνάγκης τὸ ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους ἀνατέλλειν, καὶ πάσχειν ἐκεῖνο τὸ εἰρημένον· Ἔμεινα ἵνα ποιήσῃ σταφυλὴν, ἐποίησε δὲ ἀκάνθας. Περὶ ἧς ψυχῆς προείρηται· Καὶ ἐφύτευσα ἄμπελον Σωρὴχ, ὁ ἑρμηνεύεται ἐκλεκτή. Τὸ παραπλήσιον δὲ τούτῳ καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἱερεμίᾳ εὔροι τις ἂν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντι· Ἐγὼ ἐφύτευσα ἄμπελον καρποφόρον, πᾶσαν ἀληθινήν πῶς ἐστράφης εἰς πικρίαν, ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀλλοτρία;
Ei pantos hamartēmatos. eite kata noun, eite kata logon, eite kata praxin, ton Satanan aition legein akolouthon. APOKRISIS. Katholou oimai, hoti autos kath' heauton ho Satanas aitios genesthai tini hamartias ou dynatai; tois de enyparchousi pote men physikois kinēmasi, pote de kai apēgoreumenois pathesi synchrōmenos, di᾿ autōn kai epi ta oikeia tōn pathōn apagein epicheirei tous mē nēphontas. Synkechrētai de tois men physikois, hōs epi tou Kyriou poiēsai epeirathē, hēnika ę̄stheto autou peinasantos, eipōn; Ei Huios ei tou Theou, eipe hina hoi lithoi houtoi artoi genōntai; pathesi de apēgoreumenois, hōs epi tou Iouda, hon epeidē philargyrian nosounta katemathe, toutǭ synchrēsamenos tǭ pathei, kai eis to tēs prodosias ptōma ton philargyron dia tōn triakonta argyriōn katēkontisen. Hoti de kai ta kaka ex hēmōn autōn anaphyetai, deiknysi saphōs ho Kyrios; Ek gar tēs kardias, phēsin, exerchontai hoi dialogismoi hoi ponēroi. Symbainei de touto tois ex ameleias ageōrgēta katalipousi ta physika tōn agathōn spermata, hōs kata to en Paroimiais eirēmenon; Hōsper geōrgion anēr aphrōn, kai hōsper ampelōn anthrōpos endeēs phrenōn. Ean aphēs auton, chersōthēsetai, kai chortomanēsei holos, kai ginetai ekleleimmenos. Tę̄ de ek tēs toiautēs ameleias kechersōmenę̄ kai ekleleimmenę̄ psychę̄ akolouthon ex anankēs to akanthas kai tribolous anatellein, kai paschein ekeino to eirēmenon; Emeina hina poiēsę̄ staphylēn, epoiēse de akanthas. Peri hēs psychēs proeirētai; Kai ephyteusa ampelon Sōrēch, ho hermēneuetai eklektē. To paraplēsion de toutǭ kai para tǭ Hieremią euroi tis an ek prosōpou tou Theou legonti; Egō ephyteusa ampelon karpophoron, pasan alēthinēn pōs estraphēs eis pikrian, hē ampelos hē allotria?
Question. Whether it is consistent to say that Satan is the cause of every sin, whether in thought, word, or deed.
Answer. In general, I think that Satan by himself cannot become the cause of sin for anyone; but making use of the movements present within us, sometimes natural ones, sometimes forbidden passions, he tries through them to lead those who are not sober into what belongs to the passions. He makes use of natural movements, as he tried to do with the Lord when he perceived that he was hungry, saying: “If you are the Son of God, command that these stones become bread”; and of forbidden passions, as with Judas: when he learned that he was sick with love of money, he made use of this passion and hurled the money-lover down into the fall of betrayal by means of the thirty pieces of silver. That evils also spring up from ourselves the Lord shows clearly: “For out of the heart,” he says, “come evil thoughts.” This happens to those who through negligence have left the natural seeds of good things uncultivated, as in what is said in Proverbs: “A foolish man is like a farm, and a man lacking sense like a vineyard. If you leave him alone, he will become barren, and be wholly overgrown with grass, and become forsaken.” And for a soul made barren and forsaken by such negligence, it follows of necessity that it puts forth thorns and thistles, and suffers what is said: “I waited for it to produce grapes, but it produced thorns.” Of this soul it was said before: “And I planted a vine, Sorech,” which is interpreted “choice.” And one could find something similar in Jeremiah, where he speaks in the person of God: “I planted a fruitful vine, wholly true; how have you turned to bitterness, you foreign vine?”
Chapter 76
76PG 31:1135
Εἰ χρὴ οἰκονομίᾳ δῆθεν χρησίμου τινὸς ψεύδεσθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ ἀπόφασις τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦτο οὐ συγχωρεῖ, ἅπαξ εἰπόντος, ὅτι τὸ ψεῦδος ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστί· διαφορὰν δὲ ψεύδους οὐδεμίαν ἐμφήναντος. Καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος δὲ μαρτυρεῖ γράψας· Κἂν ἀθλῇ τις, οὐ στεφανοῦται, ἐὰν μὴ νομίμως ἀθλήσῃ.
Ei chrē oikonomią dēthen chrēsimou tinos pseudesthai APOKRISIS. Hē apophasis tou Kyriou touto ou synchōrei, hapax eipontos, hoti to pseudos ek tou diabolou esti; diaphoran de pseudous oudemian emphēnantos. Kai ho ᾿Apostolos de martyrei grapsas; Kan athlę̄ tis, ou stephanoutai, ean mē nomimōs athlēsę̄.
Question. Whether one ought to lie for the sake of some supposedly useful arrangement.
Answer. The Lord's pronouncement does not allow it, since he said once for all that the lie is from the devil, and showed no distinction between lies. And the Apostle too testifies, writing: “And if anyone competes, he is not crowned unless he competes lawfully.”
Chapter 77
77PG 31:1135
Τι ἐστι δόλος, καὶ τί ἐστι κακοήθεια. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Κακοήθεια μέν ἐστιν, ὡς λογίζομαι, αὐτὴ ἡ πρώτη καὶ κεκρυμμένη κακία τοῦ ἤθους· δόλος δὲ τὸ πρὸς ἐπιβουλὴν περίεργον, ὅταν τις, ἀγαθόν τι σχηματισάμενος, καὶ τοῦτο, ὥσπερ δέλεαρ, τινὶ προθεὶς, δι' αὐτοῦ τὰ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς κατεργάσηται
Ti esti dolos, kai ti esti kakoētheia. APOKRISIS. Kakoētheia men estin, hōs logizomai, autē hē prōtē kai kekrymmenē kakia tou ēthous; dolos de to pros epiboulēn periergon, hotan tis, agathon ti schēmatisamenos, kai touto, hōsper delear, tini protheis, di' autou ta tēs epiboulēs katergasētai
Question. What is deceit, and what is malignity?
Answer. Malignity, as I reckon, is the first and hidden wickedness of character itself; deceit is cunning aimed at plotting, when someone feigns something good and, setting it before another like bait, accomplishes through it the aims of his plot.
Chapter 78
78PG 31:1137
Ἐφευρεταὶ κακῶν τίνες εἰσίν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οἱ παρὰ τὰ συνήθη τοῖς πολλοῖς καὶ γνώριμα κακὰ ἄλλα τινὰ προσεπινοοῦντες καὶ ἐξευρίσκοντες
Epheuretai kakōn tines eisin. APOKRISIS. Hoi para ta synēthē tois pollois kai gnōrima kaka alla tina prosepinoountes kai exeuriskontes
Question. Who are the “inventors of evils”?
Answer. Those who, besides the evils usual and familiar to most people, devise and invent other ones in addition.
Chapter 79
79PG 31:1137
Εάν τις συνεχῶς ἑαυτοῦ ἐπιλαμβάνηται ὅτι σκληρῶς προσφέρεται τῷ ἀδελφῷ, πῶς διορθωθήσεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. ὁ μὲν πρᾶγμα συμβαίνει, ὡς ἐξ αὐτοῦ στοχάζομαι, ἢ ἀπὸ φρονήματος ὑπεροχὴν φανταζομένου, ἢ ἀπὸ λύπης τῆς ἐπὶ ἐλαττώμασι τῶν κατορθοῦν ὀφειλόντων. Τὸ γὰρ ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἐλπισθέντος ἐναντίον καὶ λυπηρὸν ἀπαντῆσαν καὶ σφοδρότερόν πως τῆς ψυχῆς καθάπτεται. Ἐπιμελείας δὲ χρεία περισσοτέρας, ἵνα, εἰ μὲν τὸ πρῶτον εἴη, κολάσωμεν τῆς ὑπερηφανίας τὸ πάθος, εἰ δὲ τὸ δεύτερον, πρὸ τῆς ἀγανακτήσεως ἐν παρακλήσει καὶ νουθεσίᾳ τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν ἐπιδειξώμεθα. Ἐὰν δὲ ἄρα ὁ τρόπος οὗτος τῆς θεραπείας ἀνενέργητος φανῇ διὰ τὴν τοῦ ὑποκειμένου πάθους κακίαν τότε λοιπὸν καὶ τῇ σφοδρότητι τῆς ἀγανακτήσεως μετὰ συμπαθείας ἐπ᾿ ὠφελείᾳ καὶ διορθώσει τοῦ ἁμαρτήσαντος εὐκαίρως καὶ μετὰ λόγου χρησώμεθα.
Ean tis synechōs heautou epilambanētai hoti sklērōs prospheretai tǭ adelphǭ, pōs diorthōthēsetai. APOKRISIS. ho men pragma symbainei, hōs ex autou stochazomai, ē apo phronēmatos hyperochēn phantazomenou, ē apo lypēs tēs epi elattōmasi tōn katorthoun opheilontōn. To gar ex agathou tinos elpisthentos enantion kai lypēron apantēsan kai sphodroteron pōs tēs psychēs kathaptetai. Epimeleias de chreia perissoteras, hina, ei men to prōton eiē, kolasōmen tēs hyperēphanias to pathos, ei de to deuteron, pro tēs aganaktēseōs en paraklēsei kai nouthesią tēn eusplanchnian epideixōmetha. Ean de ara ho tropos houtos tēs therapeias anenergētos phanę̄ dia tēn tou hypokeimenou pathous kakian tote loipon kai tę̄ sphodrotēti tēs aganaktēseōs meta sympatheias ep᾿ ōpheleią kai diorthōsei tou hamartēsantos eukairōs kai meta logou chrēsōmetha.
Question. If someone continually catches himself treating his brother harshly, how will he be corrected?
Answer. This happens, as I gather from the matter itself, either from a mind that imagines itself superior, or from grief at the failings of those who ought to do right. For when something contrary and grievous meets us instead of a good we hoped for, it somehow seizes the soul more violently. More care is needed, so that, if it is the first, we may punish the passion of pride; and if the second, we may show compassion in exhortation and admonition before indignation. But if this way of healing seems ineffective because of the malignity of the underlying passion, then at last let us use even the vehemence of indignation, with compassion, for the benefit and correction of the one who has sinned, at the right time and with reason.
Chapter 80
80PG 31:1137
Πόθεν συμβαίνει τὸ ὥσπερ τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐπιλείπειν λογισμοὺς ἀγαθοὺς καὶ μερίμνας ἀρεσκούσας τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ πῶς, ἵνα μὴ τοῦτο πάσχωμεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Δαβιὸ εἰπόντος, Ἐνύσταξεν ἡ ψυχή μου ἀπὸ ἀκηδίας, εὔδηλον, ὅτι τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀπὸ νυσταγμοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ἀναισθησίας συμβαίνει. Γρηγορούσῃ γὰρ τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ νηφούσῃ οὐχὶ μέριμνα Θεῷ ἀρέσκουσα καὶ λογισμὸς ἀγαθὸς ἐπιλείπει, ἀλλ᾽ ἑαυτὴν τούτοις ἐπιλείπουσαν ἐπιβλέπει. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ τοῦ σώματος ὀφθαλμὸς οὔτε ἀρκεῖ πρὸς θεωρίαν καὶ ὀλίγων τινῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ δημιουργημάτων, οὔτε ἅπαξ τι θεασάμενος κόρον ἔσχεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀεὶ τὸ αὐτὸ θεωρῶν, οὐ παύεται ὅμως τοῦ βλέπειν· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμὸς, ἐὰν ἐγρηγορὼς ᾗ καὶ νήφων, οὐκ ἐξαρκεῖ πρὸς θεωρίαν τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ θαυμασίων καὶ κριμάτων; Τὰ κρίματα γάρ σου, φησὶν, ἄβυσσος πολλή· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· Ἐθαυμαστώθη ἡ γνῶσίς σου ἐξ ἐμοῦ· ἐκραταιώθη. οὐ μὴ δύνωμαι πρὸς αὐτήν· καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα. Εἰ δὲ ἐπιλείπει τῇ ψυχῇ λογισμὸς ἀγαθὸς, δηλονότι ἔτι ἐπιλείπει αὐτῇ φωτισμός· οὐ παρὰ τὸ ἐπιλείπειν τὸ φωτίζον, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὸ νυστάζειν τὸ φωτισθῆναι ὀφεῖλον.
Pothen symbainei to hōsper tę̄ dianoią epileipein logismous agathous kai merimnas areskousas tǭ Theǭ, kai pōs, hina mē touto paschōmen. APOKRISIS. Tou Dabio eipontos, Enystaxen hē psychē mou apo akēdias, eudēlon, hoti to toiouton apo nystagmou tēs psychēs kai anaisthēsias symbainei. Grēgorousę̄ gar tę̄ psychę̄ kai nēphousę̄ ouchi merimna Theǭ areskousa kai logismos agathos epileipei, all᾽ heautēn toutois epileipousan epiblepei. Ei gar ho tou sōmatos ophthalmos oute arkei pros theōrian kai oligōn tinōn tou Theou dēmiourgēmatōn, oute hapax ti theasamenos koron eschen, alla kai aei to auto theōrōn, ou pauetai homōs tou blepein; posǭ mallon ho tēs psychēs ophthalmos, ean egrēgorōs hę̄ kai nēphōn, ouk exarkei pros theōrian tōn tou Theou thaumasiōn kai krimatōn? Ta krimata gar sou, phēsin, abyssos pollē; kai allachou; Ethaumastōthē hē gnōsis sou ex emou; ekrataiōthē. ou mē dynōmai pros autēn; kai polla toiauta. Ei de epileipei tę̄ psychę̄ logismos agathos, dēlonoti eti epileipei autę̄ phōtismos; ou para to epileipein to phōtizon, alla para to nystazein to phōtisthēnai opheilon.
Question. How does it happen that good thoughts and cares pleasing to God seem to fail the mind, and how may we keep this from happening to us?
Answer. Since David said, “My soul slumbered from listlessness,” it is clear that such a thing happens from the soul's slumber and insensibility. For to a soul that is wakeful and sober, cares pleasing to God and good thoughts do not fail; rather it sees itself failing them. For if the eye of the body is not sufficient for the contemplation even of a few of God's works, and having once seen something does not have its fill, but, even looking always at the same thing, does not cease to look, how much more is the eye of the soul, if it is wakeful and sober, insufficient for the contemplation of God's wonders and judgments? “For your judgments,” it says, “are a great deep”; and elsewhere: “Your knowledge is too wonderful for me; it is high, I cannot attain to it”; and many such things. But if a good thought fails the soul, it is plain that illumination is still failing it: not because what gives light fails, but because what ought to be enlightened is slumbering.
Chapter 81
81PG 31:1139
Εἰ χρὴ ἴσως ἐπιτιμᾶν τοῖς εὐλαβέσι καὶ τοῖς ἀδιαφόροις, ὅταν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἁμαρτήματι εὑρίσκωνται ἀμφότεροι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ἐὰν ἀπίδωμεν εἰς τὴν διάθεσιν τοῦ ἁμαρτανοντος καὶ τὸν τρόπον τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος, γνωσόμεθα καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως. Κἂν γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ ἁμάρτημα εἶναι δοκῇ τὸ τε τοῦ ἀδιαφόρου καὶ τὸ τοῦ εὐλαβοῦς, ἀλλὰ πολλὴ μεταξὺ αὐτῶν ἡ διαφορά. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ εὐλαβής, εὐλαβὴς ὢν ἀγωνιῶν τε ἅμα καὶ ἀγωνιζόμενος περὶ τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως, κατὰ περίστασίν τινα καὶ σχεδὸν ὡς οὐκ ἤθελεν ἐσφάλη καὶ ὤλισθεν· ὁ δὲ ἀδιάφορος, οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ ἑαυτοῦ οὐδὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ ποιούμενος, καὶ οὐδεμίαν διαφορὰν τοῦ τε ἁμαρτάνειν καὶ τοῦ κατορθοῦν τιθέμενος, ὡς αὐτὸ δηλοῖ τὸ ὄνομα, τὰ πρῶτα καὶ μεγάλα κακὰ νοσεῖ· ἢ καταφρόνησιν Θεοῦ, ἢ ἀπιστίαν τοῦ εἶναι Θεόν. Δύο γὰρ ταῦτα αἴτια τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν γίνεται, ὡς ἡ Γραφὴ μαρτυρεῖ λέγουσα ποτὲ μέν Φησὶν ὁ παράνομος τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ· οὐκ ἔστι φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ· ποτὲ δέ· Εἶπεν ἄφρων ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ· Οὐκ ἔστι Θεός· διεφθάρησαν καὶ ἐβδελύχθησαν ἐν ἐπιτηδεύμασιν. Ὥστε ἢ καταπεφρόνηκε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἁμαρτάνει, ἢ αὐτὸ τὸ εἶναι τὸν Θεὸν ἀρνεῖται, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδεύμασι διαφθείρεται, κἂν ὁμολογεῖν δοκῇ. Θεὸν γὰρ, φησὶν, ὁμολογοῦσιν εἰδέναι, τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται. Ὧν οὕτως ἐχόντων, καὶ τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως λογίζομαι εἶναι δεῖν ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων διάφορον. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ εὐλαβὴς οἱονεὶ τοπικοῦ τινος χρήζει τοῦ βοηθήματος, καὶ περὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶγμα, εἰς ὅ ἐσφάλη, τὴν ἐπιτίμησιν ὑποστῆναι ὀφείλει· ὁ δὲ ἀδιάφορος, ὅλον ὁμοῦ τὸ ψυχῆς καλὸν διαφθείρας, καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ τῶν κακῶν καθολικώτερα νοσῶν, ἢ ὡς καταφρονητὴς, ὥσπερ εἶπον. ἢ ὡς ἄπιστος, καὶ πενθεῖσθαι, καὶ νουθετεῖσθαι, καὶ ἐπιτιμᾶσθαι ὀφείλει, μέχρις ἂν πληροφορηθῆναι δυνηθῇ, ἢ ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς κριτής δίκαιος, καὶ φοβηθῇ, ἢ ὅτι ὅλως ἔστι Θεὸς, καὶ καταπλαγῇ. Κἀκεῖνο δὲ εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι τὰ ἐλαττώματα τῶν εὐλαβῶν γίνεται πολλάκις καὶ κατ' οἱ-
Ei chrē isōs epitiman tois eulabesi kai tois adiaphorois, hotan en tǭ autǭ hamartēmati heuriskōntai amphoteroi. APOKRISIS Ean apidōmen eis tēn diathesin tou hamartanontos kai ton tropon tou hamartēmatos, gnōsometha kai ton tropon tēs epitimēseōs. Kan gar to auto hamartēma einai dokę̄ to te tou adiaphorou kai to tou eulabous, alla pollē metaxy autōn hē diaphora. Ho men gar eulabēs, eulabēs ōn agōniōn te hama kai agōnizomenos peri tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs, kata peristasin tina kai schedon hōs ouk ēthelen esphalē kai ōlisthen; ho de adiaphoros, oudena logon oude heautou oude tou Theou poioumenos, kai oudemian diaphoran tou te hamartanein kai tou katorthoun tithemenos, hōs auto dēloi to onoma, ta prōta kai megala kaka nosei; ē kataphronēsin Theou, ē apistian tou einai Theon. Dyo gar tauta aitia tę̄ psychę̄ tou hamartanein ginetai, hōs hē Graphē martyrei legousa pote men Phēsin ho paranomos tou hamartanein en heautǭ; ouk esti phobos Theou apenanti tōn ophthalmōn autou; pote de; Eipen aphrōn en kardią autou; Ouk esti Theos; diephtharēsan kai ebdelychthēsan en epitēdeumasin. Hōste ē katapephronēke, kai dia touto hamartanei, ē auto to einai ton Theon arneitai, kai dia touto en tois epitēdeumasi diaphtheiretai, kan homologein dokę̄. Theon gar, phēsin, homologousin eidenai, tois de ergois arnountai. Hōn houtōs echontōn, kai ton tropon tēs epitimēseōs logizomai einai dein epi tōn toioutōn diaphoron. Ho men gar eulabēs hoionei topikou tinos chrēzei tou boēthēmatos, kai peri auto to pragma, eis ho esphalē, tēn epitimēsin hypostēnai opheilei; ho de adiaphoros, holon homou to psychēs kalon diaphtheiras, kai auta ta tōn kakōn katholikōtera nosōn, ē hōs kataphronētēs, hōsper eipon. ē hōs apistos, kai pentheisthai, kai noutheteisthai, kai epitimasthai opheilei, mechris an plērophorēthēnai dynēthę̄, ē hoti ho Theos kritēs dikaios, kai phobēthę̄, ē hoti holōs esti Theos, kai kataplagę̄. Kakeino de eidenai chrē, hoti ta elattōmata tōn eulabōn ginetai pollakis kai kat' hoi-
Question. Whether the devout and the indifferent should be rebuked equally, when both are found in the same sin.
Answer. If we look to the disposition of the one who sins and the manner of the sin, we shall also know the manner of the rebuke. For even if the sin of the indifferent man and that of the devout man seem to be the same, yet the difference between them is great. The devout man, being devout, anxious and at the same time struggling to be well-pleasing to God, has erred and slipped through some circumstance, almost against his will; while the indifferent man, taking no account either of himself or of God, and making no difference between sinning and doing right, as the very name shows, is sick with the first and great evils: either contempt of God or unbelief that God exists. For these two become causes of sinning for the soul, as Scripture testifies, saying at one time, “The lawless one says within himself that he will sin; there is no fear of God before his eyes”; and at another, “The fool has said in his heart, There is no God; they have become corrupt and abominable in their practices.” So either he has despised God and sins for that reason, or he denies that God exists at all and for that reason is corrupt in his practices, even if he seems to confess him. “For they profess to know God,” it says, “but deny him by their works.” This being so, I reckon that the manner of rebuke for such people must be different. The devout man needs, as it were, a local remedy, and ought to undergo rebuke concerning the very matter in which he erred; but the indifferent man, who has corrupted the whole good of the soul at once and is sick with the most general of evils, whether as one who despises, as I said, or as an unbeliever, ought to be mourned over, admonished, and rebuked until he can be fully convinced either that God is a righteous judge, and fear, or that God exists at all, and be struck with awe. And one must also know that the failings of the devout often happen even through …
Chapter 82
82PG 31:1141
Ἐπειδὴ γέγραπται, « Πρεσβυτέρας ὡς μητέρας, ἐὰν συμβῇ τὴν πρεσβυτέραν ἁμαρτῆσαι τὸ αὐτὸ τῇ νεωτέρα, εἰ τῷ αὐτῷ ὑπόκειται ἐπιτιμίῳ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ μὲν Ἀπόστολος πρεσβυτέρας ὡς μητέρας τιμᾶν, ὡς οὐκ ἐπιτιμήσεως ἄξιόν τι ποιούσας, ἐδίδαξεν· εἰ δὲ συμβαίη ποτὲ τὴν πρεσβυτέραν τὸ αὐτὸ ἁμαρτῆσαι τῇ νεωτέρᾳ, καταμανθάνειν δεῖ πρῶτον μὲν τὰ φυσικὰ, ἵνα οὕτως εἴπω, τῆς ἡλικίας ἐλαττώματα· καὶ οὕτω τὸ προσῆκον ἑκατέρᾳ τῆ ἡλικίᾳ μέτρον τῆς ἐπιτιμήσεως ὁρίζειν. Οἷον φυσικόν ἐστι σχεδὸν τῷ γήρᾳ ὁ ὄκνος, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ τῇ νεότητι ὥσπερ ὁ μετεωρισμὸς, καὶ ὁ τάραχος, καὶ ἡ θρασύτης, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, τῇ νεότητι, οὐχὶ δὲ καὶ τῷ γήρᾳ· καὶ δοκεῖ βοηθεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν τῇ νεότητι φυσικῆς θερμότητος. Ὥστε τὸ αὐτὸ ἁμάρτημα, ὁ ὄκνος, εἰ τύχοι, βαρυτέρων ἐγκλημάτων ἄξιον τῇ νεωτέρᾳ γίνεται, οὐδὲν ὑπὸ παραιτουμένης τῆς ἡλικίας. Καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἁμάρτημα, ὁ μετεωρισμὸς, ἢ τὸ θράσος, ἢ ὁ τάραχος μείζονος ἀξίαν καταγνώσεως τὴν πρεσβυτέραν ποιεῖ, βοηθουμένην καὶ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς ἡλικίας πρὸς τὸ πρᾶον καὶ ἤρεμον Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὸν τρόπον τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος χρὴ ἐξετάζειν ἐφ' ἑκατέρου προσώπου, καὶ οὗτω τὸν ἁρμόζοντα τρόπον τῆς θεραπείας διὰ τοῦ οἱκείου ἐπιτιμίου προσάγειν.
Epeidē gegraptai, « Presbyteras hōs mēteras, ean symbę̄ tēn presbyteran hamartēsai to auto tę̄ neōtera, ei tǭ autǭ hypokeitai epitimiǭ. APOKRISIS. Ho men Apostolos presbyteras hōs mēteras timan, hōs ouk epitimēseōs axion ti poiousas, edidaxen; ei de symbaiē pote tēn presbyteran to auto hamartēsai tę̄ neōterą, katamanthanein dei prōton men ta physika, hina houtōs eipō, tēs hēlikias elattōmata; kai houtō to prosēkon hekaterą tē hēlikią metron tēs epitimēseōs horizein. Hoion physikon esti schedon tǭ gērą ho oknos, ouchi de kai tę̄ neotēti hōsper ho meteōrismos, kai ho tarachos, kai hē thrasytēs, kai hosa toiauta, tę̄ neotēti, ouchi de kai tǭ gērą; kai dokei boētheisthai hypo tēs en tę̄ neotēti physikēs thermotētos. Hōste to auto hamartēma, ho oknos, ei tychoi, baryterōn enklēmatōn axion tę̄ neōterą ginetai, ouden hypo paraitoumenēs tēs hēlikias. Kai to auto hamartēma, ho meteōrismos, ē to thrasos, ē ho tarachos meizonos axian katagnōseōs tēn presbyteran poiei, boēthoumenēn kai hyp᾿ autēs tēs hēlikias pros to praon kai ēremon Pros de toutois kai ton tropon tou hamartēmatos chrē exetazein eph' hekaterou prosōpou, kai houtō ton harmozonta tropon tēs therapeias dia tou hoikeiou epitimiou prosagein.
Question. Since it is written, “Older women as mothers,” if it happens that the older woman commits the same sin as the younger, is she subject to the same penalty?
Answer. The Apostle taught us to honour older women as mothers, as women who do nothing deserving rebuke. But if it should ever happen that the older woman commits the same sin as the younger, one must first take note of what are, so to speak, the natural failings of each age, and so fix the measure of rebuke fitting for each age. For example, sluggishness is almost natural to old age, but not to youth; while distraction, agitation, rashness, and the like belong to youth, but not to old age, and seem to be helped by the natural heat of youth. So the same sin, sluggishness, say, makes the younger woman deserving of heavier charges, since her age offers no excuse. And the same sin, distraction, or rashness, or agitation, makes the older woman deserving of greater condemnation, since she is helped toward gentleness and calm by her very age. Besides this, one must also examine the manner of the sin in each person, and so apply the fitting manner of healing through the appropriate penalty.
Chapter 83
83PG 31:1141
Ἐὰν τις, τὰ πολλὰ κατορθῶν, ἐν ἑνὶ μόνῳ διαπταίῃ, πῶς αὐτὸν παρέλθωμεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς τὸν Πέτρον ὁ Κύριος.
Ean tis, ta polla katorthōn, en heni monǭ diaptaię̄, pōs auton parelthōmen. APOKRISIS. Hōs ton Petron ho Kyrios.
Question. If someone does right in most things but stumbles in one only, how shall we deal with him?
Answer. As the Lord did with Peter.
Chapter 84
84PG 31:1141
Ἐὰν τις, ἦθος ἔχων θορυβοποιὸν καὶ ταραχῶδες, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ καταγινωσκόμενος, λέγῃ, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησε τοὺς μὲν καλοὺς, τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς, εἰ καλῶς λέγει. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο τὸ φρόνημα πάλαι ὡς αἱρετικὸν κατεγνώσθη· καὶ γὰρ βλάσφημόν ἐστι καὶ ἀσεβὲς, καὶ πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν εὐόλισθον τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπεργάζεται. Ὥστε ἢ διορθωθήτω, ἢ ἐξαρθήτω ἐκ μέσου, ἵνα μὴ γένηται· Μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα
Ean tis, ēthos echōn thorybopoion kai tarachōdes, kai epi toutǭ kataginōskomenos, legę̄, hoti ho Theos epoiēse tous men kalous, tous de kakous, ei kalōs legei. APOKRISIS. Touto to phronēma palai hōs hairetikon kategnōsthē; kai gar blasphēmon esti kai asebes, kai pros hamartian euolisthon tēn psychēn apergazetai. Hōste ē diorthōthētō, ē exarthētō ek mesou, hina mē genētai; Mikra zymē holon to phyrama
Question. If someone who has a disorderly and turbulent character, and is reproved for it, says that God made some good and others bad, is he right?
Answer. This opinion was condemned long ago as heretical; for it is blasphemous and impious, and makes the soul prone to slip into sin. So either let him be corrected, or let him be removed from the midst, so that it may not happen that “a little leaven [leavens] the whole lump.”
Chapter 85
85PG 31:1143
Εἰ χρὴ ἔχειν τι ἴδιον ἐν ἀδελφότητι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο ἐναντίον ἐστὶ τῆς ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι περὶ τῶν πιστευσάντων μαρτυρίας, ἐν αἷς γέγραπται· Καὶ οὐδείς τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι. Ὁ οὖν λέγων ἴδιόν τι εἶναι, ἑαυτὸν ἀλλότριον τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἐκκλησίας κατέστησε, καὶ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου ἀγάπης, τοῦ διδάξαντος καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ τιθέναι ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων, οὐχ ὅτι γε τὰ ἐκτός.
Ei chrē echein ti idion en adelphotēti. APOKRISIS. Touto enantion esti tēs en tais Praxesi peri tōn pisteusantōn martyrias, en hais gegraptai; Kai oudeis ti tōn hyparchontōn autǭ elegen idion einai. Ho oun legōn idion ti einai, heauton allotrion tēs tou Theou Ekklēsias katestēse, kai tēs tou Kyriou agapēs, tou didaxantos kai logǭ kai ergǭ tēn psychēn heautou tithenai hyper tōn philōn, ouch hoti ge ta ektos.
Question. Whether one may have anything of one's own in a brotherhood.
Answer. This is contrary to the testimony in Acts about those who believed, where it is written: “And no one said that anything of what he possessed was his own.” So whoever says that anything is his own has made himself a stranger to the church of God and to the love of the Lord, who taught by word and deed to lay down one's very life for one's friends, much less external things.
Chapter 86
86PG 31:1143
Ἐὰν δὲ λέγῃ τις, ὅτι Οὔτε λαμβάνω παρὰ τῆς ἀδελφότητος, οὔτε δίδωμι, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἀρκοῦμαι, τί πρὸς τοῦτον παραφυλάξομεν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὴ ἀνέχοιτο τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου διδασκαλίας εἰπόντος, Ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἐγὼ ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἀνασχώμεθα τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Ἐξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν· ἵνα μὴ γένηται τὸ, Μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον φύραμα δολοῖ
Ean de legę̄ tis, hoti Oute lambanō para tēs adelphotētos, oute didōmi, alla tois emois arkoumai, ti pros touton paraphylaxomen APOKRISIS. Ei mē anechoito tēs tou Kyriou didaskalias eipontos, Agapate allēlous, kathōs egō ēgapēsa hymas, anaschōmetha tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Exarate ton ponēron ex hymōn autōn; hina mē genētai to, Mikra zymē holon phyrama doloi
Question. And if someone says, “I neither take from the brotherhood nor give to it, but am content with what is mine,” what shall we observe toward him?
Answer. If he will not bear the teaching of the Lord, who said, “Love one another, as I have loved you,” let us heed the Apostle, who said, “Remove the wicked man from among yourselves,” so that it may not happen that “a little leaven corrupts the whole lump.”
Chapter 87
87PG 31:1143
Εἰ ἔξεστιν ἑκάστῳ τὸ παλαιὸν ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ ἢ ὑπόδημα δοῦναι ὅπου θέλει, εἰς ἐντολήν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. ὁ διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν, εἰ καὶ κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν, οὐ παντός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μετὰ δοκιμασίας πεπιστευμένου τὴν οἰκονομίαν. Ωστε εἴτε παλαιὸν εἶτε καινὸν, οὗτος, κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον ἑκάστου καιρὸν, καὶ δώσει, καὶ ὑποδέξεται.
Ei exestin hekastǭ to palaion himation autou ē hypodēma dounai hopou thelei, eis entolēn APOKRISIS. ho didonai ē lambanein, ei kai kat᾿ entolēn, ou pantos estin, alla tou meta dokimasias pepisteumenou tēn oikonomian. Ōste eite palaion eite kainon, houtos, kata ton idion hekastou kairon, kai dōsei, kai hypodexetai.
Question. Whether each one may give his old cloak or shoe wherever he wishes, by way of fulfilling the commandment.
Answer. To give or to receive, even according to the commandment, is not for everyone, but for the one entrusted, after testing, with the stewardship. So whether old or new, it is he who will both give and receive, at the proper time for each.
Chapter 88
88PG 31:1143
Τις ἡ μέριμνα ἡ βιωτική ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πᾶσα μέριμνα, κἂν μηδὲν ἔχειν δοκῇ τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων, μὴ συντελῇ δὲ πρὸς θεοσέβειαν, βιωτική ἐστιν.
Tis hē merimna hē biōtikē APOKRISIS. Pasa merimna, kan mēden echein dokę̄ tōn apēgoreumenōn, mē syntelę̄ de pros theosebeian, biōtikē estin.
Question. What is worldly care?
Answer. Every care that does not contribute to godliness, even if it seems to have nothing forbidden in it, is worldly.
Chapter 89
89PG 31:1143
Ἐπειδὴ γέγραπται, « Λύτρον ψυχῆς ἀνδρὸς ὁ ἴδιος πλοῦτος, ἡμῖν δὲ οὐ προεχώρησε τοῦτο· τί ποιήσομεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἱ μὲν σπουδάσαντες οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν, μνημονεύσωμεν τῆς ἀποκρίσεως τοῦ Κυρίου πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον ἐπὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ ἀγωνιάσαντα καὶ εἰπόντα Ἰδοὺ ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα, καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι· τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν; ἀποκρίνεται δὲ αὐτῷ οὕτως· Πᾶς ὅστις ἀφῆκεν οἰκίαν, ἢ ἀδελφοὺς, ἢ ἀδελφὰς, ἢ πατέρα, ἢ μητέρα, ἢ γυναῖκα, ἢ τέκνα, ἢ ἀγροὺς, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήψεται, καὶ ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει. Εἰ δὲ κατὰ ἀμέλειαν τοῦτο οὐκ ἐποιήσαμεν, νῦν τὴν σπουδὴν ἐπιδειξώμεθα. Εἰ μηκέτι ἐστὶ μήτε καιρὸς μήτε δύναμις, παραμυθείσθω ἡμᾶς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος λέγων· Οὐ ζητῶ τὰ ὑμῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑμᾶς.
Epeidē gegraptai, « Lytron psychēs andros ho idios ploutos, hēmin de ou proechōrēse touto; ti poiēsomen. APOKRISIS. Hei men spoudasantes ouk ēdynēthēmen, mnēmoneusōmen tēs apokriseōs tou Kyriou pros ton Petron epi tǭ toioutǭ agōniasanta kai eiponta Idou hēmeis aphēkamen panta, kai ēkolouthēsamen soi; ti ara estai hēmin? apokrinetai de autǭ houtōs; Pas hostis aphēken oikian, ē adelphous, ē adelphas, ē patera, ē mētera, ē gynaika, ē tekna, ē agrous, heneken emou kai tou Euangeliou, hekatontaplasiona lēpsetai, kai zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsei. Ei de kata ameleian touto ouk epoiēsamen, nyn tēn spoudēn epideixōmetha. Ei mēketi esti mēte kairos mēte dynamis, paramytheisthō hēmas ho ᾿Apostolos legōn; Ou zētō ta hymōn, all᾽ hymas.
Question. Since it is written, “A man's own wealth is the ransom of his soul,” and this has not fallen to us, what shall we do?
Answer. If we were eager but unable, let us remember the Lord's answer to Peter when he was anxious about such a thing and said, “See, we have left all and followed you; what then shall we have?” He answers him thus: “Everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, for my sake and the Gospel's, will receive a hundredfold, and will inherit eternal life.” But if we did not do this through negligence, let us show our zeal now. And if there is no longer either time or means, let the Apostle comfort us, saying: “I seek not what is yours, but you.”
Chapter 90
90PG 31:1145
Εἰ ἔξεστι νυκτερινὸν ἱμάτιον ἔχειν, εἴτε τρίχινον εἴτε ἀλλοῖον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ μὲν τοῦ τριχίνου χρῆσις καιροὺς ἔχει ἰδίους. Οὐ γὰρ χρείας σωματικῆς ἕνεκέν ἐστιν ἡ τούτων χρῆσις, ἀλλὰ κακουχίας καὶ ταπεινώσεως ψυχῆς. Τῆς δὲ τῶν δύο κτήσεως ἀπαγορευθείσης, εἰ δύναται ἡ χρῆσις παραληφθῆναι ἄνευ τῆς προειρημένης αἰτίας, ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ λογιζέσθω.
Ei exesti nykterinon himation echein, eite trichinon eite alloion. APOKRISIS. Hē men tou trichinou chrēsis kairous echei idious. Ou gar chreias sōmatikēs heneken estin hē toutōn chrēsis, alla kakouchias kai tapeinōseōs psychēs. Tēs de tōn dyo ktēseōs apagoreutheisēs, ei dynatai hē chrēsis paralēphthēnai aneu tēs proeirēmenēs aitias, hekastos heautǭ logizesthō.
Question. Whether one may have a garment for the night, whether of hair or of some other kind.
Answer. The use of the hair garment has its own times. For its use is not for the sake of bodily need, but for the mortification and humbling of the soul. But since the possession of two garments has been forbidden, let each judge for himself whether the use can be adopted without the reason just mentioned.
Chapter 91
91PG 31:1145
Ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς, ἴδιον οὐκ ἔχων οὐδὲν, αἰτηθῇ παρά τινος αὐτὸ ὃ φορεῖ, τί ὀφείλει ποιῆσαι, μάλιστα δὲ ἐὰν γυμνὸς ἢ ὁ αἰτήσας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἴτε γυμνὸς, εἴτε πονηρὸς, καὶ εἴτε κατὰ χρείαν, εἴτε κατὰ πλεονεξίαν αἰτῇ, ἅπαξ ἐῤῥήθη, ὅτι τὸ διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν οὐ παντός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐγκεχειρισμένου μετὰ δοκιμασίας τὴν τοιαύτην οἰκoνομίαν. Καὶ φυλασσέσθω τὸ, Ἕκαστος, ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήθη, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω.
Ean adelphos, idion ouk echōn ouden, aitēthę̄ para tinos auto ho phorei, ti opheilei poiēsai, malista de ean gymnos ē ho aitēsas. APOKRISIS. Eite gymnos, eite ponēros, kai eite kata chreian, eite kata pleonexian aitę̄, hapax errhēthē, hoti to didonai ē lambanein ou pantos estin, alla tou enkecheirismenou meta dokimasias tēn toiautēn oikonomian. Kai phylassesthō to, Hekastos, en hǭ eklēthē, en toutǭ menetō.
Question. If a brother who has nothing of his own is asked by someone for the very thing he is wearing, what ought he to do, especially if the one asking is naked?
Answer. Whether he is naked or wicked, and whether he asks from need or from greed, it has been said once for all that giving or receiving is not for everyone, but for the one entrusted, after testing, with such stewardship. And let this be kept: “Let each remain in the calling in which he was called.”
Chapter 92
92PG 31:1145
Τοῦ Κυρίου προστάσσοντος πωλεῖν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, τι διανοούμενον χρὴ τοῦτο ποιεῖν· ὡς αὐτῶν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων φυσικῶς βλαπτόντων, ἢ διὰ τὸν συμβαίνοντα ἐξ αὐτῶν περισπασμὸν τῇ ψυχῇ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρὸς τοῦτο πρῶτον μὲν ἐκεῖνό ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἕκαστον, εἰ ἦν αὐτὸ καθ' ἑαυτὸ κακὸν, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἦν κτίσμα Θεοῦ· Πᾶν γὰρ κτίσμα Θεοῦ, φησὶ, καλὸν, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπόβλητον· ἔπειτα δὲ, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ τοῦ Κυρίου οὐχὶ ῥίπτειν ὡς κακὰ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα καὶ φεύγειν, ἀλλὰ οἰκονομεῖν ἐπαίδευε. Καὶ κατακρίνεταί τις, οὐχ ὅτι ἔσχεν ὅλως, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι κακῶς ἐφρόνησε περὶ αὐτῶν, ἢ ὅτι μὴ καλῶς ἐχρήσατο αὐτοῖς. Ἡ γὰρ ἀπροσπαθὴς καὶ ὑγιὴς περὶ αὐτὰ διάθεσις, καὶ ἡ κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν αὐτῶν οἰκονομία πρός τε πολλὰ καὶ ἀναγκαιότατα ἡμῖν συμβάλλεται· ποτὲ μὲν πρὸς καθαρισμὸν τῶν οἰκείων ἁμαρτημάτων, διὸ γέγραπται· Πλὴν τὰ ἐνόντα, δότε ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἰδοὺ πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστι· ποτὲ δὲ πρὸς κληρονομίαν βασιλείας οὐρανῶν, καὶ κτῆσιν θησαυροῦ ἀνεκλείπτου, κατὰ τὸ ἐν ἄλλῳ τόπῳ εἰρημένον· Μὴ φοβοῦ, τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον, ὅτι ηὐδόκησεν ὁ Πατήρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος δοῦναι ὑμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν. Πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην. Ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλάντια μὴ παλαιούμενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς
Tou Kyriou prostassontos pōlein ta hyparchonta, ti dianooumenon chrē touto poiein; hōs autōn tōn hyparchontōn physikōs blaptontōn, ē dia ton symbainonta ex autōn perispasmon tę̄ psychę̄. APOKRISIS. Pros touto prōton men ekeino estin eipein, hoti tōn hyparchontōn hekaston, ei ēn auto kath' heauto kakon, oud᾽ an ēn ktisma Theou; Pan gar ktisma Theou, phēsi, kalon, kai ouden apoblēton; epeita de, hoti hē entolē tou Kyriou ouchi rhiptein hōs kaka ta hyparchonta kai pheugein, alla oikonomein epaideue. Kai katakrinetai tis, ouch hoti eschen holōs, all᾽ hoti kakōs ephronēse peri autōn, ē hoti mē kalōs echrēsato autois. Hē gar aprospathēs kai hygiēs peri auta diathesis, kai hē kat᾿ entolēn autōn oikonomia pros te polla kai anankaiotata hēmin symballetai; pote men pros katharismon tōn oikeiōn hamartēmatōn, dio gegraptai; Plēn ta enonta, dote eleēmosynēn, kai idou panta kathara hymin esti; pote de pros klēronomian basileias ouranōn, kai ktēsin thēsaurou anekleiptou, kata to en allǭ topǭ eirēmenon; Mē phobou, to mikron poimnion, hoti ēudokēsen ho Patēr hymōn ho ouranios dounai hymin tēn basileian. Pōlēsate ta hyparchonta hymōn, kai dote eleēmosynēn. Poiēsate heautois balantia mē palaioumena, thēsauron anekleipton en tois ouranois
Question. Since the Lord commands us to sell our possessions, with what intention should this be done: on the ground that possessions are harmful by nature, or because of the distraction they bring to the soul?
Answer. To this it must first be said that if each of our possessions were evil in itself, it would not be a creature of God; “for every creature of God,” it says, “is good, and nothing is to be rejected.” Next, the Lord's commandment taught us not to throw away possessions as evil and flee them, but to manage them. And one is condemned not because he had them at all, but because he thought wrongly about them or did not use them well. For a disposition toward them that is free of attachment and sound, and their management according to the commandment, contribute to many things, and very necessary ones, for us: sometimes to the cleansing of our own sins, which is why it is written, “But give as alms what is within, and see, all things are clean for you”; sometimes to the inheritance of the kingdom of heaven and the gaining of a treasure that does not fail, according to what is said in another place: “Fear not, little flock, for your heavenly Father has been pleased to give you the kingdom. Sell your possessions and give alms. Make for yourselves purses that do not grow old, a treasure that does not fail in the heavens.”
Chapter 93
93PG 31:1147
Τὸν ἅπαξ ἀποκτησάμενον, καὶ ἴδιον μηδέν ἔχειν ἐπαγγειλάμενον ποίᾳ διανοίᾳ κεχρῆσθαι δεῖ τοῖς πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἀναγκαίοις, οἷον ἐσθῆτι καὶ τροφῇ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Μνημονεύοντα, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, ὅτι ὁ Θεός ἐστιν ὁ διδοὺς τροφὴν πάσῃ σαρκί. Πλὴν ἀλλὰ φροντίδος χρεία, ἵνα ὡς Θεοῦ ἐργάτης ἄξιος ᾗ τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταύτης οὐκ ἐν ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ κειμένης, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοῦ ταύτην ἐπιτεταγμένου τὴν φροντίδα οἰκονομουμένης ἔν τε καιρῷ καὶ μέτρῳ, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· Διεδίδοτο δὲ ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν.
Ton hapax apoktēsamenon, kai idion mēden echein epangeilamenon poią dianoią kechrēsthai dei tois pros to zę̄n anankaiois, hoion esthēti kai trophę̄. APOKRISIS. Mnēmoneuonta, kata to gegrammenon, hoti ho Theos estin ho didous trophēn pasę̄ sarki. Plēn alla phrontidos chreia, hina hōs Theou ergatēs axios hę̄ tēs trophēs autou, kai tautēs ouk en idią exousią keimenēs, alla para tou tautēn epitetagmenou tēn phrontida oikonomoumenēs en te kairǭ kai metrǭ, kata to gegrammenon; Diedidoto de hekastǭ, kathoti an tis chreian eichen.
Question. With what intention should one who has once given up his possessions and professed to have nothing of his own use what is necessary for life, such as clothing and food?
Answer. Remembering, as it is written, that it is God who gives food to all flesh. Yet care is needed that, as God's workman, he may be worthy of his food, and that this food is not at his own disposal but is distributed by the one entrusted with this care, at the right time and in the right measure, as it is written: “And it was distributed to each as anyone had need.”
Chapter 94
94PG 31:1147
Ἐάν τις καταλιπών φόρους ἀδελφότητι προσέλθῃ, οἱ δὲ οἰκεῖοι αὐτοῦ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἀπαιτούμενοι θλίβωνται, εἰ μὴ φέρει τοῦτο διάκρισιν καὶ βλάβην ἢ ἐκείνῳ, ἢ τοὺς προσδεξαμένοις ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ο Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς πρὸς τοὺς ἐπερωτῶντας, εἰ ἔξεστι δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι, ἢ οῦ, φησί· Δείξατέ μοι δηνάριον· τίνος ἔχει εἰκόνα καὶ ἐπιγραφήν; τῶν δὲ εἰπόντων, ὅτι Καίσαρος, ἀποκρίνεται εἰπών· ᾿Απόδοτε οὖν τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι· καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ· φανεροῦ τοίνυν ἐκ τούτου ὄντος, ὅτι οὗτοι ὑποκεῖσθαι τοῖς τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπιτάγμασιν ἐδείχθησαν. παρ' οἷς ἂν εὐρίσκηται τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος· εἰ μέν τι τοιοῦτον τῶν ἐκ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ οὗτος ἐπικομιζόμενος εἰς τὴν ἀδελφότητα ἧκεν, ὑπόχρεως ἔστω τοῖς φόροις· εἰ δὲ πάντα προσκαταλιπών τοῖς οἰκείοις ἀπῆλθε, μηδεμία διάκρισις ἔστω, μήτε αὐτῷ, μήτε τοῖς ὑποδεξαμένοις.
Ean tis katalipōn phorous adelphotēti proselthę̄, hoi de oikeioi autou hyper autou apaitoumenoi thlibōntai, ei mē pherei touto diakrisin kai blabēn ē ekeinǭ, ē tous prosdexamenois APOKRISIS. O Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos pros tous eperōtōntas, ei exesti dounai kēnson Kaisari, ē ou, phēsi; Deixate moi dēnarion; tinos echei eikona kai epigraphēn? tōn de eipontōn, hoti Kaisaros, apokrinetai eipōn; ᾿Apodote oun ta Kaisaros Kaisari; kai ta tou Theou tǭ Theǭ; phanerou toinyn ek toutou ontos, hoti houtoi hypokeisthai tois tou Kaisaros epitagmasin edeichthēsan. par' hois an euriskētai ta tou Kaisaros; ei men ti toiouton tōn ek tou Kaisaros kai houtos epikomizomenos eis tēn adelphotēta hēken, hypochreōs estō tois phorois; ei de panta proskatalipōn tois oikeiois apēlthe, mēdemia diakrisis estō, mēte autǭ, mēte tois hypodexamenois.
Question. If someone comes to a brotherhood leaving taxes owing, and his relatives are distressed by being made to pay for him, does this not bring scruple and harm either on him or on those who received him?
Answer. Our Lord Jesus Christ, when they asked him whether it was lawful to give tribute to Caesar or not, says: “Show me a denarius; whose image and inscription does it have?” And when they said, “Caesar's,” he answers, saying: “Render therefore to Caesar the things that are Caesar's, and to God the things that are God's.” Since it is plain from this that those with whom Caesar's things are found were shown to be subject to Caesar's orders, then if this man too came to the brotherhood bringing anything of that kind from Caesar's, let him be liable for the taxes; but if he left everything to his relatives and departed, let there be no scruple, either for him or for those who received him.
Chapter 95
95PG 31:1147
Εἰ συμφέρει τοῖς ἄρτι προσερχομένοις εὐθὺς τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν ἐκμανθάνειν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἐρώτημα ὑπὸ τῶν προειρημένων κατευθυνέσθω. Τὸ γὰρ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἕκαστον ἐκμανθάνειν ἐκ τῆς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς ἀκόλουθον καὶ αναγκαῖον, εἷς τε πληροφορίαν τῆς θεοσεβείας, καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ προσεθισθῆναι ἀνθρωπίναις παραδόσεσιν.
Ei sympherei tois arti proserchomenois euthys to apo tōn Graphōn ekmanthanein APOKRISIS. Kai touto to erōtēma hypo tōn proeirēmenōn kateuthynesthō. To gar pros tēn chreian hekaston ekmanthanein ek tēs theopneustou Graphēs akolouthon kai anankaion, heis te plērophorian tēs theosebeias, kai hyper tou mē prosethisthēnai anthrōpinais paradosesin.
Question. Whether it is profitable for those who have just come to learn by heart at once what is from the Scriptures.
Answer. Let this question too be settled by what has been said before. For it is fitting and necessary that each learn from the God-inspired Scripture what serves his need, both for full assurance in godliness and so as not to become accustomed to human traditions.
Chapter 96
96PG 31:1149
Εἰ παντὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ ἐπιτρέπειν δεῖ γράμματα μανθάνειν, ἢ ἀναγνώσμασι προσέχειν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος, Ἵνα μὴ ἃ ἂν θέλητε, ταῦτα ποιῆτε, ἐν παντὶ πράγματι τὸ κατὰ θέλησιν ἰδίαν αἱρετὸν ἐπιτρέπειν τινὶ βλαβερόν ἐστι· πᾶν δὲ τὸ ὑπὸ τῶν προεστώτων ἐγκεκριμένον καταδέχεσθαι χρὴ, κἂν ἀβούλητον ᾖ. Τὸ δὲ ἔγκλημα τῆς ἀπιστίας καὶ τούτῳ ἁρμόζει, τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος Γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι· ὅτι, ἡ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. Φανερὸς γάρ ἐστι χρόνους ζωῆς ἑαυτῷ ὑπογράφων.
Ei panti tǭ boulomenǭ epitrepein dei grammata manthanein, ē anagnōsmasi prosechein. APOKRISIS. Tou Apostolou legontos, Hina mē ha an thelēte, tauta poiēte, en panti pragmati to kata thelēsin idian haireton epitrepein tini blaberon esti; pan de to hypo tōn proestōtōn enkekrimenon katadechesthai chrē, kan aboulēton ę̄. To de enklēma tēs apistias kai toutǭ harmozei, tou Kyriou eipontos Ginesthe hetoimoi; hoti, hē hōrą ou dokeite, ho Huios tou anthrōpou erchetai. Phaneros gar esti chronous zōēs heautǭ hypographōn.
Question. Whether everyone who wishes should be permitted to learn letters or to devote himself to reading.
Answer. Since the Apostle says, “So that you may not do whatever you wish,” in every matter it is harmful to allow anyone what he chooses by his own will; but everything approved by the superiors must be accepted, even if it is not wished. The charge of unbelief fits this too, since the Lord said, “Be ready, for the Son of Man is coming at an hour you do not expect.” For he plainly marks out years of life for himself.
Chapter 97
97PG 31:1149
Ἐὰν λέγῃ τις, Θέλω παρ' ὑμῖν ὀλίγον χρόνον ὠφεληθῆναι, εἰ δεῖ αὐτὸν προσδέχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, Τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρὸς μὲ οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω, καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου διηγησαμένου· Διὰ δὲ τοὺς παρεισάκτους ψευδαδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῶν, ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα ἡμᾶς καταδουλώσωνται· οἷς οὐδὲ πρὸς ὥραν εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ, ἵνα ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου διαμένῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, συγχωρεῖν μὲν αὐτῷ τὴν εἴσοδον ἀκόλουθον, καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀμφίβολον τῆς ἐκβάσεως· πολλάκις γὰρ ὠφεληθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ χρόνου, καθἀπαξ τῷ βίῳ εὐαρεστηθήσεται, ὡς πολλάκις γέγονε. καὶ εἰς φανέρωσιν δὲ τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν ἀκριβείας, ἀλλοιοτέρας ἴσως περὶ ἡμῶν τὰς ὑποψίας ἔχοντι. Τὴν δὲ ἀκρίβειαν ἐπιμελεστέραν καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ φυλάσσειν ἀναγκαῖον, ἵνα ἢ τε ἀλήθεια φανερωθῇ, καὶ ἡ ὑποψία πάσης ἀδιαφορίας ἀναιρεθῇ. Οὕτω γὰρ ἡμεῖς τε τῷ Θεῷ εὐαρεστήσομεν, κἀκεῖνος ἢ ὠφεληθήσεται, ἢ ἐλεγχθήσεται.
Ean legę̄ tis, Thelō par' hymin oligon chronon ōphelēthēnai, ei dei auton prosdechesthai. APOKRISIS Tou Kyriou eipontos, Ton erchomenon pros me ou mē ekbalō exō, kai tou Apostolou diēgēsamenou; Dia de tous pareisaktous pseudadelphous, hoitines pareisēlthon kataskopēsai tēn eleutherian hēmōn, hēn echomen en Christǭ Iēsou, hina hēmas katadoulōsōntai; hois oude pros hōran eixamen tę̄ hypotagę̄, hina hē alētheia tou Euangeliou diamenę̄ pros hymas, synchōrein men autǭ tēn eisodon akolouthon, kai dia to amphibolon tēs ekbaseōs; pollakis gar ōphelētheis ek tou chronou, kathapax tǭ biǭ euarestēthēsetai, hōs pollakis gegone. kai eis phanerōsin de tēs en hēmin akribeias, alloioteras isōs peri hēmōn tas hypopsias echonti. Tēn de akribeian epimelesteran kai ep᾿ autǭ phylassein anankaion, hina ē te alētheia phanerōthę̄, kai hē hypopsia pasēs adiaphorias anairethę̄. Houtō gar hēmeis te tǭ Theǭ euarestēsomen, kakeinos ē ōphelēthēsetai, ē elenchthēsetai.
Question. If someone says, “I want to profit among you for a short time,” should he be received?
Answer. Since the Lord said, “Him who comes to me I will by no means cast out,” and the Apostle related, “But because of the false brothers secretly brought in, who slipped in to spy out our freedom which we have in Christ Jesus, so that they might bring us into slavery: to them we did not yield in subjection even for an hour, so that the truth of the Gospel might remain with you,” it is fitting to allow him entry, both because the outcome is uncertain (for often, having profited from the time, he will be pleased with the life once for all, as has often happened), and also to make plain the strictness among us to one who perhaps has rather different suspicions about us. But it is necessary to keep the strictness more carefully in his case too, so that both the truth may be made plain and every suspicion of carelessness removed. For thus we shall please God, and he will either profit or be exposed.
Chapter 98
98PG 31:1149
Ποταπὸν φρόνημα ὀφείλει ἔχειν ὁ προεστὼς ἐν οἷς ἐπιτάσσει, ἢ διατάσσεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρὸς μὲν τὸν Θεὸν ὡς ὑπηρέτης Χριστοῦ, καὶ οἱκονόμος μυστηρίων Θεοῦ, φοβούμενος μή τι παρά τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς ὁμολογούμενον ἢ εἴπῃ, ἢ τυπώσῃ, καὶ εὑρεθῇ ψευδόμαρτυς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ ἱερόσυλος, ἐν τῷ ἢ ἐπεισάγειν τι ἀλλότριον τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου διδασκαλίας, ἢ παραλεῖψαί τι τῶν ἀρεσκόντων Θεῷ· πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, Ως ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα, εὐδοκῶν μεταδοῦναι ἑκάστῳ πρὸς τὸ ἀρέσκον Θεῷ, καὶ κοινῇ πᾶσι συμφέρον, οὐ μόνον τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν, κατὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰπόντος· Ἐντολὴν καινὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἐγὼ ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς. Μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ.
Potapon phronēma opheilei echein ho proestōs en hois epitassei, ē diatassetai. APOKRISIS. Pros men ton Theon hōs hypēretēs Christou, kai hoikonomos mystēriōn Theou, phoboumenos mē ti para to thelēma tou Theou to en tais Graphais homologoumenon ē eipę̄, ē typōsę̄, kai heurethę̄ pseudomartys tou Theou, hē hierosylos, en tǭ ē epeisagein ti allotrion tēs tou Kyriou didaskalias, ē paraleipsai ti tōn areskontōn Theǭ; pros de tous adelphous, Ōs ean trophos thalpę̄ ta heautēs tekna, eudokōn metadounai hekastǭ pros to areskon Theǭ, kai koinę̄ pasi sympheron, ou monon to Euangelion tou Theou, alla kai tēn heautou psychēn, kata tēn entolēn tou Kyriou kai Theou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, eipontos; Entolēn kainēn didōmi hymin, hina agapate allēlous, kathōs egō ēgapēsa hymas. Meizona tautēs agapēn oudeis echei, hina tis tēn psychēn autou thę̄ hyper tōn philōn autou.
Question. What mind ought the superior to have in what he commands or arranges?
Answer. Toward God, that of a servant of Christ and a steward of the mysteries of God, fearing lest he say or ordain anything contrary to the will of God acknowledged in the Scriptures, and be found a false witness of God or sacrilegious, either by bringing in something foreign to the Lord's teaching or by leaving out something pleasing to God. Toward the brothers, “as a nurse cherishes her own children,” being well pleased to share with each, toward what pleases God and benefits all in common, “not only the Gospel of God but also his own soul,” according to the commandment of our Lord and God Jesus Christ, who said: “A new commandment I give you, that you love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love has no one than this, that one lay down his life for his friends.”
Chapter 99
99PG 31:1151
Ποταπῇ διαθέσει χρὴ ἐπιτιμᾶν τὸν ἐπιτιμῶντα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρὸς μὲν τὸν Θεὸν τῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ Δαβίδ κατωρθωμένῃ, εἰπόντος· Εἶδον ἀσυνετοῦντας, καὶ ἐξετηκόμην· ὅτι τὰ λόγιά σου οὐκ ἐφυλάξαντο· πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐπιτιμωμένους, οἴαν ἂν διάθεσιν ἀναλάβοι πατὴρ καὶ ἰατρὸς, μετὰ συμπαθείας καὶ εὐσπλαγχνίας κατ' ἐπιστήμην θεραπεύων τὸν ἴδιον υἱόν· καὶ μάλιστα ὅταν λύπη προσῇ, καὶ ἐπίπονος τῆς θεραπείας ὁ τρόπος.
Potapę̄ diathesei chrē epitiman ton epitimōnta. APOKRISIS. Pros men ton Theon tę̄ hypo tou Dabid katōrthōmenę̄, eipontos; Eidon asynetountas, kai exetēkomēn; hoti ta logia sou ouk ephylaxanto; pros de tous epitimōmenous, oian an diathesin analaboi patēr kai iatros, meta sympatheias kai eusplanchnias kat' epistēmēn therapeuōn ton idion huion; kai malista hotan lypē prosę̄, kai epiponos tēs therapeias ho tropos.
Question. With what disposition should the one who rebukes rebuke?
Answer. Toward God, with that achieved by David, who said: “I saw the senseless and was wasting away, because they did not keep your words.” Toward those rebuked, with such a disposition as a father and physician would take up when, with compassion and tender mercy, he skilfully treats his own son; and especially when there is pain and the manner of treatment is laborious.
Chapter 100
100PG 31:1151
Τοὺς ἔξωθεν ἐρχομένους καὶ προσαιτοῦντας πῶς ἀπολύσομεν· καὶ εἰ ἕκαστος τῶν βουλομένων ὀφείλει ἐπιδοῦναι ἄρτον, ἢ ὅ τι δήποτε; ἢ ἕνα χρὴ καὶ τοῦτο ἐπιτετάχθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου ἀποφηναμένου μὲν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις· ἀποδεξαμένου δὲ τὸ, Καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν· ὁ τὴν μετάδοσιν ἐπιτεταγμένος μετὰ δοκιμασίας τοῦτο ποιείτω. Πᾶς δὲ ὁ παρὰ τὴν γνώμην ἐκείνου τοῦτο ποιῶν ὡς διαφθορεὺς τῆς εὐταξίας ἐπιτιμάσθω, ἕως ἂν μάθῃ φυλάσσειν τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τόπον, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· "Εκαστος ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήθη, ἀδελφοὶ, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω.
Tous exōthen erchomenous kai prosaitountas pōs apolysomen; kai ei hekastos tōn boulomenōn opheilei epidounai arton, ē ho ti dēpote? ē hena chrē kai touto epitetachthai APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou apophēnamenou men, hoti ouk esti kalon labein ton arton tōn teknōn, kai balein tois kynariois; apodexamenou de to, Kai gar ta kynaria esthiei apo tēs trapezēs tōn kyriōn autōn; ho tēn metadosin epitetagmenos meta dokimasias touto poieitō. Pas de ho para tēn gnōmēn ekeinou touto poiōn hōs diaphthoreus tēs eutaxias epitimasthō, heōs an mathę̄ phylassein ton heautou topon, tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; "Ekastos en hǭ eklēthē, adelphoi, en toutǭ menetō.
Question. How shall we send away those who come from outside and beg? And should each one who wishes give bread or anything whatever, or should one person be appointed for this too?
Answer. Since the Lord declared that “it is not good to take the children's bread and throw it to the dogs,” and accepted the saying, “Yet even the dogs eat from their masters' table,” let the one appointed to distribute do this with discernment. And let everyone who does this against his judgment be rebuked as a corrupter of good order, until he learns to keep his own place, since the Apostle said: “Let each one, brothers, remain in that in which he was called.”
Chapter 101
101PG 31:1151
῾Ὁ ἐγχειριζόμενος οἰκονομίαν τῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ ἀνατεθέντων εἰ ἀνάγκην ἔχει πληρώσαι τὸ, Παντὶ τῷ αὐτοῦντί σε δίδου· καὶ τὸν θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ δανείσασθαι μὴ ἀποστραφῆς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ, Παντὶ τῷ αὐτοῦντί σε δίδου, καὶ τὸν θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ δανείσασθαι μὴ ἀποστραφῆς. ὥσπερ πειρασμοῦ ἔχει τόπον, ὡς ἡ ἀκολουθία τῶν συνημμένων δείκνυσι· καὶ εἰς πονηρούς ἐστι τὸ προστεταγμένον, οὐ προηγουμένως, ἀλλὰ κατὰ περίστασιν γίνεσθαι ὀφείλον. Προηγούμενον γάρ πρόσταγμα τοῦ Κυρίου ἐστὶ, τὸ, Πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς· καὶ πάλιν· Πωλήσατε τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην. Εἰ δὲ τὸ ἄλλοις ἀποταχθὲν εἰς ἄλλους φέρειν οὐκ ἀκίνδυνόν ἐστι, τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος, ὅτι Οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ· καὶ, Οὐκ ἔστι καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις· τί καὶ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ τις οὐ κρίνει τὸ δίκαιον;
῾Ho encheirizomenos oikonomian tōn tǭ Kyriǭ anatethentōn ei anankēn echei plērōsai to, Panti tǭ autounti se didou; kai ton thelonta apo sou daneisasthai mē apostraphēs. APOKRISIS. To, Panti tǭ autounti se didou, kai ton thelonta apo sou daneisasthai mē apostraphēs. hōsper peirasmou echei topon, hōs hē akolouthia tōn synēmmenōn deiknysi; kai eis ponērous esti to prostetagmenon, ou proēgoumenōs, alla kata peristasin ginesthai opheilon. Proēgoumenon gar prostagma tou Kyriou esti, to, Pōlēson sou ta hyparchonta, kai dos ptōchois; kai palin; Pōlēsate ta hyparchonta hymōn, kai dote eleēmosynēn. Ei de to allois apotachthen eis allous pherein ouk akindynon esti, tou Kyriou legontos, hoti Ouk apestalēn ei mē eis ta probata ta apolōlota oikou Israēl; kai, Ouk esti kalon labein ton arton tōn teknōn, kai balein tois kynariois; ti kai aph' heautou tis ou krinei to dikaion?
Question. Is the one entrusted with the stewardship of what has been dedicated to the Lord obliged to fulfil the saying, “Give to everyone who asks you, and do not turn away from one who wishes to borrow from you”?
Answer. The saying, “Give to everyone who asks you, and do not turn away from one who wishes to borrow from you,” has the character of a testing, as the sequence of the context shows; and what is commanded concerns the wicked, and is something to be done not as a primary rule but according to circumstance. For the primary command of the Lord is, “Sell your possessions and give to the poor”; and again, “Sell your possessions and give alms.” And if it is not without danger to carry what was assigned to some over to others, since the Lord says, “I was not sent except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel,” and, “It is not good to take the children's bread and throw it to the dogs,” why does one not judge for himself what is right?
Chapter 102
102PG 31:1153
Εἰ χρὴ τον ἐξερχόμενον ἀπὸ ἀδελφότητος καθ' οἱονδήποτε λόγον παρακλήσει κατέχεσθαι, ἢ οὔ· καὶ εἰ χρὴ, ἐπὶ τίσιν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρὸς μὲ οὐ μὴ ἐκβαλῶ ἔξω· καὶ πάλιν· Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ' οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· Τις ἐξ ὑμῶν, ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, ἐὰν πλανηθῇ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν, οὐχὶ ἀφίησι τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον, ἕως ὅτου εὕρη; παντὶ τρόπῳ χρὴ τὸν ἀσθενοῦντα θεραπεύειν, καὶ σπουδάζειν τὸ ἐξηρθρωμένον, ἵνα οὕτως εἴπω, μέλος ἐναρθροῦν. Ἐὰν δὲ ἐπιμένῃ τῇ κακίᾳ οἰᾳδηποτοῦν, ἀφιέναι ὡς ἀλλότριον. Γέγραπται γὰρ, ὅτι Πᾶσα φυτεία, ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος, ἐκριζωθήσεται. "Αφετε αὐτούς· τυφλοί εἰσιν.
Ei chrē ton exerchomenon apo adelphotētos kath' hoiondēpote logon paraklēsei katechesthai, ē ou; kai ei chrē, epi tisin. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou eipontos; Ton erchomenon pros me ou mē ekbalō exō; kai palin; Ou chreian echousin hoi ischyontes iatrou, all' hoi kakōs echontes; kai allachou; Tis ex hymōn, echōn hekaton probata, ean planēthę̄ hen ex autōn, ouchi aphiēsi ta enenēkonta ennea, kai poreutheis zētei to planōmenon, heōs hotou heurē? panti tropǭ chrē ton asthenounta therapeuein, kai spoudazein to exērthrōmenon, hina houtōs eipō, melos enarthroun. Ean de epimenę̄ tę̄ kakią oiądēpotoun, aphienai hōs allotrion. Gegraptai gar, hoti Pasa phyteia, hēn ouk ephyteusen ho Patēr mou ho ouranios, ekrizōthēsetai. "Aphete autous; typhloi eisin.
Question. Whether one who leaves the brotherhood for any reason whatever should be held back by exhortation or not; and if so, on what grounds.
Answer. Since the Lord said, “Him who comes to me I will by no means cast out”; and again, “Those who are strong have no need of a physician, but those who are sick”; and elsewhere, “Which of you, having a hundred sheep, if one of them goes astray, does not leave the ninety-nine and go and seek the one that is astray until he finds it?”, we must by every means care for the one who is sick, and strive to set back in its joint, so to speak, the member that has been dislocated. But if he persists in his wickedness, of whatever kind, we must let him go as a stranger. For it is written: “Every plant which my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up. Let them alone; they are blind.”
Chapter 103
103PG 31:1153
Ὅτι μὲν χρὴ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἕως θανάτου ὑποτάσσεσθαι, τοῦτο ἤδη ἐδιδάχθημεν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ συμβαίνει εἴς τινα καὶ αὐτὸν ὀλισθαίνειν τὸν πρεσβύτερον, εἰ δέοι αὐτὸν ἐλέγχεσθαι, καὶ πῶς, καὶ παρὰ τίνων, διδαχθῆναι δεόμεθα· εἰ δὲ μὴ καταδέχοιτο, τί χρὴ γενέσθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Περὶ τούτων εἴρηται σαφῶς ἐν τῇ πλατυτέρᾳ ἀποκρίσει.
Hoti men chrē tois presbyterois heōs thanatou hypotassesthai, touto ēdē edidachthēmen; epeidē de symbainei eis tina kai auton olisthainein ton presbyteron, ei deoi auton elenchesthai, kai pōs, kai para tinōn, didachthēnai deometha; ei de mē katadechoito, ti chrē genesthai APOKRISIS Peri toutōn eirētai saphōs en tę̄ platyterą apokrisei.
Question. That we must be subject to the elders unto death we have already been taught. But since it happens that the elder himself slips in some matter, we need to be taught whether he should be reproved, and how, and by whom; and if he does not accept it, what should be done.
Answer. This has been stated clearly in the longer answer.
Chapter 104
104PG 31:1153
Πως χρὴ τὰς φροντίδας ἐγχειρίζειν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς· μόνου τοῦ προεστῶτος τὴν δοκιμασίαν ποιουμένου, ἢ καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ψηφιζομένων οίως δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ περὶ ὧν φρονεῖ ἕκαστος, ἀνατίθεσθαι ἑτέροις ἐδιδάχθη, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὰ τοιαῦτα μετὰ δοκιμασίας τῶν εἰς τοῦτο ἐπιτηδείων γίνεσθαι χρή; ὡς Θεοῦ οἰκονομίας κατὰ Θεὸν ὀφειλούσης ἐγχειρίζεσθαι τοῖς ἤδη ἀπόδειξιν δεδωκόσι τοῦ δύνασθαι εὐαρέστως τῷ Κυρίῳ τὸ ἐγχειρισθὲν οἰκονομεῖν. Καὶ καθόλου ἐν παντὶ πράγματι τὸν προεστῶτα μνημονεύειν ἀναγκαῖον τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς λεγούσης· Μετὰ βουλῆς πάντα ποίει.
Pōs chrē tas phrontidas encheirizein tois adelphois; monou tou proestōtos tēn dokimasian poioumenou, ē kai tōn adelphōn psēphizomenōn oiōs de kai en tais adelphais. APOKRISIS. Ei peri hōn phronei hekastos, anatithesthai heterois edidachthē, posǭ mallon ta toiauta meta dokimasias tōn eis touto epitēdeiōn ginesthai chrē? hōs Theou oikonomias kata Theon opheilousēs encheirizesthai tois ēdē apodeixin dedōkosi tou dynasthai euarestōs tǭ Kyriǭ to encheiristhen oikonomein. Kai katholou en panti pragmati ton proestōta mnēmoneuein anankaion tēs hagias Graphēs legousēs; Meta boulēs panta poiei.
Question. How should charges be entrusted to the brothers: with the superior alone making the test, or with the brothers also voting? And likewise among the sisters.
Answer. If each one has been taught to submit to others even his own opinions, how much more must such matters be done with the testing of those fit for this? For God's stewardship must be entrusted, according to God, to those who have already given proof that they can manage what is entrusted to them in a way pleasing to the Lord. And in general, in every matter the superior must remember holy Scripture, which says: “Do all things with counsel.”
Chapter 105
105PG 31:1155
Εἰ χρὴ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους εἰς ἀδελφότητα εὐθέως τέχνας διδάσκειν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Οἱ προεστῶτες δοκιμάσουσιν.
Ei chrē tous eiserchomenous eis adelphotēta eutheōs technas didaskein. APOKRISIS Hoi proestōtes dokimasousin.
Question. Whether those who enter the brotherhood should be taught crafts at once.
Answer. The superiors will decide.
Chapter 106
106PG 31:1155
Ποίοις ἐπιτιμίοις κεχρῆσθαι δεῖ ἐν ἀδελφότητι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων ἐπιστροφήν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐν τῇ τῶν προεστώτων δοκιμασία γνωριζέσθω ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ὁ τρόπος κατά τε τὴν ἡλικίαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἕξιν ψυχῆς, καὶ ἁμαρτήματος διαφοράν.
Poiois epitimiois kechrēsthai dei en adelphotēti pros tēn tōn hamartanontōn epistrophēn. APOKRISIS. En tę̄ tōn proestōtōn dokimasia gnōrizesthō ho kairos kai ho tropos kata te tēn hēlikian tou sōmatos kai hexin psychēs, kai hamartēmatos diaphoran.
Question. What penalties should be used in a brotherhood for the turning back of those who sin?
Answer. Let the time and the manner be determined by the judgment of the superiors, according to bodily age, state of soul, and difference of sin.
Chapter 107
107PG 31:1155
Ἐὰν τις ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχειν λέγῃ τοῦ συζῇν ἀδελφότητι, διὰ δὲ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους κατὰ σάρκα θεραπείαν, ἢ καὶ διὰ τελέσματα πολλάκις ἐμποδίζηται, ἅπαξ ἑαυτὸν ἀποδοῦναι τῷ τοιούτῳ βίῳ, εἰ χρὴ συγχωρεῖν αὐτῷ τὴν πρὸς ἀδελφοὺς εἴσοδον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν μὲν τοῦ καλοῦ ἐπιθυμίαν ἐγκόπτειν οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τῷ εἰσίοντι καιρὸν διδόναι τὰ ἔξωθεν καὶ ἀλλότρια τοῦ κατὰ Θεὸν βίου λογοποιεῖν ἀσφαλές. Εἰ δὲ εἰσιὼν ἑαυτὸν ἀποδίδωσι τοῖς ἔσωθεν μηδὲν τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπεισφέρων, ἐλπίδα ἔχει χρηστοτέραν
Ean tis epithymian echein legę̄ tou syzę̄n adelphotēti, dia de tēn pros tous oikeious kata sarka therapeian, ē kai dia telesmata pollakis empodizētai, hapax heauton apodounai tǭ toioutǭ biǭ, ei chrē synchōrein autǭ tēn pros adelphous eisodon. APOKRISIS. Tēn men tou kalou epithymian enkoptein ouk akindynon; ou mēn oude tǭ eisionti kairon didonai ta exōthen kai allotria tou kata Theon biou logopoiein asphales. Ei de eisiōn heauton apodidōsi tois esōthen mēden tōn exōthen epeispherōn, elpida echei chrēstoteran
Question. If someone says he desires to live with a brotherhood, but is often hindered from giving himself once for all to such a life by care for his relatives according to the flesh, or by taxes, should he be granted entry among the brothers?
Answer. To cut short the desire for what is good is not without danger; but neither is it safe to give one who enters an occasion to talk of outside matters foreign to the life according to God. If, however, on entering he gives himself to those within, bringing in nothing of what is outside, he has better hope.
Chapter 108
108PG 31:1155
Εἰ χρὴ τὸν προεστῶτα ἐκτὸς τῆς προεστώσης λαλεῖν ἀδελφῇ τινι τὰ πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐν τούτοις οὐ σώζεται τὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου παράγγελμα, εἰπόντος· Πάντα εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω.
Ei chrē ton proestōta ektos tēs proestōsēs lalein adelphę̄ tini ta pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs. APOKRISIS. En toutois ou sōzetai to tou Apostolou parangelma, eipontos; Panta euschēmonōs kai kata taxin ginesthō.
Question. Whether the superior should speak with any sister about what builds up the faith without the superior of the sisters being present.
Answer. In this the Apostle's command is not kept, who said: “Let all things be done decently and in order.”
Chapter 109
109PG 31:1155
Εἰ χρὴ τὸν προεστῶτα μετὰ τῆς προεστώσης συνεχῶς διαλέγεσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα ἐὰν τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐπὶ τούτῳ βλάπτωνται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰπόντος· Ἵνα τί γὰρ ἡ ἐλευθερία μου κρίνεται ὑπὸ ἄλλης συνειδήσεως; καλὸν μιμήσασθαι αὐτὸν λέγοντα, ὅτι Οὐκ ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ταύτῃ, ἵνα μὴ ἐγκοπήν τινα δῶμεν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ· καὶ ὅση δύναμις ἐπὶ τὸ σπανιώτερον καὶ εὐαπαλλακτότερον συντέμνειν τὰς
Ei chrē ton proestōta meta tēs proestōsēs synechōs dialegesthai, kai malista ean tines tōn adelphōn epi toutǭ blaptōntai. APOKRISIS. Tou Apostolou eipontos; Hina ti gar hē eleutheria mou krinetai hypo allēs syneidēseōs? kalon mimēsasthai auton legonta, hoti Ouk echrēsametha tę̄ exousią tautę̄, hina mē enkopēn tina dōmen tǭ Euangeliǭ tou Christou; kai hosē dynamis epi to spaniōteron kai euapallaktoteron syntemnein tas
Question. Whether the superior should converse continually with the superior of the sisters, especially if some of the brothers are harmed by this.
Answer. Since the Apostle said, “For why is my freedom judged by another's conscience?”, it is good to imitate him when he says, “We did not use this right, so that we might put no hindrance in the way of the Gospel of Christ”; and as far as possible to cut short the [meetings], making them rarer and easier to break off …
Chapter 110
110PG 31:1157
Εἰ χρὴ, ἐξομολογουμένης ἀδελφῆς τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ, καὶ τὴν πρεσβυτέραν παρεῖναι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Εὐσχημονέστερον καὶ εὐλαβέστερον μετὰ τῆς πρεσβυτέρας πρὸς τὸν πρεσβύτερον ἡ ἐξαγόρευσις γενήσεται, τὸν δυνάμενον ἐπιστημόνως τὸν τρόπον τῆς μετανοίας καὶ τῆς διορθώσεως ὑποθέσθαι.
Ei chrē, exomologoumenēs adelphēs tǭ presbyterǭ, kai tēn presbyteran pareinai APOKRISIS Euschēmonesteron kai eulabesteron meta tēs presbyteras pros ton presbyteron hē exagoreusis genēsetai, ton dynamenon epistēmonōs ton tropon tēs metanoias kai tēs diorthōseōs hypothesthai.
Question. Whether, when a sister confesses to the elder, the eldress should also be present.
Answer. The confession will be made more decently and more reverently in the presence of the eldress, before the elder, who is able to prescribe with skill the manner of repentance and correction.
Chapter 111
111PG 31:1157
Εἰ, τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου γενέσθαι τι προστάξαντος ἐν ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς παρὰ γνῶσιν τῆς πρεσβυτέρας, εὐλόγως ἀγανακτεῖ ἡ πρεσβυτέρα. Καὶ σφόδρα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ.
Ei, tou presbyterou genesthai ti prostaxantos en tais adelphais para gnōsin tēs presbyteras, eulogōs aganaktei hē presbytera. Kai sphodra. APOKRISIS.
Question. Whether, if the elder orders something to be done among the sisters without the knowledge of the eldress, the eldress is reasonably indignant.
Answer. Very much so.
Chapter 112
112PG 31:1157
Ἐὰν τις προσέλθῃ τῷ κατὰ Θεὸν βίῳ, εἰ ἀκόλουθόν ἐστι τὸν προεστῶτα ἄνευ γνώμης τῶν ἀδελφῶν τὸν τοιοῦτον προσδέχεσθαι, ἢ δεῖ καὶ αὐτοῖς πρότερον ἀνατίθεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ Κύριος ἐπὶ τοῦ μετανοοῦντος συγκαλεῖσθαι τοὺς φιλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας διδάσκει. Ὥστε ἀναγκαῖον πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐν γνώσει πάντων τῶν ἀδελφῶν προσδεχθῆναι τὸν προσερχόμενον, ἵνα καὶ συγχαρῶσιν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ συνεύξωνται. ΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΡΙΓ΄. Εἰ δύναται ὁ φροντίδα ψυχῶν ἐγκεχειρισμένος φυλάξαι τὸ,· Ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία·· ἐπειδὴ πρὸς πολλά καὶ διάφορα πρόσωπα ἔχει. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ σοφωτάτου Σολομῶντος εἰπόντος, Καιρὸς τῷ παντὶ πράγματι, εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνης, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ ἐλέγχου, καὶ παρακλήσεως, καὶ φειδοῦς, καὶ παῤῥησίας, καὶ χρηστότητος, καὶ ἀποτομίας, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς παντὸς πράγματος καιρός ἐστιν ἴδιος. Ὥστε ποτὲ μὲν τὰ τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης δεικνύειν, καὶ μιμεῖσθαι ἐν ταπεινώσει τὰ παιδία, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτε καιρός ἐστι τῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους τιμῶν καὶ καθηκόντων, καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα ὑπηρεσίας ἢ θεραπείας, ὡς ὁ Κύριος ἐδίδαξε· ποτὲ δὲ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ κεχρῆσθαι, ἣν ἔδωκεν ὁ Κύριος εἰς οἰκοδομὴν, καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν, ὅταν ἡ χρεία ἐπιζητῇ τὴν παῤῥησίαν. Καὶ, ἐν καιρῷ μὲν παρακλήσεως τὸ χρηστὸν ἐνδείκνυσθαι, ἐν καιρῷ δὲ ἀποτομίας τὸν ζῆλον ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν ἄλλων
Ean tis proselthę̄ tǭ kata Theon biǭ, ei akolouthon esti ton proestōta aneu gnōmēs tōn adelphōn ton toiouton prosdechesthai, ē dei kai autois proteron anatithesthai. APOKRISIS. Ho Kyrios epi tou metanoountos synkaleisthai tous philous kai tous geitonas didaskei. Hōste anankaion poly mallon en gnōsei pantōn tōn adelphōn prosdechthēnai ton proserchomenon, hina kai syncharōsin allēlois, kai syneuxōntai. RŌTĒSIS RIG΄. Ei dynatai ho phrontida psychōn enkecheirismenos phylaxai to,; Ean mē straphēte kai genēsthe hōs ta paidia;; epeidē pros polla kai diaphora prosōpa echei. APOKRISIS. Tou sophōtatou Solomōntos eipontos, Kairos tǭ panti pragmati, eidenai chrē, hoti kai tapeinophrosynēs, kai exousias, kai elenchou, kai paraklēseōs, kai pheidous, kai parrhēsias, kai chrēstotētos, kai apotomias, kai hapaxaplōs pantos pragmatos kairos estin idios. Hōste pote men ta tēs tapeinophrosynēs deiknyein, kai mimeisthai en tapeinōsei ta paidia, kai malista hote kairos esti tōn eis allēlous timōn kai kathēkontōn, kai tēs peri to sōma hypēresias ē therapeias, hōs ho Kyrios edidaxe; pote de tę̄ exousią kechrēsthai, hēn edōken ho Kyrios eis oikodomēn, kai ouk eis kathairesin, hotan hē chreia epizētę̄ tēn parrhēsian. Kai, en kairǭ men paraklēseōs to chrēston endeiknysthai, en kairǭ de apotomias ton zēlon epideiknysthai, kai eph᾽ hekastou tōn allōn
Question. If someone comes to the life according to God, is it fitting for the superior to receive such a one without the opinion of the brothers, or must he first refer it to them too?
Answer. The Lord teaches that over one who repents one calls together friends and neighbours. So it is all the more necessary that the one who comes be received with the knowledge of all the brothers, so that they may rejoice together with one another and pray together.
[Question 113.] Whether one entrusted with the care of souls can keep the saying, “Unless you turn and become like children,” since he has to deal with many and various persons.
Answer. Since the most wise Solomon said, “There is a time for every matter,” one must know that there is a proper time for humility, for authority, for reproof, for exhortation, for forbearance, for frankness, for kindness, for severity, and in short for everything. So at times one should show humility and imitate the children in lowliness, especially when it is time for mutual honours and duties and for bodily service or care, as the Lord taught; and at times one should use the authority which the Lord gave for building up and not for tearing down, when need calls for frankness. And in a time of exhortation one should show kindness, and in a time of severity show zeal, and so with each of the others …
Chapter 114
114PG 31:1159
Τοῦ Κυρίου προστάσσοντος, « Εάν τίς σε ἀγγαρεύσῃ μίλιον ἓν, ὕπαγε μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ δύο·· καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου διδάσκοντος, ὑποτάσσεσθαι ἀλλήλοις ἐν φόβῳ Χριστοῦ, εἰ δεῖ παντὶ καὶ ὅ τι δήποτε ἐπιτάσσοντι ὑπακούειν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τῶν μὲν ἐπιτασσόντων ἡ διαφορὰ οὐδὲν ὀφείλει παραβλάπτειν τὴν ὑπακοὴν τῶν ἐπιτασσομένων οὔτε γὰρ Μωσῆς παρήκουσε τοῦ Ἰοθὸρ ἀγαθὰ συμβουλεύσαντος· τῶν δὲ ἐπιτεταγμένων διαφορᾶς οὐκ ὀλίγης οὔσης (τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐναντίως ἔχει πρὸς τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου, ἤτοι παραφθείροντα αὐτὴν, ἢ μολύνοντα πολλαχῶς ἐπιμιξίᾳ τοῦ κεκωλυμένου· τὰ δὲ συνεμπίπτει τῇ ἐντολῇ· τὰ δὲ, κἂν μὴ συνεμπίπτῃ κατὰ τὸ προφανὲς, ἀλλὰ συμβάλλεται, καὶ οἱονεὶ βοήθειά τίς ἐστι τῆς ἐντολῆς), ἀναγκαῖον μεμνῆσθαι τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε· πάντα δὲ δοκιμάζοντες, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε· ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε· καὶ πάλιν Λογισμούς καθαιροῦντες, καὶ πᾶν ὕψωμα έπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Ὥστε ἂν μέν τι συνεμπίπτον τῇ ἐντολῇ τοῦ Κυρίου, ἢ συμβαλλόμενον ἐπιταχθῶμεν, ὡς τοῦ Θεοῦ θέλημα σπουδαιότερον καὶ ἐπιμελέστερον καταδέχεσθαι χρὴ, πληροῦντας τὸ εἰρημένον· ᾿Ανεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων ἐν ἀγάπῃ Χριστοῦ· ὅταν δὲ τι ἐναντίον τῇ τοῦ Κυρίου ἐντολῇ, παραφθεῖρον ἢ μολῦνον αὐτὴν ἐπιταχθῶμεν παρά τινος, καιρὸς εἰπεῖν τότε· Πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ Θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις· μνημονεύοντας τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος· ᾿Αλλοτρίῳ δὲ οὐ μὴ ἀκολουθήσωσιν ἀλλὰ φεύξονται ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδασι τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν· καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου τολμήσαντος ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀσφαλείας καὶ αὐτῶν καθάψασθαι τῶν ἀγγέλων δι᾽ ὧν φησι· Κἂν ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ, ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμῖν, παρ᾽ ὁ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω. Ἐξ ὧν παιδευόμεθα, ὅτι, κἂν πολὺ γνήσιός τις ᾖ, κἂν ὑπερβαλλόντως ἔνδοξος ὁ κωλύων τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου προστεταγμένον, ἢ προτρέπων ποιεῖν τὸ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κεκωλυμένον, φευκτὸς ἢ καὶ βδελυκτὸς ὀφείλει εἶναι ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀγα
Tou Kyriou prostassontos, « Ean tis se angareusę̄ milion hen, hypage met᾿ autou dyo;; kai tou ᾿Apostolou didaskontos, hypotassesthai allēlois en phobǭ Christou, ei dei panti kai ho ti dēpote epitassonti hypakouein. APOKRISIS. Tōn men epitassontōn hē diaphora ouden opheilei parablaptein tēn hypakoēn tōn epitassomenōn oute gar Mōsēs parēkouse tou Iothor agatha symbouleusantos; tōn de epitetagmenōn diaphoras ouk oligēs ousēs (ta men gar enantiōs echei pros tēn entolēn tou Kyriou, ētoi paraphtheironta autēn, ē molynonta pollachōs epimixią tou kekōlymenou; ta de synempiptei tę̄ entolę̄; ta de, kan mē synempiptę̄ kata to prophanes, alla symballetai, kai hoionei boētheia tis esti tēs entolēs), anankaion memnēsthai tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Prophēteias mē exoutheneite; panta de dokimazontes, to kalon katechete; apo pantos eidous ponērou apechesthe; kai palin Logismous kathairountes, kai pan hypsōma epairomenon kata tēs gnōseōs tou Theou, kai aichmalōtizontes pan noēma eis tēn hypakoēn tou Christou. Hōste an men ti synempipton tę̄ entolę̄ tou Kyriou, ē symballomenon epitachthōmen, hōs tou Theou thelēma spoudaioteron kai epimelesteron katadechesthai chrē, plērountas to eirēmenon; ᾿Anechomenoi allēlōn en agapę̄ Christou; hotan de ti enantion tę̄ tou Kyriou entolę̄, paraphtheiron ē molynon autēn epitachthōmen para tinos, kairos eipein tote; Peitharchein dei Theǭ mallon ē anthrōpois; mnēmoneuontas tou Kyriou legontos; ᾿Allotriǭ de ou mē akolouthēsōsin alla pheuxontai ap' autou, hoti ouk oidasi tōn allotriōn tēn phōnēn; kai tou ᾿Apostolou tolmēsantos hyper tēs hēmeteras asphaleias kai autōn kathapsasthai tōn angelōn di᾽ hōn phēsi; Kan hēmeis autoi, ē angelos ex ouranou euangelizētai hymin, par᾽ ho euēngelisametha hymin, anathema estō. Ex hōn paideuometha, hoti, kan poly gnēsios tis ę̄, kan hyperballontōs endoxos ho kōlyōn to hypo tou Kyriou prostetagmenon, ē protrepōn poiein to hyp᾿ autou kekōlymenon, pheuktos ē kai bdelyktos opheilei einai hekastǭ tōn aga
Question. Since the Lord commands, “If anyone compels you to go one mile, go with him two,” and the Apostle teaches us to be subject to one another in the fear of Christ, must one obey everyone who gives an order, whatever it may be?
Answer. The difference between those who give orders ought in no way to impair the obedience of those who receive them; for Moses did not refuse to listen to Jethro when he gave good advice. But since there is no small difference among the things ordered (some are contrary to the Lord's commandment, either corrupting it or defiling it in many ways by an admixture of what is forbidden; some coincide with the commandment; and others, even if they do not coincide with it openly, contribute to it and are, as it were, a help to the commandment), we must remember the Apostle, who said, “Do not despise prophecies; but test all things, hold fast what is good; abstain from every form of evil”; and again, “Casting down reasonings and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, and taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ.” So if we are ordered anything that coincides with the Lord's commandment or contributes to it, we must accept it as the will of God with greater zeal and care, fulfilling what is said: “Bearing with one another in the love of Christ.” But when we are ordered by someone anything contrary to the Lord's commandment, corrupting or defiling it, then is the time to say, “We must obey God rather than men,” remembering the Lord, who says, “A stranger they will not follow, but will flee from him, for they do not know the voice of strangers”; and the Apostle, who for our safety dared to attack even the angels, when he says: “Even if we ourselves, or an angel from heaven, should preach to you a gospel contrary to what we preached to you, let him be accursed.” From this we are taught that, however close someone may be, however exceedingly distinguished, the one who forbids what the Lord has commanded, or urges us to do what he has forbidden, ought to be shunned, even abhorred, by every one of those who [love God] …
Chapter 115
115PG 31:1161
Πῶς ὑπακούειν ἀλλήλοις χρή. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ως δούλους δεσπόταις, κατὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου προστεταγμένον, ὅτι ῾Ὁ θέλων ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι μέγας ἔστω πάντων ἔσχατος, καὶ πάντων δοῦλος. Οἷς ἐπιφέρει δυσωπητικώτερον· "Ωσπερ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἦλθε διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι· καὶ κατὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰρημένον· Διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Πνεύματος δουλεύετε ἀλλήλοις.
Pōs hypakouein allēlois chrē. APOKRISIS Ōs doulous despotais, kata to hypo tou Kyriou prostetagmenon, hoti ῾Ho thelōn en hymin einai megas estō pantōn eschatos, kai pantōn doulos. Hois epipherei dysōpētikōteron; "Ōsper ho Huios tou anthrōpou ouk ēlthe diakonēthēnai, alla diakonēsai; kai kata to hypo tou Apostolou eirēmenon; Dia tēs agapēs tou Pneumatos douleuete allēlois.
Question. How ought we to obey one another?
Answer. As slaves obey masters, according to what the Lord commanded: “Whoever wishes to be great among you, let him be last of all and servant of all.” To which he adds, more shamingly still: “Just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve”; and according to what the Apostle said: “Through the love of the Spirit serve one another.”
Chapter 116
116PG 31:1161
Μέχρι πόσου ὑπακούειν δεῖ ἐν τῷ κανόνι τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ Ἀπόστολος ἔδειξε, προθεὶς ἡμῖν τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπακοήν, ὃς Ἐγένετο ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανáτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ· καὶ προειπών· Τοῦτο φρονείσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ.
Mechri posou hypakouein dei en tǭ kanoni tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs. APOKRISIS. Ho Apostolos edeixe, protheis hēmin tēn tou Kyriou hypakoēn, hos Egeneto hypēkoos mechri thanatou, thanatou de staurou; kai proeipōn; Touto phroneisthō en hymin, ho kai en Christǭ Iēsou.
Question. To what extent must one obey, by the standard of pleasing God?
Answer. The Apostle has shown it, setting before us the obedience of the Lord, who “became obedient unto death, even death on a cross”; and having said before: “Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus.”
Chapter 117
117PG 31:1161
Ὁ μὴ πληροφορούμενος ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν προκειμένην ἐντολὴν ἐπιτάγμασι, τέχνην δὲ μαθεῖν ἐπιζητῶν, ποῖον πάθος νοσεῖ, καὶ εἰ χρὴ αὐτοῦ ἀνέχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ τοιοῦτος καὶ αὐθάδης, καὶ αὐτάρεσκὸς ἐστι, καὶ ἄπιστος· ὅτι οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὸ κρῖμα τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι, ὅτι ἡ ὥρᾳ οὐ δοκεῖτε, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. Εἰ γὰρ καθ' ἡμέραν καὶ καθ' ὥραν προσδοκᾷ τις τὸν Κύριον, ἀγωνιᾷ πῶς τὴν σήμερον ἀργὸς μὴ παρέλθῃ, καὶ πλέον οὐδὲν περιεργάζεται. Εἰ δὲ ἐπιταχθείη μαθεῖν τέχνην, ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ ἐχέτω τὸ κέρδος τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως, καὶ μὴ ἐν τῇ ὑπερθέσει τὸ κρίμα.
Ho mē plērophoroumenos en tois kath' hēmeran pros tēn prokeimenēn entolēn epitagmasi, technēn de mathein epizētōn, poion pathos nosei, kai ei chrē autou anechesthai. APOKRISIS. Ho toioutos kai authadēs, kai autareskos esti, kai apistos; hoti ouk ephobēthē to krima tou Kyriou eipontos; Ginesthe hetoimoi, hoti hē hōrą ou dokeite, ho Huios tou anthrōpou erchetai. Ei gar kath' hēmeran kai kath' hōran prosdoką tis ton Kyrion, agōnią pōs tēn sēmeron argos mē parelthę̄, kai pleon ouden periergazetai. Ei de epitachtheiē mathein technēn, en tę̄ hypakoę̄ echetō to kerdos tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs, kai mē en tę̄ hyperthesei to krima.
Question. One who is not satisfied with the daily tasks ordered in keeping with the commandment set before us, but seeks to learn a craft: what passion is he sick with, and should he be tolerated?
Answer. Such a one is self-willed, self-pleasing, and unbelieving, because he has not feared the judgment of the Lord, who said: “Be ready, for the Son of Man is coming at an hour you do not expect.” For if someone expects the Lord every day and every hour, he is anxious not to let today pass idly, and busies himself with nothing further. But if he should be ordered to learn a craft, let him have in obedience the gain of pleasing God, and not in putting it off, the judgment.
Chapter 118
118PG 31:1161
Ο σπουδαῖος εἰς τὴν ἐντολὴν, καὶ ἐργαζόμενος οὐχ ὁ ἐπιτάσσεται, ἀλλ᾿ ὁ αὐτὸς θέλει, ποῖον μισθὸν ἔχει. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Αὐταρεσκείας. Τοῦ δὲ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος· Ἕκαστος ἡμῶν τῷ πλησίον ἀρεσκέτω εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν, πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν, καὶ περισσοτέρως δυσωποῦντος ἐν τῷ ἐπενεγκεῖν, Καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἤρεσε, γνωρίζειν ὀφείλει τὸν ἑαυτοῦ κίνδυνον ὁ αὐτάρεσκος· ἐλέγχεται δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ ἀνυπότακτος.
O spoudaios eis tēn entolēn, kai ergazomenos ouch ho epitassetai, all᾿ ho autos thelei, poion misthon echei. APOKRISIS. Autareskeias. Tou de Apostolou legontos; Hekastos hēmōn tǭ plēsion aresketō eis to agathon, pros oikodomēn, kai perissoterōs dysōpountos en tǭ epenenkein, Kai gar autos ho Christos ouch heautǭ ērese, gnōrizein opheilei ton heautou kindynon ho autareskos; elenchetai de ho autos kai anypotaktos.
Question. One who is zealous for the commandment, and does not the work he is ordered but the one he himself wishes: what reward does he have?
Answer. That of self-pleasing. But since the Apostle says, “Let each of us please his neighbour for his good, to build him up,” and shames us still more by adding, “For even Christ did not please himself,” the self-pleaser ought to recognize his own danger. And the same man is also shown to be insubordinate.
Chapter 119
119PG 31:1161
Εἰ ἔξεστιν ἑκάστῳ παραιτεῖσθαι τὸ ἐγχειρισθέν ἔργον, καὶ ἄλλο ἐπιζητεῖν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τῆς ὑπακοῆς, καθὼς προείρηται. μέχρι θανάτου ἐχούσης τὸ μέτρον, ὁ τὸ ἐγχειρισθὲν παραιτούμενος, καὶ ἄλλο ἐπιζητῶν, πρῶτον μὲν τὴν ὑπακοὴν διαφθείρει, καὶ φανερός ἐστι μὴ ἀρνησάμενος ἑαυτόν· ἔπειτα καὶ ἑτέρων κακῶν πλειόνων ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς αἴτιος γίνεται. Καὶ γὰρ θύραν ἀντιλογίας τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀνοίγει, καὶ ἑαυτὸν πρὸς ταύτην ἐθίζει. Καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ δύναται ἕκαστος δοκιμάζειν τὸ συμφέρον, ἐκλέγεται πολλάκις τὸ βλαβερὸν ἑαυτῷ ἔργον. Καὶ ὑπονοίας δὲ πονηρὰς ἐμποιεῖ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, ὡς προπεπονθὼς ἡ τῷ ἔργῳ ὅπερ ἐπιζητεῖ, ἢ οἷς συνεργάζεσθαι ἀνάγκη. Ὥστε καθόλου τὸ μὴ ὑπακούειν πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων κακῶν ἐστι ῥίζα. Εἰ δὲ τινα λόγον ἔχειν νομίζει τῆς παραιτήσεως τοῦ ἔργου, φανερούτω τοῦτον τοῖς προεστῶσι, καὶ καταλιμπανέτω τῇ ἐκείνων δοκιμασίᾳ.
Ei exestin hekastǭ paraiteisthai to encheiristhen ergon, kai allo epizētein. APOKRISIS. Tēs hypakoēs, kathōs proeirētai. mechri thanatou echousēs to metron, ho to encheiristhen paraitoumenos, kai allo epizētōn, prōton men tēn hypakoēn diaphtheirei, kai phaneros esti mē arnēsamenos heauton; epeita kai heterōn kakōn pleionōn heautǭ te kai tois loipois aitios ginetai. Kai gar thyran antilogias tois pollois anoigei, kai heauton pros tautēn ethizei. Kai epei mē dynatai hekastos dokimazein to sympheron, eklegetai pollakis to blaberon heautǭ ergon. Kai hyponoias de ponēras empoiei tois adelphois, hōs propeponthōs hē tǭ ergǭ hoper epizētei, ē hois synergazesthai anankē. Hōste katholou to mē hypakouein pollōn kai megalōn kakōn esti rhiza. Ei de tina logon echein nomizei tēs paraitēseōs tou ergou, phaneroutō touton tois proestōsi, kai katalimpanetō tę̄ ekeinōn dokimasią.
Question. Whether each one may decline the work entrusted to him and seek another.
Answer. Since obedience, as has been said before, has death as its measure, the one who declines the work entrusted to him and seeks another first corrupts obedience and is plainly one who has not denied himself; and then he becomes the cause of many other evils both for himself and for the rest. For he opens a door of contradiction to many, and accustoms himself to it. And since not everyone can judge what is profitable, he often chooses a work harmful to himself. He also produces evil suspicions in the brothers, as if he had some prior attachment either to the work he seeks or to those with whom he would have to work. So in general disobedience is the root of many great evils. But if he thinks he has some reason for declining the work, let him make it known to the superiors and leave it to their judgment.
Chapter 120
120PG 31:1163
Εἰ δεῖ ἀπιέναι που χωρὶς ὑπομνήσεως τοῦ προεστώτος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος· Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνός με ἀπέστειλε· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέπειν οὐκ ὀφείλει; Ὁ γὰρ ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέπων δῆλός ἐστιν ὑψηλοφροσύνην νοσῶν, καὶ ὑποκείμενος τῷ κρίματι τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὑψηλὸν βδέλυγμα ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ. Καὶ καθόλου τὸ ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέπειν ὑπαίτιον.
Ei dei apienai pou chōris hypomnēseōs tou proestōtos. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou legontos; Oude gar ap᾿ emautou elēlytha, all' ekeinos me apesteile; posǭ mallon hekastos hēmōn heautǭ epitrepein ouk opheilei? Ho gar heautǭ epitrepōn dēlos estin hypsēlophrosynēn nosōn, kai hypokeimenos tǭ krimati tou Kyriou eipontos; To en anthrōpois hypsēlon bdelygma enōpion tou Theou. Kai katholou to heautǭ epitrepein hypaition.
Question. Whether one may go off anywhere without informing the superior.
Answer. Since the Lord says, “For I have not come of myself, but he sent me,” how much more ought each of us not to give himself leave? For one who gives himself leave is plainly sick with high-mindedness and subject to the judgment of the Lord, who said: “What is exalted among men is an abomination before God.” And in general, to give oneself leave is blameworthy.
Chapter 121
121PG 31:1163
Εἰ ἔξεστι παραιτεῖσθαι τὰ βαρύτερα τῶν ἔργων. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ γνήσιος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπῃ, καὶ βέβαιος ἐν πληροφορίᾳ τῆς παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου μισθαποδοσίας, οὐ τοῖς γινομένοις ἀρκεῖται, ἀεὶ δὲ προσθήκην ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ τοῦ πλείονος ὀρέγεται. Κἂν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν δόξῃ ποιεῖν τι, οὐκ ἀμεριμνεῖ, ὡς πληρώσας τὸ μέτρον· ἀγωνιᾷ δὲ ἀεὶ, ὡς ἀπολιμπανόμενος τοῦ πρὸς ἀξίαν, τοῦ Κυρίου ἀκούων προστάσσοντος, ὅτι "Οταν ποιήσητε πάντα τὰ διατεταγμένα, τότε λέγετε· Δοῦλοι ἀχρεῖοὶ ἐσμεν· ὁ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι, πεποιήκαμεν· τοῦ δὲ Ἀποστόλου, ᾧ ὁ κόσμος ἐσταύρωτο, καὶ αὐτὸς τῷ κόσμῳ, μὴ ἐπαισχυνθέντος εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν οὔπω λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι. "Εν δὲ, τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς δὲ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπεκτεινόμενος, κατὰ σκοπὸν διώκω ἐπὶ τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. Ὅς. καίτοι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον καταγγέλλων, ἐκ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ζῇν, Ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, φησὶ, νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ' ἵνα ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ὑμῖν εἰς τὸ μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς. Τίς οὖν οὕτως ἀναίσθητος καὶ ἄπιστος, ὡς ἀρκεσθῆναι ποτε τοῖς ἤδη γενομένοις, ἢ παραιτήσασθαί τι ὡς βαρύτερον, ἢ κοπῶδες
Ei exesti paraiteisthai ta barytera tōn ergōn. APOKRISIS. Ho gnēsios en tę̄ pros Theon agapę̄, kai bebaios en plērophorią tēs para tou Kyriou misthapodosias, ou tois ginomenois arkeitai, aei de prosthēkēn epizētei, kai tou pleionos oregetai. Kan hyper dynamin doxę̄ poiein ti, ouk amerimnei, hōs plērōsas to metron; agōnią de aei, hōs apolimpanomenos tou pros axian, tou Kyriou akouōn prostassontos, hoti "Otan poiēsēte panta ta diatetagmena, tote legete; Douloi achreioi esmen; ho ōpheilomen poiēsai, pepoiēkamen; tou de Apostolou, hǭ ho kosmos estaurōto, kai autos tǭ kosmǭ, mē epaischynthentos eipein, hoti Egō emauton oupō logizomai kateilēphenai. "En de, ta men opisō epilanthanomenos, tois de emprosthen epekteinomenos, kata skopon diōkō epi to brabeion tēs anō klēseōs tou Theou en Christǭ Iēsou. Hos. kaitoi exousian echōn, to Euangelion katangellōn, ek tou Euangeliou zę̄n, En kopǭ kai mochthǭ, phēsi, nyktos kai hēmeras ergazomenoi, ouch hoti ouk echomen exousian, all' hina heautous typon dōmen hymin eis to mimeisthai hēmas. Tis oun houtōs anaisthētos kai apistos, hōs arkesthēnai pote tois ēdē genomenois, ē paraitēsasthai ti hōs baryteron, ē kopōdes
Question. Whether one may decline the heavier works.
Answer. One who is genuine in his love for God, and firm in his full assurance of the reward from the Lord, is not content with what has been done, but always seeks an addition and reaches out for more. And even if he seems to do something beyond his strength, he is not at ease as though he had filled up the measure, but is always anxious as one falling short of what is fitting, hearing the Lord command: “When you have done all that is commanded you, then say, We are unprofitable servants; we have done what we ought to do”; and the Apostle, to whom the world was crucified, and he to the world, was not ashamed to say: “I do not yet count myself to have laid hold of it. But one thing I do: forgetting what lies behind and reaching forward to what lies ahead, I press on toward the goal for the prize of the upward call of God in Christ Jesus.” He who, although he had the right, as one proclaiming the Gospel, to live by the Gospel, says: “Working in toil and labour night and day, not because we do not have the right, but to give ourselves to you as a pattern to imitate us.” Who, then, is so insensible and unbelieving as ever to be content with what has already been done, or to decline anything as too heavy or toilsome …
Chapter 122
122PG 31:1165
Ἐὰν τις, ἐπιτιμηθεὶς εὐλογίαν μὴ λαβεῖν, λέγη, ὅτι,· Ἐὰν μὴ λάβω εὐλογίαν, οὐκ ἐσθίω·· εἰ δεῖ αὐτοῦ ἀνέχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἱ μὲν τοσούτου ἐπιτιμίου ἄξιον τὸ πταῖσμα, ὡς καὶ τοῦ φαγεῖν κωλυθῆναι, ὁ ἐπιτιμήσας δοκιμάσει πάντως· εἰ δὲ μόνης τῆς εὐλογίας ἀνάξιός τις ἐκρίθη, συγχωρηθεὶς δὲ φαγεῖν οὐκ ἀνέχεται, ὡς ἀπειθὴς ἐν τούτῳ, καὶ φιλόνεικος κρινέσθω· ἅμα καὶ ἑαυτὸν γνωρίζων καὶ ἐπιγινώσκων, ὅτι οὐχὶ θεραπεύει ἑαυτὸν τοῦτο ἐπιζητῶν, ἀλλὰ ἁμάρτημα ἁμαρτήματι συνάπτει.
Ean tis, epitimētheis eulogian mē labein, legē, hoti,; Ean mē labō eulogian, ouk esthiō;; ei dei autou anechesthai. APOKRISIS. Hei men tosoutou epitimiou axion to ptaisma, hōs kai tou phagein kōlythēnai, ho epitimēsas dokimasei pantōs; ei de monēs tēs eulogias anaxios tis ekrithē, synchōrētheis de phagein ouk anechetai, hōs apeithēs en toutǭ, kai philoneikos krinesthō; hama kai heauton gnōrizōn kai epiginōskōn, hoti ouchi therapeuei heauton touto epizētōn, alla hamartēma hamartēmati synaptei.
Question. If someone, having been penalized by not receiving the blessing, says, “If I do not receive the blessing, I will not eat,” should he be tolerated?
Answer. If the fault deserves so great a penalty that he is also prevented from eating, the one who imposed the penalty will surely judge it. But if he was judged unworthy only of the blessing, and, though allowed to eat, will not bear it, let him be judged as disobedient and contentious in this; and at the same time let him come to know himself and recognize that in seeking this he is not healing himself, but joining sin to sin.
Chapter 123
123PG 31:1165
Ἐάν τις· λυπῆται μὴ ἐπιτρεπόμενος ποιεῖν, ὃ μὴ δύναται ἐπιτηδείως ποιεῖν, εἰ χρὴ αὐτοῦ ἀνέχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Περὶ τούτου εἴρηται πολλαχοῦ, ὅτι καθόλου τῷ θελήματι τῷ ἰδίῳ κεχρῆσθαι, ἢ ἐπιτρέπειν, παρὰ τὸν ὑγιῆ ἐστι λόγον· καὶ τῇ δοκιμασίᾳ τῶν πλειόνων μὴ ὑποτάσσεσθαι ἀπειθείας καὶ ἀντιλογίας ἔχει τὸν κίνδυνον.
Ean tis; lypētai mē epitrepomenos poiein, ho mē dynatai epitēdeiōs poiein, ei chrē autou anechesthai. APOKRISIS. Peri toutou eirētai pollachou, hoti katholou tǭ thelēmati tǭ idiǭ kechrēsthai, ē epitrepein, para ton hygiē esti logon; kai tę̄ dokimasią tōn pleionōn mē hypotassesthai apeitheias kai antilogias echei ton kindynon.
Question. If someone is grieved at not being allowed to do what he cannot do competently, should he be tolerated?
Answer. It has been said in many places about this that in general to follow or give leave to one's own will is contrary to sound reason; and not to submit to the judgment of the majority carries the danger of disobedience and contradiction.
Chapter 124
124PG 31:1165
Εἰ δεῖ μετὰ αἱρετικῶν ἢ ῾Ἑλλήνων κατὰ συντυχίαν εὑρεθέντα που, ἢ συνεσθίειν αὐτοῖς, ἢ ἀσπάζεσθαι αὐτούς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸν μὲν ἀσπασμὸν τοῦτον δηλονότι τὸν κοινὸν ἐπ᾿ οὐδενὸς ὁ Κύριος ἀπηγόρευσεν, εἰπών· Ἐὰν ἀσπάσησθε τοὺς φίλους ὑμῶν μόνον, τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ οὕτω ποιοῦσιν; περὶ δὲ τοῦ συνεσθίειν ἔχομεν παραγγελίαν τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου, ἐπὶ τίνων χρὴ παραιτεῖσθαι τοῦτο, εἰπόντος· Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι πόρνοις, καὶ οὐ πάντως τοῖς πόρνοις τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, ἢ πλεονέκταις, ἢ ἄρπαξιν, ἢ εἰδωλολάτραις· ἐπεὶ ὀφείλετε ἄρα ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελθεῖν. Νῦν δὲ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι. Ἐάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος, ἢ πόρνος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, ἢ εἰδωλολάτρης, ἢ λοίδορος, ἢ μέθυσος, ἢ ἄρπαξ, τῷ τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν.
Ei dei meta hairetikōn ē ῾Hellēnōn kata syntychian heurethenta pou, ē synesthiein autois, ē aspazesthai autous. APOKRISIS. Ton men aspasmon touton dēlonoti ton koinon ep᾿ oudenos ho Kyrios apēgoreusen, eipōn; Ean aspasēsthe tous philous hymōn monon, ti perisson poieite? Ouchi kai hoi ethnikoi houtō poiousin? peri de tou synesthiein echomen parangelian tou ᾿Apostolou, epi tinōn chrē paraiteisthai touto, eipontos; Egrapsa hymin en tę̄ epistolę̄ mē synanamignysthai pornois, kai ou pantōs tois pornois tou kosmou toutou, ē pleonektais, ē arpaxin, ē eidōlolatrais; epei opheilete ara ek tou kosmou exelthein. Nyn de egrapsa hymin mē synanamignysthai. Ean tis adelphos onomazomenos, ē pornos, ē pleonektēs, ē eidōlolatrēs, ē loidoros, ē methysos, ē arpax, tǭ toioutǭ mēde synesthiein.
Question. Whether one who happens to find himself somewhere with heretics or pagans should eat with them, or greet them.
Answer. The Lord has not forbidden this greeting, the common one, that is, toward anyone, saying: “If you greet only your friends, what more are you doing? Do not even the Gentiles do the same?” But about eating together we have the Apostle's instruction on whom we should decline it with, when he says: “I wrote to you in my letter not to associate with sexually immoral people, not at all meaning the sexually immoral of this world, or the covetous, or swindlers, or idolaters, since then you would have to go out of the world. But now I write to you not to associate with anyone who is called a brother if he is sexually immoral, or covetous, or an idolater, or a reviler, or a drunkard, or a swindler; not even to eat with such a one.”
Chapter 125
125PG 31:1167
Τὸν πιστευόμενον ἔργον, καὶ ποιοῦντά τι χωρὶς ὑπομνήσεως παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον, ἢ ὑπὲρ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτῷ,, εἰ δεῖ ἔχειν τὸ ἔργον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ μὲν ἑαυτῷ λαμβάνειν καθόλου απαρέσκει Θεῷ· καὶ οὔτε πρέπει, οὔτε συμφέρει τοῖς ἐσπουδακόσι τὸν σύνδεσμον τῆς εἰρήνης φυλάσσειν· εἰ δὲ ἐπιμένοι προπετευόμενος, συμφέρει ἀρθῆναι ἀπ' αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον. Οὐ γὰρ φυλάσσει τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἕκαστος ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήθη, ἀδελφοὶ, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω· καὶ ἔτι ἐντρεπτικώτερον· Μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν, παρ' ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισε μέτρον πίστεως.
Ton pisteuomenon ergon, kai poiounta ti chōris hypomnēseōs para to diatetagmenon, ē hyper to diatetagmenon autǭ,, ei dei echein to ergon. APOKRISIS. To men heautǭ lambanein katholou apareskei Theǭ; kai oute prepei, oute sympherei tois espoudakosi ton syndesmon tēs eirēnēs phylassein; ei de epimenoi propeteuomenos, sympherei arthēnai ap' autou to ergon. Ou gar phylassei to prostagma tou eipontos; Hekastos en hǭ eklēthē, adelphoi, en toutǭ menetō; kai eti entreptikōteron; Mē hyperphronein, par' ho dei phronein, alla phronein eis to sōphronein, hekastǭ hōs ho Theos emerise metron pisteōs.
Question. One who is entrusted with a work and does something without informing anyone, contrary to what was arranged or beyond what was arranged for him: should he keep the work?
Answer. To take things on oneself is altogether displeasing to God, and is neither fitting nor profitable for those who are eager to keep the bond of peace. If he persists in acting rashly, it is profitable that the work be taken from him. For he does not keep the command of him who said, “Let each one, brothers, remain in that in which he was called”; and still more shamingly: “Not to think more highly than one ought to think, but to think so as to be sober-minded, as God has apportioned to each a measure of faith.”
Chapter 126
126PG 31:1167
Πῶς ἄν τις ἡττηθῇ τῆς ἐν βρώμασι φιληδονίας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Κρίνας τὸν λόγον τοῦ συμφέροντος, ὁδηγὸν καὶ διδάσκαλον ἔχειν ἀεὶ τῶν εἰς τὴν χρῆσιν παραλαμβανομένων, εἴτε ἡδέα εἴτε ἀηδῆ ταῦτα εἴη
Pōs an tis hēttēthę̄ tēs en brōmasi philēdonias. APOKRISIS. Krinas ton logon tou sympherontos, hodēgon kai didaskalon echein aei tōn eis tēn chrēsin paralambanomenōn, eite hēdea eite aēdē tauta eiē
Question. How might one overcome love of pleasure in foods?
Answer. By resolving always to have the principle of what is profitable as guide and teacher in what is taken for use, whether it be pleasant or unpleasant.
Chapter 127
127PG 31:1167
Λέγουσι τινες, ὅτι ἀδύνατόν ἐστι μὴ ὀργισθῆναι ἄνθρωπον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ δυνατόν ἐστι τῷ στρατιώτῃ ἐν ὄψεσι βασιλέως ὀργισθῆναι, οὐδὲ οὕτω λόγον ἔχει τὸ λεγόμενον. Εἰ γὰρ ἀνθρώπου ὄψις ἰσοτίμου κατὰ τὴν φύσιν διὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τοῦ ἀξιώματος ἐκώλυσε τὸ πάθος, πόσῳ μᾶλλον, ἐὰν πληροφορηθῇ τις Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐπόπτην τῶν ἰδίων κινημάτων; Πολὺ γὰρ πλέον ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐτάζων καρδίας καὶ νεφροὺς, βλέπει τὰ κινήματα τῆς ψυχῆς, ἢ ἄνθρωπος τὰ εἰς πρόσωπον.
Legousi tines, hoti adynaton esti mē orgisthēnai anthrōpon. APOKRISIS. Ei dynaton esti tǭ stratiōtę̄ en opsesi basileōs orgisthēnai, oude houtō logon echei to legomenon. Ei gar anthrōpou opsis isotimou kata tēn physin dia tēn hyperochēn tou axiōmatos ekōlyse to pathos, posǭ mallon, ean plērophorēthę̄ tis Theon echein epoptēn tōn idiōn kinēmatōn? Poly gar pleon ho Theos, ho etazōn kardias kai nephrous, blepei ta kinēmata tēs psychēs, ē anthrōpos ta eis prosōpon.
Question. Some say that it is impossible for a man not to be angry.
Answer. If it is possible for a soldier to be angry in the sight of the king, even so the saying has no reason. For if the sight of a man, equal in nature, has checked the passion because of the superiority of his rank, how much more if one is fully assured that he has God as the overseer of his movements? For God, who tries hearts and reins, sees the movements of the soul far more than a man sees what is before his face.
Chapter 128
128PG 31:1167
Τῷ θέλοντι ἐγκρατεύεσθαι ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, ὥστε καὶ εἰς τὴν προκειμένην ἐντολὴν ἐμποδίζεσθαι, εἰ δεῖ συγχωρεῖν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ ἐρώτημα οὐ κυρίως φαίνεταί μοι πεποιημένον. Ἡ γὰρ ἐγκράτεια οὐκ ἐν ἀποχῇ ἀλόγων βρωμάτων ἐστὶν, ἐν ᾗ συμβαίνει ἡ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου κατηγορουμένη ἀφειδία σώματος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τελείᾳ ἀναχωρήσει τῶν ἰδίων θελημάτων. Ὅσον δὲ ἔχει κίνδυνον διὰ τὸ ἴδιον θέλημα τῆς ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου ἐκπεσεῖν, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Αποστόλου εἰρημένων, εἰπόντος· Ποιοῦντες τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν, καὶ ἦμεν
Tǭ thelonti enkrateuesthai hyper dynamin, hōste kai eis tēn prokeimenēn entolēn empodizesthai, ei dei synchōrein. APOKRISIS. To erōtēma ou kyriōs phainetai moi pepoiēmenon. Hē gar enkrateia ouk en apochę̄ alogōn brōmatōn estin, en hę̄ symbainei hē hypo tou Apostolou katēgoroumenē apheidia sōmatos, all᾽ en teleią anachōrēsei tōn idiōn thelēmatōn. Hoson de echei kindynon dia to idion thelēma tēs entolēs tou Kyriou ekpesein, dēlon ek tōn hypo tou Apostolou eirēmenōn, eipontos; Poiountes ta thelēmata tēs sarkos kai tōn dianoiōn, kai ēmen
Question. Should one who wishes to practise self-control beyond his strength, so that he is hindered even in the commandment set before him, be allowed to do so?
Answer. The question does not seem to me properly framed. For self-control does not consist in abstaining from foods without reason, in which the severity to the body condemned by the Apostle occurs, but in complete withdrawal from one's own wishes. How great a danger there is of falling away from the Lord's commandment through one's own will is clear from what the Apostle said: “Doing the wishes of the flesh and of the thoughts, and we were …”
Chapter 129
129PG 31:1169
Ὁ πολλὰ νηστεύων, ἐν δὲ τῇ μεταλήψει μὴ δυνάμενος ἀνέχεσθαι τοῦ βρώματος τοῦ κοινοῦ, τί μᾶλλον ἐλέσθαι ὀφείλει, νηστεύειν μετὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν, καὶ ἐσθίειν μετ' αὐτῶν, ἢ, διὰ τὸ ἀμέτρως νηστεύειν, ἄλλων βρωμάτων ἔχειν χρείαν ἐν τῇ μεταλήψει. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Νηστείας καιρὸς, οὐ τὸ θέλημα ἑκάστου, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ χρεία τῶν εἰς θεοσέβειαν ἡκόντων· καθὼς καὶ αἱ Πράξεις τῶν ἀποστόλων ἱστοροῦσι, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ ἐκλεκτοῦ Δαβὶδ μανθάνομεν. Ἐὰν οὖν τις κατὰ λόγον τοιοῦτον νηστεύῃ, καὶ τοῦ δύνασθαι πάντως καταξιοῦται. Πιστὸς γὰρ ὁ ἐπαγγειλάμενος.
Ho polla nēsteuōn, en de tę̄ metalēpsei mē dynamenos anechesthai tou brōmatos tou koinou, ti mallon elesthai opheilei, nēsteuein meta tōn adelphōn, kai esthiein met' autōn, ē, dia to ametrōs nēsteuein, allōn brōmatōn echein chreian en tę̄ metalēpsei. APOKRISIS. Nēsteias kairos, ou to thelēma hekastou, all᾽ hē chreia tōn eis theosebeian hēkontōn; kathōs kai hai Praxeis tōn apostolōn historousi, kai para tou eklektou Dabid manthanomen. Ean oun tis kata logon toiouton nēsteuę̄, kai tou dynasthai pantōs kataxioutai. Pistos gar ho epangeilamenos.
Question. One who fasts much but at the meal cannot bear the common food: what ought he rather to choose, to fast with the brothers and eat with them, or, because of fasting beyond measure, to need other foods at the meal?
Answer. The time for fasting is set not by each one's will but by the need of those who have come to godliness, as the Acts of the Apostles relate and as we learn from the chosen David. If, then, someone fasts on such a principle, he will surely be granted the strength as well. For he who promised is faithful.
Chapter 130
130PG 31:1169
Πῶς χρὴ νηστεύειν, ὅταν χρεία γένηται νηστείας πρός τι τῶν εἰς θεοσέβειαν ἐπιζητουμένων· ὡς ἀναγκαζόμενον, ἢ μετὰ προθυμίας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος, Μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, πᾶν τὸ συντελοῦν εἰς θεοσέβειαν, μὴ μετ᾿ ἐπιθυμίας καὶ σπουδῆς γινόμενον, ἐπικίνδυνον. "Ωστε τὸν μὲν νηστεύοντα μὴ προθύμως τοῦτο ποιεῖν οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον· τὸ δὲ νηστεύειν ἐν καιρῷ χρείας τοιαύτης ἀναγκαῖον, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων αὐτοῦ κατορθωμάτων καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς διδασκαλίαν ἡμετέραν διηγησαμένου τὸ, Ἐν νηστείαις πολλάκις.
Pōs chrē nēsteuein, hotan chreia genētai nēsteias pros ti tōn eis theosebeian epizētoumenōn; hōs anankazomenon, ē meta prothymias. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou legontos, Makarioi hoi peinōntes kai dipsōntes tēn dikaiosynēn, pan to synteloun eis theosebeian, mē met᾿ epithymias kai spoudēs ginomenon, epikindynon. "Ōste ton men nēsteuonta mē prothymōs touto poiein ouk akindynon; to de nēsteuein en kairǭ chreias toiautēs anankaion, tou ᾿Apostolou meta tōn allōn autou katorthōmatōn kai touto pros didaskalian hēmeteran diēgēsamenou to, En nēsteiais pollakis.
Question. How should one fast, when there is need of fasting for something sought for godliness: as one compelled, or with eagerness?
Answer. Since the Lord says, “Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness,” everything that contributes to godliness, if not done with desire and zeal, is dangerous. So for one who fasts to do it without eagerness is not without danger; but to fast at a time of such need is necessary, since the Apostle, together with his other good deeds, related this too for our teaching: “In fastings often.”
Chapter 131
131PG 31:1169
Ὁ μὴ μεταλαμβάνων ὅθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἐσθίουσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἕτερον ἐπιζητῶν, εἰ καλῶς ποιεῖ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καθόλου τὸ ἐπιζητεῖν βρῶμα παρ' ἐντολήν ἐστι, τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, καὶ τι πίητε· καὶ μὴ μετεωρίζεσθε· καὶ καταπληκτικώτερον ἐπενεγκόντος· Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητεῖ. Τοῦ δὲ ἐπιτεταγμένου ἐστὶ πληροῦν ἐπιμελῶς τὸ, Διεδίδοτο δὲ ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἂν τις χρείαν εἶχεν.
Ho mē metalambanōn hothen hoi adelphoi esthiousin, all᾽ heteron epizētōn, ei kalōs poiei. APOKRISIS. Katholou to epizētein brōma par' entolēn esti, tou Kyriou eipontos; Mē zēteite ti phagēte, kai ti piēte; kai mē meteōrizesthe; kai kataplēktikōteron epenenkontos; Tauta gar panta ta ethnē epizētei. Tou de epitetagmenou esti plēroun epimelōs to, Diedidoto de hekastǭ, kathoti an tis chreian eichen.
Question. One who does not partake of what the brothers eat but seeks something else: does he do well?
Answer. In general, seeking food is contrary to the commandment, since the Lord said, “Do not seek what you will eat and what you will drink, and do not be anxious,” and added more startlingly, “For all the nations seek all these things.” And it belongs to the one in charge to fulfil carefully the saying: “And it was distributed to each as anyone had need.”
Chapter 132
132PG 31:1169
Ὁ λέγων, ὅτι βλάπτει με τοῦτο, καὶ λυπούμενος, ἐὰν ἄλλο μὴ δοθῇ αὐτῷ, τί ἐστιν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Φαίνεται, ὅτι οὐκ ἐπληροφορήθη τὴν ἐλπίδα Λαζάρου, οὔτε ἐγνώρισε τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ πεπιστευμένου τὴν πάντων καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπιμέλειαν. Καθόλου δὲ οὔτε περὶ τοῦ βλάπτοντος ἢ ὠφελοῦντος ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέπειν τὴν δοκιμασίαν ἕκαστος ὀφείλει· ἀλλὰ τῷ ἐπιτεταγμένῳ δοκιμάζειν τὸ ἑκάστῳ χρειῶδες, προηγουμένως τὸ ὄφελος τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιζητοῦντι, καὶ οὕτω δευτέρῳ λόγῳ τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ σώματος οἰκονομοῦντι πρὸς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ.
Ho legōn, hoti blaptei me touto, kai lypoumenos, ean allo mē dothę̄ autǭ, ti estin. APOKRISIS. Phainetai, hoti ouk eplērophorēthē tēn elpida Lazarou, oute egnōrise tēn agapēn tou pepisteumenou tēn pantōn kai autou epimeleian. Katholou de oute peri tou blaptontos ē ōphelountos heautǭ epitrepein tēn dokimasian hekastos opheilei; alla tǭ epitetagmenǭ dokimazein to hekastǭ chreiōdes, proēgoumenōs to ophelos tēs psychēs epizētounti, kai houtō deuterǭ logǭ ta pros tēn chreian tou sōmatos oikonomounti pros to thelēma tou Theou.
Question. One who says, “This harms me,” and is grieved if something else is not given him: what is he?
Answer. It appears that he has not been fully convinced of Lazarus's hope, nor recognized the love of the one entrusted with the care of all, himself included. In general, no one ought to give himself the judgment of what harms or benefits him, but leave it to the one appointed to judge what each needs, who seeks first the benefit of the soul and so, in second place, manages what serves the body's need according to the will of God.
Chapter 133
133PG 31:1171
Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ γογγύσῃ διὰ βρῶμα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ κρῖμα τῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ γογγυσάντων ἔχει. Λέγει γὰρ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· Μηδὲ γογγύζετε, καθώς τινες αὐτῶν ἐγόγγυσαν, καὶ ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ.
Ean de kai gongysę̄ dia brōma. APOKRISIS. To krima tōn en tę̄ erēmǭ gongysantōn echei. Legei gar ho ᾿Apostolos; Mēde gongyzete, kathōs tines autōn egongysan, kai apōlonto hypo tou olothreutou.
Question. And if he even grumbles over food?
Answer. He has the judgment of those who grumbled in the wilderness. For the Apostle says: “Nor grumble, as some of them grumbled and were destroyed by the destroyer.”
Chapter 134
134PG 31:1171
Ἐάν τις ὀργισθεὶς παραιτῆται λαβεῖν τι τῶν πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ τοιοῦτος ἄξιός ἐστι, κἂν ζητῇ, μὴ λαβεῖν, ἕως ἐὰν δοκιμάσῃ ὁ προεστὼς, ὅτι ἐθεραπεύθη τὸ πάθος, μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ πάθη.
Ean tis orgistheis paraitētai labein ti tōn pros tēn chreian. APOKRISIS. Ho toioutos axios esti, kan zētę̄, mē labein, heōs ean dokimasę̄ ho proestōs, hoti etherapeuthē to pathos, mallon de ta pathē.
Question. If someone in anger refuses to take something he needs?
Answer. Such a one deserves not to receive it even if he asks, until the superior judges that the passion, or rather the passions, have been healed.
Chapter 135
135PG 31:1171
Εἰ χρὴ τὸν κάμνοντα αὐτὸν ἐπιζητῆσαι πλέον τι τῆς συνηθείας ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ ἕνεκεν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ μισθαποδοσίας τὸν κάματον ἀναδέχεται, οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπιζητεῖν ὀφείλει τὴν παραμυθίαν τοῦ κόπου, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου μισθαποδοσίαν ἑαυτὸν καταρτίζειν· εἰδὼς, ὅτι, ὡς τῆς ὑπὲρ τοῦ κόπου ἀμοιβῆς, οὕτω καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως ὑπὲρ τῆς στενοχωρίας παρὰ τοῦ φιλανθρώπου Θεοῦ καταξιωθήσεται. Ὁ μέντοι ἐπιτεταγμένος ποιεῖν τὸ, Διεδίδοτο ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν, ἀναγκαίως ὀφείλει γνωρίζειν ἕκαστον τῶν κοπιώντων, καὶ θεραπεύειν κατὰ τὸ προσῆκον.
Ei chrē ton kamnonta auton epizētēsai pleon ti tēs synētheias APOKRISIS. Ei heneken tēs para tou Theou misthapodosias ton kamaton anadechetai, ouk enteuthen epizētein opheilei tēn paramythian tou kopou, alla pros tēn tou Kyriou misthapodosian heauton katartizein; eidōs, hoti, hōs tēs hyper tou kopou amoibēs, houtō kai tēs paraklēseōs hyper tēs stenochōrias para tou philanthrōpou Theou kataxiōthēsetai. Ho mentoi epitetagmenos poiein to, Diedidoto hekastǭ, kathoti an tis chreian eichen, anankaiōs opheilei gnōrizein hekaston tōn kopiōntōn, kai therapeuein kata to prosēkon.
Question. Whether one who is labouring should himself seek something more than usual.
Answer. If he undertakes the labour for the sake of the reward from God, he ought not to seek the consolation for his toil from this source, but to prepare himself for the Lord's reward, knowing that, as he will be granted the recompense for his toil, so he will be granted consolation for his hardship by God who loves mankind. The one, however, who is appointed to carry out the saying, “It was distributed to each as anyone had need,” must of necessity know each of those who toil and care for them as is fitting.
Chapter 136
136PG 31:1171
Εἰ ἀναγκαῖον πάντας συνάγεσθαι τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ ἀρίστου, καὶ τὸν ἀπολιμπανόμενον, καὶ μετὰ τὸ ἄριστον ἐρχόμενον πῶς παρέλθωμεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὲν κατὰ ἀνάγκην τοῦ τόπου ἢ τοῦ ἔργου ἀπελείφθη, ὡς φυλάσσων τὸ παράγγελμα τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἕκαστος, ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήθη, ἀδελφοὶ, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω· ὁ τῆς κοινῆς εὐταξίας ἔφορος δοκιμάσας συγγνώσεται· εἰ δὲ δυνάμενος συμφθάσαι, οὐκ ἐσπούδασε, γνωρίσας τὸ ἔγκλημα τῆς ἀμελείας, ἄσιτος μεινάτω μέχρι τῆς τετυπωμένης ὥρας ἐν τῇ ἐπιούσῃ.
Ei anankaion pantas synagesthai tę̄ hōrą tou aristou, kai ton apolimpanomenon, kai meta to ariston erchomenon pōs parelthōmen. APOKRISIS. Ei men kata anankēn tou topou ē tou ergou apeleiphthē, hōs phylassōn to parangelma tou eipontos; Hekastos, en hǭ eklēthē, adelphoi, en toutǭ menetō; ho tēs koinēs eutaxias ephoros dokimasas syngnōsetai; ei de dynamenos symphthasai, ouk espoudase, gnōrisas to enklēma tēs ameleias, asitos meinatō mechri tēs tetypōmenēs hōras en tę̄ epiousę̄.
Question. Whether all must gather at the hour of the meal; and how shall we deal with one who is absent and comes after the meal?
Answer. If he was left behind through the necessity of the place or of his work, as keeping the command of him who said, “Let each one, brothers, remain in that in which he was called,” the one who oversees the common good order will examine it and pardon him. But if he could have arrived in time and did not make the effort, let him recognize the charge of negligence and remain without food until the appointed hour on the following day.
Chapter 137
137PG 31:1173
Εἰ καλόν ἐστι τὸ κρῖναι ἐπι τοσόνδε, εἰ τύχοι, χρόνον ἀποσχέσθαι τοῦδέ τινος τοῦ βρώματος ἢ τοῦ πόματος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ, Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, Οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, πᾶσα κρίσις ἰδίου θελήματος ἐπισφαλής. Ὅπερ εἰδὼς ὁ Δαβὶδ ἔλεγεν· Ὤμοσα, καὶ ἔστησα τοῦ φυλάξασθαι τὰ κρίματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης σου, οὐ τὰ ἐμὰ θελήματα.
Ei kalon esti to krinai epi tosonde, ei tychoi, chronon aposchesthai toude tinos tou brōmatos ē tou pomatos. APOKRISIS, Tou Kyriou eipontos, Ouch hina poiō to thelēma to emon, alla to thelēma tou pempsantos me, pasa krisis idiou thelēmatos episphalēs. Hoper eidōs ho Dabid elegen; Ōmosa, kai estēsa tou phylaxasthai ta krimata tēs dikaiosynēs sou, ou ta ema thelēmata.
Question. Whether it is good to resolve to abstain from some particular food or drink for such and such a time, say.
Answer. Since the Lord said, “Not to do my own will, but the will of him who sent me,” every resolution of one's own will is perilous. Knowing this, David said: “I have sworn and confirmed it, to keep the judgments of your righteousness,” not my own wishes.
Chapter 138
138PG 31:1173
Εἰ χρὴ ἐπιτρέπεσθαι ἐν ἀδελφότητί τινα πλέον τῶν ἄλλων νηστεύειν ἢ ἀγρυπνεῖν, κατὰ τὸ ἴδιον θέλημα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, ὅτι Καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρὸς, πᾶν ὅπερ ἄν τις κατὰ τὸ ἴδιον θέλημα ποιῇ, τοῦτο τοῦ μὲν ποιοῦντός ἐστιν ἴδιον, τῆς δὲ θεοσεβείας ἀλλότριον καὶ φόβος μήποτε ἀκούσῃ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ περὶ οὗ δοκεῖ ποιεῖν, Πρὸς σὲ ἡ ἀποστροφὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ σὺ ἄρξεις αὐτοῦ. Καὶ τὸ ἐν συγκρίσει δὲ τῶν ἄλλων τὸ πλέον θέλειν, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς καλοῖς, φιλονεικίας πάθος ἐστὶν ἀπὸ κενοδοξίας συμβαῖνον· ὅπερ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος ἀπηγορευμένον δεικνὺς φησιν· Οὐ γὰρ τολμῶμεν ἐγκρῖναι ἢ συγκρῖναι ἑαυτούς τισι τῶν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστανόντων. Διόπερ ἀφεμένους τῶν ἰδίων θελημάτων, καὶ τοῦ θέλειν δοκεῖν ὑπὲρ τοὺς λοιποὺς ποιεῖν τι, πείθεσθαι τῷ ᾿Αποστόλῳ χρὴ παραινοῦντι καὶ λέγοντι· Εἴτε ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἶτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖτε. Φιλονεικία γὰρ, καὶ κενοδοξία, καὶ αὐταρέσκεια, παντελῶς ἀλλότρια τῶν τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα νομίμως ἀγωνιζομένων. Διό φησι ποτὲ μὲν, Μὴ γενώμεθα κενόδοξοι· ποτὲ δὲ, Εἴ τις δοκεῖ φιλόνεικος εἶναι, ἡμεῖς τοιαύτην συνήθειαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, οὐδὲ αἱ Ἐκκλησίαι τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ ἄλλοτε, Ὀφείλομεν ἡμεῖς μὴ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσκειν· οἷς ἐπιφέρει ἐντρεπτικώτερον· Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἤρεσεν. Εἰ δέ τις οἴεται χρήζειν τοῦ πλείονος εἴτε ἐν νηστείᾳ, εἴτε ἐν ἀγρυπνίᾳ, εἴτε ἐν ᾠδήποτε ἄλλῳ, ἀποκαλυπτέτω τοῖς τὴν κοινὴν ἐπιμέλειαν πεπιστευμένοις τὴν ὑπόθεσιν αὐτὴν, δι᾽ ἣν νομίζει τοῦ πλείονος χρήζειν καὶ τὸ παρ᾿ αὐτῶν δοκιμασθὲν παραφυλαττέτω. Πολλάκις γὰρ ἑτέρῳ μᾶλλον τρόπῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν τῇ χρείᾳ
Ei chrē epitrepesthai en adelphotēti tina pleon tōn allōn nēsteuein ē agrypnein, kata to idion thelēma. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou eipontos, hoti Katabebēka ek tou ouranou, ouch hina poiō to thelēma to emon, alla to thelēma tou pempsantos me Patros, pan hoper an tis kata to idion thelēma poię̄, touto tou men poiountos estin idion, tēs de theosebeias allotrion kai phobos mēpote akousę̄ para tou Theou peri hou dokei poiein, Pros se hē apostrophē autou, kai sy arxeis autou. Kai to en synkrisei de tōn allōn to pleon thelein, kai en autois tois kalois, philoneikias pathos estin apo kenodoxias symbainon; hoper ho ᾿Apostolos apēgoreumenon deiknys phēsin; Ou gar tolmōmen enkrinai ē synkrinai heautous tisi tōn heautous synistanontōn. Dioper aphemenous tōn idiōn thelēmatōn, kai tou thelein dokein hyper tous loipous poiein ti, peithesthai tǭ ᾿Apostolǭ chrē parainounti kai legonti; Eite esthiete, eite pinete, eite ti poieite, panta eis doxan Theou poieite. Philoneikia gar, kai kenodoxia, kai autareskeia, pantelōs allotria tōn ton kalon agōna nomimōs agōnizomenōn. Dio phēsi pote men, Mē genōmetha kenodoxoi; pote de, Ei tis dokei philoneikos einai, hēmeis toiautēn synētheian ouk echomen, oude hai Ekklēsiai tou Theou; kai allote, Opheilomen hēmeis mē heautois areskein; hois epipherei entreptikōteron; Kai gar ho Christos ouch heautǭ ēresen. Ei de tis oietai chrēzein tou pleionos eite en nēsteią, eite en agrypnią, eite en ǭdēpote allǭ, apokalyptetō tois tēn koinēn epimeleian pepisteumenois tēn hypothesin autēn, di᾽ hēn nomizei tou pleionos chrēzein kai to par᾿ autōn dokimasthen paraphylattetō. Pollakis gar heterǭ mallon tropǭ to hikanon tę̄ chreią
Question. Whether anyone in a brotherhood should be allowed to fast or keep vigil more than the others, according to his own will.
Answer. Since the Lord said, “I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of the Father who sent me,” whatever anyone does according to his own will is his own, but alien to godliness; and there is fear that he may hear from God, about what he seems to be doing, “Its turning shall be toward you, and you shall rule over it.” And to want more by comparison with others, even in good things, is a passion of contentiousness arising from vainglory, which the Apostle shows to be forbidden when he says: “For we do not dare to class or compare ourselves with some of those who commend themselves.” Therefore, letting go of our own wishes, and of wanting to seem to do something beyond the rest, we must obey the Apostle, who exhorts us, saying: “Whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God.” For contentiousness, vainglory, and self-pleasing are utterly alien to those who contend lawfully in the good contest. That is why he says at one time, “Let us not become vainglorious”; at another, “If anyone seems to be contentious, we have no such custom, nor have the churches of God”; and at another, “We ought not to please ourselves,” to which he adds more shamingly, “For even Christ did not please himself.” But if someone thinks he needs more, whether in fasting or in vigil or in anything else, let him disclose the reason itself for which he thinks he needs more to those entrusted with the common care, and let him keep to what they judge. For often what suffices for the need [is achieved] in another way …
Chapter 139
139PG 31:1175
Τῆς νηστείας ἐπιτεινομένης, ἀτονώτεροι γινόμεθα εἰς τὸ ἔργον. Τι οὖν χρὴ μᾶλλον ἐμποδίζειν τῷ ἔργῳ διὰ τὴν νηστείαν, ἢ παρορᾶν ἐκείνην διὰ τὸ ἔργον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καὶ τὴν νηστείαν, καὶ τὸ φαγεῖν μετὰ λόγου τοῦ οἰκείου τῆς θεοσεβείας παραλαμβάνεσθαι χρή ἵνα, ὅταν μὲν ἐντολὴν Θεοῦ διὰ νηστείας κατορθωθῆναι δέοι, νηστεύσωμεν· ὅταν δὲ πάλιν ἡ ἐντολὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ βρῶσιν ἐπιζητοῖ ἐνδυναμοῦσαν τὸ σῶμα, φάγωμεν, οὐχ ὡς γαστρίμαργοι, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐργάται Θεοῦ. Φυλάσσειν γὰρ χρὴ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰρημένον· Εἴτε ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖτε.
Tēs nēsteias epiteinomenēs, atonōteroi ginometha eis to ergon. Ti oun chrē mallon empodizein tǭ ergǭ dia tēn nēsteian, ē paroran ekeinēn dia to ergon. APOKRISIS. Kai tēn nēsteian, kai to phagein meta logou tou oikeiou tēs theosebeias paralambanesthai chrē hina, hotan men entolēn Theou dia nēsteias katorthōthēnai deoi, nēsteusōmen; hotan de palin hē entolē tou Theou brōsin epizētoi endynamousan to sōma, phagōmen, ouch hōs gastrimargoi, all' hōs ergatai Theou. Phylassein gar chrē to hypo tou ᾿Apostolou eirēmenon; Eite esthiete, eite pinete, eite ti poieite, panta eis doxan Theou poieite.
Question. When fasting is prolonged, we become feebler for work. Which, then, should we rather do: hinder the work because of the fast, or neglect the fast because of the work?
Answer. Both fasting and eating must be undertaken on the principle proper to godliness: so that when a commandment of God needs to be achieved through fasting, we fast; and when again the commandment of God calls for food that strengthens the body, we eat, not as gluttons but as God's workmen. For we must keep what was said by the Apostle: “Whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God.”
Chapter 140
140PG 31:1175
Ἐὰν τις μὴ ἐγκρατεύηται περὶ τὰ βλαβερὰ τῶν βρωμάτων, μεταλαμβάνων δὲ ἀφειδῶς, κακώσει περιπέσῃ, εἰ χρὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπιμέλειαν ποιεῖσθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ μὲν ἀκρασία πρόδηλον ἔχει τὴν κακίαν· και τούτου τοῦ πάθους προηγουμένως φροντίζειν ἀναγκαῖον, ὅπως θεραπευθῇ. Βουληθεὶς γὰρ δεῖξαι ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς, ἡλίκον κακόν ἐστι τὸ μὴ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι, ἀφῆκε πολλάκις τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τὸ σῶμα βλαπτόντων κεχρῆσθαι τῷ πάθει τῆς ἀκρασίας, ἐὰν ἄρα δυνηθῇ διὰ τῆς κακώσεως τῆς σωματικῆς, ἣν ἐκ τῆς ἀκρασίας ὑπομένει, εἰς αἴσθησιν ἐλθεῖν τῆς ἰδίας βλάβης, καὶ ὁδηγηθῆναι πρὸς τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν ἐγκράτειαν. Τὴν δὲ ἐπιμέλειαν τοῦ σώματος ἐπὶ τῶν ἐξ ἀκρασίας βλαπτομένων ποιεῖσθαι μὲν τάχα εὔλογον καὶ χρηστότητι πρέπον, οὐκ ἀδοκιμάστως δὲ, ἀλλὰ πεφροντικότας, μήπως ἐν τῇ τοῦ σώματος θεραπείᾳ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθεράπευτον καταλίπωμεν. Ὥστε, ἐὰν μὲν ἐπίδῃ τις τὸν τοιοῦτον ἐκ τῆς τοῦ σώματος θεραπείας παιδευόμενον εὐγνωμόνως, καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις πάθεσιν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, προσάγειν αὐτῷ τὴν σωματικὴν ἐπιμέλειαν· ἐὰν δὲ, τὴν τοῦ σώματος θεραπείαν δεχόμενος, ἐλέγχηται τῆς ψυχῆς καταφρονῶν, βέλτιόν ἐστι τὸν τοιοῦτον ἐναφεθῆναι ταῖς ὁδύναις, ἃς ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας ἀκρασίας ὑφίσταται, ἐὰν ἄρα δυνηθῇ τῷ χρόνῳ εἰς συναίσθησιν ἐλθὼν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς αἰωνίου κολάσεως, φροντίδα ἀναλαβεῖν τῆς κατὰ
Ean tis mē enkrateuētai peri ta blabera tōn brōmatōn, metalambanōn de apheidōs, kakōsei peripesę̄, ei chrē autou epimeleian poieisthai APOKRISIS. Hē men akrasia prodēlon echei tēn kakian; kai toutou tou pathous proēgoumenōs phrontizein anankaion, hopōs therapeuthę̄. Boulētheis gar deixai ho philanthrōpos Theos, hēlikon kakon esti to mē enkrateuesthai, aphēke pollakis tēn psychēn kai epi tōn to sōma blaptontōn kechrēsthai tǭ pathei tēs akrasias, ean ara dynēthę̄ dia tēs kakōseōs tēs sōmatikēs, hēn ek tēs akrasias hypomenei, eis aisthēsin elthein tēs idias blabēs, kai hodēgēthēnai pros tēn en pasin enkrateian. Tēn de epimeleian tou sōmatos epi tōn ex akrasias blaptomenōn poieisthai men tacha eulogon kai chrēstotēti prepon, ouk adokimastōs de, alla pephrontikotas, mēpōs en tę̄ tou sōmatos therapeią tēn psychēn atherapeuton katalipōmen. Hōste, ean men epidę̄ tis ton toiouton ek tēs tou sōmatos therapeias paideuomenon eugnōmonōs, kai tēs psychēs en tois idiois pathesin epimeleisthai, prosagein autǭ tēn sōmatikēn epimeleian; ean de, tēn tou sōmatos therapeian dechomenos, elenchētai tēs psychēs kataphronōn, beltion esti ton toiouton enaphethēnai tais hodynais, has ek tēs idias akrasias hyphistatai, ean ara dynēthę̄ tǭ chronǭ eis synaisthēsin elthōn heautou kai tēs aiōniou kolaseōs, phrontida analabein tēs kata
Question. If someone does not exercise self-control regarding harmful foods, but partakes unsparingly and falls ill, should care be taken of him?
Answer. Incontinence has its wickedness plain to see, and it is necessary first of all to see to this passion, so that it may be healed. For God, who loves mankind, wishing to show how great an evil the lack of self-control is, has often allowed the soul to indulge the passion of incontinence even in things that harm the body, in the hope that through the bodily illness it suffers from its incontinence it may come to perceive its own harm and be led to self-control in all things. To take care of the body in those harmed by incontinence is perhaps reasonable and becoming to kindness, but not without discernment; rather, we must take thought lest in caring for the body we leave the soul uncared for. So if one sees such a person being instructed with good sense by the care of his body, and also attending to his soul in its own passions, let him give him bodily care; but if, while accepting the care of the body, he is shown to despise his soul, it is better that such a one be left to the pains he suffers from his own incontinence, in the hope that in time, coming to awareness of himself and of eternal punishment, he may take up care for …
Chapter 141
141PG 31:1177
Εἰ δεῖ ξένους ἐνευρίσκεσθαι τοῖς ἐργαστηρίοις, ἢ καὶ τῶν ἐνταῦθά τινας καταλιπόντας τὸν ἴδιον τόπον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Παρεκτὸς τοῦ πεπιστευμένου τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν τῶν ἐργαζομένων, ἢ τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῶν ἔργων, ὃς ἂν εὑρεθῇ τοῦτο ποιῶν, ὡς διαλύων τὴν εὐταξίαν τῆς τῶν μελῶν ἁρμονίας, κωλυέσθω καὶ τῆς συγκεχωρημένης προόδου· καθεζόμενος δὲ ἐν τόπῳ ἐνὶ τῷ δοκιμασθέντι πρὸς παιδείαν ἐπιτηδείῳ, ἀμετεωρίστως καὶ ἐπιπονώτερον τῆς συνηθείας ἀποδιδότω τὸ ἔργον, ἕως ἂν μάθῃ φυλάσσειν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰρημένον· "Εκαστος ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήθη, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω.
Ei dei xenous eneuriskesthai tois ergastēriois, ē kai tōn entautha tinas katalipontas ton idion topon. APOKRISIS. Parektos tou pepisteumenou tēn episkepsin tōn ergazomenōn, ē tēn oikonomian tōn ergōn, hos an heurethę̄ touto poiōn, hōs dialyōn tēn eutaxian tēs tōn melōn harmonias, kōlyesthō kai tēs synkechōrēmenēs proodou; kathezomenos de en topǭ eni tǭ dokimasthenti pros paideian epitēdeiǭ, ameteōristōs kai epiponōteron tēs synētheias apodidotō to ergon, heōs an mathę̄ phylassein to hypo tou ᾿Apostolou eirēmenon; "Ekastos en hǭ eklēthē, en toutǭ menetō.
Question. Whether strangers should be found in the workshops, or also some of those here who have left their own place.
Answer. Apart from the one entrusted with the supervision of the workers or the management of the works, whoever is found doing this, as one who dissolves the good order of the harmony of the members, let him be stopped even from the going out he had been allowed; and sitting in one place judged suitable for his discipline, let him do his work without distraction and more laboriously than usual, until he learns to keep what was said by the Apostle: “Let each one remain in that in which he was called.”
Chapter 142
142PG 31:1177
Εἰ χρὴ τοὺς τεχνίτας δέχεσθαι παρά τινος ἔργον ἄνευ γνώμης τοῦ ἐπιτεταγμένου τὴν φροντίδα τούτων. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τῷ κρίματι τοῦ κλέπτου, ἢ τοῦ συντρέχοντος τῷ κλέπτῃ ὑποκείσθω ἑκάτερος, ὅ τε διδοὺς καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος.
Ei chrē tous technitas dechesthai para tinos ergon aneu gnōmēs tou epitetagmenou tēn phrontida toutōn. APOKRISIS. Tǭ krimati tou kleptou, ē tou syntrechontos tǭ kleptę̄ hypokeisthō hekateros, ho te didous kai ho dechomenos.
Question. Whether craftsmen should accept work from anyone without the consent of the one appointed to take care of them.
Answer. Let both, the one who gives and the one who receives, be subject to the judgment of the thief, or of one who consents with the thief.
Chapter 143
143PG 31:1177
Πῶς ὀφείλουσιν ἐπιμελεῖσθαι οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τῶν πεπιστευμένων αὐτοῖς σκευῶν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρῶτον μὲν ὡς Θεῷ ἐπονομασθέντων καὶ ἀνατεθέντων· ἔπειτα ὡς ἄνευ αὐτῶν μὴ δυνάμενοι τὴν ὀφειλομένην ἄοκνον σπουδὴν ἐπιδείξασθαι
Pōs opheilousin epimeleisthai hoi ergazomenoi tōn pepisteumenōn autois skeuōn. APOKRISIS. Prōton men hōs Theǭ eponomasthentōn kai anatethentōn; epeita hōs aneu autōn mē dynamenoi tēn opheilomenēn aoknon spoudēn epideixasthai
Question. How should the workers take care of the tools entrusted to them?
Answer. First, as things named for God and dedicated to him; then, as men who without them cannot show the unflagging zeal they owe.
Chapter 144
144PG 31:1177
Ἐὰν δὲ τις ἐξ ἀμελείας ἀπολέσῃ τι, ἢ ἐκ καταφρονήσεως παραχρήσηται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ μὲν παραχρησάμενος ὡς ἱερόσυλος, ὁ δὲ ἀπολέσας ὡς αἴτιος ἱεροσυλίας κρινέσθω, πάντων τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐπονομασθέντων, καὶ τῷ Θεῷ ἀνακειμένων.
Ean de tis ex ameleias apolesę̄ ti, ē ek kataphronēseōs parachrēsētai. APOKRISIS. Ho men parachrēsamenos hōs hierosylos, ho de apolesas hōs aitios hierosylias krinesthō, pantōn tǭ Kyriǭ eponomasthentōn, kai tǭ Theǭ anakeimenōn.
Question. And if someone loses something through negligence, or misuses it through contempt?
Answer. Let the one who misused it be judged as sacrilegious, and the one who lost it as a cause of sacrilege, since all things have been named for the Lord and dedicated to God.
Chapter 145
145PG 31:1177
Ἐὰν δὲ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ χρήσῃ τινὶ ἢ λάβῃ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς θρασὺς καὶ αὐθάδης κρινέσθω. Ταῦτα γὰρ τοῦ ἐπιτεταγμένου τὴν φροντίδα, καὶ οἰκονομοῦντός ἐστιν ἴδια.
Ean de aph' heautou chrēsę̄ tini ē labę̄. APOKRISIS. Hōs thrasys kai authadēs krinesthō. Tauta gar tou epitetagmenou tēn phrontida, kai oikonomountos estin idia.
Question. And if he lends something to someone, or takes something, on his own authority?
Answer. Let him be judged as rash and self-willed. For these things belong to the one appointed to take care of them and manage them.
Chapter 146
146PG 31:1177
Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ συνεχούσης χρείας ὁ προεστὼς ἐπιζητήσῃ παρ' αὐτοῦ σκεῦος, καὶ ἀντείπῃ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ μέλη ἀποδεδωκὼς τῇ ἄλλων χρείᾳ ἐν ἀγάπῃ Χριστοῦ πῶς περὶ τῶν σκευών ἀντειπεῖν δυνήσεται τῷ προεστῶτι, ᾧ καὶ τῶν σκευῶν ἡ φροντὶς ἀνῆκεν;
Ean de kai synechousēs chreias ho proestōs epizētēsę̄ par' autou skeuos, kai anteipę̄ APOKRISIS. Ho heauton kai ta heautou melē apodedōkōs tę̄ allōn chreią en agapę̄ Christou pōs peri tōn skeuōn anteipein dynēsetai tǭ proestōti, hǭ kai tōn skeuōn hē phrontis anēken?
Question. And if, when need presses, the superior asks him for a tool, and he speaks against it?
Answer. How can one who has given himself and his own members to the need of others in the love of Christ speak against the superior about tools, when the care of the tools too belongs to him?
Chapter 147
147PG 31:1179
Ὁ περὶ τὸ ἔργον τοῦ κελλαρίου, ἢ τοῦ μαγειρείου, ἢ περί τι ἄλλο τοιοῦτον ἀσχολούμενος, ἐὰν μὴ φθάσῃ παρεῖναι τῷ κανόνι της ψαλμῳδίας καὶ τῆς προσευχῆς, εἰ μηδὲν ζημιοῦται τὴν ψυχήν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ ἔργῳ φυλάσσει τὸν ἴδιον κανόνα, ὡς μέλος ἐν σώματι· καὶ ζημιοῦται μὲν αὐτὸς ἀμελήσας τοῦ ἐπιτεταγμένου· καὶ τῷ κοινῷ δὲ ἐπιβουλεύων κινδυνεύει περισσοτέρως. Ὥστε κατὰ μὲν διάνοιαν πληρούτω τὸ γεγραμμένον, ὅτι "Αδοντες καὶ ψάλλοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ· εἰ δὲ καὶ σωματικῶς μὴ φθάνει συνδραμεῖν τοῖς λοιποῖς, μηδὲν διακρινέσθω, ποιῶν τὸ εἰρημένον· Ἕκαστος ἐν ᾧ ἐκλήθη, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω. Χρὴ δὲ ἀσφαλίζεσθαι, μήπως, δυνάμενός τις πληρῶσαι τὸ ἐπιτεταγμένον εὐκαίρως εἰς τύπον καὶ ἄλλων, προφασίσηται τὴν τοῦ ἔργου ἀσχολίαν εἰς πρόσκομμα τῶν λοιπῶν, καὶ ἐμπέσῃ εἰς τὸ τῶν ἀμελούντων κρῖμα.
Ho peri to ergon tou kellariou, ē tou mageireiou, ē peri ti allo toiouton ascholoumenos, ean mē phthasę̄ pareinai tǭ kanoni tēs psalmǭdias kai tēs proseuchēs, ei mēden zēmioutai tēn psychēn. APOKRISIS. Hekastos en tǭ heautou ergǭ phylassei ton idion kanona, hōs melos en sōmati; kai zēmioutai men autos amelēsas tou epitetagmenou; kai tǭ koinǭ de epibouleuōn kindyneuei perissoterōs. Hōste kata men dianoian plēroutō to gegrammenon, hoti "Adontes kai psallontes en tais kardiais hymōn tǭ Kyriǭ; ei de kai sōmatikōs mē phthanei syndramein tois loipois, mēden diakrinesthō, poiōn to eirēmenon; Hekastos en hǭ eklēthē, en toutǭ menetō. Chrē de asphalizesthai, mēpōs, dynamenos tis plērōsai to epitetagmenon eukairōs eis typon kai allōn, prophasisētai tēn tou ergou ascholian eis proskomma tōn loipōn, kai empesę̄ eis to tōn amelountōn krima.
Question. If one busy with the work of the storeroom or the kitchen or some other such task does not manage to be present at the rule of psalmody and prayer, does he suffer no harm to his soul?
Answer. Each one keeps his own rule in his own work, as a member in the body; and he himself suffers harm if he neglects what has been assigned to him, and is in greater danger if he plots against the common good. So let him fulfil in his mind what is written, “Singing and making melody in your hearts to the Lord”; and if he does not manage to join the others bodily, let him have no scruple, doing what is said: “Let each one remain in that in which he was called.” But one must take care that someone who could fulfil what is assigned in good time, as a pattern for others too, does not make the business of his work a pretext, to the stumbling of the rest, and so fall into the judgment of the negligent.
Chapter 148
148PG 31:1179
Ποῖον μέτρον ἐξουσίας ἔχει ἐν τῇ οἰκονομίᾳ ὁ πιστευθεὶς τὴν φροντίδα τοῦ κελλαρίου ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρὸς μὲν τὸν πιστεύσαντα τὴν τούτου μετὰ δοκιμασίας διατύπωσιν μεμνημένος αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ ποιεῖν ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν· πρὸς δὲ τοὺς φροντιζομένους τὴν ἑκάστου χρείαν. Γέγραπται γάρ· Διεδίδοτο ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. Ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς λόγος ἔστω πρὸς πάντας τοὺς ἐγχειριζομένους τὰς τοιαύτας φροντίδας.
Poion metron exousias echei en tę̄ oikonomią ho pisteutheis tēn phrontida tou kellariou APOKRISIS. Pros men ton pisteusanta tēn toutou meta dokimasias diatypōsin memnēmenos autou tou Kyriou eipontos; Ou dynamai egō poiein ap᾿ emautou ouden; pros de tous phrontizomenous tēn hekastou chreian. Gegraptai gar; Diedidoto hekastǭ, kathoti an tis chreian eichen. Ho de autos logos estō pros pantas tous encheirizomenous tas toiautas phrontidas.
Question. What measure of authority does one entrusted with the care of the storeroom have in its management?
Answer. Toward the one who, after testing, entrusted him with its arrangement, he should remember the Lord himself, who said, “I can do nothing of myself”; and toward those cared for, he should consider each one's need. For it is written: “It was distributed to each as anyone had need.” And let the same principle hold for all who are entrusted with such charges.
Chapter 149
149PG 31:1179
Τι τὸ κρίμα τοῦ οἰκονομοῦντος, ἐὰν τι κατὰ προσωποληψίαν ἢ φιλονεικίαν ποιήσῃ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ποτὲ μὲν παραγγέλλοντος μηδὲν ποιεῖν κατὰ πρόσκλισιν, ποτὲ δὲ ἀποφηναμένου, ὅτι Εἰ τις δοκεῖ φιλόνεικος εἶναι, ἡμεῖς τοιαύτην συνήθειαν οὐκ ἔχομεν, οὐδὲ αἱ Ἐκκλησίαι τοῦ Θεοῦ· ἀλλότριος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ τοιοῦτος γνωριζέσθω, ἕως ἂν διορθωθῇ. Δεῖ μέντοιγε μετὰ πολλῆς περισκέψεως δοκιμάζεσθαι πρὸς τί ἕκαστος ἐπιτηδείως ἔχει, καὶ οὕτως ἐγχειρίζεσθαι ὁτιοῦν ἔργον· ἵνα μήτε οἱ ἐγχειρίζοντες τὸ μὴ ἁρμόζον τινὶ κατακριθῶσιν ὡς κακοὶ οἰκονόμοι τῶν τε ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Κυρίου, μήτε οἱ ἐγχειριζόμενοι πρόφασιν ἁμαρτίας ἐντεῦθεν εὑρίσκειν δόξωσιν.
Ti to krima tou oikonomountos, ean ti kata prosōpolēpsian ē philoneikian poiēsę̄. APOKRISIS. Tou Apostolou pote men parangellontos mēden poiein kata prosklisin, pote de apophēnamenou, hoti Ei tis dokei philoneikos einai, hēmeis toiautēn synētheian ouk echomen, oude hai Ekklēsiai tou Theou; allotrios tēs Ekklēsias tou Theou ho toioutos gnōrizesthō, heōs an diorthōthę̄. Dei mentoige meta pollēs periskepseōs dokimazesthai pros ti hekastos epitēdeiōs echei, kai houtōs encheirizesthai hotioun ergon; hina mēte hoi encheirizontes to mē harmozon tini katakrithōsin hōs kakoi oikonomoi tōn te psychōn kai tōn entolōn tou Kyriou, mēte hoi encheirizomenoi prophasin hamartias enteuthen heuriskein doxōsin.
Question. What is the judgment on the steward if he does anything from partiality or contentiousness?
Answer. Since the Apostle at one time commands us to do nothing by partiality, and at another declares, “If anyone seems to be contentious, we have no such custom, nor have the churches of God,” let such a one be recognized as a stranger to the church of God until he is corrected. Yet it must be tested with much circumspection what each one is fitted for, and so any work be entrusted to him; so that neither those who entrust what does not suit someone are condemned as bad stewards of souls and of the Lord's commandments, nor those entrusted with it seem to find from this a pretext for sin.
Chapter 150
150PG 31:1181
Ἐὰν δὲ ἀμελήσας μὴ δῷ τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο τὸ κρῖμα φανερὸν ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ῥημάτων, εἰπόντος· Πορεύσεσθε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, οἱ κατηραμένοι, εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ. Ἐπείνασα γὰρ, καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν· ἐδίψησα, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· καὶ ὅτι Επικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου ἀμελῶς.
Ean de amelēsas mē dǭ tǭ adelphǭ ta pros tēn chreian. APOKRISIS. Touto to krima phaneron ek tōn tou Kyriou rhēmatōn, eipontos; Poreusesthe ap' emou, hoi katēramenoi, eis to pyr to aiōnion, to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ, kai tois angelois autou. Epeinasa gar, kai ouk edōkate moi phagein; edipsēsa, kai ta hexēs; kai hoti Epikataratos pas ho poiōn ta erga Kyriou amelōs.
Question. And if through negligence he does not give his brother what he needs?
Answer. This judgment is plain from the Lord's words, who said: “Depart from me, you cursed, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels. For I was hungry, and you gave me no food; I was thirsty,” and so on; and that “cursed is everyone who does the works of the Lord negligently.”
Chapter 151
151PG 31:1181
Εἰ ἔξεστι τῷ ὑπηρετοῦντι μετὰ φωνῆς μείζονος λαλεῖν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τῆς φωνῆς τὸ μέτρον ὁρίζει ἡ χρεία τῶν ἀκουόντων. Οὐκοῦν ἐὰν μὲν ἐλάττων ᾖ, ὡς νωθροτέρα ἐγγύς ἐστι ψιθυρισμοῦ, καὶ καταγνώσεως ἀξία· ἐὰν δὲ ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν, δυναμένου τοῦ ἀκούοντος καὶ ἠρέμα λαλοῦντος ἀκοῦσαι, κραυγὴ γίνεται ἡ κατεγνωσμένη· ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ που τὸ νωθρὸν τοῦ ἀκούοντος εἰς ἀνάγκην ἡμᾶς ἀγάγοι τῇ κραυγῇ χρήσασθαι, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐξ ὕπνου τοῦτον διεγεῖραι. Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ Κύριος ποιήσας ἱστορεῖται, ὡς φησιν ὁ εὐαγγελιστής· Ἰησοῦς δὲ ἔκραξε, καὶ εἶπεν· ῾Ο πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ πιστεύει εἰς ἐμὲ, ἀλλ' εἰς τὸν πέμψαντά με.
Ei exesti tǭ hypēretounti meta phōnēs meizonos lalein. APOKRISIS. Tēs phōnēs to metron horizei hē chreia tōn akouontōn. Oukoun ean men elattōn ę̄, hōs nōthrotera engys esti psithyrismou, kai katagnōseōs axia; ean de hyper tēn chreian, dynamenou tou akouontos kai ērema lalountos akousai, kraugē ginetai hē kategnōsmenē; ektos ei mē pou to nōthron tou akouontos eis anankēn hēmas agagoi tę̄ kraugę̄ chrēsasthai, kai hōsper ex hypnou touton diegeirai. Touto gar kai ho Kyrios poiēsas historeitai, hōs phēsin ho euangelistēs; Iēsous de ekraxe, kai eipen; ῾O pisteuōn eis eme ou pisteuei eis eme, all' eis ton pempsanta me.
Question. Whether one who serves may speak in a louder voice.
Answer. The need of the hearers determines the measure of the voice. So if it is softer, being too sluggish it is close to whispering and deserves blame; but if it is beyond the need, when the hearer could hear even one speaking quietly, it becomes the shouting that is condemned; unless perhaps the sluggishness of the hearer brings us to the necessity of using a shout, and rousing him as if from sleep. For the Lord too is recorded to have done this, as the evangelist says: “But Jesus cried out and said: He who believes in me believes not in me, but in him who sent me.”
Chapter 152
152PG 31:1181
Ἐὰν τις, τὴν ἐξ ἐφημερίας ὑπηρεσίαν ἐν τῷ μαγειρείῳ πληρῶν, ὑπὲρ δύναμιν κάμη, ὡς ἐμποδίζεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ἡμέρας εἰς τὸ κατὰ συνήθειαν ἔργον, εἰ δεῖ αὐτῷ ἐπιτάσσειν τὴν τοιαύτην υπηρεσίαν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἴρηται, ὅτι δεῖ τὸν ἐγκεχειρισμένον τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῶν ἔργων ἐστοχασμένως τῆς τε ἐπιτηδειότητος καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ ἐργαζομένου τυποῦν τὰ ἐπιτάγματα, μὴ ἀκούσῃ· Ὁ πλάσσων κόπον ἐπὶ πρόσταγμα. Οὐ μέντοιγε τὸν ἐπιτεταγμένον χρὴ ἀντιλέγειν· ἡ γὰρ ὑπακοὴ μέχρι θανάτου ἔχει τὸν ὅρον.
Ean tis, tēn ex ephēmerias hypēresian en tǭ mageireiǭ plērōn, hyper dynamin kamē, hōs empodizesthai auton epi hēmeras eis to kata synētheian ergon, ei dei autǭ epitassein tēn toiautēn ypēresian. APOKRISIS. Eirētai, hoti dei ton enkecheirismenon tēn oikonomian tōn ergōn estochasmenōs tēs te epitēdeiotētos kai tēs dynameōs tou ergazomenou typoun ta epitagmata, mē akousę̄; Ho plassōn kopon epi prostagma. Ou mentoige ton epitetagmenon chrē antilegein; hē gar hypakoē mechri thanatou echei ton horon.
Question. If someone, fulfilling his turn of service in the kitchen, labours beyond his strength so that he is hindered for days in his usual work, should such service be assigned to him?
Answer. It has been said that the one entrusted with the management of the works must frame the orders with an eye both to the fitness and to the strength of the worker, lest he hear: “Who frames toil into a command.” The one under orders, however, must not speak against it; for obedience has death as its limit.
Chapter 153
153PG 31:1181
Ἡ τὰ ἔρια πιστευθεῖσα πῶς ὀφείλει αὐτὰ ἔχειν, πῶς προσέχειν ταῖς ἐργαζομέναις. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὰ μὲν ἔρια ὡς παρακαταθήκην Θεοῦ πιστευθεῖσα· ἀφιλονείκως δὲ καὶ ἀπροσωπολήπτως ἑκάστῃ ἀδελφῇ τὸ οἰκεῖον ἔργον τυποῦσα καὶ οἰκονομοῦσα
Hē ta eria pisteutheisa pōs opheilei auta echein, pōs prosechein tais ergazomenais. APOKRISIS. Ta men eria hōs parakatathēkēn Theou pisteutheisa; aphiloneikōs de kai aprosōpolēptōs hekastę̄ adelphę̄ to oikeion ergon typousa kai oikonomousa
Question. How ought the sister entrusted with the wool to keep it, and how attend to the women working?
Answer. Keeping the wool as one entrusted with a deposit of God; arranging and managing for each sister her proper work without contentiousness or partiality …
Chapter 154
154PG 31:1183
Ἐὰν συμβῇ ὀλίγους ὄντας ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ πλείοσιν ἀδελφαῖς ἐξυπηρετουμένους, εἰς ἀνάγκην ἐμπίπτειν τοῦ διίστασθαι ἀπ' ἀλλήλων διαμεριζομένους πρὸς τὰ ἔργα, εἰ ἀκινδυνον τὸ τοιοῦτον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ ἡ φροντὶς ὑπὸ τῆς ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου μαρτυρεῖται, καὶ κατὰ Θεὸν ἐκπονεῖται, ἑκάστῳ μὲν τῶν ἐργαζομένων ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ἔργῳ ἡ πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρέστησις κατορθοῦται· ἡ δὲ ἑνότης αὐτῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἐν τῷ εἶναι αὐτοὺς τοὺς πάντας συμψύχους, τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντας, πληροῦντας τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰρημένον· Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τῇ σαρκὶ ἄπειμι, ἀλλὰ τῷ πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμι
Ean symbę̄ oligous ontas adelphous, kai pleiosin adelphais exypēretoumenous, eis anankēn empiptein tou diistasthai ap' allēlōn diamerizomenous pros ta erga, ei akindynon to toiouton. APOKRISIS. Ei hē phrontis hypo tēs entolēs tou Kyriou martyreitai, kai kata Theon ekponeitai, hekastǭ men tōn ergazomenōn en tǭ idiǭ ergǭ hē pros Theon euarestēsis katorthoutai; hē de henotēs autōn pros allēlous, en tǭ einai autous tous pantas sympsychous, to hen phronountas, plērountas to hypo tou Apostolou eirēmenon; Ei gar kai tę̄ sarki apeimi, alla tǭ pneumati syn hymin eimi
Question. If it happens that the brothers, being few and serving a larger number of sisters, are forced to be separated from one another, being divided up for the works, is this without danger?
Answer. If the care is attested by the Lord's commandment and is carried out according to God, then for each of the workers being well-pleasing to God is achieved in his own work; and their unity with one another lies in all of them being of one soul and one mind, fulfilling what was said by the Apostle: “For though I am absent in the flesh, yet I am with you in the spirit.”
Chapter 155
155PG 31:1183
Ἐπειδὴ διδασκόμεθα οἱ ὑπηρετοῦντες τοῖς ἐν τῷ ξενοδοχείῳ ἀῤῥώστοις μετὰ τοιαύτης διαθέσεως ὑπηρετεῖν, ὡς ἀδελφοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπηρετοῦντες, ἐὰν μὴ ἢ ὁτοιοῦτος ὑπηρετούμενος, πῶς ὀφείλομεν αὐτῷ προσέχειν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, οὗτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστί· εἰ μὴ ἔστι τις τοιοῦτος, ἁμαρτάνων δὲ ἐλέγχεται ἄξιος ὧν τῆς ἀποφάσεως ἐκείνης, ὅτι Ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστι τῆς ἁμαρτίας· πρῶτον μὲν παρακλήσεως χρήζει καὶ νουθεσίας παρὰ τοῦ προεστῶτος. Ἐὰν δὲ ἐπιμένῃ τοῖς αὐτοῖς, φανερόν ἐστιν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τὸ κρῖμα τοῦ αὐτοῦ Κυρίου ἐπάγοντος ῾Ὁ δὲ δοῦλος οὐ μένει ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, καὶ τοῦ Ἀπο· στόλου παραγγείλαντος· Ἐξάρατε τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν. Οὕτω γὰρ τοῖς τε ὑπηρετοῦσι τὸ ἀδιάκριτον καὶ τοῖς συζῶσι πᾶσι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ὑπάρξει.
Epeidē didaskometha hoi hypēretountes tois en tǭ xenodocheiǭ arrhōstois meta toiautēs diatheseōs hypēretein, hōs adelphois tou Kyriou hypēretountes, ean mē ē hotoioutos hypēretoumenos, pōs opheilomen autǭ prosechein APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou eipontos; Hos gar an poiēsę̄ to thelēma tou Patros mou tou en ouranois, houtos mou adelphos, kai adelphē, kai mētēr esti; ei mē esti tis toioutos, hamartanōn de elenchetai axios hōn tēs apophaseōs ekeinēs, hoti Ho poiōn tēn hamartian doulos esti tēs hamartias; prōton men paraklēseōs chrēzei kai nouthesias para tou proestōtos. Ean de epimenę̄ tois autois, phaneron estin ep᾿ autǭ to krima tou autou Kyriou epagontos ῾Ho de doulos ou menei en tę̄ oikią, kai tou Apo; stolou parangeilantos; Exarate ton ponēron ex hymōn autōn. Houtō gar tois te hypēretousi to adiakriton kai tois syzōsi pasi to asphales hyparxei.
Question. Since we who serve the sick in the hospice are taught to serve them with such a disposition as serving brothers of the Lord, if the one being served is not such, how ought we to regard him?
Answer. Since the Lord said, “For whoever does the will of my Father in heaven is my brother and sister and mother,” if someone is not such, but is shown by his sinning to be worthy of that sentence, “Whoever commits sin is the slave of sin,” he first needs exhortation and admonition from the superior. But if he persists in the same, the judgment on him is plain, since the same Lord adds, “And the slave does not remain in the house,” and the Apostle commands, “Remove the wicked man from among yourselves.” For thus those who serve will have no scruple, and all who live together will have safety.
Chapter 156
156PG 31:1183
Τὸν πεπιστευμένον φροντίδα ἤτοι κελλαρίου, ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς τοιούτου, εἰ δεῖ πάντοτε ἔχειν τὴν φροντίδα, ἢ καὶ ἐναλλάσσεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην τῆς εὐταξίας, καὶ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ κανόνος φυλάσσει, τὸ ἐναλλάσσεσθαι μὲν περισσὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ δύσκολον καὶ δυσπόριστον· ἔχειν δὲ τινα παρακολουθοῦντα ἀναγκαῖον, ὀφείλοντα κατὰ μέρος πρὸς τὴν φροντίδα τυποῦσθαι· ἵνα μὴ, ὅταν ἡ χρεία ἐπιζητῇ τὸν διαδεξόμενον, ἐν ἀπορίᾳ τούτου εὑρεθέντες ταρασσώμεθα· πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τὸν οὐκ ἐπιτηδείως ἔχοντα παράγειν εἰς τὸ ἔργον ἀναγκαζώμεθα· ὥστε συμβαίνειν ἐξ ἀνάγκης παρὰ τὴν τούτου ἀπειρίαν τὴν τε ἀκρίβειαν διαφθείρεσθαι, καὶ τὴν κατὰ λόγον εὐταξίαν διαλύεσθαι.
Ton pepisteumenon phrontida ētoi kellariou, ē allou tinos toioutou, ei dei pantote echein tēn phrontida, ē kai enallassesthai. APOKRISIS. Ei tēn epistēmēn tēs eutaxias, kai tēn akribeian tou kanonos phylassei, to enallassesthai men perisson, mallon de dyskolon kai dysporiston; echein de tina parakolouthounta anankaion, opheilonta kata meros pros tēn phrontida typousthai; hina mē, hotan hē chreia epizētę̄ ton diadexomenon, en aporią toutou heurethentes tarassōmetha; pollakis de kai ton ouk epitēdeiōs echonta paragein eis to ergon anankazōmetha; hōste symbainein ex anankēs para tēn toutou apeirian tēn te akribeian diaphtheiresthai, kai tēn kata logon eutaxian dialyesthai.
Question. Should one entrusted with the care of the storeroom, or of some other such thing, always keep the charge, or also be changed?
Answer. If he keeps to the knowledge of good order and the strictness of the rule, changing him is superfluous, or rather difficult and hard to manage. But it is necessary to have someone following him, who should be trained in the charge little by little; so that when need requires a successor, we may not be thrown into confusion for lack of one, and often be forced to bring into the work someone unfit, so that from his inexperience the strictness is necessarily corrupted and the reasonable good order dissolved.
Chapter 157
157PG 31:1185
Ποταπῇ διαθέσει ὀφείλει τις δουλεύειν τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ὅλως ἡ διάθεσις αὕτη τί ἐστιν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Διάθεσιν ἀγαθὴν ἡγοῦμαι εἶναι ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως σφοδρὰν, καὶ ἀκόρεστον, καὶ πεπηγυῖαν, καὶ ἀμετάθετον. Κατορθοῦται δὲ αὕτη ἐν θεωρίᾳ συνετῇ καὶ διηνεκεῖ τῆς μεγαλειότητος τῶν δοξῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, λογισμοῖς τε εὐγνώμοσι καὶ ἀδιαλείπτῳ μνήμῃ τῶν ὑπαρξάντων ἡμῖν παρὰ Θεοῦ ἀγαθῶν. Ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἐγγίνεται τῇ ψυχῇ τό· Ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· "Ον τρόπον ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ἔλαφος ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, οὕτως ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς σὲ, ὁ Θεός. Μετὰ τοιαύτης οὖν διαθέσεως δουλεύειν χρὴ τῷ Θεῷ, πληροῦντα τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰρημένον· Τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Χριστοῦ; Θλίψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμὸς, ἢ γυμνότης, ἢ κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα; καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
Potapę̄ diathesei opheilei tis douleuein tǭ Theǭ, kai holōs hē diathesis hautē ti estin APOKRISIS. Diathesin agathēn hēgoumai einai epithymian tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs sphodran, kai akoreston, kai pepēguian, kai ametatheton. Katorthoutai de hautē en theōrią synetę̄ kai diēnekei tēs megaleiotētos tōn doxōn tou Theou, logismois te eugnōmosi kai adialeiptǭ mnēmę̄ tōn hyparxantōn hēmin para Theou agathōn. Aph᾽ hōn enginetai tę̄ psychę̄ to; Agapēseis Kyrion ton Theon sou ex holēs tēs kardias sou, kai ex holēs tēs ischyos sou, kai ex holēs tēs dianoias sou, kata ton eiponta; "On tropon epipothei hē elaphos epi tas pēgas tōn hydatōn, houtōs epipothei hē psychē mou pros se, ho Theos. Meta toiautēs oun diatheseōs douleuein chrē tǭ Theǭ, plērounta to hypo tou Apostolou eirēmenon; Tis hēmas chōrisei apo tēs agapēs tou Christou? Thlipsis, ē stenochōria, ē diōgmos, ē gymnotēs, ē kindynos, ē machaira? kai ta hexēs.
Question. With what disposition ought one to serve God, and in general what is this disposition?
Answer. I consider a good disposition to be a desire to please God that is vehement, insatiable, fixed, and unchangeable. It is achieved by intelligent and continual contemplation of the majesty of God's glories, and by grateful thoughts and unceasing remembrance of the good things that have come to us from God. From these there arises in the soul the saying, “You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart, and with all your strength, and with all your mind,” after the example of him who said, “As the deer longs for the springs of water, so my soul longs for you, O God.” With such a disposition, then, we must serve God, fulfilling what was said by the Apostle: “Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? Tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or nakedness, or peril, or sword?” and so on.
Chapter 158
158PG 31:1185
Ποταπῇ διαθέσει ὀφείλει δέχεσθαι τὸ ἐπιτίμιόν τις. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τῇ πρεπούση υἱῷ ἀρρώστῳ καὶ ἀγωνιῶντι περὶ τοῦ ζῆν, παρὰ πατρὸς καὶ ἰατροῦ θεραπευομένῳ, κἂν πικρὸς καὶ ἐπώδυνος ᾗ ὁ τρόπος τῆς θεραπείας, ἐν πληροφορίᾳ τῆς τε ἀγάπης καὶ τῆς ἐμπειρίας τοῦ ἐπιτιμῶντος, καὶ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῆς ἰάσεως.
Potapę̄ diathesei opheilei dechesthai to epitimion tis. APOKRISIS. Tę̄ prepousē huiǭ arrōstǭ kai agōniōnti peri tou zēn, para patros kai iatrou therapeuomenǭ, kan pikros kai epōdynos hę̄ ho tropos tēs therapeias, en plērophorią tēs te agapēs kai tēs empeirias tou epitimōntos, kai en epithymią tēs iaseōs.
Question. With what disposition ought one to accept a penalty?
Answer. With that which befits a son who is sick and in anguish for his life, being treated by his father who is also his physician: even if the manner of treatment is bitter and painful, with full assurance of the love and experience of the one who imposes the penalty, and with desire for healing.
Chapter 159
159PG 31:1185
Ο λυπούμενος κατὰ τοῦ ἐπιτιμήσαντος αὐτῷ ποταπός ἐστιν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οὔτε τὸν κίνδυνον τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐγνώρισε, καὶ μάλιστα τὸν πρὸς Θεὸν, οὔτε τὸ κέρδος τῆς μετανοίας, οὔτε ἐπίστευσε τῷ εἰπόντι· Ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν, ἐπιμελῶς παιδεύει· καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἀλλότριον κατέστησε τῆς ὠφελείας τοῦ εἰπόντος· Παιδεύσει με δίκαιος ἐν ἐλέει, καὶ ἐλέγξει με. Καὶ ἐπιβλαβῶς σύνεστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος τῇ ἀδελφότητι, ἀπασχολῶν τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους
O lypoumenos kata tou epitimēsantos autǭ potapos estin. APOKRISIS. Oute ton kindynon tēs hamartias egnōrise, kai malista ton pros Theon, oute to kerdos tēs metanoias, oute episteuse tǭ eiponti; Ho de agapōn, epimelōs paideuei; kai heauton allotrion katestēse tēs ōpheleias tou eipontos; Paideusei me dikaios en eleei, kai elenxei me. Kai epiblabōs synestin ho toioutos tę̄ adelphotēti, apascholōn tous agōnizomenous
Question. What sort of man is one who is aggrieved against the one who penalized him?
Answer. He has recognized neither the danger of sin, especially the danger toward God, nor the gain of repentance; nor has he believed him who said, “But he who loves disciplines diligently”; and he has made himself a stranger to the benefit of him who said, “The righteous man will discipline me in mercy and reprove me.” And such a one lives harmfully with the brotherhood, distracting those who are striving …
Chapter 160
160PG 31:1187
Μετὰ ποίας διαθέσεως ὀφείλομεν ὑπηρετεῖν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς αὐτῷ τῷ Κυρίῳ προσφέροντες τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν, τῷ εἰπόντι· Ἐφ' ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. Συμβάλλεται δὲ πρὸς κατόρθωσιν τῆς τοιαύτης διαθέσεως καὶ τὸ τοιούτους εἶναι τοὺς θεραπευομένους. Διὸ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι αὐτῶν χρὴ τοὺς προεστῶτας σπουδαιότερον, ἵνα μὴ ὡς φιλοσώματοι γαστρὶ καὶ ἡδοναῖς δουλεύσωσιν· ἀλλ' ὡς φιλόθεοι καὶ φιλόχριστοι, δι᾽ ὑπομονῆς τελείας, γένωνται καύχημα τοῦ Κυρίου, εἰς ὄνειδος τοῦ διαβόλου, ὡς ὁ δίκαιος Ἰώβ.
Meta poias diatheseōs opheilomen hypēretein tois adelphois. APOKRISIS. Hōs autǭ tǭ Kyriǭ prospherontes tēn hypēresian, tǭ eiponti; Eph' hoson epoiēsate heni toutōn tōn adelphōn mou tōn elachistōn, emoi epoiēsate. Symballetai de pros katorthōsin tēs toiautēs diatheseōs kai to toioutous einai tous therapeuomenous. Dio epimeleisthai autōn chrē tous proestōtas spoudaioteron, hina mē hōs philosōmatoi gastri kai hēdonais douleusōsin; all' hōs philotheoi kai philochristoi, di᾽ hypomonēs teleias, genōntai kauchēma tou Kyriou, eis oneidos tou diabolou, hōs ho dikaios Iōb.
Question. With what disposition ought we to serve the brothers?
Answer. As offering our service to the Lord himself, who said: “Inasmuch as you did it to one of the least of these my brothers, you did it to me.” It also helps toward achieving such a disposition that those served should be such. Therefore the superiors must take the more earnest care of them, so that they may not, as lovers of the body, be slaves to the belly and to pleasures, but, as lovers of God and lovers of Christ, through perfect endurance become a boast of the Lord and a reproach to the devil, like the righteous Job.
Chapter 161
161PG 31:1187
Μετὰ ποταπῆς ταπεινώσεως ὀφείλει τις δέχεσθαι τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν παρὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς δοῦλος παρὰ δεσπότου, καὶ οἴαν ἔδειξε Πέτρος ὁ ἀπόστολος, τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπηρετοῦντος· ἐφ᾽ οὗ καὶ τὸν κίνδυνον τῶν μὴ καταδεχομένων τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν παιδευόμεθα.
Meta potapēs tapeinōseōs opheilei tis dechesthai tēn hypēresian para tou adelphou. APOKRISIS. Hōs doulos para despotou, kai oian edeixe Petros ho apostolos, tou Kyriou hypēretountos; eph᾽ hou kai ton kindynon tōn mē katadechomenōn tēn hypēresian paideuometha.
Question. With what humility ought one to accept service from a brother?
Answer. As a slave from a master, and with such humility as the apostle Peter showed when the Lord served him; in his case we are also taught the danger to those who do not accept the service.
Chapter 162
162PG 31:1187
Ποταπὴν ἐν ἀλλήλοις ἔχειν δεῖ τὴν ἀγάπην. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οἴαν ὁ Κύριος ἔδειξε, καὶ ἐδίδαξεν, εἰπών· Ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἐγὼ ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς. Μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν θεῖναι δεῖ, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὴν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ μέρος προθυμίαν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι ἀναγκαῖον οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἀνθρώπινα καθήκοντα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ σκοπὸν τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως, πρὸς τὸ ἑκάστῳ συμφέρον;
Potapēn en allēlois echein dei tēn agapēn. APOKRISIS. Oian ho Kyrios edeixe, kai edidaxen, eipōn; Agapate allēlous, kathōs egō ēgapēsa hymas. Meizona tautēs agapēn oudeis echei, hina tis tēn psychēn autou thę̄ hyper tōn philōn autou. Ei de kai tēn psychēn theinai dei, posǭ mallon tēn en tois kata meros prothymian epideiknysthai anankaion ouk eis ta anthrōpina kathēkonta, alla kata skopon tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs, pros to hekastǭ sympheron?
Question. What kind of love ought we to have for one another?
Answer. Such as the Lord showed and taught, when he said: “Love one another, as I have loved you. Greater love has no one than this, that one lay down his life for his friends.” And if one must lay down even one's life, how much more is it necessary to show eagerness in particular things, not for human duties, but with the aim of pleasing God, for what benefits each one?
Chapter 163
163PG 31:1187
Ποίῳ τρόπῳ δυνηθῇ τις κατορθῶσαι τὴν πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ἀγάπην. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρῶτον μὲν φοβούμενος τὸ κρίμα τῶν παραβαινόντων τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου αὐτοῦ, εἰπόντος, ὅτι ῾Ὁ ἀπειθῶν τῷ Υἱῷ οὐκ ὄψεται τὴν ζωὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μενεῖ ἐπ' αὐτόν· ἔπειτα δὲ ἀντιποιούμενος ζωῆς αἰωνίου· Ἡ γὰρ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστι. Πρώτη δὲ καὶ μεγάλη ἐντολή· ᾿Αγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου· καὶ δευτέρα ὁμοία ταύτῃ· Ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν· καὶ ἐπιθυμῶν ἐξομοιωθῆναι τῷ Κυρίῳ εἰπόντι· Έντολὴν καινὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἐγὼ ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς· ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ λογισμῶν τοιούτων, ὅτι, εἰ μὲν εὐεργέτης ἐστὶν ὁ ἀδελφὸς, χρεωστοῦμεν αὐτῷ καὶ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον τὴν ἀγάπην, ἣν καὶ Ἕλληνες φυλάσσουσι, καθὼς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ Κύριος δηλοῖ λέγων· Καὶ εἰ ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστί; καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶσιν· εἰ δὲ κακοποιός· καὶ οὕτως οὐ μόνον διὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὡς τῶν μειζόνων εὐεργέτην ἀγαπᾶν ὀφείλομεν· εἴ γε πιστεύομεν τῷ Κυρίῳ εἰπόντι· Μακάριοί ἐστε, ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ διώξωσι, καὶ εἴπωσι πᾶν πονηρὸν ῥῆμα καθ' ὑμῶν, ψευδόμενοι, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. Χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.
Poiǭ tropǭ dynēthę̄ tis katorthōsai tēn pros ton plēsion agapēn. APOKRISIS. Prōton men phoboumenos to krima tōn parabainontōn tēn entolēn tou Kyriou autou, eipontos, hoti ῾Ho apeithōn tǭ Huiǭ ouk opsetai tēn zōēn, all᾽ hē orgē tou Theou menei ep' auton; epeita de antipoioumenos zōēs aiōniou; Hē gar entolē autou zōē aiōnios esti. Prōtē de kai megalē entolē; ᾿Agapēseis Kyrion ton Theon sou ex holēs tēs kardias sou, kai ex holēs tēs dianoias sou, kai ex holēs tēs ischyos sou; kai deutera homoia tautę̄; Agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs seauton; kai epithymōn exomoiōthēnai tǭ Kyriǭ eiponti; Entolēn kainēn didōmi hymin, hina agapate allēlous, kathōs egō ēgapēsa hymas; eti de kai apo logismōn toioutōn, hoti, ei men euergetēs estin ho adelphos, chreōstoumen autǭ kai kata anthrōpon tēn agapēn, hēn kai Hellēnes phylassousi, kathōs en tǭ Euangeliǭ ho Kyrios dēloi legōn; Kai ei agapate tous agapōntas hymas, poia hymin charis esti? kai gar hoi hamartōloi tous agapōntas autous agapōsin; ei de kakopoios; kai houtōs ou monon dia tēn entolēn, alla kai hōs tōn meizonōn euergetēn agapan opheilomen; ei ge pisteuomen tǭ Kyriǭ eiponti; Makarioi este, hotan oneidisōsin hymas, kai diōxōsi, kai eipōsi pan ponēron rhēma kath' hymōn, pseudomenoi, heneken emou. Chairete kai agalliasthe, hoti ho misthos hymōn polys en tois ouranois.
Question. In what way can one achieve love toward one's neighbour?
Answer. First, by fearing the judgment on those who transgress the commandment of the Lord himself, who said, “He who disobeys the Son will not see life, but the wrath of God will remain on him”; then by laying claim to eternal life, for “his commandment is eternal life”; and the first and great commandment is, “You shall love the Lord your God with all your heart, and with all your mind, and with all your strength,” and the second is like it, “You shall love your neighbour as yourself”; and by desiring to be made like the Lord, who said, “A new commandment I give you, that you love one another, as I have loved you.” And further, from reflections such as these: if our brother is a benefactor, we owe him love even by human standards, the love that even the Greeks keep, as the Lord shows in the Gospel, saying, “And if you love those who love you, what thanks is that to you? For even sinners love those who love them”; but if he does us harm, then too we ought to love him, not only because of the commandment, but as a benefactor in greater things, if indeed we believe the Lord, who said: “Blessed are you when they revile you and persecute you and say every evil word against you falsely for my sake. Rejoice and be glad, for your reward is great in heaven.”
Chapter 164
164PG 31:1189
Τί ἐστι τὸ, - Μὴ κρινετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε.» ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου ποτὲ μὲν λέγοντος, Μὴ κρίνετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ κριθῆτε, ποτὲ δὲ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνειν προστάσσοντος· οὐχὶ τὸ κρίνειν καθόλου κωλυόμεθα, ἀλλὰ διαφορὰν κρίσεως παιδευόμεθα. Ἐπὶ τίσι δὲ κρίνειν χρὴ, καὶ ἐπὶ τίσι μὴ, σαφῶς παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἑκάστου κειμένων, καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς μὴ διεσταλμένων, εἰπών· Σὺ δὲ τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν σου; καὶ πάλιν· Μηκέτι οὖν ἀλλήλους κρίνωμεν· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἀπαρεσκόντων Θεῷ, καταγινώσκων τῶν μὴ κρινόντων, καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ κρίσιν ἐκφέρων, δι' ὧν φησιν· Ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ ὡς ἀπὼν τῷ σώματι, παρὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι, ἤδη κέκρικα ὡς παρὼν τὸν οὕτω τοῦτο κατεργασάμενον, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, συναχθέντων ὑμῶν, καὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πνεύματος, σὺν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ Σατανᾷ εἰς ὅλεθρον τῆς σαρκός, ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. Ὥστε εἰ μέν τι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἡμετέρᾳ κεῖται, ἢ καὶ ἄδηλον πολλάκις ἐστὶν, οὐ χρὴ κρίνειν ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὸν ἀδελφὸν, κατὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου περὶ τῶν ἀγνοουμένων εἰρημένον· "Ωστε μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τι κρίνετε, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ Κύριος, ὃς καὶ φωτίσει τὰ κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν καρδιῶν· τὰ δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ κρίματα ἐκδικεῖν, ἀπαραίτητος ἀνάγκη, ἵνα μὴ συμπαραπολαύσῃ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐφησυχάζων· πλὴν εἰ μή τις, τὰ αὐτὰ ποιῶν τῷ ἐγκαλουμένῳ, ἀπαῤῥησίαστος εἴη πρὸς τὸ κρίνειν τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ἀκούων τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος· "Εκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου.
Ti esti to, - Mē krinete, kai ou mē krithēte.» APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou pote men legontos, Mē krinete, kai ou mē krithēte, pote de tēn dikaian krisin krinein prostassontos; ouchi to krinein katholou kōlyometha, alla diaphoran kriseōs paideuometha. Epi tisi de krinein chrē, kai epi tisi mē, saphōs paredōken hēmin ho ᾿Apostolos; epi men tōn en exousią hekastou keimenōn, kai hypo tēs Graphēs mē diestalmenōn, eipōn; Sy de ti krineis ton adelphon sou? kai palin; Mēketi oun allēlous krinōmen; epi de tōn apareskontōn Theǭ, kataginōskōn tōn mē krinontōn, kai autos tēn par᾿ heautou krisin ekpherōn, di' hōn phēsin; Egō men gar hōs apōn tǭ sōmati, parōn de tǭ pneumati, ēdē kekrika hōs parōn ton houtō touto katergasamenon, en tǭ onomati tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, synachthentōn hymōn, kai tou emou pneumatos, syn tę̄ dynamei tou Kyriou Iēsou, paradounai ton toiouton tǭ Sataną eis holethron tēs sarkos, hina to pneuma sōthę̄ en tę̄ hēmerą tou Kyriou Iēsou. Hōste ei men ti en exousią hēmeterą keitai, ē kai adēlon pollakis estin, ou chrē krinein epi toutǭ ton adelphon, kata to hypo tou Apostolou peri tōn agnooumenōn eirēmenon; "Ōste mē pro kairou ti krinete, heōs an elthę̄ ho Kyrios, hos kai phōtisei ta krypta tou skotous, kai phanerōsei tas boulas tōn kardiōn; ta de tou Theou krimata ekdikein, aparaitētos anankē, hina mē symparapolausę̄ tēs orgēs tou Theou ho ephēsychazōn; plēn ei mē tis, ta auta poiōn tǭ enkaloumenǭ, aparrhēsiastos eiē pros to krinein ton adelphon, akouōn tou Kyriou legontos; "Ekbale prōton tēn dokon ek tou ophthalmou sou, kai tote diablepseis ekbalein to karphos ek tou ophthalmou tou adelphou sou.
Question. What is the meaning of “Do not judge, and you will not be judged”?
Answer. Since the Lord at one time says, “Do not judge, and you will not be judged,” and at another commands us to judge with righteous judgment, we are not forbidden to judge altogether, but are taught a distinction in judging. The Apostle has clearly handed down to us in what matters we should judge and in what not. In matters that lie within each one's own authority and are not laid down by Scripture, he says, “But why do you judge your brother?” and again, “Let us not judge one another any longer.” But in matters displeasing to God, he condemns those who do not judge and himself pronounces his own judgment, saying: “For I, though absent in body but present in spirit, have already judged, as though present, him who has done this thing: in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, when you are gathered together with my spirit, with the power of the Lord Jesus, to deliver such a one to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, so that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.” So if something lies within our own authority, or is often uncertain, we must not judge our brother over it, according to what the Apostle said about things unknown: “Therefore judge nothing before the time, until the Lord comes, who will also bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the counsels of the hearts.” But to vindicate the judgments of God is an unavoidable necessity, so that the one who keeps silent may not share in God's wrath; unless someone, doing the same as the one accused, has no boldness to judge his brother, hearing the Lord say: “First take the log out of your own eye, and then you will see clearly to take the speck out of your brother's eye.”
Chapter 165
165PG 31:1191
Πῶς γνωρίσει τις, εἰ ζήλῳ Θεοῦ κινεῖται κατὰ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντος ἀδελφοῦ, ἢ ὀργίζεται ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐὰν κατὰ παντὸς ἁμαρτήματος πάθῃ το γεγραμμένον· Ἐξέτηξέ με ὁ ζηλός σου, ὅτι ἐπελάθοντο τῶν λόγων σου οἱ ἐχθροί μου, φανερὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ζῆλος. Οἰκονομίας δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἐπιστημονικῆς χρεία πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν πίστεως. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς διαθέσεως μὴ προενυπαρξάσης τῇ ψυχῇ, καὶ κινησάσης αὐτὴν, τὸ μὲν κίνημα ἀνώμαλον γίνεται ἐν οὐδενὶ δὲ ὁ σκοπὸς τῆς θεοσεβείας σώζεται.
Pōs gnōrisei tis, ei zēlǭ Theou kineitai kata tou hamartanontos adelphou, ē orgizetai APOKRISIS. Ean kata pantos hamartēmatos pathę̄ to gegrammenon; Exetēxe me ho zēlos sou, hoti epelathonto tōn logōn sou hoi echthroi mou, phaneros tou Theou ho zēlos. Oikonomias de kai entautha epistēmonikēs chreia pros oikodomēn pisteōs. Tautēs de tēs diatheseōs mē proenyparxasēs tę̄ psychę̄, kai kinēsasēs autēn, to men kinēma anōmalon ginetai en oudeni de ho skopos tēs theosebeias sōzetai.
Question. How may one know whether he is moved by zeal for God against a brother who sins, or is angry?
Answer. If at every sin he experiences what is written, “Your zeal has consumed me, because my enemies forgot your words,” the zeal for God is plain. But here too there is need of skilful management for the building up of faith. If this disposition is not already present in the soul and moving it, the movement becomes uneven, and in nothing is the aim of godliness preserved.
Chapter 166
166PG 31:1191
Μετὰ ποίας διαθέσεως ὑπακούειν δεῖ τῷ εἰς ἔργον τῆς ἐντολῆς κατεπείγοντι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Μεθ' οἷας διαθέσεως τὸ παιδίον ὑπὸ πείνης κρατούμενον ὑπακούει τῇ τροφῷ καλούσῃ ἐπὶ τὴν μετάληψιν· καὶ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος, ἀντιποιούμενος τοῦ ζῆν, τῷ χαριζομένῳ τὰ πρὸς τὸ ζῇν· μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ πολλῷ πλέον, ὅσῳ καὶ προτιμοτέρα τῆς παρούσης ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή. Ἡ γὰρ ἐντολὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, ζωή αἰώνιός ἐστιν. Ὅπερ δέ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄρτου ἡ βρῶσις, τοῦτό ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἡ ἐργασία, αὐτοῦ πάλιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν, ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός.
Meta poias diatheseōs hypakouein dei tǭ eis ergon tēs entolēs katepeigonti. APOKRISIS. Meth' hoias diatheseōs to paidion hypo peinēs kratoumenon hypakouei tę̄ trophǭ kalousę̄ epi tēn metalēpsin; kai pas anthrōpos, antipoioumenos tou zēn, tǭ charizomenǭ ta pros to zę̄n; mallon de kai pollǭ pleon, hosǭ kai protimotera tēs parousēs hē aiōnios zōē. Hē gar entolē tou Theou, phēsin ho Kyrios, zōē aiōnios estin. Hoper de estin epi tou artou hē brōsis, touto estin epi tēs entolēs hē ergasia, autou palin tou Kyriou eipontos; Emon brōma estin, hina poiō to thelēma tou pempsantos me Patros.
Question. With what disposition must one obey one who urges him on to the work of the commandment?
Answer. With the disposition with which a child gripped by hunger obeys the nurse who calls it to its food; and with which every man who clings to life obeys the one who bestows what is needed for life; or rather much more, inasmuch as eternal life is more precious than the present one. “For the commandment of God,” says the Lord, “is eternal life.” And what eating is in the case of bread, doing is in the case of the commandment, since the Lord himself again said: “My food is to do the will of the Father who sent me.”
Chapter 167
167PG 31:1191
Ποταπὴ ὀφείλει εἶναι ἡ ψυχὴ, ἡ καταξιωθεῖσα ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ καταληφθῆναι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οἴα ἦν ἡ λέγουσα· Τις εἰμι ἐγὼ, Κύριέ μου, Κύριε, καὶ τίς ὁ οἶκός μου, ὅτι ἠγάπησάς με, Πληροῦσα τὸ γεγραμμένον· Εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ Πατρὶ τῷ ἱκανώσαντι ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τῷ φωτί· ὃς ἐῤῥύσατο ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους, καὶ μετέστησεν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ.
Potapē opheilei einai hē psychē, hē kataxiōtheisa en tǭ ergǭ tou Theou katalēphthēnai. APOKRISIS. Oia ēn hē legousa; Tis eimi egō, Kyrie mou, Kyrie, kai tis ho oikos mou, hoti ēgapēsas me, Plērousa to gegrammenon; Eucharistountes tǭ Patri tǭ hikanōsanti hēmas eis tēn merida tou klērou tōn hagiōn en tǭ phōti; hos errhysato hēmas ek tēs exousias tou skotous, kai metestēsen eis tēn basileian tou Huiou tēs agapēs autou.
Question. What sort of soul ought that to be which has been counted worthy to be taken up into the work of God?
Answer. Such as that of him who said, “Who am I, my Lord, O Lord, and what is my house, that you have loved me?”, fulfilling what is written: “Giving thanks to the Father, who has made us fit for the share of the inheritance of the saints in light, who has delivered us from the power of darkness and transferred us into the kingdom of the Son of his love.”
Chapter 168
168PG 31:1193
Μετὰ ποταπῆς διαθέσεως δεῖ λαμβάνειν ἱμάτιον ἢ ὑπόδημα, οἷον ἂν ᾖ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὲν μικρότερον ἢ μείζον τῆς ἡλικίας ἐστὶ, φανερωσάτω τὴν χρείαν μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπιεικείας· εἰ δὲ περὶ εὐτελείας διαφέρεται, ἢ ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι καινὸν, μνημονευσάτω τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος, Ἄξιος, οὐχ ἁπλῶς πᾶς, ἀλλ᾽, ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ ἐστι. Καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἀνακρινάτω εἰ πρὸς ἀξίαν τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπιταγμάτων, ἢ ἐπαγγελιῶν, εἰργάσατό τι, καὶ τότε οὐχὶ ἄλλο ἐπιζητήσει, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ δεδομένου ἀγωνιάσει, ὡς ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀξίαν λαμβάνων. Τὸ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς τροφῆς εἰρημένον ἐπὶ παντὸς πράγματος τοῦ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ σώματος ὥσπερ κανόνα ἔχειν δεῖ,
Meta potapēs diatheseōs dei lambanein himation ē hypodēma, hoion an ę̄. APOKRISIS. Ei men mikroteron ē meizon tēs hēlikias esti, phanerōsatō tēn chreian meta tēs prosēkousēs epieikeias; ei de peri euteleias diapheretai, ē hoti ouk esti kainon, mnēmoneusatō tou Kyriou legontos, Axios, ouch haplōs pas, all᾽, ho ergatēs tēs trophēs autou esti. Kai heauton anakrinatō ei pros axian tōn tou Kyriou epitagmatōn, ē epangeliōn, eirgasato ti, kai tote ouchi allo epizētēsei, alla peri tou dedomenou agōniasei, hōs hyper tēn axian lambanōn. To gar epi tēs trophēs eirēmenon epi pantos pragmatos tou pros tēn chreian tou sōmatos hōsper kanona echein dei,
Question. With what disposition should one receive a cloak or shoe, whatever it may be?
Answer. If it is too small or too large for his size, let him make his need known with fitting gentleness. But if he quarrels over its cheapness, or because it is not new, let him remember the Lord, who says, “Worthy,” not simply everyone, but “the workman is of his food.” And let him examine himself whether he has done anything worthy of the Lord's commands or promises; and then he will not seek something else, but will be anxious about what has been given, as one receiving beyond his deserts. For what was said about food must be held as a rule for everything that serves the body's need.
Chapter 169
169PG 31:1193
Ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς νεώτερος ἐπιταχθῇ διδάξαι τι τὸν πρεσβύτερον καθ' ἡλικίαν, πῶς αὐτῷ προσενεχθήσεται ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς ὑπηρεσίαν πληρῶν κατ᾿ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ Δεσπότου Θεοῦ· φοβούμενος μὲν μὴ ὑποπέσῃ τῷ κρίματι τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου ἀμελῶς· ἀσφαλιζόμενος δὲ, μήποτε τυφλωθεὶς εἰς κρῖμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου
Ean adelphos neōteros epitachthę̄ didaxai ti ton presbyteron kath' hēlikian, pōs autǭ prosenechthēsetai APOKRISIS. Hōs hypēresian plērōn kat᾿ epitagēn tou Despotou Theou; phoboumenos men mē hypopesę̄ tǭ krimati tou eipontos; Epikataratos pas ho poiōn ta erga Kyriou amelōs; asphalizomenos de, mēpote typhlōtheis eis krima empesę̄ tou diabolou
Question. If a younger brother is ordered to teach something to one older in age, how shall he conduct himself toward him?
Answer. As fulfilling a service at the command of God the Master: fearing lest he fall under the judgment of him who said, “Cursed is everyone who does the works of the Lord negligently”; and guarding himself lest, puffed up, he fall into the judgment of the devil.
Chapter 170
170PG 31:1193
Εἰ δεῖ ἴσως προσέχειν τῷ πλεῖον κατορθοῦντι, καὶ τῷ ἔλαττον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ὁ Κύριος ὡρίσατο εἰπών· Ἀφέωνται αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῆς αἱ πολλαὶ, ὅτι ἠγάπησε πολύ· ᾧ δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται, ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾶ· καὶ ὅπερ ἐπὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ὁ ᾿Απόστολος διετάξατο, εἰπών· Οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι διπλῆς τιμῆς ἀξιούσθωσαν, μάλιστα οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ, τοῦτο ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων φυλάσσειν ἡγοῦμαι ἀκόλουθον.
Ei dei isōs prosechein tǭ pleion katorthounti, kai tǭ elatton. APOKRISIS. Hoper epi tēs apheseōs tōn hamartēmatōn ho Kyrios hōrisato eipōn; Apheōntai hai hamartiai autēs hai pollai, hoti ēgapēse poly; hǭ de oligon aphietai, oligon agapa; kai hoper epi tōn presbyterōn ho ᾿Apostolos dietaxato, eipōn; Hoi kalōs proestōtes presbyteroi diplēs timēs axiousthōsan, malista hoi kopiōntes en logǭ kai didaskalią, touto epi pantōn tōn toioutōn phylassein hēgoumai akolouthon.
Question. Whether one should regard equally the one who does more good and the one who does less.
Answer. What the Lord laid down about the forgiveness of sins when he said, “Her many sins are forgiven, for she loved much; but to whom little is forgiven, he loves little,” and what the Apostle ordained concerning elders, saying, “Let the elders who rule well be counted worthy of double honour, especially those who labour in word and teaching,” I consider it fitting to keep in the case of all such people.
Chapter 171
171PG 31:1193
Ἐὰν δὲ λυπῆται ὁ ἐλάττων, προτιμωμένου τοῦ εὐλαβεστέρου, πῶς αὐτῷ προσχῶμεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ τοιοῦτος φανερός ἐστιν ἐπὶ πονηρίᾳ κατεγνωσμένος ἐκ τῆς ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ παραβολῆς, ἐν ᾗ φησεν ὁ Κύριος πρὸς τοὺς λυπηθέντας, ὅτι τὰ ἴσα αὐτοῖς τινες ἐτιμήθησαν· Εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθὸς εἰμι; Καὶ πρόδηλον τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ Προφήτου λέγοντος· Ἐξουδένωται ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πονηρευόμενος· τοὺς δὲ φοβουμένους τὸν Κύριον δοξάζει.
Ean de lypētai ho elattōn, protimōmenou tou eulabesterou, pōs autǭ proschōmen. APOKRISIS. Ho toioutos phaneros estin epi ponērią kategnōsmenos ek tēs en tǭ Euangeliǭ parabolēs, en hę̄ phēsen ho Kyrios pros tous lypēthentas, hoti ta isa autois tines etimēthēsan; Ei ho ophthalmos sou ponēros estin, hoti egō agathos eimi? Kai prodēlon to epi toutǭ kai tois toioutois krima tou Theou dia tou Prophētou legontos; Exoudenōtai enōpion autou ponēreuomenos; tous de phoboumenous ton Kyrion doxazei.
Question. And if the lesser one is grieved when the more devout is preferred, how shall we regard him?
Answer. Such a one is plainly condemned for wickedness by the parable in the Gospel, in which the Lord says to those who were grieved that some were honoured equally with them: “Is your eye evil because I am good?” And God's judgment on this and such things is plain, through the Prophet, who says: “The evildoer is set at nothing before him, but he honours those who fear the Lord.”
Chapter 172
172PG 31:1195
Ποταπῷ φόβῳ, ἢ ποίᾳ πληροφορίᾳ, ἢ ποίᾳ διαθέσει μεταλάβωμεν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸν μὲν φόβον διδάσκει ἡμᾶς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος λέγων· ῾Ὁ ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων ἀναξίως κρῖμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει· τὴν δὲ πληροφορίαν ἐμποιεῖ ἡ πίστις τῶν ῥημάτων τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σῶμά μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον· τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν· καὶ τῆς μαρτυρίας τοῦ Ἰωάννου διηγησαμένου πρότερον τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Λόγου, καὶ ἐπαγαγόντος τὸν τρόπον τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν ὅτι, Ο Λόγος σάρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς Μονογενοῦς παρὰ Πατρὸς, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας· καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου γράψαντος ὅτι, Ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὲν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα Θεῷ· ἀλλ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσε, μορφὴν δούλου λαβών, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος, καὶ σχήματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος. Ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτὸν, γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ. Ὅταν οὖν, πιστεύσασα ἡ ψυχὴ τοῖς ῥήμασι τούτοις καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις καὶ τοσούτοις, καταμάθῃ τὴν μεγαλειότητα τῆς δόξης, καὶ θαυμάσῃ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς ταπεινώσεως καὶ τῆς ὑπακοῆς, ὅτι ὁ τοσοῦτος ὑπἠκουσε τῷ Πατρὶ μέχρι θανάτου ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας ζωῆς, νομίζω ὅτι κατορθοῖ τὴν διάθεσιν εἰς ἀγάπην τὴν τε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν καὶ Πατέρα, "Ος τοῦ ἰδίου Υἱοῦ οὐκ ἐφείσατο, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτόν· καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν μονογενῆ αὐτοῦ Υἱὸν, τὸν ὑπακούσαντα μέχρι θανάτου ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀπολυτρώσεως καὶ σωτηρίας. Καὶ δύναται οὕτως ἀνασχέσθαι τοῦ Ἀποστόλου, ὥσπερ ὅρον τινὰ ἐκτιθεμένου τοῖς ὑγιαίνουσι τὴν ἐν τούτοις ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Ἡ γὰρ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ συνέχει ἡμᾶς κρίναντας τοῦτο, ότι, εἰ εἷς ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν, ἄρα οἱ πάντες ἀπέθανον. Καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν, ἵνα οἱ ζῶντες μηκέτι ἑαυτοῖς ζῶσιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι, καὶ ἐγερθέντι. Τοιαύτην διάθεσίν τε καὶ ἑτοιμασίαν ὀφείλει ἔχειν ὁ μεταλαμβάνων τοῦ ἄρτου
Potapǭ phobǭ, ē poią plērophorią, ē poią diathesei metalabōmen tou sōmatos kai tou haimatos tou Christou. APOKRISIS. Ton men phobon didaskei hēmas ho ᾿Apostolos legōn; ῾Ho esthiōn kai pinōn anaxiōs krima heautǭ esthiei kai pinei; tēn de plērophorian empoiei hē pistis tōn rhēmatōn tou Kyriou eipontos; Touto esti to sōma mou, to hyper hymōn didomenon; touto poieite eis tēn emēn anamnēsin; kai tēs martyrias tou Iōannou diēgēsamenou proteron tēn doxan tou Logou, kai epagagontos ton tropon tēs enanthrōpēseōs en tǭ eipein hoti, O Logos sarx egeneto, kai eskēnōsen en hēmin kai etheasametha tēn doxan autou, doxan hōs Monogenous para Patros, plērēs charitos kai alētheias; kai tou ᾿Apostolou grapsantos hoti, En morphę̄ Theou hyparchōn, ouch harpagmen hēgēsato to einai isa Theǭ; all᾽ heauton ekenōse, morphēn doulou labōn, en homoiōmati anthrōpōn genomenos, kai schēmati heuretheis hōs anthrōpos. Etapeinōsen heauton, genomenos hypēkoos mechri thanatou, thanatou de staurou. Hotan oun, pisteusasa hē psychē tois rhēmasi toutois kai tois toioutois kai tosoutois, katamathę̄ tēn megaleiotēta tēs doxēs, kai thaumasę̄ tēn hyperbolēn tēs tapeinōseōs kai tēs hypakoēs, hoti ho tosoutos hypēkouse tǭ Patri mechri thanatou hyper tēs hēmeteras zōēs, nomizō hoti katorthoi tēn diathesin eis agapēn tēn te pros ton Theon kai Patera, "Os tou idiou Huiou ouk epheisato, all᾽ hyper hēmōn pantōn paredōken auton; kai tēn pros ton monogenē autou Huion, ton hypakousanta mechri thanatou hyper tēs hēmeteras apolytrōseōs kai sōtērias. Kai dynatai houtōs anaschesthai tou Apostolou, hōsper horon tina ektithemenou tois hygiainousi tēn en toutois agathēn syneidēsin, en tǭ eipein; Hē gar agapē tou Christou synechei hēmas krinantas touto, oti, ei heis hyper pantōn apethanen, ara hoi pantes apethanon. Kai hyper pantōn apethanen, hina hoi zōntes mēketi heautois zōsin, alla tǭ hyper autōn apothanonti, kai egerthenti. Toiautēn diathesin te kai hetoimasian opheilei echein ho metalambanōn tou artou
Question. With what fear, or what full assurance, or what disposition should we partake of the body and blood of Christ?
Answer. The Apostle teaches us the fear, saying: “He who eats and drinks unworthily eats and drinks judgment on himself.” The full assurance is produced by faith in the words of the Lord, who said, “This is my body, which is given for you; do this in remembrance of me”; and by the testimony of John, who first related the glory of the Word and then went on to the manner of the incarnation, saying, “The Word became flesh and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, glory as of the Only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth”; and by the Apostle, who wrote: “Being in the form of God, he did not count equality with God a thing to be grasped, but emptied himself, taking the form of a slave, being made in the likeness of men; and being found in appearance as a man, he humbled himself, becoming obedient unto death, even death on a cross.” When, then, the soul, believing these words and others like them and so many more, learns the greatness of the glory and marvels at the surpassing humility and obedience, that one so great obeyed the Father unto death for our life, I think it achieves the disposition of love, both toward God and the Father, “who did not spare his own Son, but gave him up for us all,” and toward his only-begotten Son, who obeyed unto death for our redemption and salvation. And thus it can heed the Apostle, who sets out, as it were, a standard of good conscience in these matters for those who are sound, when he says: “For the love of Christ constrains us, because we judge this: that if one died for all, then all died; and he died for all, that those who live should no longer live for themselves, but for him who died for them and rose again.” Such a disposition and preparation ought he to have who partakes of the bread [and the cup].
Chapter 173
173PG 31:1197
Εἰ δεῖ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς κατ' οἶκον ψαλμωδίας λαλιάν τινα γίνεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οὐ δεῖ, ἐκτὸς τῶν πεπιστευμένων τὴν φροντίδα καὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς εὐταξίας, καὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας τῶν ἔργων, καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ ἀνάγκην τῆς ἐπειγούσης χρείας· καὶ οὐδὲ τότε ἀπερισκέπτως, ἀλλ' ἐστοχασμένως, τοῦ τε τόπου καὶ τῆς εὐταξίας, τῆς τε σεμνότητος καὶ τοῦ ἀπροσκόπου· τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν ἀναγκαία ἐστὶν ἡ σιωπή. Εἰ γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ διαλέξεως, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἐπιτεταγμένοις τὸν λόγον τῆς διδασκαλίας ὁ πρῶτος σιγᾷν προτέτακται, ἐὰν ἄλλῳ ἀποκαλυφθῇ, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἐν καιρῷ ψαλμῳδίας ἡ σιγὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀναγκαία
Ei dei en tę̄ hōrą tēs kat' oikon psalmōdias lalian tina ginesthai. APOKRISIS. Ou dei, ektos tōn pepisteumenōn tēn phrontida kai tēn epimeleian tēs eutaxias, kai tēs oikonomias tōn ergōn, kai touto kata anankēn tēs epeigousēs chreias; kai oude tote aperiskeptōs, all' estochasmenōs, tou te topou kai tēs eutaxias, tēs te semnotētos kai tou aproskopou; tois allois pasin anankaia estin hē siōpē. Ei gar en kairǭ dialexeōs, kai en autois tois epitetagmenois ton logon tēs didaskalias ho prōtos sigąn protetaktai, ean allǭ apokalyphthę̄, posǭ mallon en kairǭ psalmǭdias hē sigē tois pollois anankaia
Question. Whether there should be any talking during the hour of psalmody in the house.
Answer. There should not, apart from those entrusted with the care and oversight of good order and with the management of the works, and this only by necessity of a pressing need; and not even then without circumspection, but with regard to the place and good order, to dignity and to giving no offence. For all the others silence is necessary. For if at the time of discourse, even among those appointed to the word of teaching, the first is commanded to be silent if something is revealed to another, how much more is silence necessary for the many at the time of psalmody?
Chapter 174
174PG 31:1197
Πῶς δυνηθῇ τις ἐνδιαθέτως καὶ μετὰ ἐπιθυμίας ποιεῖν τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Κυρίου. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Κατὰ φύσιν ἡ πεῖρα τοῦ ἥδοντος καὶ ὠφελοῦντος, καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ προσδοκία τοῦ τοιούτου ἐμποιεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ τὴν περὶ τούτου διάθεσίν τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν. Ἐὰν οὖν τις μισήσῃ καὶ βδελύξηται τὴν ἀδικίαν, καὶ καθαρεύσῃ πάσης ἁμαρτίας, ἀφ᾿ ἧς, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ νόσου τὸ σῶμα πάσχει τὴν ἀνορεξίαν καὶ τὴν περὶ τὰ βρώματα ἀηδίαν, οὕτω καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τὴν περὶ τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ Θεοῦ νωθρότητα καὶ ὀκνηρίαν· καὶ ἐὰν πληροφορηθῇ, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωή αἰώνιός ἐστι, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐπηγγελμένα τοῖς φυλάσσουσιν αὐτὴν ἀληθῆ, κατορθοῦται αὐτῷ ἡ διάθεσις τοῦ εἰπόντος· Τὰ κρίματα Κυρίου ἀληθινά, δεδικαιωμένα ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό· ἐπιθυμητὰ ὑπὲρ χρυσίον καὶ λίθον τίμιον πολύν, καὶ γλυκύτερα ὑπὲρ μέλι καὶ κηρίον. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ δοῦλός σου φυλάσσει αὐτὰ· ἐν τῷ φυλάσσειν αὐτὰ ἀνταπόδοσις πολλή.
Pōs dynēthę̄ tis endiathetōs kai meta epithymias poiein tas entolas tou Kyriou. APOKRISIS. Kata physin hē peira tou hēdontos kai ōphelountos, kai autē hē prosdokia tou toioutou empoiei tę̄ psychę̄ tēn peri toutou diathesin te kai epithymian. Ean oun tis misēsę̄ kai bdelyxētai tēn adikian, kai kathareusę̄ pasēs hamartias, aph᾿ hēs, hōsper apo nosou to sōma paschei tēn anorexian kai tēn peri ta brōmata aēdian, houtō kai hē psychē tēn peri ta dikaiōmata tou Theou nōthrotēta kai oknērian; kai ean plērophorēthę̄, hoti hē entolē tou Theou zōē aiōnios esti, kai panta ta epēngelmena tois phylassousin autēn alēthē, katorthoutai autǭ hē diathesis tou eipontos; Ta krimata Kyriou alēthina, dedikaiōmena epi to auto; epithymēta hyper chrysion kai lithon timion polyn, kai glykytera hyper meli kai kērion. Kai gar ho doulos sou phylassei auta; en tǭ phylassein auta antapodosis pollē.
Question. How can one do the Lord's commandments from the heart and with desire?
Answer. By nature the experience of what is pleasant and beneficial, and the very expectation of such a thing, produces in the soul a disposition and desire for it. If, then, someone hates and abhors unrighteousness, and is cleansed of every sin, from which, as the body from sickness suffers loss of appetite and distaste for food, so the soul suffers sluggishness and sloth toward the ordinances of God; and if he is fully assured that God's commandment is eternal life, and that all that is promised to those who keep it is true, then he achieves the disposition of him who said: “The judgments of the Lord are true, righteous altogether; more to be desired than gold and much precious stone, and sweeter than honey and the honeycomb. For your servant keeps them; in keeping them there is great reward.”
Chapter 175
175PG 31:1197
Πῶς φαίνεται ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν κατὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου· καὶ πῶς ἐλέγχεται ὁ μὴ οὕτως ἀγαπῶν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τῆς ἀγάπης ἐξαίρετα δύο ταῦτα· τὸ λυπεῖσθαι μὲν καὶ ἀγωνιᾶν ἐφ᾽ οἷς βλάπτεται ὁ ἀγαπώμενος χαίρειν δὲ καὶ ἀγωνίζεσθαι ὑπὲρ τῆς ὠφελείας αὐτοῦ. Μακάριος οὖν ὁ πενθῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ἁμαρτάνοντι, οὗ ὁ κίνδυνος φοβερός· καὶ χαίρων ὑπὲρ τοῦ κατορθοῦντος, οὗ τὸ κέρδος ἀσύγκριτον, καθὼς γέγραπται. Μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ Παῦλος ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγων· Ἐὰν πάσχῃ ἓν μέλος, συμπάσχει πάντα τὰ μέλη, κατὰ λόγον πάντως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἀγάπης Καὶ ἐὰν δοξάζηται ἓν μέλος, κατὰ σκοπὸν δηλονότι τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως, συγχαίρει πάντα τὰ μέλη. Ὁ δὲ μὴ οὕτως συνδιατιθέμενος φανερός ἐστι μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφόν.
Pōs phainetai ho agapōn ton adelphon kata tēn entolēn tou Kyriou; kai pōs elenchetai ho mē houtōs agapōn. APOKRISIS. Tēs agapēs exaireta dyo tauta; to lypeisthai men kai agōnian eph᾽ hois blaptetai ho agapōmenos chairein de kai agōnizesthai hyper tēs ōpheleias autou. Makarios oun ho penthōn epi tǭ hamartanonti, hou ho kindynos phoberos; kai chairōn hyper tou katorthountos, hou to kerdos asynkriton, kathōs gegraptai. Martyrei de kai Paulos ho apostolos legōn; Ean paschę̄ hen melos, sympaschei panta ta melē, kata logon pantōs tēs en Christǭ agapēs Kai ean doxazētai hen melos, kata skopon dēlonoti tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs, synchairei panta ta melē. Ho de mē houtōs syndiatithemenos phaneros esti mē agapōn ton adelphon.
Question. How is one who loves his brother according to the Lord's commandment shown, and how is one who does not so love him exposed?
Answer. These two are the special marks of love: to grieve and be anxious over what harms the one loved, and to rejoice and strive for his benefit. Blessed, then, is he who mourns over one who sins, whose danger is fearful, and rejoices over one who does right, whose gain is beyond compare, as it is written. And Paul the apostle bears witness, saying: “If one member suffers, all the members suffer with it,” wholly by the principle, of course, of love in Christ; “and if one member is honoured,” with the aim, plainly, of pleasing God, “all the members rejoice with it.” But one who is not so disposed toward his brother plainly does not love him.
Chapter 176
176PG 31:1199
Τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἐχθροὶ, οὓς ἀγαπᾶν προσετάχθημεν· καὶ πῶς ἀγαπήσομεν τοὺς ἐχθρούς· ταῖς εἰς αὐτοὺς εὐεργεσίαις μόνον, ἢ καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ διαθέσει· καὶ εἰ δυνατὸν τοῦτο. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐχθροῦ ἴδιον τὸ βλάπτειν καὶ ἐπιβουλευειν. Πᾶς μὲν οὖν ὁ ὁπωσδήποτε βλάπτων τινὰ ἐχθρὸς ἂν λέγοιτο· ἐξαιρέτως δὲ ὁ ἁμαρτάνων. Τὸ γὰρ ὅσον ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ βλάπτει κατὰ διαφόρους τρόπους, καὶ ἐπιβουλεύει τῷ συνόντι ἢ συντυγχάνοντι. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκ σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς συνέστηκεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, κατὰ μὲν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀγαπήσωμεν τοὺς τοιούτους, ἐλέγχοντες αὐτοὺς, καὶ νουθετοῦντες, καὶ παντὶ τρόπῳ εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν ἐνάγοντες κατὰ δὲ τὸ σῶμα εὐεργετοῦντες αὐτοὺς, ἐπιδεομένους τῶν πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἀναγκαίων. Ὅτι δὲ ἡ ἀγάπη ἐν διαθέσει ἐστὶ, παντὶ δῆλον. Τὸ δὲ δυνατὸν ἔδειξε καὶ ἐδίδαξεν ὁ Κύριος, τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ μέχρι θανάτου ἐπιδειξάμενος ὑπὲρ ἐχθρῶν, οὐχ ὑπὲρ φίλων, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος λέγων· Συνίστησι δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἡμᾶς, ὅτι, ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανε. Καὶ ἡμῖν δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο παραινεῖ ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητὰ, καὶ περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ Θεῷ. Οὐκ ἂν δὲ προσέταξεν ὁ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος, εἰ μὴ τὸ δυνατὸν ἐχαρίσατο· ὅπερ καὶ ἐν τῇ φύσει κατηναγκασμένως ἀποκεῖσθαι ἐφανέρωσεν. Εὐεργέτας μὲν καὶ τὰ θηρία φυσικῶς ἀγαπᾷ. Τἱ δὲ το σοῦτον εὐεργετεῖ ὁ φίλος, ὅσον οἱ ἐχθροί; Προξενοῦν τες ἡμῖν τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Μακάριοί ἐστε, ὅταν διώξωσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ὀνειδίσωσι, καὶ εἶπωσι πᾶν πονηρὸν ῥῆμα καθ' ὑμῶν, ψευδόμενοι, ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. Χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὲς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.
Tines eisin hoi echthroi, hous agapan prosetachthēmen; kai pōs agapēsomen tous echthrous; tais eis autous euergesiais monon, ē kai autę̄ tę̄ diathesei; kai ei dynaton touto. APOKRISIS. Echthrou idion to blaptein kai epibouleuein. Pas men oun ho hopōsdēpote blaptōn tina echthros an legoito; exairetōs de ho hamartanōn. To gar hoson ep᾿ autǭ blaptei kata diaphorous tropous, kai epibouleuei tǭ synonti ē syntynchanonti. Epeidē de ek sōmatos kai psychēs synestēken ho anthrōpos, kata men tēn psychēn agapēsōmen tous toioutous, elenchontes autous, kai nouthetountes, kai panti tropǭ eis epistrophēn enagontes kata de to sōma euergetountes autous, epideomenous tōn pros to zę̄n anankaiōn. Hoti de hē agapē en diathesei esti, panti dēlon. To de dynaton edeixe kai edidaxen ho Kyrios, tēn agapēn tou Patros kai tēn heautou en tę̄ hypakoę̄ mechri thanatou epideixamenos hyper echthrōn, ouch hyper philōn, hōs martyrei ho ᾿Apostolos legōn; Synistēsi de tēn heautou agapēn ho Theos eis hēmas, hoti, eti hamartōlōn ontōn hēmōn, Christos hyper hēmōn apethane. Kai hēmin de auto touto parainei en tǭ eipein; Ginesthe oun mimētai tou Theou, hōs tekna agapēta, kai peripateite en agapę̄, kathōs kai ho Christos ēgapēsen hēmas, kai paredōken heauton hyper hēmōn, prosphoran kai thysian tǭ Theǭ. Ouk an de prosetaxen ho agathos kai dikaios, ei mē to dynaton echarisato; hoper kai en tę̄ physei katēnankasmenōs apokeisthai ephanerōsen. Euergetas men kai ta thēria physikōs agapą. Ti de to souton euergetei ho philos, hoson hoi echthroi? Proxenoun tes hēmin ton makarismon tou Kyriou eipontos; Makarioi este, hotan diōxōsin hymas, kai oneidisōsi, kai eipōsi pan ponēron rhēma kath' hymōn, pseudomenoi, heneken emou. Chairete kai agalliasthe, hoti ho misthes hymōn polys en tois ouranois.
Question. Who are the enemies we have been commanded to love? And how shall we love our enemies: only by benefits toward them, or also in our very disposition? And is this possible?
Answer. The mark of an enemy is to harm and to plot. Everyone, then, who harms anyone in any way might be called an enemy, but especially one who sins. For as far as lies in him he harms in various ways and plots against the one who lives with him or meets him. And since man consists of body and soul, let us love such people in the soul by reproving them, admonishing them, and leading them by every means toward turning back; and in the body by doing them good when they lack what is necessary for life. That love lies in the disposition is plain to all. And the Lord showed and taught that it is possible, displaying the love of the Father and his own in obedience unto death for enemies, not for friends, as the Apostle testifies, saying: “But God shows his own love for us, in that while we were still sinners, Christ died for us.” And he exhorts us to this very thing, saying: “Be therefore imitators of God, as beloved children, and walk in love, as Christ also loved us and gave himself for us, an offering and sacrifice to God.” And the good and just One would not have commanded it unless he had granted that it be possible; which he has also shown to be laid up in nature by necessity. Even the wild beasts by nature love their benefactors. And what friend does us as much good as our enemies do? For they procure for us the blessing of the Lord, who said: “Blessed are you when they persecute you, and revile you, and say every evil word against you falsely for my sake. Rejoice and be glad, for your reward is great in heaven.”
Chapter 177
177PG 31:1199
Πῶς ὀφείλουσιν οἱ δυνατοὶ τὰ ἀσθενήματα τῶν ἀδυνάτων βαστάζειν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Εἰ τὸ βαστάζειν ἐστὶ τὸ αἴρειν καὶ θεραπεύειν, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον ὅτι, Αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβε, καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν, οὐκ ἐν τῷ εἰς ἑαυτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι ταῦτα, ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ τοὺς πάσχοντας θεραπεύειν· καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ τῆς μετανοίας τρόπος καὶ λόγος ἐφαρμόσει, δι' οὗ θεραπευθήσονται ἐκ τῆς τῶν δυνατωτέρων ἐπιμελείας οἱ ἀδύνατοι.
Pōs opheilousin hoi dynatoi ta asthenēmata tōn adynatōn bastazein APOKRISIS Ei to bastazein esti to airein kai therapeuein, kata to gegrammenon hoti, Autos tas astheneias hēmōn elabe, kai tas nosous ebastasen, ouk en tǭ eis heauton hypodechesthai tauta, all' en tǭ tous paschontas therapeuein; kai entautha ho tēs metanoias tropos kai logos epharmosei, di' hou therapeuthēsontai ek tēs tōn dynatōterōn epimeleias hoi adynatoi.
Question. How ought the strong to bear the weaknesses of those who are not strong?
Answer. If bearing means taking away and healing, according to what is written, “He himself took our weaknesses and bore our diseases,” not by receiving them into himself but by healing those who suffered them, then here too the manner and principle of repentance will apply, by which those who are not strong will be healed through the care of the stronger.
Chapter 178
178PG 31:1201
Τί ἐστι τὸ, « Αλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε·ι καὶ ποῖον νόμον ἀναπληρώσομεν, τοῦτο ποιοῦντες. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ταὐτόν ἐστι τῷ προειρημένῳ. Βαρεῖα γὰρ ἡ ἁμαρτία, καθέλκουσα τὴν ψυχὴν εἰς πυθμένα ᾄδου. Ἡν αἴρομεν ἀλλήλων, καὶ περιαιροῦμεν, εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν ἄγοντες τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας. Τὸ δὲ βαστάσαι ἀντὶ τοῦ ἆραι σύνηθες καὶ τοῖς ἐπιχωρίοις κεχρῆσθαι, ὡς πολλάκις παρὰ πολλῶν αὐτὸς ἤκουσα. Νόμον δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀναπληρώσομεν τοῦ εἰπόντος· Οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν· καὶ ἡμῖν νομοθετήσαντος ὅτι, Ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὐτόν. Ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου
Ti esti to, « Allēlōn ta barē bastazete;i kai poion nomon anaplērōsomen, touto poiountes. APOKRISIS. Tauton esti tǭ proeirēmenǭ. Bareia gar hē hamartia, kathelkousa tēn psychēn eis pythmena ądou. Hēn airomen allēlōn, kai periairoumen, eis epistrophēn agontes tous hamartanontas. To de bastasai anti tou arai synēthes kai tois epichōriois kechrēsthai, hōs pollakis para pollōn autos ēkousa. Nomon de tou Christou anaplērōsomen tou eipontos; Ouk ēlthon kalesai dikaious, alla hamartōlous eis metanoian; kai hēmin nomothetēsantos hoti, Ean hamartę̄ ho adelphos sou, hypage, elenxon auton. Ean sou akousę̄, ekerdēsas ton adelphon sou
Question. What is the meaning of “Bear one another's burdens”? And what law shall we fulfil by doing this?
Answer. It is the same as what was said before. For sin is heavy, dragging the soul down to the depths of Hades; and we take it away from one another and remove it by leading sinners to turn back. To use “bear” for “take away” is customary among the local people too, as I have often heard myself from many. And we shall fulfil the law of Christ, who said, “I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance,” and who laid down for us: “If your brother sins, go, reprove him. If he listens to you, you have gained your brother.”
Chapter 179
179PG 31:1201
Πῶς δύναταί τις ἄνευ ἀγάπης πίστιν κτήσασθαι τοσαύτην, ὥστε ὄρη μεθιστάνειν, ἢ πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα δοῦναι πτωχοῖς, ἢ παραδοῦναι τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα, ἵνα καυθῇ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μνημονεύομεν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Ποιοῦσι γὰρ πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, καὶ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως αὐτοῦ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς εἰπόντας· Κύριε, Κύριε, οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι προεφητεύσαμεν καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δύναμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν; πρὸς οὕς φησιν· Οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς πόθεν ἐστέ· οὐχ ὅτι ἐψεύσαντο, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ χάριτι πρὸς τὰ ἴδια θελήματα ἀπεχρήσαντο, ὅπερ τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπης ἀλλότριον, οὐ δυσκόλως συνορᾶν τὰ εἰρημένα δυνάμεθα. Τὸ δὲ χάρισμα Θεοῦ ἢ δωρεάν λαμβάνειν καὶ τὸν ἀνάξιον οὐδὲν παράδοξον· Θεὸς γὰρ ἐν καιρῷ χρηστότητος καὶ μακροθυμίας τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς· πολλάκις δὲ καὶ εἰς ὠφέλειαν ἢ ἐκείνου αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὑποδεχομένου τὸ χάρισμα, ἐὰν ἄρα, δυσωπηθεὶς τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ χρηστότητα, προτραπῇ εἰς ἐπιμέλειαν τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐαρεστήσεως, ἢ καὶ ἑτέρων, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου· Τινὲς μὲν καὶ διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν, τινὲς δὲ καὶ δι' εὐδοκίαν τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν. Οἷς ἐπιφέρει μετ' ὀλίγα· Πλὴν ὅτι παντὶ τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω.
Pōs dynatai tis aneu agapēs pistin ktēsasthai tosautēn, hōste orē methistanein, ē panta ta hyparchonta dounai ptōchois, ē paradounai to heautou sōma, hina kauthę̄. APOKRISIS. Ei mnēmoneuomen tou Kyriou eipontos; Poiousi gar pros to theathēnai tois anthrōpois, kai tēs apokriseōs autou tēs pros tous eipontas; Kyrie, Kyrie, ou tǭ sǭ onomati proephēteusamen kai tǭ sǭ onomati daimonia exebalomen, kai tǭ sǭ onomati dynameis pollas epoiēsamen? pros hous phēsin; Ouk oida hymas pothen este; ouch hoti epseusanto, all᾽ hoti tę̄ tou Theou chariti pros ta idia thelēmata apechrēsanto, hoper tēs pros Theon agapēs allotrion, ou dyskolōs synoran ta eirēmena dynametha. To de charisma Theou ē dōrean lambanein kai ton anaxion ouden paradoxon; Theos gar en kairǭ chrēstotētos kai makrothymias ton hēlion autou anatellei epi ponērous kai agathous; pollakis de kai eis ōpheleian ē ekeinou autou tou hypodechomenou to charisma, ean ara, dysōpētheis tēn tou Theou chrēstotēta, protrapę̄ eis epimeleian tēs pros auton euarestēseōs, ē kai heterōn, kata to eirēmenon hypo tou Apostolou; Tines men kai dia phthonon kai erin, tines de kai di' eudokian ton Christon kēryssousin. Hois epipherei met' oliga; Plēn hoti panti tropǭ, eite prophasei eite alētheią, Christos katangelletai, kai en toutǭ chairō.
Question. How can anyone without love gain faith so great as to move mountains, or give all his possessions to the poor, or hand over his body to be burned?
Answer. If we remember the Lord, who said, “For they do it to be seen by men,” and his answer to those who said, “Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name, and cast out demons in your name, and do many mighty works in your name?” (to whom he says, “I do not know where you are from”), not because they lied, but because they abused God's grace for their own wishes, which is alien to love for God, we can see what has been said without difficulty. That even one who is unworthy should receive a gift or grace of God is nothing strange; for God, in a time of kindness and patience, makes his sun rise on the evil and the good. And often it is also for the benefit either of the one who receives the gift himself, if perhaps, put to shame by God's kindness, he is moved to take care to please him, or of others, according to what was said by the Apostle: “Some indeed preach Christ even from envy and strife, but some also from good will”; to which he adds a little later: “Only that in every way, whether in pretence or in truth, Christ is proclaimed; and in this I rejoice.”
Chapter 180
180PG 31:1203
Μετὰ ποταπῆς διαθέσεως καὶ προσοχῆς ὀφείλομεν ἀκούειν τῶν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τῆς μεταλήψεως παραναγινωσκομένων ἡμῖν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Περισσοτέρως ἢ μεθ' οἷας ἡδονῆς ἐσθίομεν καὶ πίνομεν, ἵνα δειχθῇ ὁ νοῦς μὴ μετεωριζόμενος εἰς τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἡδονάς· ἐνευφραινόμενος δὲ πλέον τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ῥήμασι, κατὰ τὴν διάθεσιν τοῦ εἰπόντος· Καὶ γλυκύτερα ὑπὲρ μέλι καὶ κηρίον.
Meta potapēs diatheseōs kai prosochēs opheilomen akouein tōn en tǭ kairǭ tēs metalēpseōs paranaginōskomenōn hēmin. APOKRISIS. Perissoterōs ē meth' hoias hēdonēs esthiomen kai pinomen, hina deichthę̄ ho nous mē meteōrizomenos eis tas tou sōmatos hēdonas; eneuphrainomenos de pleon tois tou Kyriou rhēmasi, kata tēn diathesin tou eipontos; Kai glykytera hyper meli kai kērion.
Question. With what disposition and attention ought we to listen to what is read to us during the meal?
Answer. With more delight than that with which we eat and drink, so that the mind may be shown not to be distracted toward the pleasures of the body, but to delight more in the words of the Lord, after the disposition of him who said: “And sweeter than honey and the honeycomb.”
Chapter 181
181PG 31:1203
Ἐὰν ὦσιν ἀδελφότητες πλησίον ἀλλήλων, καὶ ἡ μὲν πτωχεύῃ, ἡ δὲ ἑτέρα περὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν δυσχερεστέρα ᾖ, πῶς δεῖ τὴν πτωχεύουσαν πρὸς τὴν μὴ μεταδιδοῦσαν διατίθεσθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οἱ διδαχθέντες ἐν ἀγάπῃ Χριστου και τὴν ψυχήν αὐτὴν τιθέναι ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων πῶς τῶν περὶ τὸ σῶμα φείσασθαι δύνανται; Ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθόμενοι τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἐπείνασα, καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ἐὰν δὲ γένηται τοῦτο, μακροθυμεῖν χρὴ τοὺς πτωχεύοντας, ἐν πληροφορίᾳ τῆς ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι παρακλήσεως, μιμουμένους τὸν Λάζαρον.
Ean ōsin adelphotētes plēsion allēlōn, kai hē men ptōcheuę̄, hē de hetera peri tēn koinōnian dyscherestera ę̄, pōs dei tēn ptōcheuousan pros tēn mē metadidousan diatithesthai APOKRISIS. Hoi didachthentes en agapę̄ Christou kai tēn psychēn autēn tithenai hyper allēlōn pōs tōn peri to sōma pheisasthai dynantai? Hōsper epilathomenoi tou eipontos; Epeinasa, kai ouk edōkate moi phagein, kai ta hexēs. Ean de genētai touto, makrothymein chrē tous ptōcheuontas, en plērophorią tēs en tǭ mellonti aiōni paraklēseōs, mimoumenous ton Lazaron.
Question. If there are brotherhoods near one another, and one is poor while the other is rather unwilling to share, how should the poor one be disposed toward the one that does not share?
Answer. How can those who have been taught in the love of Christ to lay down even their life for one another be sparing of bodily things? It is as if they had forgotten him who said, “I was hungry, and you gave me no food,” and so on. But if this happens, the poor must be patient, with full assurance of the consolation in the age to come, imitating Lazarus.
Chapter 182
182PG 31:1203
Ἐκ ποίων καρπῶν δοκιμάζεσθαι ὀφείλει ὁ συμπαθῶς ἐλέγχων τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἐξαιρέτων τῆς συμπαθείας, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ὅτι, Ἐὰν πάσχῃ ἓν μέλος, συμπάσχει πάντα τὰ μέλη· καὶ ὅτι, Τις σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι; ἔπειτα δὲ, ἐὰν ἐπὶ πάσῃ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὁμοίως συντρίβηται, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι, τοῖς τε εἰς αὐτὸν καὶ τοῖς εἰς ἄλλον ὁμοίως λυπῆται, καὶ πενθῇ, καὶ ἐλέγχων μὴ διαφθείρῃ τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου παραδεδομένον τρόπον.
Ek poiōn karpōn dokimazesthai opheilei ho sympathōs elenchōn ton adelphon hamartanonta. APOKRISIS. Prōton men ek tōn exairetōn tēs sympatheias, kata to eirēmenon hypo tou Apostolou hoti, Ean paschę̄ hen melos, sympaschei panta ta melē; kai hoti, Tis skandalizetai, kai ouk egō pyroumai? epeita de, ean epi pasę̄ hamartią homoiōs syntribētai, kai epi pasi tois hamartanousi, tois te eis auton kai tois eis allon homoiōs lypētai, kai penthę̄, kai elenchōn mē diaphtheirę̄ ton hypo tou Kyriou paradedomenon tropon.
Question. By what fruits ought one to be tested who reproves with compassion a brother who sins?
Answer. First, by the special marks of compassion, according to what was said by the Apostle: “If one member suffers, all the members suffer with it”; and, “Who is made to stumble, and I do not burn?” Then, if he is equally contrite over every sin, and grieves and mourns equally over all who sin, both those who sin against him and those who sin against another; and if in reproving he does not corrupt the manner handed down by the Lord.
Chapter 183
183PG 31:1203
Ἐὰν συμβῇ τινας ἐν ἀδελφότητι ζῶντας διαφωνῆσαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους, εἰ ἀκίνδυνόν ἐστιν ἀγάπης ἕνεκεν συμπεριφέρεσθαι τοῖς τοιούτοις. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, Δὸς, Πάτερ, ἵνα, ὥσπερ ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ ἐν ἐσμεν, οὕτω καὶ αὐτοὶ ἓν ὦσιν ἐν ἡμῖν· καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου γράψαντος, Σύμψυχοι, τὸ ἓν φρονοῦντες· καὶ τῶν Πράξεων ἱστορουσῶν, ὅτι, τῶν πιστευσάντων καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία· οἱ μὲν διαφωνοῦντες ἀλλότριοι τῶν εἰρημένων εἰσίν. ᾿Αγάπη δὲ ἡ μὲν κατὰ λόγον φυλάσσει τὸ εἰρημένον· ῾Ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν ἐπιμελῶς παιδεύει· ἡ δὲ μὴ κατὰ λόγον, οἴα δ᾽ ἂν ᾖ, ἀδόκιμος, τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος ὅτι, Ὁ ἀγαπῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἔστι μου ἄξιος.
Ean symbę̄ tinas en adelphotēti zōntas diaphōnēsai pros allēlous, ei akindynon estin agapēs heneken symperipheresthai tois toioutois. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou eipontos, Dos, Pater, hina, hōsper egō kai sy en esmen, houtō kai autoi hen ōsin en hēmin; kai tou Apostolou grapsantos, Sympsychoi, to hen phronountes; kai tōn Praxeōn historousōn, hoti, tōn pisteusantōn kardia kai psychē mia; hoi men diaphōnountes allotrioi tōn eirēmenōn eisin. ᾿Agapē de hē men kata logon phylassei to eirēmenon; ῾Ho de agapōn epimelōs paideuei; hē de mē kata logon, oia d᾽ an ę̄, adokimos, tou Kyriou eipontos hoti, Ho agapōn patera ē mētera hyper eme ouk esti mou axios.
Question. If it happens that some living in a brotherhood disagree with one another, is it without danger to go along with such people for the sake of love?
Answer. Since the Lord said, “Grant, Father, that as I and you are one, so they too may be one in us,” and the Apostle wrote, “Of one soul, of one mind,” and Acts relate that the heart and soul of those who believed was one, those who disagree are strangers to what has been said. And love according to reason keeps the saying, “He who loves disciplines diligently”; but love not according to reason, whatever it may be, is reprobate, since the Lord said, “He who loves father or mother more than me is not worthy of me.”
Chapter 184
184PG 31:1205
Πῶς δύναταί τις, καὶ ὅτε παρακαλεῖ, καὶ ὅτε ἐλέγχει, μὴ μόνον σπουδάζειν ἐπιστημόνως λαλῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν τὴν ὀφειλομένην σώζειν πρός τε τὸν Θεὸν καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνους, οἷς λαλεῖ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐὰν μνημονεύσῃ τις τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰπόντος· Οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς ὑπηρέτας Χριστοῦ, καὶ οἰκονόμους μυστηρίων Θεοῦ, οὐχ ὡς ἰδίαν τινὰ ἐπιστήμην ἐξ αὐθεντίας οἰκονομῇ, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς Θεοῦ ὑπηρεσίαν ἐν ἐπιμελείᾳ ψυχῶν αἵματι Χριστοῦ ἐξηγορασμένων πληροῖ μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τοῦ πρὸς Θεὸν, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· Οὕτω λαλοῦμεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ Θεῷ τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν· καὶ μετὰ διαθέσεως καὶ εὐσπλαγχνίας τῆς περὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας, ποιῶν τὸ εἰρημένον· Ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα, οὕτως ἱμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν, εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς.
Pōs dynatai tis, kai hote parakalei, kai hote elenchei, mē monon spoudazein epistēmonōs lalēsai, alla kai tēn diathesin tēn opheilomenēn sōzein pros te ton Theon kai pros ekeinous, hois lalei. APOKRISIS. Ean mnēmoneusę̄ tis tou Apostolou eipontos; Houtōs hēmas logizesthō anthrōpos hōs hypēretas Christou, kai oikonomous mystēriōn Theou, ouch hōs idian tina epistēmēn ex authentias oikonomę̄, all᾿ hōs Theou hypēresian en epimeleią psychōn haimati Christou exēgorasmenōn plēroi meta phobou kai tromou tou pros Theon, kata ton eiponta; Houtō laloumen, ouch hōs anthrōpois areskontes, alla Theǭ tǭ dokimazonti tas kardias hēmōn; kai meta diatheseōs kai eusplanchnias tēs peri tous akouontas, poiōn to eirēmenon; Hōs ean trophos thalpę̄ ta heautēs tekna, houtōs himeiromenoi hymōn, eudokoumen metadounai hymin ou monon to Euangelion tou Theou, alla kai tas heautōn psychas.
Question. How can one, both when he exhorts and when he reproves, not only take care to speak with skill, but also keep the disposition he owes both toward God and toward those to whom he speaks?
Answer. If one remembers the Apostle, who said, “Let a man so regard us, as servants of Christ and stewards of the mysteries of God,” he does not manage some knowledge of his own on his own authority, but fulfils as a service of God, in caring for souls redeemed by the blood of Christ, with fear and trembling toward God, after him who said, “So we speak, not as pleasing men, but God who tests our hearts”; and with a disposition of tenderness toward the hearers, doing what is said: “As a nurse cherishes her own children, so, longing for you, we were well pleased to share with you not only the Gospel of God but also our own souls.”
Chapter 185
185PG 31:1205
Ἐὰν τις ἐν διαλέξει συνδιατιθεμένους τοῖς λεγομένοις ὁρῶν τοὺς ἀκούοντας χαίρῃ, πῶς γνωρίσει ἑαυτὸν, εἰ διαθέσει ἀγαθῇ χαίρει, ἢ πάθει τινὶ ἰδίῳ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐὰν ἐν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις μόνοις τὴν χαρὰν στήσῃ, δῆλός ἐστιν ἰδίῳ πάθει κινούμενος· ἐὰν δὲ, τῶν ἐπαινούντων παραυτὰ μὲν τὸ περὶ τὴν ἀκρόασιν συνετὸν καταμαθὼν, ἐλπίδα τῆς εὐπειθείας ὑποσπεῖρον εὐφρανθῇ, ὕστερον δὲ τὴν ὠφέλειαν πολυπραγμονήσας, καὶ ἢ τὰ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς ἐπαίνοις κατορθώματα ἐν αὐτοῖς εὑρὼν χαρῇ, ἢ μηδὲν ὠφεληθέντας τοὺς ἐπαινέσαντας ἐπιδὼν λυπηθῇ, εὐχαριστείτω τῷ Θεῷ, ὅτι ὡς φιλόθεος καὶ φιλάδελφος κατηξιώθη κινηθῆναι, μὴ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τῶν ἀδελφῶν.
Ean tis en dialexei syndiatithemenous tois legomenois horōn tous akouontas chairę̄, pōs gnōrisei heauton, ei diathesei agathę̄ chairei, ē pathei tini idiǭ. APOKRISIS. Ean en tois epainois monois tēn charan stēsę̄, dēlos estin idiǭ pathei kinoumenos; ean de, tōn epainountōn parauta men to peri tēn akroasin syneton katamathōn, elpida tēs eupeitheias hypospeiron euphranthę̄, hysteron de tēn ōpheleian polypragmonēsas, kai ē ta akoloutha tois epainois katorthōmata en autois heurōn charę̄, ē mēden ōphelēthentas tous epainesantas epidōn lypēthę̄, eucharisteitō tǭ Theǭ, hoti hōs philotheos kai philadelphos katēxiōthē kinēthēnai, mē zētōn tēn doxan tēn heautou, alla tēn doxan tou Theou, kai tēn oikodomēn tōn adelphōn.
Question. If someone, in giving a discourse, rejoices to see the hearers moved by what is said, how will he know whether he rejoices from a good disposition or from some passion of his own?
Answer. If he places his joy in the praises alone, he is plainly moved by a passion of his own. But if, on the spot, recognizing the understanding with which those who praise have listened, he is glad as at something that sows a hope of their compliance, and later, inquiring into the benefit, either rejoices at finding in them the good deeds that should follow the praises, or grieves on seeing that those who praised have gained nothing, then let him give thanks to God that he has been counted worthy to be moved as a lover of God and of the brothers, not seeking his own glory, but the glory of God and the building up of the brothers.
Chapter 186
186PG 31:1205
᾿Επειδὴ διδασκόμεθα τοιαύτην ἀγάπην ἔχειν, ὥστε καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν θεῖναι ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων, μαθεῖν δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ ποταπῶν φίλων τοῦτο αἱρεῖσθαι δεῖ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν μὲν διάθεσιν, ἢ τὸν τρόπον τούτου τοῦ κατορθώματος εἰκὸς εἶναι διάφορον· ἄλλα γάρ ἐστι πολλάκις τὰ ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτωλῶν καταδεχθῆναι, καὶ ἄλλα τὰ ὑπὲρ δικαίων σπουδασθῆναι ὀφείλοντα· τὸ μέντοιγε μέχρι θανάτου ἀγάπην δεικνύειν, καὶ ὑπὲρ δικαίων καὶ ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτωλῶν, δεδιδάγμεθα, μηδὲν διακρίνοντες. Συνίστησι γὰρ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην, φησὶν, ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ἡμᾶς· ὅτι, ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανε. Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἁγίους ὁ ᾿Απόστολος λέγει· Ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα, οὕτως ἱμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν, εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς· διότι ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήθητε.
᾿Epeidē didaskometha toiautēn agapēn echein, hōste kai tēn psychēn theinai hyper tōn philōn, mathein deometha hyper potapōn philōn touto haireisthai dei. APOKRISIS. Tēn men diathesin, ē ton tropon toutou tou katorthōmatos eikos einai diaphoron; alla gar esti pollakis ta hyper hamartōlōn katadechthēnai, kai alla ta hyper dikaiōn spoudasthēnai opheilonta; to mentoige mechri thanatou agapēn deiknyein, kai hyper dikaiōn kai hyper hamartōlōn, dedidagmetha, mēden diakrinontes. Synistēsi gar tēn heautou agapēn, phēsin, ho Theos eis hēmas; hoti, eti hamartōlōn ontōn hēmōn, Christos hyper hēmōn apethane. Pros de tous hagious ho ᾿Apostolos legei; Hōs ean trophos thalpę̄ ta heautēs tekna, houtōs himeiromenoi hymōn, eudokoumen metadounai hymin ou monon to Euangelion tou Theou, alla kai tas heautōn psychas; dioti agapētoi hēmin egenēthēte.
Question. Since we are taught to have such love as to lay down even our life for our friends, we need to learn for what sort of friends we must choose to do this.
Answer. The disposition, or the manner of this good deed, is likely to differ; for often the things that must be accepted on behalf of sinners are different from those that must be striven for on behalf of the righteous. But to show love even unto death, both for the righteous and for sinners, without distinction, is what we have been taught. “For God shows his own love for us,” it says, “in that while we were still sinners, Christ died for us.” And to the saints the Apostle says: “As a nurse cherishes her own children, so, longing for you, we were well pleased to share with you not only the Gospel of God but also our own souls, because you had become dear to us.”
Chapter 187
187PG 31:1207
Εἰ χρὴ παρὰ τῶν κατὰ σάρκα οἰκείων δέχεσθαί τι ἕκαστον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοὺς μὲν οἰκείους ἀποδιδόναι τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντα τοῖς προσερχομένοις τῷ Κυρίῳ ἀναγκαῖον, καὶ μηδὲν ὑφαιρεῖν, ἵνα μὴ τῷ κρίματι τῆς ἱεροσυλίας ὑποπέσωσιν· τὸ μέντοιγε ἀναλίσκεσθαι ταῦτα ἐν ὄψεσιν ἐκείνων, οἷς διαφέρειν ἔδοξε, καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις γίνεται πολλάκις ἐπάρσεως ὑπόθεσις, καὶ τοῖς πένησι τῶν τῷ αὐτῷ βίῳ προσελθόντων λύπης ἀφορμή. Ωστε συμβαίνειν ἐκεῖνο, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἐγκαλοῦνται οἱ Κορίνθιοι ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος ὅτι, Καταισχύνετε τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας. Διόπερ ὁ τὴν φροντίδα τῶν κατὰ τόπον Ἐκκλησιῶν πεπιστευμένος, ἐὰν ᾗ πιστὸς, καὶ φρονίμως οἰκονομεῖν δυνάμενος, τούτῳ προσφερέσθω κατὰ μίμησιν τῶν ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν, οἵτινες φέροντες ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων. Εἰ δὲ τὸ οἰκονομεῖν τὰ τοιαῦτα οὐκ ἔστι πάντων, ἀλλὰ μόνων τῶν μετὰ δοκιμασίας εἰς τοῦτο τυπωθέντων, καὶ τὸ παρὰ τῶν τοιούτων δεδομένον, οὗτος, ὡς ἂν δοκιμάσῃ, τυπώσει.
Ei chrē para tōn kata sarka oikeiōn dechesthai ti hekaston. APOKRISIS. Tous men oikeious apodidonai ta epiballonta tois proserchomenois tǭ Kyriǭ anankaion, kai mēden hyphairein, hina mē tǭ krimati tēs hierosylias hypopesōsin; to mentoige analiskesthai tauta en opsesin ekeinōn, hois diapherein edoxe, kai autois ekeinois ginetai pollakis eparseōs hypothesis, kai tois penēsi tōn tǭ autǭ biǭ proselthontōn lypēs aphormē. Ōste symbainein ekeino, eph᾽ hǭ enkalountai hoi Korinthioi hypo tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos hoti, Kataischynete tous mē echontas. Dioper ho tēn phrontida tōn kata topon Ekklēsiōn pepisteumenos, ean hę̄ pistos, kai phronimōs oikonomein dynamenos, toutǭ prospheresthō kata mimēsin tōn en tais Praxesin, hoitines pherontes etithoun para tous podas tōn apostolōn. Ei de to oikonomein ta toiauta ouk esti pantōn, alla monōn tōn meta dokimasias eis touto typōthentōn, kai to para tōn toioutōn dedomenon, houtos, hōs an dokimasę̄, typōsei.
Question. Whether each one should receive anything from his relatives according to the flesh.
Answer. It is necessary for the relatives to hand over what is due to those who come to the Lord, and to keep back nothing, so that they may not fall under the judgment of sacrilege. But for these things to be spent in the sight of those to whom they seemed to belong often becomes, for those very people, an occasion of elation, and for the poor among those who have come to the same life a cause of grief; so that what happens is the very thing for which the Corinthians are reproached by the Apostle, who said, “You shame those who have nothing.” Therefore, if the one entrusted with the care of the churches in each place is faithful and able to manage prudently, let it be brought to him, in imitation of those in Acts, who brought it and laid it at the apostles' feet. And since the management of such things is not for all, but only for those appointed to it after testing, he will also arrange what is given by such people as he judges best.
Chapter 188
188PG 31:1207
Πῶς ἴδωμεν τοὺς ποτε συνοίκους ἡμῶν, ἢ συγγενεῖς, ἐρχομένους πρὸς ἡμᾶς ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ὡς ὁ Κύριος ἔδειξε, καὶ ἐδίδαξεν, ὅτε ἀπηγγέλη αὐτῷ ὅτι, Ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν, ἰδεῖν σε θέλοντες· πρὸς οὓς ἐπιπληκτικώτερον ἀποκρίνεται, εἰπών· Τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου; Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, οὗτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ
Pōs idōmen tous pote synoikous hēmōn, ē syngeneis, erchomenous pros hēmas APOKRISIS Hōs ho Kyrios edeixe, kai edidaxen, hote apēngelē autǭ hoti, Hē mētēr sou kai hoi adelphoi sou exō hestēkasin, idein se thelontes; pros hous epiplēktikōteron apokrinetai, eipōn; Tis estin hē mētēr mou, kai tines eisin hoi adelphoi mou? Hos gar an poiēsę̄ to thelēma tou Patros mou tou en ouranois, houtos mou adelphos, kai adelphē, kai
Question. How should we regard those who were once of our household, or our kin, when they come to us?
Answer. As the Lord showed and taught when it was announced to him, “Your mother and your brothers are standing outside, wishing to see you”: he answered them rather reprovingly, saying, “Who is my mother, and who are my brothers? For whoever does the will of my Father in heaven, he is my brother and sister and [mother].”
Chapter 189
189PG 31:1209
Ἐαν δὲ καὶ παρακαλῶσι θέλοντες ἀπαγαγεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὰ ἴδια, εἰ χρὴ αὐτῶν ἀνέχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὲν διὰ οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως, ὁ δυνάμενος οὕτως ἀπελθεῖν μετὰ δοκιμασίας πεμπέσθω· εἰ δὲ διὰ καθῆκον ἀνθρώπινον, ἀκουέτω τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα· Ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ ἀποτάξασθαι τοῖς εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου· Οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπ᾿ ἄροτρον, καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ ἀποτάξασθαι ἅπαξ θελήσαντος τοιοῦτον τὸ κρίμα, τί χρὴ λέγειν περὶ τούτου;
Ean de kai parakalōsi thelontes apagagein hēmas eis ta idia, ei chrē autōn anechesthai. APOKRISIS. Ei men dia oikodomēn tēs pisteōs, ho dynamenos houtōs apelthein meta dokimasias pempesthō; ei de dia kathēkon anthrōpinon, akouetō tou Kyriou legontos pros ton eiponta; Epitrepson moi apelthein, kai apotaxasthai tois eis ton oikon mou; Oudeis epibalōn tēn cheira autou ep᾿ arotron, kai blepōn eis ta opisō, euthetos estin eis tēn basileian tou Theou. Ei de peri tou apotaxasthai hapax thelēsantos toiouton to krima, ti chrē legein peri toutou?
Question. And if they even entreat us, wishing to take us off to their homes, should we put up with them?
Answer. If it is for the building up of faith, let one who is able to go in that way be sent after testing. But if it is for a human duty, let him hear the Lord, who says to the man who said, “Let me go and say farewell to those at my home”: “No one who puts his hand to the plough and looks back is fit for the kingdom of God.” And if such is the judgment on one who wished only to say farewell once, what should be said of this?
Chapter 190
190PG 31:1209
Εἰ δεῖ ἐλεεῖν τοὺς κατὰ σάρκα οἰκείους, ἐπιθυμοῦντας τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτῶν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου φωνὴν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν λαβὼν γενέσθαι τέκνον Θεοῦ, συγγένειαν μὲν τὴν κατὰ σάρκα ἐπαισχύνεται, οἰκείους δὲ γνωρίζει τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου μαρτυρουμένους, εἰπόντος· Μήτηρ μου καὶ ἀδελφοί μου οὗτοί εἰσιν, οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούοντες, καὶ ποιοῦντες. Καὶ ἐλεείτω οὗτος πάντας μὲν τοὺς μακρυνομένους ἀπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου· καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς δὲ, τοὺς κατὰ σάρκα ὡς πάντας. Εἰ δὲ τις τούτοις πλέον τι προσπάσχων συνήγορον ἔχειν οἴεται τοῦ ἰδίου πάθους τὸν Ἀπόστολον λέγοντα· Ηὐχόμην γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι ἀπὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν συγγενῶν μου κατὰ σάρκα· μανθανέτω ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐκ τῶν ἐπιφερομένων, ὅτι οὐ τὴν συγγένειαν τὴν κατὰ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν ἐξαίρετα τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος τιμᾷ· οὐδ᾽ ἐπειδήπερ συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ οἱ Ἰσραηλῖται, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ Ἰσραηλῖται ἦσαν οἱ κατὰ σάρκα συγγενεῖς, καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοσούτων καὶ τοιούτων παρὰ Θεοῦ κατηξιώθησαν. Ἐπειδὴ αὐτῶν μὲν ἦν ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα, αὐτῶν δὲ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία· ἐπειδὴ αὐτοῖς μὲν αἱ διαθῆκαι, καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, αὐτῶν δὲ οἱ πατέρες· ἐπειδὴ ἐξ αὐτῶν ὁ Χριστὸς τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, τοσούτου τιμᾶται αὐτῶν τὴν σωτηρίαν· οὐκ εἰς τὴν συγγένειαν ἀποβλέπων, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐνανθρώπησιν τοῦ εἰπόντος· Οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου
Ei dei eleein tous kata sarka oikeious, epithymountas tēn sōtērian autōn APOKRISIS. Ho gegennēmenos ek tou Pneumatos kata tēn tou Kyriou phōnēn, kai exousian labōn genesthai teknon Theou, syngeneian men tēn kata sarka epaischynetai, oikeious de gnōrizei tous oikeious tēs pisteōs hypo tou Kyriou martyroumenous, eipontos; Mētēr mou kai adelphoi mou houtoi eisin, hoi ton logon tou Theou akouontes, kai poiountes. Kai eleeitō houtos pantas men tous makrynomenous apo tou Kyriou; kai tous syngeneis de, tous kata sarka hōs pantas. Ei de tis toutois pleon ti prospaschōn synēgoron echein oietai tou idiou pathous ton Apostolon legonta; Ēuchomēn gar autos egō anathema einai apo tou Christou hyper tōn adelphōn mou tōn syngenōn mou kata sarka; manthanetō ho toioutos ek tōn epipheromenōn, hoti ou tēn syngeneian tēn kata sarka, alla ton Israēl kai ta eis auton exaireta tou Theou ho ᾿Apostolos timą; oud᾽ epeidēper syngeneis autou hoi Israēlitai, all᾽ epeidē Israēlitai ēsan hoi kata sarka syngeneis, kai epeidē tosoutōn kai toioutōn para Theou katēxiōthēsan. Epeidē autōn men ēn hē huiothesia kai hē doxa, autōn de hē nomothesia kai hē latreia; epeidē autois men hai diathēkai, kai hai epangeliai, autōn de hoi pateres; epeidē ex autōn ho Christos to kata sarka, tosoutou timatai autōn tēn sōtērian; ouk eis tēn syngeneian apoblepōn, all᾽ eis tēn tou Kyriou hyper autōn enanthrōpēsin tou eipontos; Ouk apestalēn ei mē eis ta probata ta apolōlota oikou
Question. Whether we should have pity on our relatives according to the flesh, desiring their salvation.
Answer. One who has been born of the Spirit, according to the Lord's word, and has received power to become a child of God, is ashamed of kinship according to the flesh, and recognizes as his own those who belong to the household of faith, to whom the Lord bears witness, saying: “My mother and my brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it.” And let him have pity on all who are far from the Lord, and on his kin according to the flesh as on all. But if someone, being more attached to them, thinks he has the Apostle as an advocate of his own passion, when he says, “For I could wish that I myself were accursed from Christ for my brothers, my kinsmen according to the flesh,” let such a one learn from what follows that it is not kinship according to the flesh that the Apostle honours, but Israel and God's special gifts to it; not because the Israelites were his kin, but because his kin according to the flesh were Israelites, and because they had been counted worthy of so many and such great things from God. Since theirs was the adoption and the glory, theirs the giving of the law and the worship; since to them belonged the covenants and the promises, and theirs were the fathers; since from them is the Christ according to the flesh, he values their salvation so highly, looking not to kinship but to the Lord's becoming man for their sake, who said: “I was not sent except to the lost sheep of the house [of Israel].”
Chapter 191
191PG 31:1211
Τις ἐστιν ὁ πραὺς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ ἀμετάθετος ἐν ταῖς κρίσεσι τῶν πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν Θεοῦ σπουδαζομένων.
Tis estin ho praus. APOKRISIS. Ho ametathetos en tais krisesi tōn pros euarestēsin Theou spoudazomenōn.
Question. Who is the meek man?
Answer. One who is unchangeable in his judgments about what is to be striven for so as to please God.
Chapter 192
192PG 31:1211
Τις ἐστιν ἡ λύπη ἡ κατὰ Θεον, καὶ τίς ἡ τοῦ κόσμου. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ μὲν κατὰ Θεὸν, ὅταν ἐντολῆς Θεοῦ παροφθείσης λυπηθῇ τις, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· ᾿Αθυμία κατέσχε με ἀπὸ ἁμαρτωλῶν τῶν ἐγκαταλιμπανόντων τὸν νόμον σου· ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου, ὅταν τι ἀνθρώπινον καὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἄξιον ᾗ τὸ λυποῦν.
Tis estin hē lypē hē kata Theon, kai tis hē tou kosmou. APOKRISIS. Hē men kata Theon, hotan entolēs Theou parophtheisēs lypēthę̄ tis, kata to gegrammenon; ᾿Athymia katesche me apo hamartōlōn tōn enkatalimpanontōn ton nomon sou; hē de tou kosmou, hotan ti anthrōpinon kai tou kosmou axion hę̄ to lypoun.
Question. What is godly grief, and what is the grief of the world?
Answer. It is godly grief when someone is grieved because a commandment of God has been disregarded, according to what is written: “Despondency took hold of me because of the sinners who forsake your law”; and it is the grief of the world when what grieves is something human and worthy of the world.
Chapter 193
193PG 31:1211
Ποία ἡ ἐν Κυρίῳ χαρά· καὶ τί ἐὰν ποιῶμεν χαίρειν ὀφείλομεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ ἐπὶ τοῖς κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ γινομένοις χαίρειν ἡ ἐν Κυρίῳ χαρά ἐστιν. Ὅταν οὖν τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Κυρίου ποιῶμεν, ἢ διὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου πάσχωμέν τι, χαίρειν καὶ συγχαίρειν ἀλλήλοις ὀφείλομεν.
Poia hē en Kyriǭ chara; kai ti ean poiōmen chairein opheilomen. APOKRISIS. To epi tois kat᾿ entolēn tou Kyriou eis doxan Theou ginomenois chairein hē en Kyriǭ chara estin. Hotan oun tas entolas tou Kyriou poiōmen, ē dia to onoma tou Kyriou paschōmen ti, chairein kai synchairein allēlois opheilomen.
Question. What is joy in the Lord, and in doing what ought we to rejoice?
Answer. To rejoice in what is done according to the Lord's commandment, to the glory of God, is joy in the Lord. When, then, we do the Lord's commandments, or suffer anything for the Lord's name, we ought to rejoice and to rejoice with one another.
Chapter 194
194PG 31:1211
Ποῖον πένθος ἀναλάβωμεν, ἵνα καταξιωθῶμεν τοῦ μακαρισμοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐμπεριέχεται τοῦτο τὸ ἐρώτημα τῇ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπῃ· ὅταν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις πενθῶμεν, ἤτοι διὰ τὴν ἀτιμίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου τὸν Θεόν τις ἀτιμάζει, ἢ διὰ τοὺς κινδυνεύοντας ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ. Ψυχὴ γὰρ, φησὶν, ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα, αὕτη ἀποθανεῖται· μιμούμενοι τὸν εἰρηκότα· Καὶ πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων.
Poion penthos analabōmen, hina kataxiōthōmen tou makarismou. APOKRISIS. Emperiechetai touto to erōtēma tę̄ kata Theon lypę̄; hotan epi tois hēmartēmenois penthōmen, ētoi dia tēn atimian tou Theou, hoti dia tēs parabaseōs tou nomou ton Theon tis atimazei, ē dia tous kindyneuontas en hamartią. Psychē gar, phēsin, hē hamartanousa, hautē apothaneitai; mimoumenoi ton eirēkota; Kai penthēsō pollous tōn proēmartēkotōn.
Question. What mourning shall we take up, so as to be counted worthy of the blessing?
Answer. This question is included in godly grief: when we mourn over sins committed, either because of the dishonour to God, since through transgression of the law one dishonours God, or because of those in danger in sin. “For the soul that sins,” it says, “it shall die”; imitating him who said, “And I shall mourn over many of those who have sinned before.”
Chapter 195
195PG 31:1211
Πῶς πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖ τις. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ὅταν πάντα διὰ Θεὸν κατ' ἐντολὴν Θεοῦ ποιῇ, καὶ ἐν μηδενὶ περιβλέπηται τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπαίνους· πανταχοῦ δὲ μνημονεύῃ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Οὕτω λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.
Pōs panta eis doxan Theou poiei tis. APOKRISIS Hotan panta dia Theon kat' entolēn Theou poię̄, kai en mēdeni periblepētai tous para tōn anthrōpōn epainous; pantachou de mnēmoneuę̄ tou Kyriou eipontos; Houtō lampsatō to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, hopōs idōsin hymōn ta kala erga, kai doxasōsi ton Patera hymōn ton en tois ouranois.
Question. How does one do all things to the glory of God?
Answer. When he does all things for God's sake, according to God's commandment, and in nothing looks around for the praises of men; but everywhere remembers the Lord, who said: “So let your light shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven.”
Chapter 196
196PG 31:1211
Πῶς ἐσθίει τις, καὶ πίνει εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ, Ἐν τῇ μνήμῃ τοῦ εὐεργέτου, καὶ ἐν τῇ τοιάδε διαθέσει τῆς ψυχῆς, μαρτυρουμένῃ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ σώματος καταστάσεως, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς ἀμέριμνος ἐσθίει, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ἔχων ἐπόπτην Θεόν· καὶ ἐν τῷ σκοπῷ δὲ τῆς μεταλήψεως, ὅταν μὴ ὡς δοῦλος γαστρὸς δι' ἡδονὴν ἐσθίει, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐργάτης Θεοῦ, διὰ τὴν ἐν τοῖς κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἔργοις εὐτονίαν.
Pōs esthiei tis, kai pinei eis doxan Theou. APOKRISIS, En tę̄ mnēmę̄ tou euergetou, kai en tę̄ toiade diathesei tēs psychēs, martyroumenę̄ ek tēs tou sōmatos katastaseōs, hoti ouch hōs amerimnos esthiei, all᾿ hōs echōn epoptēn Theon; kai en tǭ skopǭ de tēs metalēpseōs, hotan mē hōs doulos gastros di' hēdonēn esthiei, all᾽ hōs ergatēs Theou, dia tēn en tois kat᾿ entolēn tou Christou ergois eutonian.
Question. How does one eat and drink to the glory of God?
Answer. In remembrance of the Benefactor, and in such a disposition of soul, attested by the bearing of the body, that he eats not as one without care but as one who has God as overseer; and in the aim of partaking, when he eats not as a slave of the belly for pleasure, but as God's workman, for strength in the works done according to Christ's commandment.
Chapter 197
197PG 31:1213
Πῶς ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιὰ, ἵνα μὴ γινώσκῃ ἡ ἀριστερά ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Όταν ἀμετεωρίστῳ καὶ τεταμένῃ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως ὁ νοῦς ἐξ ὁλοκλήρου ἀγωνιῶν μὴ ἐκπέσῃ τοῦ προσήκοντος, ἀγωνίζηται νομίμως. Τότε οὐδενὸς, οὔτε μέλους ἑτέρου λαμβάνει ἔννοιαν, εἰ μὴ μόνον τοῦ χρησιμεύοντος εἰς τὸ προκείμενον· ὡς ὁ τεχνίτης καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ἔργον μόνῳ ἐμβλέπων τῷ χρησιμεύοντι αὐτῷ ὀργάνῳ.
Pōs poiei hē dexia, hina mē ginōskę̄ hē aristera APOKRISIS. Otan ameteōristǭ kai tetamenę̄ epithymią tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs ho nous ex holoklērou agōniōn mē ekpesę̄ tou prosēkontos, agōnizētai nomimōs. Tote oudenos, oute melous heterou lambanei ennoian, ei mē monon tou chrēsimeuontos eis to prokeimenon; hōs ho technitēs kath᾽ hekaston ergon monǭ emblepōn tǭ chrēsimeuonti autǭ organǭ.
Question. How does the right hand act so that the left hand does not know?
Answer. When the mind, with an undistracted and intent desire to please God, is wholly anxious not to fall short of what is fitting, and contends lawfully. Then it takes no thought of anything, nor of any other member, except only of what serves the matter in hand; as a craftsman in each work looks only at the tool that serves him.
Chapter 198
198PG 31:1213
Τίς ἐστι ταπεινοφροσύνη, καὶ πῶς αὐτὴν κατορθώσομεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ταπεινοφροσύνη μέν ἐστι τὸ πάντας ἡγεῖσθαι ὑπερέχοντας ἑαυτοῦ, κατὰ τὸν ὅρον τοῦ Ἀποστόλου Κατορθοῖ δὲ τις αὐτὴν πρῶτον μὲν, ἐὰν μνημονεύσῃ τῆς ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Μάθετε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πρᾶὸς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ (ὅπερ πολλαχοῦ καὶ πολυτρόπως καὶ ἔδειξε, καὶ ἐδίδαξε)· καὶ πιστεύσῃ αὐτῷ ἐπαγγειλαμένῳ, ὅτι Ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται· ἔπειτα, ἐὰν δι᾽ ὁμαλοῦ καὶ ἀδιαστάτως τοῖς τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἐν παντὶ πράγματι ἐμμελετήσῃ καὶ συγγυμνάσηται. Μόλις γὰρ οὕτω δυνήσεται τῇ διηνεκεῖ μελέτῃ ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν ἕξιν τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης· ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τεχνῶν γίνεσθαι εἴωθεν. Ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς τρόπος τῆς κατορθώσεως καὶ ἐπὶ πάσης ἀρετῆς τῆς κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.
Tis esti tapeinophrosynē, kai pōs autēn katorthōsomen. APOKRISIS. Tapeinophrosynē men esti to pantas hēgeisthai hyperechontas heautou, kata ton horon tou Apostolou Katorthoi de tis autēn prōton men, ean mnēmoneusę̄ tēs entolēs tou Kyriou eipontos; Mathete ap᾿ emou, hoti praos eimi kai tapeinos tę̄ kardią (hoper pollachou kai polytropōs kai edeixe, kai edidaxe); kai pisteusę̄ autǭ epangeilamenǭ, hoti Ho tapeinōn heauton hypsōthēsetai; epeita, ean di᾽ homalou kai adiastatōs tois tēs tapeinophrosynēs epitēdeumasin en panti pragmati emmeletēsę̄ kai syngymnasētai. Molis gar houtō dynēsetai tę̄ diēnekei meletę̄ analabein tēn hexin tēs tapeinophrosynēs; hōsper kai epi tōn technōn ginesthai eiōthen. Ho de autos tropos tēs katorthōseōs kai epi pasēs aretēs tēs kat᾿ entolēn tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou.
Question. What is humility, and how shall we achieve it?
Answer. Humility is to count all others better than oneself, according to the Apostle's definition. One achieves it, first, if he remembers the commandment of the Lord, who said, “Learn from me, for I am meek and lowly in heart” (which he both showed and taught in many places and in many ways), and believes him who promised, “He who humbles himself will be exalted”; then, if steadily and without interruption he practises and exercises himself in the habits of humility in every matter. For only thus, by continual practice, will he be able to take on the settled habit of humility, as usually happens with the crafts too. And the same way of achieving it holds for every virtue according to the commandment of our Lord Jesus Christ.
Chapter 199
199PG 31:1213
Πῶς ἄν τις προθυμηθείη καὶ προς κινδύνους ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου παραβουλεύεσθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρῶτον μὲν ὑπομνησθεὶς, ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ὑπήκουσε τῷ Πατρὶ μέχρι θανάτου εἶτα πληροφορηθεὶς τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἐντολῆς, ὅτι ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστι, καθὼς γέγραπται· ἔπειτα, πιστεύσας τῷ Κυρίῳ εἰπόντι· Ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν· ὃς δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, οὗτος σώσει αὐτήν.
Pōs an tis prothymētheiē kai pros kindynous hyper tēs entolēs tou Kyriou parabouleuesthai APOKRISIS. Prōton men hypomnēstheis, hoti autos ho Kyrios hyper hēmōn hypēkouse tǭ Patri mechri thanatou eita plērophorētheis tēn dynamin tēs entolēs, hoti zōē aiōnios esti, kathōs gegraptai; epeita, pisteusas tǭ Kyriǭ eiponti; Hos ean thelę̄ tēn psychēn autou sōsai, apolesei autēn; hos d᾽ an apolesę̄ tēn psychēn autou heneken emou kai tou Euangeliou, houtos sōsei autēn.
Question. How might one become eager even to risk dangers for the Lord's commandment?
Answer. First, by being reminded that the Lord himself obeyed the Father for us unto death; then, by being fully assured of the power of the commandment, that it is eternal life, as it is written; and then, by believing the Lord, who said: “Whoever wishes to save his life will lose it; but whoever loses his life for my sake and the Gospel's will save it.”
Chapter 200
200PG 31:1215
Οἱ προκαμόντες ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πῶς δύνανται ὠφελεῖν τοὺς ἄρτι προσερχομένους. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὲν ἰσχύουσι κατὰ τὸ σῶμα, ἐν τῷ τὸ ἄοκνον τῆς σπουδῆς ἐπιδείκνυσθαι, καὶ τύπον ἑαυτοὺς παρέχειν παντὸς κατορθώματος· εἰ δὲ ἀσθενοῦσιν, ἐν τῇ τοιαύτῃ καταστάσει τῆς ψυχῆς, ὡς ἐπιφαίνεσθαι τῷ τε προσώπῳ καὶ παντὶ κινήματι τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐποψίας, καὶ τῆς τοῦ Κυρίου παρουσίας· καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπηριθμημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου ἰδιώμασι τῆς ἀγάπης, εἰπόντος· Ἡ ἀγάπη μακροθυμεῖ, χρηστεύεται, οὐ ζηλοῖ, οὐ περπερεύεται, οὐ φυσιοῦται, οὐκ ἀσχημονεῖ, οὐ ζητεῖ τὰ ἑαυτῆς, οὐ παροξύνεται, οὐ λογίζεται τὸ κακὸν, οὐ χαίρει ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικία συγχαίρει δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ· πάντα στέγει, πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ἐλπίζει, πάντα ὑπομένει. Ἡ ἀγάπη οὐδέποτε ἐκπίπτει. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα καὶ ἐν ἀσθενοῦντι σώματι δυνατὸν κατορθοῦσθαι.
Hoi prokamontes en tǭ ergǭ tou Theou, pōs dynantai ōphelein tous arti proserchomenous. APOKRISIS. Ei men ischyousi kata to sōma, en tǭ to aoknon tēs spoudēs epideiknysthai, kai typon heautous parechein pantos katorthōmatos; ei de asthenousin, en tę̄ toiautę̄ katastasei tēs psychēs, hōs epiphainesthai tǭ te prosōpǭ kai panti kinēmati tēn plērophorian tēs tou Theou epopsias, kai tēs tou Kyriou parousias; kai en tois apērithmēmenois hypo tou ᾿Apostolou idiōmasi tēs agapēs, eipontos; Hē agapē makrothymei, chrēsteuetai, ou zēloi, ou perpereuetai, ou physioutai, ouk aschēmonei, ou zētei ta heautēs, ou paroxynetai, ou logizetai to kakon, ou chairei epi tę̄ adikia synchairei de tę̄ alētheią; panta stegei, panta pisteuei, panta elpizei, panta hypomenei. Hē agapē oudepote ekpiptei. Tauta gar panta kai en asthenounti sōmati dynaton katorthousthai.
Question. How can those who have laboured long in the work of God benefit those who have just come?
Answer. If they are strong in body, by showing unflagging zeal and offering themselves as a pattern of every good deed. If they are weak, by such a state of soul that the full assurance of God's oversight and of the Lord's presence shows in their face and in every movement; and in the marks of love listed by the Apostle, who said: “Love is patient, is kind; love does not envy, does not vaunt itself, is not puffed up, does not behave unbecomingly, does not seek its own, is not provoked, does not reckon evil; does not rejoice in unrighteousness, but rejoices with the truth; bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, endures all things. Love never fails.” For all these can be achieved even in a weak body.
Chapter 201
201PG 31:1215
Πῶς κατορθοῖ τις ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ τὸ ἀμετεώριστον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πληροφορηθεὶς πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν εἶναι τὸν Θεόν. Εἰ γὰρ, ἄρχοντά τις ἢ προεστῶτα θεωρῶν, καὶ διαλεγόμενος αὐτῷ, ἀμετεώριστον ἔχει τὸ ὄμμα, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ προσευχόμενος τῷ Θεῷ ἀμετεώριστον ἔξει τὸν νοῦν, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐτάζοντος καρδίας καὶ νεφροὺς, πληρῶν τὸ γεγραμμένον· Ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας, χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμῶν.
Pōs katorthoi tis en tę̄ proseuchę̄ to ameteōriston. APOKRISIS. Plērophorētheis pro ophthalmōn einai ton Theon. Ei gar, archonta tis ē proestōta theōrōn, kai dialegomenos autǭ, ameteōriston echei to omma, posǭ mallon ho proseuchomenos tǭ Theǭ ameteōriston exei ton noun, apo tou etazontos kardias kai nephrous, plērōn to gegrammenon; Epairontas hosious cheiras, chōris orgēs kai dialogismōn.
Question. How does one achieve freedom from distraction in prayer?
Answer. By being fully assured that God is before his eyes. For if someone who sees a ruler or a superior and converses with him keeps his gaze undistracted, how much more will one who prays to God keep his mind undistracted from him who tries hearts and reins, fulfilling what is written: “Lifting up holy hands, without anger and disputing.”
Chapter 202
202PG 31:1215
Εἰ δυνατὸν κατορθῶσαι τὸ ἐν παντι καὶ πάντοτε ἁμετεώριστον· καὶ πῶς κατορθοῖ τις. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅτι δυνατὸν, ἔδειξεν ὁ εἰπών • Οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διαπαντὸς πρὸς τὸν Κύριον· καὶ, Προωρώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διαπαντὸς, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ. Πῶς δὲ δυνατὸν, προείρηται· ὅτι ἐν τῷ μὴ διδόναι καιρὸν ἀργίας τῇ ψυχῇ ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ Θεοῦ καὶ τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔργων τε καὶ δωρεῶν ἐννοίας, καὶ τῆς ὑπὲρ πάντων
Ei dynaton katorthōsai to en panti kai pantote hameteōriston; kai pōs katorthoi tis. APOKRISIS. Hoti dynaton, edeixen ho eipōn • Hoi ophthalmoi mou diapantos pros ton Kyrion; kai, Proōrōmēn ton Kyrion enōpion mou diapantos, hoti ek dexiōn mou estin, hina mē saleuthō. Pōs de dynaton, proeirētai; hoti en tǭ mē didonai kairon argias tę̄ psychę̄ apo tēs peri Theou kai tōn tou Theou ergōn te kai dōreōn ennoias, kai tēs hyper pantōn
Question. Whether it is possible to achieve freedom from distraction in everything and at all times, and how one achieves it.
Answer. That it is possible he showed who said, “My eyes are ever toward the Lord”; and, “I set the Lord always before me, for he is at my right hand, that I may not be moved.” How it is possible has been said before: by giving the soul no time for idleness from the thought of God, of his works and gifts, and from [thanksgiving] for all …
Chapter 203
203PG 31:1217
Τῶν κατ' ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου κατορθωμάτων πότερον ἓν μέτρον ἐστὶν ἐν πᾶσιν, ἢ ὁ μὲν πλεῖον ἔχει, ὁ δὲ ἔλαττον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἓν μέτρον ἐν πᾶσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν πλεῖον καὶ πιστεύεται καὶ ἐπιδείκνυται, ὁ δὲ ἔλαττον, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ῥημάτων, ποτὲ μὲν εἰπόντος· Ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρεὶς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ συνιών· ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ, καὶ ποιεῖ ὁ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὁ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὁ δὲ τριάκοντα· ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τὰς μνᾶς ὑποδεξαμένων εὑρίσκεται· ποτὲ δὲ, Ω μὲν ἔδωκε πέντε τάλαντα, ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν.
Tōn kat' entolēn tou Kyriou katorthōmatōn poteron hen metron estin en pasin, ē ho men pleion echei, ho de elatton. APOKRISIS. Hoti ouk estin hen metron en pasin, all᾽ ho men pleion kai pisteuetai kai epideiknytai, ho de elatton, dēlon ek tōn tou Kyriou rhēmatōn, pote men eipontos; Ho de epi tēn gēn tēn kalēn spareis, houtos estin ho ton logon akouōn kai syniōn; hos dē karpophorei, kai poiei ho men hekaton, ho de hexēkonta, ho de triakonta; hoper kai epi tōn tas mnas hypodexamenōn heurisketai; pote de, Ō men edōke pente talanta, hǭ de dyo, hǭ de hen.
Question. Of the good deeds done according to the Lord's commandment, is there one measure in all, or does one have more and another less?
Answer. That there is not one measure in all, but one is both entrusted with and shows more, another less, is clear from the Lord's words, when at one time he says, “But he who was sown on the good ground is he who hears the word and understands it, who indeed bears fruit and yields, one a hundredfold, another sixty, another thirty” (which is also found in the case of those who received the minas); and at another time, “To one he gave five talents, to another two, to another one.”
Chapter 204
204PG 31:1217
Πῶς καταξιοῦταί τις Πνεύματος ἁγίου γενέσθαι μέτοχος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ἐδίδαξεν, εἰπών· Ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτέ με, τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσατε. Καὶ ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ ἄλλον Παράκλητον δώσει ὑμῖν, ἵνα μένῃ μεθ' ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν. Ἕως οὖν οὐ τηροῦμεν πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Κυρίου, οὐδέ ἐσμεν τοιοῦτοι, ὥστε μαρτυρηθῆναι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ, ὅτι Ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου, Πνεύματος ἁγίου καταξιωθῆναι μὴ προσδοκήσωμεν.
Pōs kataxioutai tis Pneumatos hagiou genesthai metochos. APOKRISIS. Ho Kyrios hēmōn Iēsous Christos edidaxen, eipōn; Ean agapate me, tas entolas tas emas tērēsate. Kai egō erōtēsō ton Patera, kai allon Paraklēton dōsei hymin, hina menę̄ meth' hymōn eis ton aiōna, to Pneuma tēs alētheias, ho ho kosmos ou dynatai labein. Heōs oun ou tēroumen pasas tas entolas tou Kyriou, oude esmen toioutoi, hōste martyrēthēnai hyp' autou, hoti Hymeis ouk este ek tou kosmou toutou, Pneumatos hagiou kataxiōthēnai mē prosdokēsōmen.
Question. How is one counted worthy to become a partaker of the Holy Spirit?
Answer. Our Lord Jesus Christ taught it, saying: “If you love me, keep my commandments. And I will ask the Father, and he will give you another Advocate, to remain with you for ever, the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive.” So as long as we do not keep all the Lord's commandments, and are not such that he can testify of us, “You are not of this world,” let us not expect to be counted worthy of the Holy Spirit.
Chapter 205
205PG 31:1217
Τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος ποτὲ μὲν ὅτι, Τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν, πνεῦμὰ ἐστι, καὶ ζωή ἐστι· ποτὲ δὲ ὅτι, Τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον διδάξει ὑμᾶς πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ἃ ἂν εἴπω ὑμῖν· οὐ γὰρ λαλήσει, φησὶν, ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα ἂν ἀκούσῃ παρ' ἐμοῦ, ταῦτα λαλήσει· οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ πτωχοί τῷ πνεύματι, οἵτινες οὐ δι' ἄλλην τινὰ αἰτίαν ἐπτώχευσαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Ὕπαγε, πώλησον πάντα ὅσα ἔχεις, καὶ δὸς πτωχοῖς. Ἐὰν δέ τις, καὶ τὴν ὁπωσοῦν συμβᾶσαν πτωχείαν καταδεξάμενος, κυβερνήσῃ πρὸς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς ὁ Λάζαρος, οὐδὲ οὗτος τοῦ
Tines eisin hoi ptōchoi tǭ pneumati. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou legontos pote men hoti, Ta rhēmata ha egō lelalēka hymin, pneuma esti, kai zōē esti; pote de hoti, To Pneuma to hagion didaxei hymas panta, kai hypomnēsei ha an eipō hymin; ou gar lalēsei, phēsin, aph' heautou, all᾽ hosa an akousę̄ par' emou, tauta lalēsei; houtoi eisin hoi ptōchoi tǭ pneumati, hoitines ou di' allēn tina aitian eptōcheusan, alla dia tēn didaskalian tou Kyriou eipontos; Hypage, pōlēson panta hosa echeis, kai dos ptōchois. Ean de tis, kai tēn hopōsoun symbasan ptōcheian katadexamenos, kybernēsę̄ pros to thelēma tou Theou, hōs ho Lazaros, oude houtos tou
Question. Who are the poor in spirit?
Answer. Since the Lord says at one time, “The words that I have spoken to you are spirit and are life,” and at another, “The Holy Spirit will teach you all things and remind you of what I said to you; for he will not speak,” he says, “on his own, but whatever he hears from me, that he will speak,” those are the poor in spirit who have become poor for no other reason than because of the teaching of the Lord, who said: “Go, sell all that you have, and give to the poor.” And if someone, accepting a poverty that has befallen him in whatever way, steers it toward the will of God, as Lazarus did, neither is he …
Chapter 206
206PG 31:1219
Τοῦ Κυρίου παραγγέλλοντος μη μεριμνᾷν τί φάγωμεν, ἢ τί πίωμεν, ἢ τί περιβαλλώμεθα, μέχρι τίνος ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολή· ἢ πῶς κατορθοῦται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ μὲν ἐντολή ἐστι μέχρι θανάτου, ὡς καὶ πᾶσα ἐντολή. Καὶ γὰρ ὁ Κύριος ὑπήκουσε μέχρι θανάτου. Κατορθοῦται δὲ τῇ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεὸν πεποιθήσει. Απαγορεύσας γὰρ ὁ Κύριος τὴν μέριμναν, ἐπισυνάπτει τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν, εἰπών· Οἶδε γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν, ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε, πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. Τοιοῦτος ἦν ὁ Ἀπόστολος λέγων· Τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν, ἵνα μὴ πεποιθότες ὦμεν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς· κατὰ μὲν τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν τῆς ψυχῆς καθημέραν ἀποθνήσκων, τῇ δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐδοκίᾳ φυλασσόμενος. Διὸ μετὰ παῤῥησίας ἔλεγεν Ὡς ἀποθνήσκοντες, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶμεν. Βοηθεῖ δὲ τῇ τοιαύτῃ προαιρέσει καὶ ἡ περὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Κυρίου διάπυρος σπουδὴ καὶ ἀκόρεστος ἐπιθυμία, ὑφ᾽ ἧς ὁ κρατηθεὶς οὐδὲ σχολὴν ἄγει μετεωρισθῆναι περὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος χρείας.
Tou Kyriou parangellontos mē merimnąn ti phagōmen, ē ti piōmen, ē ti periballōmetha, mechri tinos estin hē entolē; ē pōs katorthoutai. APOKRISIS. Hē men entolē esti mechri thanatou, hōs kai pasa entolē. Kai gar ho Kyrios hypēkouse mechri thanatou. Katorthoutai de tę̄ epi ton Theon pepoithēsei. Apagoreusas gar ho Kyrios tēn merimnan, episynaptei tēn epangelian, eipōn; Oide gar ho Patēr hymōn, hōn chreian echete, pro tou hymas aitēsai auton. Toioutos ēn ho Apostolos legōn; To apokrima tou thanatou eschēkamen, hina mē pepoithotes ōmen eph᾽ heautois, all' epi tǭ Theǭ tǭ egeironti tous nekrous; kata men tēn krisin kai tēn hetoimasian tēs psychēs kathēmeran apothnēskōn, tę̄ de tou Theou eudokią phylassomenos. Dio meta parrhēsias elegen Hōs apothnēskontes, kai idou zōmen. Boēthei de tę̄ toiautę̄ proairesei kai hē peri tas entolas tou Kyriou diapyros spoudē kai akorestos epithymia, hyph᾽ hēs ho kratētheis oude scholēn agei meteōristhēnai peri tas tou sōmatos chreias.
Question. Since the Lord commands us not to be anxious about what we shall eat or drink or put on, how far does the commandment extend, and how is it achieved?
Answer. The commandment extends unto death, as every commandment does; for the Lord too obeyed unto death. And it is achieved by trust in God. For the Lord, having forbidden anxiety, joins the promise to it, saying: “For your Father knows what you need before you ask him.” Such was the Apostle, who said: “We had the sentence of death in ourselves, so that we should not trust in ourselves, but in God who raises the dead,” dying daily in the judgment and readiness of his soul, but preserved by God's good pleasure. That is why he said boldly: “As dying, and behold, we live.” And what helps such a resolve is a burning zeal and insatiable desire for the Lord's commandments; one who is gripped by it has no leisure even to be distracted about the needs of the body.
Chapter 207
207PG 31:1219
Οὐκοῦν εἰ μηδὲ μεριμνᾷν δεῖ περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων πρὸς τὸ ζῆν, καὶ ἄλλη παραγγελία ἐστι τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος·· Εργάζεσθε μὴ τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν ἀπολλυμένην·ι περισσὸν τὸ ἐργάζεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τόπῳ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ πρόσταγμα ἐσαφήνισεν. Ἐκεῖ μὲν γὰρ ἀπαγορεύσας τὸ ζητεῖν τὰ πρὸς τὸ ζῇν ἐν τῷ· εἰπεῖν· Μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε, ἢ τί πίητε· ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου ἐπιζητεῖ· προσέταξεν εἰπών Ζητεῖτε δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ· πῶς δὲ δεῖ ζητεῖν, διὰ τῶν καταξιουμένων ἐδήλωσεν· ἐνταῦθα δὲ κωλύσας ἐργάζεσθαι τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν ἀπολλυμένην, ἐδίδαξεν ἐργάζεσθαι τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον· ἣν αὐτὸς πάλιν ἐφανέρωσεν ἐν ἑτέρῳ τόπῳ εἰπών· Ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν, ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός. Εἰ δὲ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐστι πεινῶντα θρέψαι, διψῶντα ποτίσαι, γυμνὸν περιβαλεῖν, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα μιμεῖσθαι τὸν ᾿Απόστολον λέγοντα· Πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὕτω κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων· καὶ ὑπακούειν αὐτῷ διδάσκοντι· Μᾶλλον δὲ κοπιάτω ἐργαζόμενος ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ἵνα ἔχῃ μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι. Τούτων τοίνυν οὕτως ἡμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου παραδεδομένων, φανερὸν ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἑαυτοῦ ἕνεκεν μεριμνᾶν, ἢ ἐργάζεσθαι, παντάπασιν ἀπηγόρευται· κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν δὲ τοῦ Κυρίου, διὰ τὴν χρείαν τοῦ πλησίον μεριμνᾷν καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι σπουδαιότερον χρή· μάλιστα τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναδεχομένου τὴν εἰς τοὺς ἀνακειμένους αὐτῷ σπουδὴν, καὶ βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν ὑπὲρ ταύτης ἐπαγγελλομένου.
Oukoun ei mēde merimnąn dei peri tōn anankaiōn pros to zēn, kai allē parangelia esti tou Kyriou eipontos;; Ergazesthe mē tēn brōsin tēn apollymenēn;i perisson to ergazesthai. APOKRISIS. Autos ho Kyrios en hekaterǭ topǭ to heautou prostagma esaphēnisen. Ekei men gar apagoreusas to zētein ta pros to zę̄n en tǭ; eipein; Mē zēteite ti phagēte, ē ti piēte; tauta gar panta ta ethnē tou kosmou epizētei; prosetaxen eipōn Zēteite de tēn basileian tou Theou kai tēn dikaiosynēn autou; pōs de dei zētein, dia tōn kataxioumenōn edēlōsen; entautha de kōlysas ergazesthai tēn brōsin tēn apollymenēn, edidaxen ergazesthai tēn brōsin tēn menousan eis zōēn aiōnion; hēn autos palin ephanerōsen en heterǭ topǭ eipōn; Emon brōma estin, hina poiō to thelēma tou pempsantos me Patros. Ei de thelēma Theou esti peinōnta threpsai, dipsōnta potisai, gymnon peribalein, kai ta loipa, anankē pasa mimeisthai ton ᾿Apostolon legonta; Panta hypedeixa hymin, hoti houtō kopiōntas dei antilambanesthai tōn asthenountōn; kai hypakouein autǭ didaskonti; Mallon de kopiatō ergazomenos tais idiais chersi to agathon, hina echę̄ metadidonai tǭ chreian echonti. Toutōn toinyn houtōs hēmin hypo tou Kyriou dia tou Euangeliou kai tou Apostolou paradedomenōn, phaneron hoti to men heautou heneken merimnan, ē ergazesthai, pantapasin apēgoreutai; kat᾿ entolēn de tou Kyriou, dia tēn chreian tou plēsion merimnąn kai ergazesthai spoudaioteron chrē; malista tou Kyriou eis heauton anadechomenou tēn eis tous anakeimenous autǭ spoudēn, kai basileian ouranōn hyper tautēs epangellomenou.
Question. If, then, we must not even be anxious about what is necessary for life, and there is another command of the Lord, who said, “Do not work for the food that perishes,” is working superfluous?
Answer. The Lord himself made his command clear in each passage. There, having forbidden seeking what is needed for life, saying, “Do not seek what you will eat or what you will drink; for all the nations of the world seek all these things,” he commanded, saying, “But seek the kingdom of God and his righteousness”; and how one must seek it he showed through those counted worthy of it. Here, having forbidden working for the food that perishes, he taught us to work for the food that endures to eternal life, which he again revealed in another place, saying: “My food is to do the will of the Father who sent me.” And if it is the will of God to feed the hungry, give drink to the thirsty, clothe the naked, and the rest, it is altogether necessary to imitate the Apostle, who says, “In all things I showed you that by labouring like this we must help the weak,” and to obey him when he teaches: “Let him rather labour, working with his own hands what is good, so that he may have something to give to him who has need.” Since these things have thus been handed down to us by the Lord through the Gospel and the Apostle, it is plain that to be anxious or to work for one's own sake is altogether forbidden; but according to the Lord's commandment we must be anxious and work the more zealously for our neighbour's need, especially since the Lord takes upon himself the zeal shown toward those devoted to him, and promises the kingdom of heaven for it.
Chapter 208
208PG 31:1221
Εἰ καλόν ἐστι καθόλου σιγὴν ἀσκεῖν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τῆς σιγῆς τὸ καλὸν καιρῷ καὶ προσώπῳ δοκιμάζεται, ὡς παρὰ τῆς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς διδασκόμεθα. Καιρῷ μὲν, ὡς ὅταν λέγῃ ὅτι, ῾Ὁ συνιὼν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ σιωπήσεται, ὅτι καιρὸς πονηρός ἐστι· καὶ πάλιν· Ἐθέμην τῷ στόματι μου φυλακὴν, ἐν τῷ συστῆναι τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐναντίον μου· προσώπῳ δὲ, ὡς ὅταν γράφῃ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· Ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλῳ ἀποκαλυφθῇ καθημένῳ, ὁ πρῶτος σιγάτω· καὶ πάλιν· Αἱ γυναῖκες ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις σιγάτωσαν. Ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ τοῖς ἀκρατεστέροις τὴν γλῶσσαν, καὶ μὴ δυναμένοις φυλάξαι τὸ, Πᾶς λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκπορευέσθω, ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς, πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως· ἀναγκαία ἡ τελεία σιωπή, ἕως ἂν ἐν ταύτῃ τὸ τε πάθος τῆς ἐν λόγοις προπετείας θεραπευθῶσι, καὶ δυνηθῶσι μαθεῖν ἐπὶ σχολῆς, πότε, καὶ τί, καὶ πῶς λαλεῖν δεῖ, ἵνα, καθὼς γέγραπται, Δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν.
Ei kalon esti katholou sigēn askein. APOKRISIS. Tēs sigēs to kalon kairǭ kai prosōpǭ dokimazetai, hōs para tēs theopneustou Graphēs didaskometha. Kairǭ men, hōs hotan legę̄ hoti, ῾Ho syniōn en tǭ kairǭ ekeinǭ siōpēsetai, hoti kairos ponēros esti; kai palin; Ethemēn tǭ stomati mou phylakēn, en tǭ systēnai ton hamartōlon enantion mou; prosōpǭ de, hōs hotan graphę̄ ho ᾿Apostolos; Ean de allǭ apokalyphthę̄ kathēmenǭ, ho prōtos sigatō; kai palin; Hai gynaikes hymōn en tais ekklēsiais sigatōsan. Esti de hote kai tois akratesterois tēn glōssan, kai mē dynamenois phylaxai to, Pas logos sapros ek tou stomatos hymōn mē ekporeuesthō, all᾽ ei tis agathos, pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs; anankaia hē teleia siōpē, heōs an en tautę̄ to te pathos tēs en logois propeteias therapeuthōsi, kai dynēthōsi mathein epi scholēs, pote, kai ti, kai pōs lalein dei, hina, kathōs gegraptai, Dǭ charin tois akouousin.
Question. Whether it is good to practise complete silence.
Answer. The good of silence is tested by time and person, as we are taught by the God-inspired Scripture. By time, as when it says, “He who understands will keep silent at that time, for it is an evil time”; and again, “I set a guard on my mouth, when the sinner stood against me.” By person, as when the Apostle writes, “If something is revealed to another who sits by, let the first be silent”; and again, “Let your women keep silent in the churches.” And there are times when complete silence is necessary for those who have less control over the tongue and cannot keep the saying, “Let no rotten word proceed out of your mouth, but only such as is good for the building up of faith,” until in this silence their passion of rashness in words is healed, and they are able to learn at leisure when, what, and how one should speak, so that, as it is written, it “may give grace to those who hear.”
Chapter 209
209PG 31:1221
Πῶς δυνηθῶμεν φοβηθῆναι τὰ κρίματα τοῦ Θεοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Κατὰ φύσιν ἡ προσδοκία παντὸς δεινοῦ φόβου ἐστὶ ποιητική Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὰ θηρία φοβούμεθα, καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, κακοῦ τινος πεῖραν ἐξ αὐτῶν προσδοκῶντες. Ἐὰν οὖν τις πιστεύσῃ, ὅτι ἀληθεῖς εἰσιν αἱ ἀπειλαὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ προσδοκήσῃ τὴν φρικώδη καὶ δεινοτάτην αὐτῶν πεῖραν φοβεῖται τὰ κρίματα τοῦ Θεοῦ.
Pōs dynēthōmen phobēthēnai ta krimata tou Theou. APOKRISIS. Kata physin hē prosdokia pantos deinou phobou esti poiētikē Houtō gar kai ta thēria phoboumetha, kai tous archontas, kakou tinos peiran ex autōn prosdokōntes. Ean oun tis pisteusę̄, hoti alētheis eisin hai apeilai tou Kyriou, kai prosdokēsę̄ tēn phrikōdē kai deinotatēn autōn peiran phobeitai ta krimata tou Theou.
Question. How can we come to fear the judgments of God?
Answer. By nature, the expectation of anything dreadful produces fear. So we fear wild beasts and rulers, expecting to experience some evil from them. If, then, someone believes that the Lord's threats are true, and expects to experience them, terrible and most dreadful as they are, he fears the judgments of God.
Chapter 210
210PG 31:1221
Τις ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου παραδεδομένη καταστολὴ κόσμιος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν τὸν ἴδιον σεμνοπρεπής χρῆσις, ἐστοχασμένη καιροῦ, τόπου, προσώπου, χρείας. Οὐ γὰρ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐγκρίνει ὁ λόγος σκεπάσματα ἐν καιρῷ χειμῶνος καὶ θέρους, οὔτε τὸ αὐτὸ σχῆμα τοῦ ἐργάτου καὶ τοῦ ἀναπαυομένου, τοῦ ὑπηρετοῦντος καὶ τοῦ θεραπευομένου, τοῦ στρατιώτου καὶ τοῦ ἰδιώτου, ἢ ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικός.
Tis estin hē tou ᾿Apostolou paradedomenē katastolē kosmios. APOKRISIS. Hē pros ton skopon ton idion semnoprepēs chrēsis, estochasmenē kairou, topou, prosōpou, chreias. Ou gar ta auta enkrinei ho logos skepasmata en kairǭ cheimōnos kai therous, oute to auto schēma tou ergatou kai tou anapauomenou, tou hypēretountos kai tou therapeuomenou, tou stratiōtou kai tou idiōtou, ē andros kai gynaikos.
Question. What is the seemly apparel handed down by the Apostle?
Answer. A use that is dignified with regard to its proper purpose, with an eye to time, place, person, and need. For reason does not approve the same coverings in winter and in summer, nor the same dress for one who works and one who rests, for one who serves and one who is served, for a soldier and a civilian, or for a man and a woman.
Chapter 211
211PG 31:1223
Τί τὸ μέτρον τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπης. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἀεὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπεκτείνεσθαι πρὸς τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ θέλημα, κατὰ σκοπὸν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς αὐτοῦ δόξης.
Ti to metron tēs pros Theon agapēs. APOKRISIS. To hyper dynamin aei tēn psychēn epekteinesthai pros to tou Theou thelēma, kata skopon kai epithymian tēs autou doxēs.
Question. What is the measure of love for God?
Answer. That the soul always stretch out beyond its strength toward the will of God, with the aim and desire of his glory.
Chapter 212
212PG 31:1223
Πῶς κατορθοῦται ἡ πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπη. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ἐὰν εὐσυνειδήτως καὶ εὐγνωμόνως διατεθῶμεν ἐπὶ ταῖς παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ εὐεργεσίαις· ὅπερ καὶ τοῖς ἀλόγοις ὑπάρχει. Ὁρῶμεν γὰρ τοὺς κύνας τὸν διδόντα ἄρτον μόνον ἀγαπῶντας· μανθάνομεν δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκ τῶν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου έγκληματικῶς εἰρημένων οὕτως· Υἱοὺς ἐγέννησα καὶ ὕψωσα· αὐτοὶ δὲ με ἠθέτησαν. Ἔγνω βοῦς τὸν κτησάμενον, καὶ ὄνος τὴν φάτνην τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ· Ἰσραὴλ δὲ με οὐκ ἔγνω, καὶ ὁ λαός με οὐ συνῆκεν. "Ωσπερ γὰρ τῷ βοῖ καὶ τῷ ὄνῳ ἐκ τῆς παρὰ τοῦ τρέφοντος εὐεργεσίας ἡ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀγάπη αὐτομάτως ἐγγίνεται· οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἐὰν εὐαισθήτως καὶ εὐγνωμόνως τὰς εὐεργεσίας δεξώμεθα, πῶς οὐκ ἀγαπήσομεν τὸν τοσούτων καὶ τηλικούτων εὐεργέτην Θεὸν, κατὰ φύσιν, ἵνα οὕτως εἶπω, καὶ ἀδιδάκτως τῆς τοιαύτης διαθέσεως τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ ψυχῇ ἐγγινομένης;
Pōs katorthoutai hē pros Theon agapē. APOKRISIS Ean eusyneidētōs kai eugnōmonōs diatethōmen epi tais par᾿ autou euergesiais; hoper kai tois alogois hyparchei. Horōmen gar tous kynas ton didonta arton monon agapōntas; manthanomen de touto kai ek tōn dia Hēsaïou tou prophētou enklēmatikōs eirēmenōn houtōs; Huious egennēsa kai hypsōsa; autoi de me ēthetēsan. Egnō bous ton ktēsamenon, kai onos tēn phatnēn tou kyriou autou; Israēl de me ouk egnō, kai ho laos me ou synēken. "Ōsper gar tǭ boi kai tǭ onǭ ek tēs para tou trephontos euergesias hē pros auton agapē automatōs enginetai; houtō kai hēmeis, ean euaisthētōs kai eugnōmonōs tas euergesias dexōmetha, pōs ouk agapēsomen ton tosoutōn kai tēlikoutōn euergetēn Theon, kata physin, hina houtōs eipō, kai adidaktōs tēs toiautēs diatheseōs tę̄ hygiainousę̄ psychę̄ enginomenēs?
Question. How is love for God achieved?
Answer. If we are disposed with good conscience and gratitude toward his benefits, which is found even in irrational creatures. For we see dogs loving the one who only gives them bread; and we learn this too from what was said reproachfully through Isaiah the prophet: “I have begotten and raised up sons, but they have rejected me. The ox knows its owner, and the donkey its master's manger; but Israel has not known me, and my people has not understood me.” For as love toward the one who feeds them arises of itself in the ox and the donkey from his benefits, so we too, if we receive his benefits with feeling and gratitude, how shall we not love God, the benefactor of so many and such great things, since such a disposition arises in the sound soul naturally, so to speak, and untaught?
Chapter 213
213PG 31:1223
Τίνα ἐστὶ τὰ γνωρίσματα τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπης. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐδίδαξεν ἡμᾶς, εἰπών· Ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτέ με, τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσατε.
Tina esti ta gnōrismata tēs pros Theon agapēs. APOKRISIS. Autos ho Kyrios edidaxen hēmas, eipōn; Ean agapate me, tas entolas tas emas tērēsate.
Question. What are the marks of love for God?
Answer. The Lord himself taught us, saying: “If you love me, keep my commandments.”
Chapter 214
214PG 31:1223
Χρηστότης καὶ ἀγαθωσύνη τίνι διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Δαβὶδ εἰπόντος ποτὲ μέν· Χρηστὸς Κύριος τοῖς σύμπασι, καὶ, Χρηστὸς ἀνὴρ ὁ οἰκτείρων καὶ κιχρῶν· ποτὲ δὲ, ᾿Αγάθυνον, Κύριε, τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς· καὶ τοῦ Ἱερεμίου, ᾿Αγαθὸς Κύριος τοῖς ὑπομένουσιν αὐτὸν, πλατυτέραν οἶμαι εἶναι τὴν χρηστότητα, εἰς εὐεργεσίαν τῶν ὁπωσδηποτοῦν ἐπιδεομένων ταύτης· συνηγμένην δὲ μᾶλλον τὴν ἀγαθωσύνην, καὶ τοῖς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λόγοις ἐν ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις συγχρωμένην.
Chrēstotēs kai agathōsynē tini diapherousin allēlōn. APOKRISIS. Tou Dabid eipontos pote men; Chrēstos Kyrios tois sympasi, kai, Chrēstos anēr ho oikteirōn kai kichrōn; pote de, ᾿Agathynon, Kyrie, tois agathois; kai tou Hieremiou, ᾿Agathos Kyrios tois hypomenousin auton, platyteran oimai einai tēn chrēstotēta, eis euergesian tōn hopōsdēpotoun epideomenōn tautēs; synēgmenēn de mallon tēn agathōsynēn, kai tois tēs dikaiosynēs logois en tais euergesiais synchrōmenēn.
Question. How do kindness and goodness differ from each other?
Answer. Since David says at one time, “The Lord is kind to all,” and, “Kind is the man who has pity and lends,” and at another, “Do good, O Lord, to the good,” and Jeremiah says, “The Lord is good to those who wait for him,” I think kindness is broader, for the benefit of those who need it in any way at all; while goodness is more restricted, and in its benefits makes use of the principles of righteousness.
Chapter 215
215PG 31:1225
Τις ἐστιν ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου μακαριζόμενος εἰρηνοποιός. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ τῷ Κυρίῳ συνεργῶν, κατὰ τὸν ᾿Απόστολον εἰπόντα· Ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ πρεσβεύομεν, ὡς τοῦ Θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος δι' ἡμῶν· δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ, καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ· καὶ πάλιν· Δικαιωθέντες ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Θεόν. Ἡ γὰρ ἄλλως ἔχουσα εἰρήνη ἠρνήθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν· οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν.
Tis estin ho hypo tou Kyriou makarizomenos eirēnopoios. APOKRISIS. Ho tǭ Kyriǭ synergōn, kata ton ᾿Apostolon eiponta; Hyper Christou presbeuomen, hōs tou Theou parakalountos di' hēmōn; deometha hyper Christou, katallagēte tǭ Theǭ; kai palin; Dikaiōthentes ek pisteōs, eirēnēn echomen pros ton Theon. Hē gar allōs echousa eirēnē ērnēthē hypo tou Kyriou eipontos; Eirēnēn tēn emēn didōmi hymin; ou kathōs ho kosmos didōsin, egō didōmi hymin.
Question. Who is the peacemaker blessed by the Lord?
Answer. One who works together with the Lord, according to the Apostle, who said, “We are ambassadors for Christ, as though God were exhorting through us; we beseech you on behalf of Christ, be reconciled to God”; and again, “Having been justified by faith, we have peace with God.” For peace of any other kind was disowned by the Lord, who said: “My peace I give you; not as the world gives do I give to you.”
Chapter 216
216PG 31:1225
Ἐν τίνι στραφῆναι δεῖ καὶ γενέσθαι ὡς τὰ νήπια ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Αὐτὴ ἡ περικοπὴ τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου διδάσκει ἡμᾶς, τὴν ὑπόθεσιν δηλοῦσα πρὸς ἣν εἴρηται τοῦτο· ὥστε μὴ ζητεῖν ὑπεροχὴν, τὴν δὲ ἰσοτιμίαν τῆς φύσεως γνωρίζειν, καὶ ἀγαπᾶν τὸ ἰσότιμον πρὸς τοὺς ἐλαττοῦσθαι δοκοῦντας ἔν τισι. Τοιαῦτα γάρ ἐστι καὶ τὰ παιδία πρὸς ἄλληλα, τά γε μήπω προσεθισθέντα τῇ τῶν ἀναστρεφομένων κακίᾳ.
En tini straphēnai dei kai genesthai hōs ta nēpia APOKRISIS. Autē hē perikopē tou Euangeliou didaskei hēmas, tēn hypothesin dēlousa pros hēn eirētai touto; hōste mē zētein hyperochēn, tēn de isotimian tēs physeōs gnōrizein, kai agapan to isotimon pros tous elattousthai dokountas en tisi. Toiauta gar esti kai ta paidia pros allēla, ta ge mēpō prosethisthenta tę̄ tōn anastrephomenōn kakią.
Question. In what must we turn and become like little children?
Answer. The Gospel passage itself teaches us, by showing the occasion on which this was said: so as not to seek pre-eminence, but to recognize the equal honour of our nature and to cherish equality of honour with those who seem to be inferior in some things. For such are children toward one another, those at least not yet accustomed to the wickedness of those they live among.
Chapter 217
217PG 31:1225
Πῶς δεξόμεθα τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐὰν τοιοῦτοι γενώμεθα πρὸς τὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῦ Κυρίου, οἷόν ἐστι τὸ παιδίον ἐν τοῖς μαθήμασι· μὴ ἀντιλέγον, μήτε δικαιολογούμενον πρὸς τοὺς διδασκάλους, πιστῶς δὲ καὶ εὐπειθῶς δεχόμενον τὰ διδάγματα.
Pōs dexometha tēn basileian tou Theou hōs paidion. APOKRISIS. Ean toioutoi genōmetha pros tēn didaskalian tou Kyriou, hoion esti to paidion en tois mathēmasi; mē antilegon, mēte dikaiologoumenon pros tous didaskalous, pistōs de kai eupeithōs dechomenon ta didagmata.
Question. How shall we receive the kingdom of God as a little child?
Answer. If we become toward the Lord's teaching what a child is in its lessons: not contradicting or arguing with its teachers, but receiving the instruction faithfully and obediently.
Chapter 218
218PG 31:1225
Ποίαν σύνεσιν αἰτεῖν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὀφείλομεν, ἢ πῶς αὐτῆς καταξιωθῆναι δυνάμεθα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν μὲν σύνεσιν παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τοῦ προφήτου μανθάνομεν, λέγοντος· Μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ σοφός ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ ἰσχυρός ἐν τῇ ἰσχύϊ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μὴ καυχάσθω ὁ πλούσιος ἐν τῷ πλούτῳ αὐτοῦ· ἀλλὰ ἐν τούτῳ καυχάσθω ὁ καυχώμενος, ἐν τῷ συνιεῖν καὶ γινώσκειν τὸν Κύριον· καὶ διὰ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Ἀλλὰ συνιέντες, τὶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Κυρίου. Δυνάμεθα δὲ ταύτης καταξιωθῆναι, ἐὰν ποιήσωμεν τὸ γεγραμμένον· Σχολάσατε, καὶ γνῶτε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεός· καὶ ἐὰν πιστεύσωμεν ἀληθὲς εἶναι πᾶν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ· Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πιστεύσητε, φησὶν, οὐδὲ μὴ συνῆτε.
Poian synesin aitein para tou Theou opheilomen, ē pōs autēs kataxiōthēnai dynametha. APOKRISIS. Tēn men synesin par᾿ autou tou Theou dia tou prophētou manthanomen, legontos; Mē kauchasthō ho sophos en tę̄ sophią autou, kai mē kauchasthō ho ischyros en tę̄ ischyï autou, kai mē kauchasthō ho plousios en tǭ ploutǭ autou; alla en toutǭ kauchasthō ho kauchōmenos, en tǭ syniein kai ginōskein ton Kyrion; kai dia tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Alla synientes, ti to thelēma tou Kyriou. Dynametha de tautēs kataxiōthēnai, ean poiēsōmen to gegrammenon; Scholasate, kai gnōte, hoti egō eimi ho Theos; kai ean pisteusōmen alēthes einai pan rhēma Theou; Ean gar mē pisteusēte, phēsin, oude mē synēte.
Question. What understanding ought we to ask of God, or how can we be counted worthy of it?
Answer. We learn what understanding is from God himself through the prophet, who says: “Let not the wise man boast in his wisdom, and let not the strong man boast in his strength, and let not the rich man boast in his riches; but let him who boasts boast in this, in understanding and knowing the Lord”; and through the Apostle, who said: “But understanding what the will of the Lord is.” And we can be counted worthy of it if we do what is written, “Be still, and know that I am God,” and if we believe that every word of God is true; for “if you do not believe,” it says, “neither will you understand.”
Chapter 219
219PG 31:1227
Ἐὰν εὐεργετηθῶμεν παρά τινος, πῶς δυνηθῶμεν καὶ τῷ Κυρίῳ τὴν ὀφειλομένην εὐχαριστίαν καθαρὰν καὶ ὀλόκληρον ἀποδοῦναι, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν εὐεργέτην ἐπιστημόνως πληρῶσαι, μήτε ἐλλείποντες, μήτε ὑπερβαίνοντες τὸ μέτρον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐὰν τὸν μὲν Θεὸν ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ εἶναι πληροφορηθῶμεν· τὸν δὲ διάκονον ὡς ὑπηρέτην τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐεργεσίας γνωρίσωμεν.
Ean euergetēthōmen para tinos, pōs dynēthōmen kai tǭ Kyriǭ tēn opheilomenēn eucharistian katharan kai oloklēron apodounai, kai tēn pros ton euergetēn epistēmonōs plērōsai, mēte elleipontes, mēte hyperbainontes to metron. APOKRISIS. Ean ton men Theon archēgon kai teleiōtēn pantos agathou einai plērophorēthōmen; ton de diakonon hōs hypēretēn tēs tou Theou euergesias gnōrisōmen.
Question. If we receive a benefit from someone, how can we render to the Lord the thanksgiving we owe, pure and whole, and also fulfil with understanding what we owe to the benefactor, neither falling short of nor exceeding the measure?
Answer. If we are fully assured that God is the author and perfecter of every good, and recognize the one who ministered it as a servant of God's benefit.
Chapter 220
220PG 31:1227
Εἰ παντὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ ἀδελφαῖς συντυγχάνειν ἐπιτρέπειν χρή· ἢ τίς, καὶ πότε, καὶ πῶς ἀδελφαῖς συντεύξεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Περὶ τούτων εἴρηται ἐν τοῖς κατὰ πλάτος, ὅτι οὔτε ἀνδρὶ ἀνὴρ κατ᾿ ἐξουσίαν ἕκαστος ἁπλῶς καὶ ὡς ἔτυχε συντυγχάνειν ὀφείλει· μετὰ δοκιμασίας δὲ ὁ δυνάμενος ὠφελῆσαι καὶ ὠφεληθῆναι, οὐχ ὅτι γε γυναικί. Εἰ δέ τις μνημονεύει τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, ὅτι Πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὁ ἐὰν λαλήσωσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσι λόγον περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, φοβεῖται ἐπὶ παντὸς πράγματος τὸ τοιοῦτον κρῖμα, καὶ πείθεται τῷ ᾿Αποστόλῳ εἰπόντι Εἴτε ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖτε· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· Πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν γινέσθω· καὶ οὐδὲν ἀνέχεται ποιῆσαι ἀργῶς καὶ ἀνωφελῶς. Τὸ δὲ, Τίς, καὶ πότε, καὶ πῶς, ἵνα καιρὸς καὶ τόπος, καὶ πρόσωπον δοκιμάζηται, ἀφ᾿ ὧν κακοῦ μέν τινος οὔτε ὑποψία ἔσται· τὸ δὲ ἀπρόσκοπον τοῖς πᾶσι φυλαχθήσεται, καὶ πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως ἡ συντυχία γενήσεται. ᾿Αλλ' οὔτε ἓν πρόσωπον ἑνὶ συντυγχάνειν ἐπιτρέπει ὁ λόγος. Ἀγαθοὶ γὰρ οἱ δύο, φησὶν, ὑπὲρ τὸν ἕνα, ἅμα δὲ καὶ ἀξιόπιστοι· Οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἐνὶ, ὅτι, ἐὰν πέσῃ, οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐγείρων.
Ei panti tǭ boulomenǭ adelphais syntynchanein epitrepein chrē; ē tis, kai pote, kai pōs adelphais synteuxetai. APOKRISIS. Peri toutōn eirētai en tois kata platos, hoti oute andri anēr kat᾿ exousian hekastos haplōs kai hōs etyche syntynchanein opheilei; meta dokimasias de ho dynamenos ōphelēsai kai ōphelēthēnai, ouch hoti ge gynaiki. Ei de tis mnēmoneuei tou Kyriou eipontos, hoti Pan rhēma argon ho ean lalēsōsin hoi anthrōpoi, apodōsousi logon peri autou en hēmerą kriseōs, phobeitai epi pantos pragmatos to toiouton krima, kai peithetai tǭ ᾿Apostolǭ eiponti Eite esthiete, eite pinete, eite ti poieite, panta eis doxan Theou poieite; kai allachou; Panta pros oikodomēn ginesthō; kai ouden anechetai poiēsai argōs kai anōphelōs. To de, Tis, kai pote, kai pōs, hina kairos kai topos, kai prosōpon dokimazētai, aph᾿ hōn kakou men tinos oute hypopsia estai; to de aproskopon tois pasi phylachthēsetai, kai pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs hē syntychia genēsetai. ᾿All' oute hen prosōpon heni syntynchanein epitrepei ho logos. Agathoi gar hoi dyo, phēsin, hyper ton hena, hama de kai axiopistoi; Ouai de tǭ eni, hoti, ean pesę̄, ouk estin ho egeirōn.
Question. Whether everyone who wishes should be allowed to meet with the sisters; or who, and when, and how one shall meet with the sisters.
Answer. It has been said about these things in the longer answers that not even with a man should each man meet simply and at random, on his own authority, but, after testing, one who is able to benefit and to be benefited; much less with a woman. And if someone remembers the Lord, who said, “For every idle word that men speak they will give account of it on the day of judgment,” he fears such a judgment in every matter, and obeys the Apostle, who said, “Whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God,” and elsewhere, “Let all things be done for building up,” and will not allow himself to do anything idly and unprofitably. As for “who, and when, and how”: so that time, place, and person may be tested, through which there will be no suspicion of anything bad, offence to all will be avoided, and the meeting will serve the building up of faith. But reason does not allow even one person to meet with one. “For two are better than one,” it says, and at the same time more trustworthy; “but woe to him who is alone, for if he falls, there is no one to lift him up.”
Chapter 221
221PG 31:1229
Τοῦ Κυρίου διδάσκοντος προσεύχεσθαι μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμὸν, εἰ δεῖ προσεύχεσθαι μὴ περιπεσεῖν ὀδύναις σωματικαῖς· ἐὰν δὲ περιπέσῃ τις, πῶς παρέλθῃ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οὐ διέκρινε πειρασμοῦ ποιότητα, καθολικῶς δὲ προσέταξε· Προσεύχεσθε μὴ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν· εἰσαχθέντα δὲ σὺν τῷ πειρασμῷ τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν, παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτεῖν δεῖ, ἵνα κατορθωθῇ ἡμῖν τὸ, ῾Ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται.
Tou Kyriou didaskontos proseuchesthai mē eiselthein eis peirasmon, ei dei proseuchesthai mē peripesein odynais sōmatikais; ean de peripesę̄ tis, pōs parelthę̄. APOKRISIS. Ou diekrine peirasmou poiotēta, katholikōs de prosetaxe; Proseuchesthe mē eiselthein eis peirasmon; eisachthenta de syn tǭ peirasmǭ tēn ekbasin tou dynasthai hypenenkein, para tou Kyriou aitein dei, hina katorthōthę̄ hēmin to, ῾Ho de hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai.
Question. Since the Lord teaches us to pray not to enter into temptation, should we pray not to fall into bodily pains? And if someone does fall into them, how should he come through it?
Answer. He did not distinguish the kind of temptation, but commanded generally: “Pray that you may not enter into temptation.” But when we have been brought into it, we must ask of the Lord, together with the temptation, the way of escape, that we may be able to bear it, so that this may be achieved in us: “But he who endures to the end, he will be saved.”
Chapter 222
222PG 31:1229
Τἰς ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίδικος ἑκάστου ἡμῶν· ἢ πῶς αὐτῷ εὐνοήσομεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐπιτετηρημένως ἐνταῦθα ὁ Κύριος ἀντίδικον ὀνομάζει τὸν ἀφαιρεῖσθαί τι ἐπιχειροῦντα τῶν διαφερόντων ἡμῖν. Εὐνοοῦμεν δὲ αὐτῷ, ἐὰν φυλάξωμεν τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς πράγματος τοιούτου ὁμοίως.
Tis estin ho antidikos hekastou hēmōn; ē pōs autǭ eunoēsomen. APOKRISIS. Epitetērēmenōs entautha ho Kyrios antidikon onomazei ton aphaireisthai ti epicheirounta tōn diapherontōn hēmin. Eunooumen de autǭ, ean phylaxōmen to prostagma tou Kyriou eipontos; Tǭ thelonti soi krithēnai, kai ton chitōna sou labein, aphes autǭ kai to himation kai epi pantos pragmatos toioutou homoiōs.
Question. Who is the adversary of each of us, and how shall we be well-disposed toward him?
Answer. Here the Lord pointedly calls “adversary” the one who tries to take away something that belongs to us. And we are well-disposed toward him if we keep the command of the Lord, who said, “To him who wishes to go to law with you and take your tunic, let him have your cloak as well,” and likewise in every such matter.
Chapter 223
223PG 31:1229
Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, « Σὺ δὲ νηστεύων, ἄλειψαι σου τὴν κεφαλὴν, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι, ἵνα μὴ φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων· ὁ θέλων διά τινα λόγον ἀρέσκοντα Θεῷ νηστεῦσαι, καθὼς καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι πολλάκις πεποιηκότες εὑρίσκονται, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὡς οὐ θέλει φαίνεται, τί ποιήσει. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ παράγγελμα τοῦτό ἐστι πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιτηδεύοντας ποιεῖν τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἵνα τὸ πάθος τῆς ἀνθρωπαρεσκείας θεραπεύσωσιν. Ἐπεὶ ὅτι γε ἡ ἐντολὴ τοῦ Κυρίου, εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ γενομένη, κατὰ φύσιν ἀνεπιτηδείως ἔχει πρὸς τὸ κρύπτεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς φιλοθέοις, ὁ Κύριος ἐδήλωσεν εἰπών· Οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη· οὐδὲ καίουσι λύχνον, καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.
Tou Kyriou eipontos, « Sy de nēsteuōn, aleipsai sou tēn kephalēn, kai to prosōpon sou nipsai, hina mē phanę̄s tois anthrōpois nēsteuōn; ho thelōn dia tina logon areskonta Theǭ nēsteusai, kathōs kai hoi hagioi pollakis pepoiēkotes heuriskontai, epeidē kai hōs ou thelei phainetai, ti poiēsei. APOKRISIS. To parangelma touto esti pros tous epitēdeuontas poiein tēn entolēn tou Theou pros to theathēnai tois anthrōpois, hina to pathos tēs anthrōpareskeias therapeusōsin. Epei hoti ge hē entolē tou Kyriou, eis doxan Theou genomenē, kata physin anepitēdeiōs echei pros to kryptesthai para tois philotheois, ho Kyrios edēlōsen eipōn; Ou dynatai polis krybēnai epanō orous keimenē; oude kaiousi lychnon, kai titheasin auton hypo ton modion, kai ta hexēs.
Question. Since the Lord said, “But you, when you fast, anoint your head and wash your face, so that you may not appear to men to be fasting,” what shall one do who wishes to fast for some reason pleasing to God, as the saints are often found to have done, since it becomes apparent even though he does not wish it?
Answer. This command is addressed to those who make a practice of doing God's commandment in order to be seen by men, so that they may heal the passion of man-pleasing. For that the Lord's commandment, when done to the glory of God, is by nature unsuited to being hidden among those who love God, the Lord showed when he said: “A city set on a hill cannot be hidden; nor do they light a lamp and put it under the measure,” and so on.
Chapter 224
224PG 31:1229
Εἰ καὶ νῦν οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ὥρας ἐργάζονται, οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνδεκάτης, καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οὗτοι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τάχα γνωριμώτατόν ἐστι τοῦτο τοις πᾶσιν ἐκ τῶν ἐν τῇ θεοπνεύστῳ Γραφῇ ἱστορουμένων· ὅτι πολλοί μὲν εἰσι, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἀποστόλου μαρτυρίαν, ἀπὸ βρέφους τὰ ἱερὰ γράμματα μανθάνοντες· πολλοί δὲ οἱ κατὰ τὸν Κορνήλιον, τοῖς μὲν φυσικοῖς κινήμασιν ὑγιῶς χρώμενοι, εἰς δὲ τὴν κατ' ἐπιστήμην τελειότητα βραδύνοντες, διὰ τὴν ἀπόλειψιν τῶν διδασκόντων. Πῶς γὰρ πιστεύσουσι, φησὶν, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσωσιν; Ἐὰν οὖν συμβῇ τινας εἶναι, κατὰ τὸν Κορνήλιον, περὶ μηδὲν μὲν κακὸν ἀσχολουμένους, ἐν δὲ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τῆς τελειότητος τὰ δυνατὰ καὶ εἰς γνῶσιν ἥκοντα καλὰ γνησίως ἐπιδεικνυμένους, τούτοις ὁ Θεὸς χαρίζεται ἃ καὶ τῷ Κορνηλίῳ, μὴ τούτοις λογισάμενος τὸν παρελθόντα χρόνον τῆς ἀργίας εἰς ἔγκλημα, ἐπεὶ μὴ παρὰ τὴν αὐτῶν αἰτίαν, ὡς εἶπον, ἐγένετο· τῇ δὲ ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἀρχούμενος, τῇ φανερωθείσῃ διὰ τῶν κατὰ καιρὸν σπουδαζομένων, καὶ ἐπὶ τέλει ἐπιμελέστερον κατορθουμένων
Ei kai nyn hoi men apo tēs prōtēs hōras ergazontai, hoi de apo tēs endekatēs, kai tines eisin houtoi. APOKRISIS. Tacha gnōrimōtaton esti touto tois pasin ek tōn en tę̄ theopneustǭ Graphę̄ historoumenōn; hoti polloi men eisi, kata tēn tou Apostolou martyrian, apo brephous ta hiera grammata manthanontes; polloi de hoi kata ton Kornēlion, tois men physikois kinēmasin hygiōs chrōmenoi, eis de tēn kat' epistēmēn teleiotēta bradynontes, dia tēn apoleipsin tōn didaskontōn. Pōs gar pisteusousi, phēsin, ean mē akousōsin? Ean oun symbę̄ tinas einai, kata ton Kornēlion, peri mēden men kakon ascholoumenous, en de epithymią tēs teleiotētos ta dynata kai eis gnōsin hēkonta kala gnēsiōs epideiknymenous, toutois ho Theos charizetai ha kai tǭ Kornēliǭ, mē toutois logisamenos ton parelthonta chronon tēs argias eis enklēma, epei mē para tēn autōn aitian, hōs eipon, egeneto; tę̄ de epithymią archoumenos, tę̄ phanerōtheisę̄ dia tōn kata kairon spoudazomenōn, kai epi telei epimelesteron katorthoumenōn
Question. Whether even now some work from the first hour and others from the eleventh, and who these are.
Answer. This is perhaps very well known to all from what is related in the God-inspired Scripture: that there are many who, according to the Apostle's testimony, learn the sacred writings from infancy; and many who, like Cornelius, use their natural impulses soundly but are slow in coming to perfection in knowledge, because of the lack of teachers. “For how shall they believe,” it says, “if they do not hear?” If, then, there happen to be some who, like Cornelius, are busied with nothing evil, but in desire for perfection genuinely show such good things as are possible and have come to their knowledge, to them God grants what he granted to Cornelius, not reckoning against them as a charge the past time of idleness, since, as I said, it did not come about through their own fault; but being satisfied with their desire, made plain by what they strove for at each time, and at the end achieved with greater care.
Chapter 225
225PG 31:1231
Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· « Οὅπου ἐὰν ὦσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν·· πῶς τούτου καταξιωθῆναι δυνηθῶμεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οἱ εἰς τὸ ὄνομά τινος συναχθέντες, πάντως ὀφείλουσιν εἰδέναι τὸν σκοπὸν τοῦ συναγαγόντος, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἑαυτοὺς καταρτίζειν, ἵνα εὐαρεστήσεως χάριν εὕρωσι, καὶ μὴ κακίας ἢ ἀμελείας κρίματι ὑποπέσωσιν. Ὥσπερ γὰρ οἱ κληθέντες ὑπό τινος, εἰ μὲν σκοπὸς τοῦ θερίσαι πρόκειται τῷ καλέσαντι, πρὸς αὐτὸ ἑαυτοὺς παρασκευάζουσιν εἰ δὲ σκοπὸς τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι, πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν εὐτρεπίζονται· οὕτως οἱ κληθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου μνημονεύειν ὀφείλομεν τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος Παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ ὁ δέσμιος ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως, ἧς ἐκλήθητε, μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πραότητος, μετὰ μακροθυμίας, ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων ἐν ἀγάπη, σπουδάζοντες τηρεῖν τὴν ἐνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης. Ἓν σῶμα, καὶ ἐν πνεῦμα, καθὼς καὶ ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν. Σαφέστερον δὲ ἡμῖν παρίστησιν ὁ Κύριος τὸ πᾶν διὰ τῆς πρὸς ἕνα ἐπαγγελίας εἰπών· Ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει καὶ ὁ Πατήρ μου ἀγαπήσει αὐτὸν, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ' αὐτῷ ποιήσομεν. Ὡς οὖν γίνεται παρὰ τούτῳ ἡ μονὴ ἐκ τηρήσεως τῶν ἐντολῶν, οὕτω καὶ τῶν δύο ἢ τριῶν ἐν
Tou Kyriou eipontos; « Hoopou ean ōsi dyo ē treis synēgmenoi eis to emon onoma, ekei eimi en mesǭ autōn;; pōs toutou kataxiōthēnai dynēthōmen. APOKRISIS. Hoi eis to onoma tinos synachthentes, pantōs opheilousin eidenai ton skopon tou synagagontos, kai pros auton heautous katartizein, hina euarestēseōs charin heurōsi, kai mē kakias ē ameleias krimati hypopesōsin. Hōsper gar hoi klēthentes hypo tinos, ei men skopos tou therisai prokeitai tǭ kalesanti, pros auto heautous paraskeuazousin ei de skopos tou oikodomēsai, pros tēn oikodomēn eutrepizontai; houtōs hoi klēthentes hypo tou Kyriou mnēmoneuein opheilomen tou Apostolou legontos Parakalō hymas egō ho desmios en Kyriǭ axiōs peripatēsai tēs klēseōs, hēs eklēthēte, meta pasēs tapeinophrosynēs kai praotētos, meta makrothymias, anechomenoi allēlōn en agapē, spoudazontes tērein tēn enotēta tou pneumatos en tǭ syndesmǭ tēs eirēnēs. Hen sōma, kai en pneuma, kathōs kai eklēthēte en mią elpidi tēs klēseōs hymōn. Saphesteron de hēmin paristēsin ho Kyrios to pan dia tēs pros hena epangelias eipōn; Ean tis agapą me, ton logon mou tērēsei kai ho Patēr mou agapēsei auton, kai pros auton eleusometha, kai monēn par' autǭ poiēsomen. Hōs oun ginetai para toutǭ hē monē ek tērēseōs tōn entolōn, houtō kai tōn dyo ē triōn en
Question. Since the Lord said, “Where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them,” how can we be counted worthy of this?
Answer. Those gathered together in someone's name ought certainly to know the aim of the one who gathered them, and to fit themselves to it, so that they may find the favour of being well-pleasing and not fall under the judgment of wickedness or negligence. For as those called by someone, if the caller's aim is to reap, prepare themselves for that, and if his aim is to build, make ready for building, so we who have been called by the Lord ought to remember the Apostle, who says: “I therefore, the prisoner in the Lord, exhort you to walk worthily of the calling with which you were called, with all humility and meekness, with patience, bearing with one another in love, eager to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. There is one body and one Spirit, just as you were called in one hope of your calling.” And the Lord shows us the whole more clearly through his promise to a single person, saying: “If anyone loves me, he will keep my word; and my Father will love him, and we will come to him and make our abode with him.” As, then, the abode is made with him through the keeping of the commandments, so also among the two or three …
Chapter 226
226PG 31:1233
Τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος· « Λοιδορούμενοι εὐλογοῦμεν, βλασφημούμενοι παρακαλοῦμεν·· πῶς ὀφείλει εὐλογεῖν ὁ λοιδορούμενος, ἢ τί παρακαλειν ὁ βλασφημούμενος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καθόλου νομίζω τὸν ᾿Απόστολον ἐνταῦθα διδάσκειν ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῶν καθ' ἑαυτὸν, ἀνεξικακίᾳ χρῆσθαι πρὸς πάντας, καὶ ἀγαθοῖς ἀμείβεσθαι τοὺς πονηρευομένους· ὡς μὴ μόνον ἐπὶ τοῦ λοιδοροῦντος γίνεσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς πονηρευομένου, πληροῦντας τὸ εἰρημένον· Μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν. Τὸ δὲ παρακαλεῖν οἶδεν ἡ Γραφὴ τιθέναι, οὐ κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν τῆς. συνηθείας, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ συμβιβάζειν τὴν καρδίαν εἰς πληροφορίαν τῆς ἀληθείας, ὡς ἐν τῷ, Παρακαλεῖτε τὸν λαόν μου, λέγει ὁ Θεός. Καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος δέ φησιν· Ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς· τοῦτο δὲ ἐστι, συμπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· ᾿Αλλ' ὁ παρακαλῶν τοὺς ταπεινούς παρεκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ Τίτου.
Tou Apostolou legontos; « Loidoroumenoi eulogoumen, blasphēmoumenoi parakaloumen;; pōs opheilei eulogein ho loidoroumenos, ē ti parakalein ho blasphēmoumenos. APOKRISIS. Katholou nomizō ton ᾿Apostolon entautha didaskein hēmas apo tōn kath' heauton, anexikakią chrēsthai pros pantas, kai agathois ameibesthai tous ponēreuomenous; hōs mē monon epi tou loidorountos ginesthai to toiouton, alla kai epi pantos ponēreuomenou, plērountas to eirēmenon; Mē nikō hypo tou kakou, alla nika en tǭ agathǭ to kakon. To de parakalein oiden hē Graphē tithenai, ou kata tēn chrēsin tēs. synētheias, alla pros to symbibazein tēn kardian eis plērophorian tēs alētheias, hōs en tǭ, Parakaleite ton laon mou, legei ho Theos. Kai ho ᾿Apostolos de phēsin; Epipothō gar idein hymas, hina ti metadō charisma hymin pneumatikon eis to stērichthēnai hymas; touto de esti, symparaklēthēnai en hymin dia tēs en allēlois pisteōs hymōn te kai emou; kai allachou; ᾿All' ho parakalōn tous tapeinous parekalesen hēmas ho Theos en tę̄ parousią Titou.
Question. Since the Apostle says, “Being reviled, we bless; being slandered, we exhort,” how ought one who is reviled to bless, or what is one who is slandered to exhort?
Answer. In general I think the Apostle here teaches us, from his own example, to show forbearance toward all and to repay those who do evil with good things; so that this happens not only in the case of one who reviles, but also of everyone who does evil, fulfilling what is said: “Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good.” And Scripture is accustomed to use “exhort” not in the usual sense, but for bringing the heart to full assurance of the truth, as in “Exhort my people, says God.” And the Apostle says: “For I long to see you, that I may impart to you some spiritual gift, so that you may be established; that is, that we may be encouraged together among you through the faith we share, both yours and mine”; and elsewhere: “But God, who comforts the lowly, comforted us by the coming of Titus.”
Chapter 227
227PG 31:1233
Εἰ χρὴ ἕκαστον ἀνατίθεσθαι καὶ ἑτέροις ἃ φρονεῖ, ἢ ἐν πληροφορίᾳ τοῦ ἀρέσκειν τῷ Θεῷ τὸ γενόμενον, παρ' ἑαυτῷ κατέχειν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Μεμνημένοι τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀποφάσεως, εἰπόντος διὰ τοῦ προφήτου· Οὐαὶ οἱ συνετοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐνώπιον ἑαυτῶν ἐπιστήμονες· καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου λέγοντος· Ἐπιποθῶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν εἰς τὸ στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς· τοῦτο δὲ ἐστι, συμπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ· λογιζόμεθα ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ἀνατίθεσθαι ἡμᾶς τοῖς ὁμοψύχοις, καὶ ἀπόδειξιν δεδωκόσι πίστεώς τε καὶ συνέσεως, ἵνα ἢ τὸ πεπλανημένον διορθωθῇ, ἢ τὸ ἠκριβωμένον βεβαιωθῇ, καὶ ἡμεῖς φύγωμεν τὸ προειρημένον κρίμα, τὸ κατὰ τῶν ἑαυτοῖς συνετῶν.
Ei chrē hekaston anatithesthai kai heterois ha phronei, ē en plērophorią tou areskein tǭ Theǭ to genomenon, par' heautǭ katechein APOKRISIS. Memnēmenoi tēs tou Theou apophaseōs, eipontos dia tou prophētou; Ouai hoi synetoi en heautois, kai enōpion heautōn epistēmones; kai tou ᾿Apostolou legontos; Epipothō gar idein hymas, hina ti metadō charisma hymin pneumatikon eis to stērichthēnai hymas; touto de esti, symparaklēthēnai en hymin dia tēs en allēlois pisteōs hymōn te kai emou; logizometha anankaion einai anatithesthai hēmas tois homopsychois, kai apodeixin dedōkosi pisteōs te kai syneseōs, hina ē to peplanēmenon diorthōthę̄, ē to ēkribōmenon bebaiōthę̄, kai hēmeis phygōmen to proeirēmenon krima, to kata tōn heautois synetōn.
Question. Whether each one should submit to others too what he thinks, or keep to himself what he has done, in the full assurance that it pleases God.
Answer. Remembering God's sentence, spoken through the prophet, “Woe to those who are wise in themselves, and knowing in their own sight,” and the Apostle, who says, “For I long to see you, that I may impart to you some spiritual gift, so that you may be established; that is, that we may be encouraged together among you through the faith we share, both yours and mine,” we reckon it necessary to submit our thoughts to those of one soul with us who have given proof of faith and understanding, so that either what has gone astray may be corrected or what is exact may be confirmed, and we may escape the judgment pronounced against those who are wise in their own eyes.
Chapter 228
228PG 31:1233
Εἰ ἐπὶ παντὶ πράγματι πληροφορεῖν χρὴ τὸ θέλημα τῶν σκανδαλιζομένων, ἢ ἔστι τινὰ, ἐφ' ὧν οὐ δεῖ προσποιεῖσθαι, κἄν τινες σκανδαλίζωνται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Σαφῆ τὴν ἐν τούτοις διαφορὰν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τόπῳ ἐπερωτηθέντες ἐδηλώσαμεν, καὶ τὴν περὶ τούτου ἀκρίβειαν, ὡς δυνατὸν ἡμῖν, παραδεδώκαμεν.
Ei epi panti pragmati plērophorein chrē to thelēma tōn skandalizomenōn, ē esti tina, eph' hōn ou dei prospoieisthai, kan tines skandalizōntai. APOKRISIS. Saphē tēn en toutois diaphoran en tǭ idiǭ topǭ eperōtēthentes edēlōsamen, kai tēn peri toutou akribeian, hōs dynaton hēmin, paradedōkamen.
Question. Whether in every matter one must satisfy the wish of those who take offense, or whether there are some things in which one should take no account of them, even if some take offense.
Answer. We have shown the difference in these matters clearly when we were asked about it in its proper place, and we have handed down the exact teaching about it as far as we were able.
Chapter 229
229PG 31:1235
Εἰ χρὴ τὰς ἀπηγορευμένας πράξεις ἀνεπαισχυντότερον ἐξαγορεύειν πᾶσιν, ἢ τισί· καὶ ποίοις τούτοις. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ ἐξαγόρευσις τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λόγον, ὃν ἔχει ἡ ἐπίδειξις τῶν σωματικῶν παθῶν. Ὡς οὖν τὰ πάθη τοῦ σώματος οὐ πᾶσιν ἀποκαλύπτουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὔτε τοῖς τυχοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐμπείροις τῆς τούτων θεραπείας· οὕτω καὶ ἡ ἐξαγόρευσις τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων γίνεσθαι ὀφείλει, ἐπὶ τῶν δυναμένων θεραπεύειν, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· Ὑμεῖς οἱ δυνατοὶ, τὰ ἀσθενήματα τῶν ἀδυνάτων βαστάζετε τουτέστι, αἴρετε διὰ τῆς ἐπιμελείας
Ei chrē tas apēgoreumenas praxeis anepaischyntoteron exagoreuein pasin, ē tisi; kai poiois toutois. APOKRISIS. Hē exagoreusis tōn hamartēmatōn touton echei ton logon, hon echei hē epideixis tōn sōmatikōn pathōn. Hōs oun ta pathē tou sōmatos ou pasin apokalyptousin hoi anthrōpoi, oute tois tychousin, alla tois empeirois tēs toutōn therapeias; houtō kai hē exagoreusis tōn hamartēmatōn ginesthai opheilei, epi tōn dynamenōn therapeuein, kata to gegrammenon; Hymeis hoi dynatoi, ta asthenēmata tōn adynatōn bastazete toutesti, airete dia tēs epimeleias
Question. Whether forbidden deeds should be confessed openly to everyone, or to some; and to whom.
Answer. The confession of sins follows the same principle as the showing of bodily illnesses. Just as people do not disclose the illnesses of the body to everyone, nor to anyone they happen on, but to those experienced in treating them, so too the confession of sins ought to be made before those able to heal, as it is written, “You who are strong, bear the weaknesses of those without strength”; that is, take them away by your care.
Chapter 230
230PG 31:1235
Τί ἐστι λατρεία, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ἡ λογικὴ λατρεία. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Λατρεία μὲν ἔστιν, ὡς λογίζομαι, ἡ συντεταμένη, καὶ διηνεκής, καὶ ἀμετεώριστος περὶ τὸ λατρευόμενον θεραπεία· τὴν δὲ διαφορὰν τῆς λογικῆς λατρείας καὶ τῆς ἀλόγου παρίστησιν ἡμῖν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος εἰπὼν, ποτὲ μέν· Οἴδατε, ὅτι ὅτε ἔθνη ἦτε, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα, ὡς ἂν ἤγεσθε, ἀπαγόμενοι· ποτὲ δέ· Παραστήσατε τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν, ἁγίαν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ, τὴν λογικήν λατρείαν ὑμῶν. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ, ὡς ἂν ἄγηται, ἀπαγόμενος, ἄλογον λατρεύει λατρείαν, ἅτε μὴ ὑπὸ λόγου καθηγουμένου, ἰδίᾳ ὁρμῇ καὶ προθέσει κινούμενος, τῇ δὲ τοῦ ἄγοντος ἐξουσίᾳ, πρὸς ὅπερ ἂν ἄγηται, καὶ ὡς οὐ θέλει, φερόμενος· ὁ δὲ μετὰ λόγου ὑγιοῦς καὶ βουλῆς ἀγαθῆς σὺν πολλῇ φροντίδι τὸ ἀρεστὸν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε καὶ πανταχοῦ σκοπούμενος καὶ κατορθῶν, οὗτος πληροῖ τὴν ἐντολὴν τῆς λογικῆς λατρείας, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· Λύχνος τοῖς ποσί μου ὁ νόμος σου, καὶ φῶς ταῖς τρίβοις μου· καὶ πάλιν· Καὶ ἡ συμβουλία μου τὰ δικαιώματά σου.
Ti esti latreia, kai tis estin hē logikē latreia. APOKRISIS. Latreia men estin, hōs logizomai, hē syntetamenē, kai diēnekēs, kai ameteōristos peri to latreuomenon therapeia; tēn de diaphoran tēs logikēs latreias kai tēs alogou paristēsin hēmin ho ᾿Apostolos eipōn, pote men; Oidate, hoti hote ethnē ēte, pros ta eidōla ta aphōna, hōs an ēgesthe, apagomenoi; pote de; Parastēsate ta sōmata hymōn thysian zōsan, hagian, euareston tǭ Theǭ, tēn logikēn latreian hymōn. Ho men gar, hōs an agētai, apagomenos, alogon latreuei latreian, hate mē hypo logou kathēgoumenou, idią hormę̄ kai prothesei kinoumenos, tę̄ de tou agontos exousią, pros hoper an agētai, kai hōs ou thelei, pheromenos; ho de meta logou hygious kai boulēs agathēs syn pollę̄ phrontidi to areston tǭ Theǭ pantote kai pantachou skopoumenos kai katorthōn, houtos plēroi tēn entolēn tēs logikēs latreias, kata ton eiponta; Lychnos tois posi mou ho nomos sou, kai phōs tais tribois mou; kai palin; Kai hē symboulia mou ta dikaiōmata sou.
Question. What is worship, and what is reasonable worship?
Answer. Worship, as I reckon, is intent, continual, and undistracted service of the one worshipped. The difference between reasonable and unreasoning worship the Apostle sets before us, saying at one time, “You know that when you were Gentiles you were led away to dumb idols, however you were led,” and at another, “Present your bodies as a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God, which is your reasonable worship.” For the one who is led away, however he is led, offers unreasoning worship, since he is moved, not by his own impulse and purpose under the guidance of reason, but by the power of the one who leads him, and is carried wherever he is led, even against his will. But the one who, with sound reason and good counsel, with much care, always and everywhere looks to what is pleasing to God and achieves it, fulfils the commandment of reasonable worship, according to the one who said, “Your law is a lamp to my feet and a light to my paths”; and again, “And your ordinances are my counsel.”
Chapter 231
231PG 31:1235
Ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς πονηρεύηται εἰς ἐμὲ καὶ ἐχθραίνῃ μοι, ἢ ἐνίοτε καὶ ἱερεὺς, εἰ ἔξεστί μοι τὰς δεδομένας μοι περὶ ἐχθροῦ ἐντολὰς καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ Κύριος ἐν ταῖς περὶ ἐχθρῶν ἐντολαῖς, οὔτε ἐχθροῦ οὔτε ἔχθρας διαφορὰν ἡνίξατο· μᾶλλον δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ὑπερεχόντων βαθμῷ τὸ αὐτὸ ἁμάρτημα βαρύτερον εἶναι ὡρίσατο, εἰπὼν πρὸς αὐτοὺς· Τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς; Μάλιστα οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων καὶ τῶν δοκούντων εἶναι ἐνδοξοτέρων, σπουδῆς χρεία καὶ ἐπισκέψεως· ἵνα καὶ τὴν ὀφειλομένην ἐπιμέλειαν αὐτῶν, εἴτε ἐν παρακλήσει, εἴτε ἐν ἐλέγχῳ μετὰ τῆς προσηκούσης μακροθυμίας ποιησώμεθα, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἐντολὴν, ἐπ' αὐτῶν παραφυλάξαντες, ἀνυπαιτίους ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει φυλάξωμεν.
Ean adelphos ponēreuētai eis eme kai echthrainę̄ moi, ē eniote kai hiereus, ei exesti moi tas dedomenas moi peri echthrou entolas kai ep᾿ autǭ APOKRISIS. Ho Kyrios en tais peri echthrōn entolais, oute echthrou oute echthras diaphoran hēnixato; mallon de epi tōn hyperechontōn bathmǭ to auto hamartēma baryteron einai hōrisato, eipōn pros autous; Ti de blepeis to karphos to en tǭ ophthalmǭ tou adelphou sou, tēn de en tǭ sǭ ophthalmǭ dokon ou katanoeis? Malista oun epi tōn toioutōn kai tōn dokountōn einai endoxoterōn, spoudēs chreia kai episkepseōs; hina kai tēn opheilomenēn epimeleian autōn, eite en paraklēsei, eite en elenchǭ meta tēs prosēkousēs makrothymias poiēsōmetha, kai ta loipa panta, kata tēn tou Kyriou entolēn, ep' autōn paraphylaxantes, anypaitious heautous kai en toutǭ tǭ merei phylaxōmen.
Question. If a brother does evil to me and is hostile to me, or at times even a priest, whether I am permitted to keep, in his case too, the commandments given me about an enemy.
Answer. The Lord, in the commandments about enemies, did not hint at any difference either of enemy or of enmity; rather, he laid it down that the same sin is heavier in those higher in rank, saying to them, “Why do you see the speck that is in your brother’s eye, but do not notice the log that is in your own eye?” So especially with such people, and with those who seem more distinguished, there is need of zeal and attention, so that we may give them the care we owe them, whether by exhortation or by reproof, with fitting patience; and, observing everything else in their case according to the Lord’s commandment, we may keep ourselves blameless in this respect too.
Chapter 232
232PG 31:1237
Ἐάν τις, ἀδικηθεὶς ὑπό τινος, μηδενὶ ἀνάθηται, λόγῳ μακροθυμίας καὶ ἀνεξικακίας, δόξῃ δὲ τῷ Θεῷ ἀποδιδόναι τὸ κρῖμα, εἰ κατὰ Κύριον ποιεῖ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, ποτὲ μὲν, Ἀφίετε εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος· ποτὲ δὲ, Ἐὰν ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σὲ ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξύ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. Εάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούση, παράλαβε μετὰ σοῦ ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. Ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ. Ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης· τῆς μὲν μακροθυμίας καρπὸν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι χρὴ, τῷ Θεῷ τὴν προσευχὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἠδικηκότος ἐξ ἀληθινῆς διαθέσεως προσάγοντα καὶ λέγοντα· Κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτῷ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα μὴ, ὡς ὀργιζόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, ἔνοχος γένηται τῇ κρίσει· τὴν δὲ παράκλησιν τῷ ἠδικηκότι, καὶ τὸν ἔλεγχον ἀποδιδόναι ἀκόλουθον, ὅπως κἀκεῖνον τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας ἐλευθερώσῃ. Ἐὰν δὲ ἀμελήσῃ καὶ λόγῳ δῆθεν τῆς ἰδίας μακροθυμίας ἐφησυχάσῃ, διπλῆν ἁμαρτίαν ἁμαρτάνει· ὅτι τε αὐτὸς παραβαίνει τὴν ἐντολὴν τὴν λέγουσαν, Ἐλεγμῷ ἐλέγξεις τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ οὐ λήψῃ δι' αὐτὸν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ κοινωνὸς τοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντος διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς γίνεται καὶ ὅτι τὸν δυνάμενον ἴσως κερδηθῆναι διὰ τῶν ἐλέγχων, καθώς καὶ ὁ Κύριος διετάξατο, τοῦτον ἀφίησιν ἐναπολέσθαι τῷ κακῷ.
Ean tis, adikētheis hypo tinos, mēdeni anathētai, logǭ makrothymias kai anexikakias, doxę̄ de tǭ Theǭ apodidonai to krima, ei kata Kyrion poiei. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou eipontos, pote men, Aphiete ei ti echete kata tinos; pote de, Ean hamartę̄ eis se ho adelphos sou, hypage, elenxon auton metaxy sou kai autou monou. Ean sou akousę̄, ekerdēsas ton adelphon sou; ean de mē akousē, paralabe meta sou eti hena ē dyo, hina epi stomatos dyo martyrōn kai triōn stathę̄ pan rhēma. Ean de parakousę̄ autōn, eipe tę̄ Ekklēsią. Ean de kai tēs Ekklēsias parakousę̄, estō soi hōsper ho ethnikos kai ho telōnēs; tēs men makrothymias karpon epideiknysthai chrē, tǭ Theǭ tēn proseuchēn hyper tou ēdikēkotos ex alēthinēs diatheseōs prosagonta kai legonta; Kyrie, mē stēsę̄s autǭ tēn hamartian, hina mē, hōs orgizomenos tǭ adelphǭ autou, enochos genētai tę̄ krisei; tēn de paraklēsin tǭ ēdikēkoti, kai ton elenchon apodidonai akolouthon, hopōs kakeinon tēs orgēs tēs erchomenēs epi tous huious tēs apeitheias eleutherōsę̄. Ean de amelēsę̄ kai logǭ dēthen tēs idias makrothymias ephēsychasę̄, diplēn hamartian hamartanei; hoti te autos parabainei tēn entolēn tēn legousan, Elegmǭ elenxeis ton plēsion sou, kai ou lēpsę̄ di' auton hamartian, kai koinōnos tou hamartanontos dia tēs siōpēs ginetai kai hoti ton dynamenon isōs kerdēthēnai dia tōn elenchōn, kathōs kai ho Kyrios dietaxato, touton aphiēsin enapolesthai tǭ kakǭ.
Question. If someone who has been wronged by another tells no one, by reason of patience and forbearance, but thinks to leave the judgment to God, does he act according to the Lord?
Answer. Since the Lord said at one time, “Forgive, if you have anything against anyone,” and at another, “If your brother sins against you, go, reprove him between you and him alone. If he listens to you, you have gained your brother; but if he does not listen, take with you one or two more, so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. If he refuses to listen to them, tell it to the church; and if he refuses to listen even to the church, let him be to you as the Gentile and the tax collector,” one must show the fruit of patience by offering to God, from a true disposition, prayer for the one who did the wrong, saying, “Lord, do not hold this sin against him,” so that he may not become liable to judgment as one angry with his brother; and it is fitting to give the wrongdoer exhortation and reproof, so that he may set him too free from the wrath that comes upon the sons of disobedience. But if he neglects this and keeps quiet, supposedly by reason of his own patience, he commits a double sin: because he himself transgresses the commandment that says, “You shall surely reprove your neighbour, and you shall not incur sin because of him,” and becomes a partner of the sinner through his silence; and because he lets one who might perhaps have been gained through reproof, as the Lord ordained, perish in his wickedness.
Chapter 233
233PG 31:1237
Ἐκ πάντων τῶν κατορθωμάτων ἐὰν ἓν λείπῃ τινὶ, εἰ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ σώζεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πολλῶν ὄντων ἐν τῇ τε Παλαιᾷ καὶ ἐν τῇ Καινῇ Διαθήκῃ τῶν δυναμένων περὶ τούτου πληροφορῆται ἡμᾶς, ἀρκεῖν ἡγοῦμαι τῷ πιστῷ καὶ μόνον τὸ ἐπὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ κρῖμα· ὃς ἐπὶ τοσούτοις καὶ τηλικούτοις κατορθώμασι, καὶ τοιούτοις τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου μακαρισμοῖς καὶ ἐπαίνοις, ἵνα ἐν ἑνὶ μόνῳ δόξῃ παρακούειν, καὶ τοῦτο οὔτε διὰ ὄκνον, οὔτε διὰ καταφρόνησιν, ἀλλὰ δι᾽ εὐλάβειαν καὶ τιμὴν τὴν περὶ τὸν Κύριον, ἐπὶ τούτῳ μόνῳ ἀκούει· Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ' ἐμοῦ.
Ek pantōn tōn katorthōmatōn ean hen leipę̄ tini, ei dia touto ou sōzetai. APOKRISIS. Pollōn ontōn en tę̄ te Palaią kai en tę̄ Kainę̄ Diathēkę̄ tōn dynamenōn peri toutou plērophorētai hēmas, arkein hēgoumai tǭ pistǭ kai monon to epi tǭ Petrǭ krima; hos epi tosoutois kai tēlikoutois katorthōmasi, kai toioutois tois para tou Kyriou makarismois kai epainois, hina en heni monǭ doxę̄ parakouein, kai touto oute dia oknon, oute dia kataphronēsin, alla di᾽ eulabeian kai timēn tēn peri ton Kyrion, epi toutǭ monǭ akouei; Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros met' emou.
Question. If one of all the good deeds is lacking in someone, is he for that reason not saved?
Answer. Although there are many things in both the Old and the New Testament that can give us full assurance about this, I think the judgment on Peter alone is enough for the believer. After so many and such great good deeds, and such blessings and praises from the Lord, when he seemed to disobey in one thing only, and that neither from sloth nor from contempt, but from reverence and honour toward the Lord, for this alone he hears: “If I do not wash you, you have no part with me.”
Chapter 234
234PG 31:1239
Πῶς τὸν θάνατόν τις τοῦ Κυρίου καταγγέλλει ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὡς ὁ Κύριος ἐδίδαξεν εἰπών· Εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς μὲ, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. Καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος παρέστησεν ὁμολογήσας τὸ, Ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ τῷ κόσμῳ. Ὅπερ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ βαπτίσματι προλαβόντες συνεθέμεθα· Ὅσοι γὰρ, φησὶν, έβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν· οἷς ἐπιφέρει, ἑρμηνεύων τί ἐστι τὸ εἰς τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Κυρίου βαπτισθῆναι, ὅτι ῾Ο παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη, ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ· πάσης δὲ τῆς πρὸς τὸ ζῇν προσπαθείας καθαρεύοντας, ἀξίους γενέσθαι τῆς μαρτυρίας τοῦ Ἀποστόλου, εἰπόντος· Ἀπεθάνετε γὰρ, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν
Pōs ton thanaton tis tou Kyriou katangellei APOKRISIS. Hōs ho Kyrios edidaxen eipōn; Ei tis erchetai pros me, aparnēsasthō heauton, kai aratō ton stauron autou. Kai ho ᾿Apostolos parestēsen homologēsas to, Emoi kosmos estaurōtai, kagō tǭ kosmǭ. Hoper en autǭ tǭ baptismati prolabontes synethemetha; Hosoi gar, phēsin, ebaptisthēmen eis Christon Iēsoun, eis ton thanaton autou ebaptisthēmen; hois epipherei, hermēneuōn ti esti to eis ton thanaton tou Kyriou baptisthēnai, hoti ῾O palaios hēmōn anthrōpos synestaurōthē, hina katargēthę̄ to sōma tēs hamartias, tou mēketi douleuein hēmas tę̄ hamartią; pasēs de tēs pros to zę̄n prospatheias kathareuontas, axious genesthai tēs martyrias tou Apostolou, eipontos; Apethanete gar, kai hē zōē hymōn
Question. How does one proclaim the death of the Lord?
Answer. As the Lord taught, saying, “If anyone comes to me, let him deny himself and take up his cross.” And the Apostle showed it, confessing: “The world has been crucified to me, and I to the world.” This we agreed to beforehand in baptism itself. “For all of us,” it says, “who were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death”; to which he adds, explaining what it is to be baptized into the Lord's death: “Our old man was crucified with him, so that the body of sin might be done away, so that we should no longer serve sin”; and, being cleansed of all attachment to this life, we become worthy of the Apostle's testimony when he said: “For you died, and your life [is hidden with Christ in God].”
Chapter 235
235PG 31:1239
Εἰ συμφέρει πολλὰ ἐκμανθάνειν ἐκ τῶν Γραφῶν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Δύο ταγμάτων καθολικωτέρων ὄντων, καὶ τῶν μὲν τὴν προστασίαν πεπιστευμένων, τῶν δὲ εἰς εὐπείθειαν καὶ ὑπακοὴν τεταγμένων, ἐν διαφόροις χαρίσμασι, λογίζομαι, ὅτι ὁ μὲν τὴν προστασίαν καὶ ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν πλειόνων ἐγκεχειρισμένος τὰ πάντων εἰδέναι καὶ ἐκμανθάνειν ὀφείλει, ἵνα τοὺς πάντας διδάσκῃ τὰ θελήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἑκάστῳ ὑποδεικνὺς τὰ αὐτοῦ ἐπιβάλλοντα· τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ἕκαστος, μεμνημένος τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος, Μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ' ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν, ἑκάστῳ, ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισε, τὰ ἑαυτῷ ἐπιβάλλοντα σπουδαίως μανθανέτω καὶ ποιείτω, μηδὲν πλέον περιεργαζόμενος, ἵνα γένηται ἄξιος τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Δεῦρο, ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε· ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἧς πιστὸς, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε
Ei sympherei polla ekmanthanein ek tōn Graphōn APOKRISIS. Dyo tagmatōn katholikōterōn ontōn, kai tōn men tēn prostasian pepisteumenōn, tōn de eis eupeitheian kai hypakoēn tetagmenōn, en diaphorois charismasi, logizomai, hoti ho men tēn prostasian kai epimeleian tōn pleionōn enkecheirismenos ta pantōn eidenai kai ekmanthanein opheilei, hina tous pantas didaskę̄ ta thelēmata tou Theou, hekastǭ hypodeiknys ta autou epiballonta; tōn de allōn hekastos, memnēmenos tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos, Mē hyperphronein par' ho dei phronein, alla phronein eis to sōphronein, hekastǭ, hōs ho Theos emerise, ta heautǭ epiballonta spoudaiōs manthanetō kai poieitō, mēden pleon periergazomenos, hina genētai axios tēs phōnēs tou Kyriou eipontos; Deuro, agathe doule; epi oliga hēs pistos, epi pollōn se
Question. Whether it is profitable to learn much from the Scriptures by heart.
Answer. Since there are two more general orders, those entrusted with leadership and those appointed to compliance and obedience, with different gifts, I reckon that the one entrusted with the leadership and care of the many ought to know and learn what concerns all, so that he may teach all the will of God, showing each what falls to him; while each of the others, remembering the Apostle, who said, “Not to think more highly than one ought to think, but to think so as to be sober-minded, as God has apportioned to each,” should zealously learn and do what falls to himself, busying himself with nothing more, so that he may be worthy of the Lord's word: “Come, good servant; you were faithful over a few things, [I will set] you over many.”
Chapter 236
236PG 31:1241
Ὅσοι κατηξιώθησαν τὰ τέσσαρα Εὐαγγέλια ἐκμαθεῖν, πῶς ὀφείλουσι τὴν χάριν δέξασθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου ἀποφηναμένου, ὅτι ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον ἀπαιτήσουσιν αὐτόν· περισσοτέρως φοβεῖσθαι καὶ σπουδάζειν ὀφείλουσιν, καθὼς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος ἐδίδαξεν εἰπών· Συνεργοῦντες δὲ καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ εἰς κενὸν τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ δέξασθαι. Τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται, ἐὰν πεισθῶμεν τῷ Κυρίῳ λέγοντι· Εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε, μακάριοἱ ἐστε ἐὰν ποιῆτε αὐτά
Hosoi katēxiōthēsan ta tessara Euangelia ekmathein, pōs opheilousi tēn charin dexasthai. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou apophēnamenou, hoti hǭ parethento poly, perissoteron apaitēsousin auton; perissoterōs phobeisthai kai spoudazein opheilousin, kathōs ho ᾿Apostolos edidaxen eipōn; Synergountes de kai parakaloumen mē eis kenon tēn charin tou Theou dexasthai. Touto de ginetai, ean peisthōmen tǭ Kyriǭ legonti; Ei tauta oidate, makarioi este ean poiēte auta
Question. How ought those who have been counted worthy to learn the four Gospels by heart to receive the grace?
Answer. Since the Lord declared that from him to whom they have entrusted much they will ask the more, they ought to fear and be zealous the more, as the Apostle taught, saying: “Working together with him, we exhort you also not to receive the grace of God in vain.” And this happens if we obey the Lord, who says: “If you know these things, blessed are you if you do them.”
Chapter 237
237PG 31:1241
Ποταπὴ ψυχὴ κατευθύνεται πρὸς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ καταδεξαμένη τὴν πρότασιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς μὲ, ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. Ἐὰν γάρ τις μὴ προκατορθώσῃ τὸ ἀπαρνήσασθαι ἑαυτὸν, καὶ τὸ ἄραι τὸν σταυρὸν, πολλὰ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ εὑρίσκει προϊὼν τὰ τοῦ ἀκολουθεῖν ἐμπόδια.
Potapē psychē kateuthynetai pros to thelēma tou Theou. APOKRISIS. Hē katadexamenē tēn protasin tou Kyriou eipontos; Ei tis erchetai pros me, aparnēsasthō heauton, kai aratō ton stauron autou, kai akoloutheitō moi. Ean gar tis mē prokatorthōsę̄ to aparnēsasthai heauton, kai to arai ton stauron, polla ex heautou heuriskei proïōn ta tou akolouthein empodia.
Question. What kind of soul is directed toward the will of God?
Answer. The one that has accepted the proposal of the Lord, who said: “If anyone comes to me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.” For if someone has not first achieved denying himself and taking up the cross, he will find, as he goes on, many obstacles to following arising from himself.
Chapter 238
238PG 31:1241
Εἰ δυνατόν ἐστι τὸ ἀδιαλείπτως ψάλλειν, ἢ ἀναγινώσκειν, ἢ σπουδαιολογεῖσθαι περὶ τῶν ῥημάτων τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διάστημα μὴ γίνεσθαι καθόλου διὰ τὴν ἐπισυμβαίνουσάν τισιν ἀνάγκην τῶν ῥυπαρωτέρων τοῦ σώματος χρειῶν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο ἡμῖν ὁ Ἀπόστολος κανονίζει εἰπών· Πάντα εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω. Ωστε δεῖ μᾶλλον τῆς εὐσχημοσύνης καὶ τῆς εὐταξίας φροντίζειν κατά τε καιρὸν καὶ τόπον.
Ei dynaton esti to adialeiptōs psallein, ē anaginōskein, ē spoudaiologeisthai peri tōn rhēmatōn tou Theou, kai diastēma mē ginesthai katholou dia tēn episymbainousan tisin anankēn tōn rhyparōterōn tou sōmatos chreiōn APOKRISIS. Touto hēmin ho Apostolos kanonizei eipōn; Panta euschēmonōs kai kata taxin ginesthō. Ōste dei mallon tēs euschēmosynēs kai tēs eutaxias phrontizein kata te kairon kai topon.
Question. Whether it is possible to sing psalms, or read, or speak earnestly about the words of God unceasingly, with no interval at all, in view of the necessity that befalls some of the baser needs of the body.
Answer. The Apostle gives us the rule for this, saying: “Let all things be done decently and in order.” So one must rather take care for decency and good order according to time and place.
Chapter 239
239PG 31:1241
Τις ὁ θησαυρὸς ὁ ἀγαθὸς, καὶ τίς ὁ πονηρός. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ μὲν φρόνησις πάσης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ἀρετῆς θησαυρὸς ἀγαθός ἐστιν· ἡ δὲ φρόνησις τῆς κακίας τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου θησαυρὸς πονηρός ἐστιν· ἐξ ὧν προφέρεται, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου φωνὴν, ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις ἑκατέρων ἔργοις τε καὶ λόγοις, ἤτοι πονηρά, ἤτοι ἀγαθά.
Tis ho thēsauros ho agathos, kai tis ho ponēros. APOKRISIS. Hē men phronēsis pasēs tēs en Christǭ eis doxan Theou aretēs thēsauros agathos estin; hē de phronēsis tēs kakias tōn apēgoreumenōn hypo tou Kyriou thēsauros ponēros estin; ex hōn propheretai, kata tēn tou Kyriou phōnēn, en tois oikeiois hekaterōn ergois te kai logois, ētoi ponēra, ētoi agatha.
Question. What is the good treasure, and what the evil?
Answer. The mind set on every virtue in Christ to the glory of God is the good treasure; and the mind set on the wickedness of things forbidden by the Lord is the evil treasure. From these, according to the Lord's word, are brought forth, in the deeds and words proper to each, either evil things or good.
Chapter 240
240PG 31:1243
Κατὰ τί πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη, καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς εἴρηται, ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ Κύριος διὰ πολλὴν φιλανθρωπίαν τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ ῥήμασι τῶν γινωσκομένων πραγμάτων κέχρηται πρὸς παράστασιν τῶν ἀληθείας δογμάτων. Ὥσπερ οὖν τῆς κατὰ γῆν εὐθείας ὁδοῦ ἡ παρέκβασις πολλὴν πλατύτητα ἔχει· οὕτω, φησὶν, ὁ ἐκβαίνων τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀγούσης εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἐν πολλῷ πλάτει τῆς πλάνης εὑρίσκεται. Τὸ δὲ πλατεῖα καὶ εὐρύχωρος λογίζομαι, ὅτι ταυτόν ἐστιν. Τὸ γὰρ εὐρὺ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἔξω πεπαιδευμένοις πλατὺ λέγεται. Ὁ οὖν χῶρος, τουτέστιν ὁ τόπος τῆς πλάνης, πλατύς ἐστιν, ἧς τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια.
Kata ti plateia hē pylē, kai eurychōros hē hodos eirētai, hē apagousa eis tēn apōleian. APOKRISIS. Ho Kyrios dia pollēn philanthrōpian tois onomasi kai rhēmasi tōn ginōskomenōn pragmatōn kechrētai pros parastasin tōn alētheias dogmatōn. Hōsper oun tēs kata gēn eutheias hodou hē parekbasis pollēn platytēta echei; houtō, phēsin, ho ekbainōn tēs hodou tēs agousēs eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, en pollǭ platei tēs planēs heurisketai. To de plateia kai eurychōros logizomai, hoti tauton estin. To gar eury kai para tois exō pepaideumenois platy legetai. Ho oun chōros, toutestin ho topos tēs planēs, platys estin, hēs to telos apōleia.
Question. In what sense is the gate called wide and the way broad that leads to destruction?
Answer. The Lord in his great love for mankind uses the names and words of familiar things to set forth the doctrines of truth. As, then, departure from a straight road on earth has much breadth, so, he says, one who departs from the way that leads to the kingdom of heaven finds himself in a great breadth of error. “Wide” and “broad” I reckon to be the same; for what is wide is also called broad by those educated outside. The room, that is, the place of error, is broad, and its end is destruction.
Chapter 241
241PG 31:1243
Πῶς στενὴ ἡ πύλη, καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν· καὶ πῶς δι' αὐτῆς τις εἰσέρχεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πάλιν καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ στενὸν καὶ τεθλιμμένον οὐκ ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο τι δηλοῖ, ἀλλὰ τῆς στενότητος τὴν ἐπίτασιν τὸ τεθλιμμένον παρίστησιν· ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀπεστενωμένης, ὡς θλίβεσθαι, τουτέστι στενοχωρεῖσθαι ἑκατέρωθεν τὸν ὁδεύοντα, παρεκβάσεως πάσης ἐπικινδύνου οὔσης, εἴτε δεξιᾷ, εἴτε ἀριστερᾷ· ὡς ἐπὶ γεφύρας, πάντοθεν τοῦ ὑπορῥέοντος ποταμοῦ ὑποδεχομένου τὸν ἐκκλίνοντα. Διό φησιν ὁ Δαβίδ· Ἐχόμενα τρίβου σκάνδαλα ἔθεντό μοι. Δεῖ οὖν τὸν διὰ τῆς στενῆς καὶ τεθλιμμένης εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν προθέμενον φυλάσσειν ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ πάσης παρεκβάσεως καὶ παρεκτροπῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ Κυρίου, πληροῦντα τὸ γεγραμμένον· Μὴ ἐκκλίνῃς εἰς δεξιά, μηδὲ ἀριστερά.
Pōs stenē hē pylē, kai tethlimmenē hē hodos hē apagousa eis tēn zōēn; kai pōs di' autēs tis eiserchetai. APOKRISIS. Palin kai entautha to stenon kai tethlimmenon ouk allo kai allo ti dēloi, alla tēs stenotētos tēn epitasin to tethlimmenon paristēsin; epi tosouton tēs hodou apestenōmenēs, hōs thlibesthai, toutesti stenochōreisthai hekaterōthen ton hodeuonta, parekbaseōs pasēs epikindynou ousēs, eite dexią, eite aristerą; hōs epi gephyras, pantothen tou hyporrheontos potamou hypodechomenou ton ekklinonta. Dio phēsin ho Dabid; Echomena tribou skandala ethento moi. Dei oun ton dia tēs stenēs kai tethlimmenēs eiselthein eis tēn zōēn prothemenon phylassein heauton apo pasēs parekbaseōs kai parektropēs tōn entolōn tou Kyriou, plērounta to gegrammenon; Mē ekklinę̄s eis dexia, mēde aristera.
Question. How is the gate narrow and the way hard that leads to life, and how does one enter through it?
Answer. Here again “narrow” and “hard” do not signify different things, but “hard” expresses the intensity of the narrowness: the way is narrowed so far that the traveller is pressed, that is, hemmed in on both sides, every departure being dangerous, whether to the right or to the left, as on a bridge where the river flowing beneath receives on every side anyone who turns aside. That is why David says: “They have set stumbling blocks for me beside the path.” So one who has resolved to enter into life through the narrow and hard way must guard himself from every departure and turning aside from the Lord's commandments, fulfilling what is written: “Do not turn aside to the right or to the left.”
Chapter 242
242PG 31:1243
Τί ἐστι τὸ, « Τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἡ στοργή κατ' ἐπίτασιν τῆς φιλίας λέγοιτο ἂν ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ διαθέσει διαπύρῳ τοῦ ἀγαπῶντος περὶ τὸν ἀγαπώμενον. Ἵν' οὖν μὴ ἐπιπόλαιος ἡ φιλαδελφία, ἐνδιάθετος δὲ καὶ διάπυρος ᾗ, εἴρηται τὸ, Τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλλήλους φιλόστοργοι
Ti esti to, « Tę̄ philadelphią eis allēlous philostorgoi. APOKRISIS. Hē storgē kat' epitasin tēs philias legoito an en epithymią kai diathesei diapyrǭ tou agapōntos peri ton agapōmenon. Hin' oun mē epipolaios hē philadelphia, endiathetos de kai diapyros hę̄, eirētai to, Tę̄ philadelphią eis allēlous philostorgoi
Question. What is the meaning of “In brotherly love be tenderly affectionate to one another”?
Answer. Tender affection might be called an intensifying of friendship in the burning desire and disposition of one who loves toward the one he loves. So that brotherly love may not be superficial, but heartfelt and burning, it is said: “In brotherly love be tenderly affectionate to one another.”
Chapter 243
243PG 31:1245
Τι βούλεται λέγων ὁ ᾿Απόστολος·· Οργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε· ὁ ἥλιος μὴ ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ τῷ παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν·· καίτοιγε ἀλλαχοῦ εἰπών· « Πᾶσα πικρία, καὶ θυμός, καὶ ὀργὴ ἀρθήτω ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Κατὰ μίμησιν τοῦ Κυρίου νομίζω τὸν ᾿Απόστολον ἐνταῦθα μετακεχειρίσθαι τὸν λόγον. Ωσπερ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ Κύριος πρότερον εἰπών· Ἑῤῥέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τόδε, εἶτα ἐπάγει· Ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν τόδε· οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, πρότερον μνημονεύσας τοῦ παλαιοῦ καὶ τοῖς τότε ῥηθέντος ᾿Ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε, ἐπιφέρει μετ' ὀλίγα τὸ παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ ἡμῖν ἁρμόζον, εἰπών· Πᾶσα πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ, καὶ κραυγὴ ἀρθήτω ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν.
Ti bouletai legōn ho ᾿Apostolos;; Orgizesthe, kai mē hamartanete; ho hēlios mē epidyetō epi tǭ parorgismǭ hymōn;; kaitoige allachou eipōn; « Pasa pikria, kai thymos, kai orgē arthētō aph᾽ hymōn. APOKRISIS. Kata mimēsin tou Kyriou nomizō ton ᾿Apostolon entautha metakecheiristhai ton logon. Ōsper gar en tǭ Euangeliǭ ho Kyrios proteron eipōn; Herrhethē tois archaiois tode, eita epagei; Egō de legō hymin tode; houtō kai entautha ho ᾿Apostolos, proteron mnēmoneusas tou palaiou kai tois tote rhēthentos ᾿Orgizesthe, kai mē hamartanete, epipherei met' oliga to par᾿ heautou hēmin harmozon, eipōn; Pasa pikria, kai thymos, kai orgē, kai kraugē arthētō aph᾽ hymōn.
Question. What does the Apostle mean when he says, “Be angry and do not sin; do not let the sun go down on your provocation,” though elsewhere he says, “Let all bitterness and rage and anger be removed from you”?
Answer. I think the Apostle here has handled his words in imitation of the Lord. For as in the Gospel the Lord first says, “It was said to those of old,” this, and then adds, “But I say to you,” that; so here too the Apostle, having first recalled what was said of old and to those of that time, “Be angry and do not sin,” adds a little later what is fitting for us from himself, saying: “Let all bitterness and rage and anger and clamour be removed from you.”
Chapter 244
244PG 31:1245
Τί ἐστι τὸ, - Δότε τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἤτοι τὸ μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ πονηρῷ, καθὼς γέγραπται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ τύπτοντι ἐπὶ τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα στρέψαι καὶ τὴν ἄλλην, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· ἢ τὸ, "Οταν διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἄλλην.
Ti esti to, - Dote topon tę̄ orgę̄. APOKRISIS. Ētoi to mē antistēnai tǭ ponērǭ, kathōs gegraptai, alla kai tǭ typtonti epi tēn dexian siagona strepsai kai tēn allēn, kai ta hexēs; ē to, "Otan diōkōsin hymas en tę̄ polei tautę̄, pheugete eis tēn allēn.
Question. What is the meaning of “Give place to wrath”?
Answer. Either not to resist the evil man, as it is written, but even to turn the other cheek to one who strikes you on the right cheek, and so on; or, “When they persecute you in this city, flee to the other.”
Chapter 245
245PG 31:1245
Τις ἐστιν ὁ φρόνιμος ὡς ὁ ὄφις, καὶ ἀκέραιος ὡς ἡ περιστερά. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ φρόνιμος μὲν ὡς ὁ ὄφις, ὁ μετὰ περισκέψεως καὶ κατανοήσεως τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ τῆς εὐοδίας πρὸς εὐπείθειαν τῶν ἀκουόντων τὴν διδασκαλίαν οἰκονομῶν· ἀκέραιος δὲ ὡς ἡ περιστερὰ, ὁ μήτε εἰς ἔννοιαν λαμβάνων τοῦ ἀμύνασθαι τὸν ἐπιβουλεύοντα, ἐπιμένων δὲ τῇ εὐεργεσίᾳ, κατὰ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου προστεταγμένον, ὅτι Ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ ἐκκακεῖτε καλοποιοῦντες. Ἐπὶ γὰρ τὸ κήρυγμα τοὺς μαθητὰς ἀποστέλλων ὁ Κύριος, ταῦτα αὐτοῖς ἐντέλλεται· ὅπου καὶ σοφίας ἦν χρεία πρὸς τὸ πεῖσαι, καὶ ἀνεξικακίας πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας· ἵνα, ὡς ἐκεῖ ὁ ὄφις ἔγνω καὶ προσώπῳ προσελθεῖν εὐαγωγοτέρῳ καὶ πιθανῶς εἰπεῖν εἰς τὸ ἀποστῆσαι Θεοῦ, καὶ ὑπαγαγέσθαι τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ· οὕτω καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ πρόσωπον καὶ τρόπον καὶ καιρὸν ἐπιλεγώμεθα, καὶ παντὶ τρόπῳ τοὺς λόγους οἰκονομῶμεν ἐν κρίσει, πρὸς τὸ ἀποστῆσαι τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ ἐπαναγαγεῖν πρὸς Θεόν· τὴν δὲ γε ὑπομονὴν ἐν τοῖς πειρασμοῖς κατορθώσωμεν εἰς τέλος, καθὼς γέ
Tis estin ho phronimos hōs ho ophis, kai akeraios hōs hē peristera. APOKRISIS. Ho phronimos men hōs ho ophis, ho meta periskepseōs kai katanoēseōs tou dynatou kai tēs euodias pros eupeitheian tōn akouontōn tēn didaskalian oikonomōn; akeraios de hōs hē peristera, ho mēte eis ennoian lambanōn tou amynasthai ton epibouleuonta, epimenōn de tę̄ euergesią, kata to hypo tou ᾿Apostolou prostetagmenon, hoti Hymeis de mē ekkakeite kalopoiountes. Epi gar to kērygma tous mathētas apostellōn ho Kyrios, tauta autois entelletai; hopou kai sophias ēn chreia pros to peisai, kai anexikakias pros tous epibouleuontas; hina, hōs ekei ho ophis egnō kai prosōpǭ proselthein euagōgoterǭ kai pithanōs eipein eis to apostēsai Theou, kai hypagagesthai tę̄ hamartią; houtō kai hēmeis kai prosōpon kai tropon kai kairon epilegōmetha, kai panti tropǭ tous logous oikonomōmen en krisei, pros to apostēsai tēs hamartias, kai epanagagein pros Theon; tēn de ge hypomonēn en tois peirasmois katorthōsōmen eis telos, kathōs ge
Question. Who is wise as the serpent and innocent as the dove?
Answer. Wise as the serpent is one who arranges his teaching with circumspection and consideration of what is possible and what will succeed toward the persuasion of the hearers; and innocent as the dove is one who does not even entertain the thought of retaliating against one who plots against him, but perseveres in doing good, according to the Apostle's command: “But you, do not grow weary in doing good.” For the Lord gave these commands to the disciples when sending them out to preach, where there was need both of wisdom to persuade and of forbearance toward those who plotted against them; so that, as the serpent there knew how to approach a more easily led person and to speak persuasively so as to draw her away from God and bring her under sin, so we too may choose person, manner, and time, and in every way arrange our words with judgment, so as to draw people away from sin and lead them back to God; and may achieve endurance in temptations to the end, as it is [written] …
Chapter 246
246PG 31:1247
Τι εστι τὸ, « Ἡ ἀγάπη οὐκ ἀσχημονεῖ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἴσον, τῷ εἰπεῖν, τοῦ ἰδίου σχήματος οὐκ ἐκπίπτει. Σχῆμα δὲ ἀγάπης τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ. Ἀποστόλου. ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ ἀπηριθμημένα τῆς ἀγάπης ἰδιώματα.
Ti esti to, « Hē agapē ouk aschēmonei. APOKRISIS. Ison, tǭ eipein, tou idiou schēmatos ouk ekpiptei. Schēma de agapēs ta hypo tou. Apostolou. en tǭ autǭ topǭ apērithmēmena tēs agapēs idiōmata.
Question. What is the meaning of “Love does not behave unbecomingly”?
Answer. It is equivalent to saying that it does not fall away from its own form. And the form of love is the marks of love listed by the Apostle in the same passage.
Chapter 247
247PG 31:1247
Τῆς Γραφῆς λεγούσης· - Μὴ καυχᾶσθε, καὶ μὴ λαλεῖτε ὑψηλά·· καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ποτὲ μὲν ὁμολογοῦντος, ὅτι • ῾Ο λαλώ, οὐ κατά Κύριον λαλῶ, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ὑποστάσει τῆς καυχήσεως·· καὶ πάλιν· Γέγονα ἄφρων καυχώμενος·· ποτέ δὲ ἐπιτρέποντος, ὅτι - ῾Ο καυχώμενος, ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω·· τίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐν Κυρίῳ καύχησις, καὶ τὶς ἡ ἀπηγορευμένη ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ μὲν Ἀποστόλου ἡ κατ᾿ ἀνάγκην πρὸς τὰ· πάθη ἔνστασις εὔδηλος. Οὐ γὰρ ἵνα ἑαυτὸν συστήσῃ, ταῦτά φησιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τὸ θράσος τῆς τίνων ἀλαζονείας καὶ τὴν ἔπαρσιν καταβάλῃ. Καύχησις δὲ ἡ μὲν ἐν Κυρίῳ ἐστὶν, ὅταν τις τὰ κατορθώματα μὴ ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἀνατίθηται, λέγων· Πάντα ἰσχύω· ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με Χριστῷ· ἡ δὲ ἀπηγορευ μένη διπλοῦν ἂν ἔχοι λόγον, ἢ κατὰ τὸ, Έπαινεῖται ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ· καὶ, Τί ἐγκαυχᾷ ἐν κακίᾳ ὁ δυνατός; ἢ κατὰ τὸ, Ποιοῦσι πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ θέλειν ἐπαινεθῆναι ἐφ' οἷς ποιοῦσιν, οἱονεὶ ἐγκαυχώμενοι τοῖς γινομένοις. Οἱ δὲ τοιοῦτοι καὶ ἱερόσυλοι εἶεν ἂν, τὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ δωρεὰς ἰδιοποιούμενοι, καὶ τὴν ὀφειλομένην τῷ Θεῷ δόξαν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἁρπάζοντες.
Tēs Graphēs legousēs; - Mē kauchasthe, kai mē laleite hypsēla;; kai tou Apostolou pote men homologountos, hoti • ῾O lalō, ou kata Kyrion lalō, all' hōs en aphrosynę̄, en tautę̄ tę̄ hypostasei tēs kauchēseōs;; kai palin; Gegona aphrōn kauchōmenos;; pote de epitrepontos, hoti - ῾O kauchōmenos, en Kyriǭ kauchasthō;; tis estin hē en Kyriǭ kauchēsis, kai tis hē apēgoreumenē APOKRISIS. Tou men Apostolou hē kat᾿ anankēn pros ta; pathē enstasis eudēlos. Ou gar hina heauton systēsę̄, tauta phēsin, all᾽ hina to thrasos tēs tinōn alazoneias kai tēn eparsin katabalę̄. Kauchēsis de hē men en Kyriǭ estin, hotan tis ta katorthōmata mē heautǭ, alla tǭ Kyriǭ anatithētai, legōn; Panta ischyō; en tǭ endynamounti me Christǭ; hē de apēgoreu menē diploun an echoi logon, ē kata to, Epaineitai ho hamartōlos en tais epithymiais tēs psychēs autou; kai, Ti enkauchą en kakią ho dynatos? ē kata to, Poiousi pros to theathēnai tois anthrōpois, di' autou tou thelein epainethēnai eph' hois poiousin, hoionei enkauchōmenoi tois ginomenois. Hoi de toioutoi kai hierosyloi eien an, tas tou Theou dōreas idiopoioumenoi, kai tēn opheilomenēn tǭ Theǭ doxan eis heautous harpazontes.
Question. Since Scripture says, “Do not boast, and do not speak lofty things,” and the Apostle at one time confesses, “What I say I do not say according to the Lord, but as in foolishness, in this confidence of boasting,” and again, “I have become a fool in boasting,” and at another permits it, “Let him who boasts boast in the Lord,” what is boasting in the Lord, and what is the forbidden boasting?
Answer. The Apostle's opposition to the passions, made out of necessity, is plain. For he says these things not to commend himself, but to bring down the audacity and elation of certain people's boastfulness. Boasting is in the Lord when someone attributes his good deeds not to himself but to the Lord, saying, “I can do all things in Christ who strengthens me.” The forbidden kind may be understood in two ways: either according to the saying, “The sinner is praised in the desires of his soul,” and, “Why do you boast in wickedness, O mighty man?”; or according to the saying, “They do it to be seen by men,” through the very wish to be praised for what they do, as if boasting in what they do. Such people would also be sacrilegious, appropriating God's gifts and snatching for themselves the glory owed to God.
Chapter 248
248PG 31:1247
Εἰ Κύριος δίδωσι σοφίαν, καὶ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ γνῶσις καὶ σύνεσις· καὶ εἰ διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος, ᾧ μὲν δίδοται λόγος σοφίας, ἄλλῳ δὲ λόγος γνώσεως· πῶς ἐγκαλεῖ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὁ Κύριος, ὅτι Ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοἰ ἐστε;· καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος αἰτιᾶταί τινας, ὡς ἀσυνέτους. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἴ τις τὸ ἀγαθὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ οἶδε, τοῦ θέλοντος πάντας ἀνθρώπους σωθῆναι, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν, καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἔμαθεν, ἐν τῇ διαιρέσει καὶ ἐνεργείᾳ τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ χαρισμάτων, οὗτος γνωρίζει τὴν βραδυτῆτα τῆς συνέσεως οὐ παρὰ τὸν ὅκνον τοῦ εὐεργέτου, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν τῶν εὐεργετουμένων. Καὶ καλῶς ἐγκαλεῖται ὁ ἀσύνετος, ὡς ὁ ἡλίου ἀνατείλαντος καμμύων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ τί. διὰ τοῦ ἐθέλειν. ἵνα ἐν σκότει διάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀναβλέπων ἵνα φωτισθῇ.
Ei Kyrios didōsi sophian, kai apo prosōpou autou gnōsis kai synesis; kai ei dia tou Pneumatos, hǭ men didotai logos sophias, allǭ de logos gnōseōs; pōs enkalei tois mathētais ho Kyrios, hoti Akmēn kai hymeis asynetoi este?; kai ho Apostolos aitiatai tinas, hōs asynetous. APOKRISIS. Ei tis to agathon tou Theou oide, tou thelontos pantas anthrōpous sōthēnai, kai eis epignōsin alētheias elthein, kai tou hagiou Pneumatos tēn epimeleian emathen, en tę̄ diairesei kai energeią tōn tou Theou charismatōn, houtos gnōrizei tēn bradytēta tēs syneseōs ou para ton hoknon tou euergetou, alla para tēn apistian tōn euergetoumenōn. Kai kalōs enkaleitai ho asynetos, hōs ho hēliou anateilantos kammyōn tous ophthalmous, kai ti. dia tou ethelein. hina en skotei diagę̄, kai mē anablepōn hina phōtisthę̄.
Question. If the Lord gives wisdom, and from his face come knowledge and understanding; and if through the Spirit to one is given a word of wisdom, to another a word of knowledge: how does the Lord reproach the disciples, “Are you also still without understanding?”, and how does the Apostle blame some as without understanding?
Answer. If someone knows the goodness of God, who wills all people to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth, and has learned the care of the Holy Spirit in the distribution and working of God’s gifts, he recognizes that slowness of understanding comes, not from any reluctance in the Benefactor, but from the unbelief of those who receive the benefits. And the one without understanding is rightly reproached, like someone who shuts his eyes when the sun has risen … by his own will, so as to spend his time in darkness, and does not look up so as to be enlightened.
Chapter 249
249PG 31:1249
Τί ἐστι τὸ ὅσιον, καὶ τί ἐστι τὸ δίκαιον ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅσιον μὲν εἶναι λογίζομαι τὸ πρέπον, καὶ ὀφειλόμενον παρὰ τῶν ὑποβεβηκότων τῷ ὑπερέχοντι, κατὰ τὸν τῆς ὑπεροχῆς λόγον· δίκαιον δὲ τὸ πρὸς ἀξίαν τῶν ἔργων ἑκάστῳ ἀποδιδόμενον. Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ μὲν ὁσίου τῶν καλλίστων μόνον ἐστὶν ἡ εὐγνωμοσύνη καὶ ἀπόδοσις· ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ ἡ τῶν κακῶν δοκιμασία καὶ ἀνταπόδοσις.
Ti esti to hosion, kai ti esti to dikaion APOKRISIS. Hosion men einai logizomai to prepon, kai opheilomenon para tōn hypobebēkotōn tǭ hyperechonti, kata ton tēs hyperochēs logon; dikaion de to pros axian tōn ergōn hekastǭ apodidomenon. Kai epi tou men hosiou tōn kallistōn monon estin hē eugnōmosynē kai apodosis; epi de tou dikaiou kai hē tōn kakōn dokimasia kai antapodosis.
Question. What is the holy, and what is the just?
Answer. The holy, I reckon, is what is fitting and owed by those beneath to the one who is higher, according to the measure of his superiority; the just is what is rendered to each according to the worth of his deeds. In the case of the holy, there is only gratitude and the return of the finest things; in the case of the just, there is also the testing and requital of evils.
Chapter 250
250PG 31:1249
Πῶς δίδωσί τις τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, ἢ βάλλει τοὺς μαργαρίτας ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων·· ἢ πῶς συμβαίνει τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον·· Μήποτε καταπατήσωσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Σαφῶς ἡμῖν παραδίδωσιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος τοῖς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένοις πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐπενεγκών, ὅτι Ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι, διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις. Τὴν οὖν ἀτιμίαν, ἣν διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως ἀτιμάζομεν τοὺς ἁγίους τοῦ Κυρίου λόγους, ἐνταῦθα ὁ Κύριος ἀπηγόρευσεν. Αφ᾿ ἧς παραβάσεως συμβαίνει καὶ τοὺς ἔξω τῆς πίστεως ἅμα τε εὐκαταφρόνητα ἡγεῖσθαι τὰ τοῦ Κυρίου διδάγματα, καὶ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων θρασύτερον ἡμῖν ἐπεγείρεσθαι, καὶ οἱονεὶ ῥήσσειν τοῖς ὀνειδισμοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἐλέγχοις τὸν παραβαίνοντα.
Pōs didōsi tis to hagion tois kysin, ē ballei tous margaritas emprosthen tōn choirōn;; ē pōs symbainei to epipheromenon;; Mēpote katapatēsōsin autous en tois posin autōn, kai straphentes rhēxōsin hymas. APOKRISIS. Saphōs hēmin paradidōsin ho ᾿Apostolos tois hyp᾿ autou eirēmenois pros tous Ioudaious epenenkōn, hoti Hos en nomǭ kauchasai, dia tēs parabaseōs tou nomou ton Theon atimazeis. Tēn oun atimian, hēn dia tēs parabaseōs atimazomen tous hagious tou Kyriou logous, entautha ho Kyrios apēgoreusen. Aph᾿ hēs parabaseōs symbainei kai tous exō tēs pisteōs hama te eukataphronēta hēgeisthai ta tou Kyriou didagmata, kai ap᾿ autōn ekeinōn thrasyteron hēmin epegeiresthai, kai hoionei rhēssein tois oneidismois kai tois elenchois ton parabainonta.
Question. How does one give what is holy to the dogs, or throw pearls before swine? And how does what follows come about: “lest they trample them under their feet and turn and tear you”?
Answer. The Apostle hands it down to us clearly in what he added to the words he spoke to the Jews: “You who boast in the law, you dishonor God by transgressing the law.” So the dishonor with which we dishonor the holy words of the Lord by transgression is what the Lord forbade here. From such transgression it comes about that those outside the faith both regard the Lord’s teachings as contemptible and, taking occasion from those very teachings, rise up against us more boldly, and, as it were, tear the transgressor with reproaches and refutations.
Chapter 251
251PG 31:1249
Πῶς ποτὲ μὲν ἀπαγορεύει ὁ Κύριος βαστάζειν βαλάντιον καὶ πήραν εἰς ὁδὸν, ποτὲ δὲ λέγει·· Ἀλλὰ νῦν ὁ ἔχων βαλάντιον ἀράτω ὁμοίως καὶ πήραν· καὶ ὁ μὴ ἔχων, πωλησάτω τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀγορασάτω μάχαιραν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο σαφηνίζει αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος εἰπὼν ὅτι, Δεῖ γὰρ ἔτι τοῦτο τελεσθῆναι ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ, Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη. Αὐτίκα γὰρ μετὰ τὸ πληρωθῆναι τὴν περὶ τῆς μαχαίρας προφητείαν λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ· Ἀπόστρεψον τὴν μάχαιράν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτῆς· πάντες γὰρ οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀπολοῦνται· ὡς μὴ εἶναι πρόσταγμα, Ἀλλὰ νῦν ὁ ἔχων βαλάντιον, ἀράτω, ἤτοι ἀρεῖ (οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὰ πολλὰ τῶν ἀντιγράφων ἔχει), ἀλλὰ προφητείαν προλέγοντος τοῦ Κυρίου, ὅτι ἔμελλον οἱ ἀπόστολοι ἐπιλανθανόμενοι τῶν δωρεῶν καὶ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ ξίφους κατατολμᾷν. Καὶ ὅτι τῷ προστακτικῷ εἴδει τοῦ λόγου ἀντὶ προφητικοῦ πολλάκις κέχρηται ἡ Γραφή, πολλαχόθεν δῆλον, οἷόν ἐστι τὸ, Γενηθήτωσαν οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ὀρφανοί· καὶ, Διάβολος στήτω ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα.
Pōs pote men apagoreuei ho Kyrios bastazein balantion kai pēran eis hodon, pote de legei;; Alla nyn ho echōn balantion aratō homoiōs kai pēran; kai ho mē echōn, pōlēsatō to himation autou, kai agorasatō machairan. APOKRISIS. Touto saphēnizei autos ho Kyrios eipōn hoti, Dei gar eti touto telesthēnai en emoi to, Kai meta anomōn elogisthē. Autika gar meta to plērōthēnai tēn peri tēs machairas prophēteian legei tǭ Petrǭ; Apostrepson tēn machairan sou eis ton topon autēs; pantes gar hoi labontes machairan, en machairą apolountai; hōs mē einai prostagma, Alla nyn ho echōn balantion, aratō, ētoi arei (houtō gar kai ta polla tōn antigraphōn echei), alla prophēteian prolegontos tou Kyriou, hoti emellon hoi apostoloi epilanthanomenoi tōn dōreōn kai tou nomou tou Kyriou kai xiphous katatolmąn. Kai hoti tǭ prostaktikǭ eidei tou logou anti prophētikou pollakis kechrētai hē Graphē, pollachothen dēlon, hoion esti to, Genēthētōsan hoi huioi autou orphanoi; kai, Diabolos stētō ek dexiōn autou; kai hosa toiauta.
Question. How is it that the Lord at one time forbids carrying a purse and a bag on the way, and at another says, “But now let the one who has a purse take it, and likewise a bag; and let the one who has none sell his cloak and buy a sword”?
Answer. The Lord himself makes this clear, saying, “For this must still be fulfilled in me: ‘And he was counted among the lawless.’” For immediately after the prophecy about the sword was fulfilled, he says to Peter, “Put your sword back into its place; for all who take the sword will perish by the sword.” So “But now let the one who has a purse take it” (or “will take it,” for so most of the copies have it) is not a command; rather, the Lord is foretelling, as a prophecy, that the apostles would forget his gifts and the law of the Lord and would even dare to take up a sword. That Scripture often uses the imperative form of speech instead of the prophetic is plain from many places, such as, “Let his sons become orphans,” and, “Let the devil stand at his right hand,” and the like.
Chapter 252
252PG 31:1251
Τις ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐπιούσιος, ὃν δίδοσθαι ἡμῖν καθ' ἡμέραν προσεύχεσθαι ἐδιδάχθημεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅταν ὁ ἐργαζόμενος μνημονεύων τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος, Μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν, τὶ φὰγητε, ἢ τί πίητε· καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου παραγγείλαντος ἐργάζεσθαι, ἵνα ἔχωμεν μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν "ἔχοντι, μὴ τῆς ἰδίας χρείας, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου ἕνεκεν ἐργάζεται (ἐπειδὴ ῎Αξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ), τότε τὸν ἐπιούσιον ἄρτον, τουτ· ἐστι, τὸν πρὸς τὴν ἐφήμερον ζωὴν τῇ οὐσίᾳ ἡμῶν χρησιμεύοντα, οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἐπιτρέπει, ἀλλὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἐντυγχάνει περὶ τούτου· καὶ τὴν ἀνάγκην τῆς ἐνδείας αὐτῷ ἐπιδείξας, οὕτως ἐσθίει τὸ διδόμενον παρὰ τοῦ μετὰ δοκιμασίας ἐπιτεταγμένου ποιεῖν ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας τὸ, Διεδίδοτο ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν..
Tis estin ho artos ho epiousios, hon didosthai hēmin kath' hēmeran proseuchesthai edidachthēmen. APOKRISIS. Hotan ho ergazomenos mnēmoneuōn tou Kyriou legontos, Mē merimnate tę̄ psychę̄ hymōn, ti phagēte, ē ti piēte; kai tou ᾿Apostolou parangeilantos ergazesthai, hina echōmen metadidonai tǭ chreian "echonti, mē tēs idias chreias, alla tēs entolēs tou Kyriou heneken ergazetai (epeidē ᾿Axios ho ergatēs tēs trophēs autou), tote ton epiousion arton, tout; esti, ton pros tēn ephēmeron zōēn tę̄ ousią hēmōn chrēsimeuonta, ouch heautǭ epitrepei, alla tǭ Theǭ entynchanei peri toutou; kai tēn anankēn tēs endeias autǭ epideixas, houtōs esthiei to didomenon para tou meta dokimasias epitetagmenou poiein eph᾿ hekastēs hēmeras to, Diedidoto hekastǭ, kathoti an tis chreian eichen..
Question. What is the daily bread that we have been taught to pray to be given us each day?
Answer. When the worker, remembering the Lord, who says, “Do not be anxious for your life, what you will eat or what you will drink,” and the Apostle, who commands us to work so that we may have something to give to him who has need, works not for his own need but for the Lord's commandment (since “the workman is worthy of his food”), then he does not leave to himself the daily bread, that is, the bread that serves our being for this day's life, but makes petition to God about it; and having shown him the necessity of his want, he eats what is given him by the one appointed after testing to carry out each day the saying: “It was distributed to each as anyone had need.”
Chapter 253
253PG 31:1251
Τι ἐστι τὸ τάλαντον, ἢ πῶς αὐτὸ πολυπλασιάσομεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Λογίζομαι τὴν παραβολὴν πρὸς πᾶσαν Θεοῦ δωρεὰν εἰρῆσθαι· ἵνα ἕκαστος, ἣν ἂν δοκιμασθῇ χάριν ἔχειν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ταύτην πολυπλασιάσῃ εἰς εὐεργεσίαν καὶ ὄφελος πλειόνων ἐνεγκών. Οὐδεὶς γάρ ἐστιν ἀμέτοχος τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ χρηστότητος
Ti esti to talanton, ē pōs auto polyplasiasomen. APOKRISIS. Logizomai tēn parabolēn pros pasan Theou dōrean eirēsthai; hina hekastos, hēn an dokimasthę̄ charin echein para tou Theou, tautēn polyplasiasę̄ eis euergesian kai ophelos pleionōn enenkōn. Oudeis gar estin ametochos tēs tou Theou chrēstotētos
Question. What is the talent, and how shall we multiply it?
Answer. I reckon that the parable has been spoken about every gift of God, so that each one, whatever grace he is found to have from God, may multiply it by bringing it to the benefit and help of many. For no one is without a share in God's kindness …
Chapter 254
254PG 31:1251
Τις ἐστιν ἡ τράπεζα, ἐφ᾽ ἣν ἔδει σε, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, βαλεῖν τὸ ἀργύριον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ ἔγνων, οἱ ὑποδεχόμενοι καὶ τοῦτο Αἱ παραβολαὶ οὐκ ἐπὶ εἴδους τὰ θεωρήματα πληροῦσι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν Ἀπόθεσιν τὸν νοῦν ὁδηγοῦσιν. Ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ ἀργύριον ἀκολουθίαν ἔχει τοῖς τραπεζίταις δίδοσθαι εἰς πορισμόν (εἰσὶ γὰρ, ὡς ἐν ποιοῦντες)· οὕτως ἐπάναγκες τὸν ὑποδεξάμενον οἱανδήποτε χάριν μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι, ἢ ἐκεῖνο ποιεῖν, τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰρημένον ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου· Ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις, οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται καὶ ἑτέρους διδάξαι. Οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἐπὶ τοῦ λόγου τοῦτο γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς πράγματος· ὅτι οἱ μὲν τὸ δύνασθαι ἔχουσιν, οἱ δὲ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν τῆς οἰκονομίας ὑπεδέξαντο.
Tis estin hē trapeza, eph᾽ hēn edei se, phēsin ho Kyrios, balein to argyrion. APOKRISIS. ᾿Alexandreią egnōn, hoi hypodechomenoi kai touto Hai parabolai ouk epi eidous ta theōrēmata plērousi, pros de tēn Apothesin ton noun hodēgousin. Hōsper oun to argyrion akolouthian echei tois trapezitais didosthai eis porismon (eisi gar, hōs en poiountes); houtōs epanankes ton hypodexamenon hoiandēpote charin metadidonai tǭ chreian echonti, ē ekeino poiein, to hypo tou ᾿Apostolou eirēmenon epi tou logou; Tauta parathou pistois anthrōpois, hoitines hikanoi esontai kai heterous didaxai. Ou gar monon epi tou logou touto ginesthai pephyken, alla kai epi pantos pragmatos; hoti hoi men to dynasthai echousin, hoi de tēn empeirian tēs oikonomias hypedexanto.
Question. What is the table, on which the Lord says, “You ought to have put my money”?
Answer. Parables do not fulfil their meanings in every detail, but guide the mind toward the matter in question. As, then, it is fitting for money to be given to the bankers for gain (for they are, as it were, ones who make it productive), so it is necessary that one who has received any grace whatever share it with him who has need, or else do what the Apostle said about the word: “Commit these things to faithful men, who will be able to teach others also.” For this naturally happens not only with the word but with every matter: some have the ability, while others have received experience in management.
Chapter 255
255PG 31:1253
Ποῦ ἀπελθεῖν προσετάχθη ὁ ἀκούσας· « Ἆρον τὸ σὸν, καὶ ὕπαγε. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τάχα ὅπου καὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν σταθέντες ἀπελθεῖν προσετάχθησαν, οἵτινες ἐπὶ ἀργίᾳ τῶν καλῶν ἐνεκλήθησαν. Πᾶς δὲ ὁ φθονῶν τῷ ἀδελφῷ χείρων ἐστὶ τοῦ ἀργοῦ, τῆς Γραφῆς ἔθος ἐχούσης πολλαχοῦ μετὰ τοῦ φόνου τάσσειν τὸν φθόνον.
Pou apelthein prosetachthē ho akousas; « Aron to son, kai hypage. APOKRISIS. Tacha hopou kai hoi ex aristerōn stathentes apelthein prosetachthēsan, hoitines epi argią tōn kalōn eneklēthēsan. Pas de ho phthonōn tǭ adelphǭ cheirōn esti tou argou, tēs Graphēs ethos echousēs pollachou meta tou phonou tassein ton phthonon.
Question. Where was he commanded to go who heard, “Take what is yours and go”?
Answer. Perhaps where those set on the left were also commanded to go, who were charged with idleness in what is good. And everyone who envies his brother is worse than the idle man, since Scripture is accustomed in many places to place envy with murder.
Chapter 256
256PG 31:1253
Τις ἐστιν ὁ μισθὸς, ὃν λαμβάνουσι καὶ οὗτοι ὁμοίως τοῖς ἐσχάτοις. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τάχα τὸ μὴ ἐγκληθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐποίησε τις καλῶν κοινὸν πάντων τῶν ὑπακουόντων. Τὸ γὰρ στεφανωθῆναι ἴδιον τῶν τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα νομίμως ἀγωνισαμένων, τὸν δρόμον τελεσάντων, τὴν πίστιν τηρησάντων, ἐν ἀγάπῃ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν. Δύναται δὲ ὁ συμπεφωνημένος μισθὸς εἶναι καὶ τὰ ἑκατονταπλασίονα, ἅπερ ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ ἀπολήψεσθαι ὁ Κύριος ἐπηγγείλατο τοὺς διὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν αὐτοῦ ἀφιέντας ὅ τι δήποτε τῶν παρόντων ὥστε τὸ μὲν, Ἆρον τὸ σὸν, περὶ τούτου εἰρῆσθαι· ἐπειδὴ δὲ φθόνου πάθος ἐνόσησαν οἱ προκεκμηκέναι δόξαντες πρὸς τοὺς τῶν ἴσων ἀπολαύσαντας, μηκέτι κληρονομεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν αἰώνιον ζωὴν, ἀλλὰ μόνα τὰ ἑκατονταπλασίονα νῦν ἀπολαμβάνοντας, ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι κατακρίνεσθαι διὰ τὸν φθόνον, καὶ ἀκούειν τό· Ὕπαγε.
Tis estin ho misthos, hon lambanousi kai houtoi homoiōs tois eschatois. APOKRISIS. Tacha to mē enklēthēnai hyper hōn epoiēse tis kalōn koinon pantōn tōn hypakouontōn. To gar stephanōthēnai idion tōn ton kalon agōna nomimōs agōnisamenōn, ton dromon telesantōn, tēn pistin tērēsantōn, en agapę̄ Christou Iēsou tou Kyriou hēmōn. Dynatai de ho sympephōnēmenos misthos einai kai ta hekatontaplasiona, haper en tǭ nyn kairǭ apolēpsesthai ho Kyrios epēngeilato tous dia tēn entolēn autou aphientas ho ti dēpote tōn parontōn hōste to men, Aron to son, peri toutou eirēsthai; epeidē de phthonou pathos enosēsan hoi prokekmēkenai doxantes pros tous tōn isōn apolausantas, mēketi klēronomein autous kai tēn aiōnion zōēn, alla mona ta hekatontaplasiona nyn apolambanontas, en tǭ mellonti katakrinesthai dia ton phthonon, kai akouein to; Hypage.
Question. What is the wage that these too receive equally with the last?
Answer. Perhaps not being charged for the good deeds one has done, which is common to all who obey. For being crowned is proper to those who have fought the good fight lawfully, finished the course, and kept the faith in the love of Christ Jesus our Lord. But the wage agreed on can also be the hundredfold which the Lord promised that those who leave anything of present things for his commandment's sake will receive in this present time; so that “Take what is yours” was said of this; but since those who thought they had laboured longer fell sick with the passion of envy against those who enjoyed equal things, they no longer inherit eternal life as well, but, receiving only the hundredfold now, are condemned in the age to come for their envy and hear, “Go.”
Chapter 257
257PG 31:1253
Τίνες εἰσὶν ἄχυρον κατακαιόμενον πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Οἱ χρησιμεύοντες μὲν τοῖς ἀξίοις τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὡς τὸ ἄχυρον τῷ σίτῳ, μὴ ἐν διαθέσει δὲ τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπης καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν πλησίον τοῦτο ποιοῦντες, εἴτε ἐν τοῖς πνευματικοῖς χαρίσμασιν, εἴτε ἐν ταῖς σωματικαῖς εὐεργεσίαις καὶ οὕτως ἀτελεῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἀφιέντες.
Tines eisin achyron katakaiomenon pyri asbestǭ. APOKRISIS. Hoi chrēsimeuontes men tois axiois tēs basileias tōn ouranōn, hōs to achyron tǭ sitǭ, mē en diathesei de tēs pros Theon agapēs kai tēs pros ton plēsion touto poiountes, eite en tois pneumatikois charismasin, eite en tais sōmatikais euergesiais kai houtōs ateleis heautous aphientes.
Question. Who are the chaff burned with unquenchable fire?
Answer. Those who are useful to those worthy of the kingdom of heaven, as the chaff is to the wheat, but do it without the disposition of love toward God and toward their neighbour, whether in spiritual gifts or in bodily benefits, and so leave themselves unperfected.
Chapter 258
258PG 31:1253
Τις ἐστιν ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου καταγινωσκόμενος, « Ὁ θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ καὶ θρησκεία,· καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον σαφηνίζειν οἶμαι τὴν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ προϊὼν ὀνομάζει· οἷοί εἰσιν οἱ Μανιχαῖοι, καὶ εἴ ζητουμένην ὑπόθεσιν. ᾿Αφειδίαν γὰρ σώματος τινες ὅμοιοι τούτοις.
Tis estin ho hypo tou Apostolou kataginōskomenos, « Ho thelōn en tapeinophrosynę̄ kai thrēskeia,; kai ta hexēs. APOKRISIS. To epipheromenon saphēnizein oimai tēn en tǭ topǭ proïōn onomazei; hoioi eisin hoi Manichaioi, kai ei zētoumenēn hypothesin. ᾿Apheidian gar sōmatos tines homoioi toutois.
Question. Who is the one condemned by the Apostle, “Delighting in humility and worship” and so on?
Answer. I think what follows makes clear the matter under inquiry in the passage. For going on he speaks of severity to the body; such are the Manichaeans, and any who are like them.
Chapter 259
259PG 31:1255
Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ διαπύρῳ προθυμίᾳ, καὶ ἀκορέστῳ ἐπιθυμία, καὶ ἀόκνῳ σπουδῇ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· Ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ θελήσει σφόδρα.
Tis estin ho zeōn tǭ pneumati. APOKRISIS. Ho diapyrǭ prothymią, kai akorestǭ epithymia, kai aoknǭ spoudę̄ poiōn to thelēma tou Theou en agapę̄ Christou Iēsou tou Kyriou hēmōn, kata to gegrammenon; En tais entolais autou thelēsei sphodra.
Question. Who is fervent in spirit?
Answer. One who does the will of God with burning eagerness, insatiable desire, and unflagging zeal, in the love of Christ Jesus our Lord, according to what is written: “In his commandments he will delight greatly.”
Chapter 260
260PG 31:1255
Τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου λέγοντος, ποτὲ μὲν, « Μὴ γίνεσθε ἄφρονες· ποτέ δὲ • Μὴ γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι παρ' ἑαυτοῖς·· εἰ δυνατὸν μὴ εἶναι φρόνιμον παρ' ἑαυτῷ τὸν μὴ ἄφρονα ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἕκαστον πρόσταγμα ἴδιον ἔχει ὅρον. Τῷ γὰρ, Μὴ γίνεσθε ἄφρονες, ἐπιφέρει· Ἀλλὰ συνιέντες τὶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ τῷ, Μὴ ἴσθι φρόνιμος παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τὸ, Φοβοῦ δὲ τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ἔκκλινε ἀπὸ παντὸς κακοῦ. "Ὥστε ἄφρων μὲν ἔστιν ὁ μὴ συνιεὶς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Κυρίου· φρόνιμος δὲ παρ᾿ ἑαυτῷ πᾶς ὁ λογισμοῖς ἰδίοις χρώμενος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ πίστιν στοιχῶν τοῖς ῥήμασι τοῦ Θεοῦ. Εἰ οὖν τις βούλεται μήτε ἄφρων εἶναι, μήτε φρόνιμος παρ᾿ ἑαυτῷ, συνιέναι ὀφείλει τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Κυρίου πίστει τῇ εἰς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐν φόβῳ Θεοῦ μιμεῖσθαι τὸν ᾿Απόστολον λέγοντα· Λογισμούς καθαιροῦντες, καὶ πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ.
Tou ᾿Apostolou legontos, pote men, « Mē ginesthe aphrones; pote de • Mē ginesthe phronimoi par' heautois;; ei dynaton mē einai phronimon par' heautǭ ton mē aphrona APOKRISIS. Hekaston prostagma idion echei horon. Tǭ gar, Mē ginesthe aphrones, epipherei; Alla synientes ti to thelēma tou Theou; kai tǭ, Mē isthi phronimos para seautǭ, to, Phobou de ton Kyrion, kai ekkline apo pantos kakou. "Hōste aphrōn men estin ho mē synieis to thelēma tou Kyriou; phronimos de par᾿ heautǭ pas ho logismois idiois chrōmenos, kai mē kata pistin stoichōn tois rhēmasi tou Theou. Ei oun tis bouletai mēte aphrōn einai, mēte phronimos par᾿ heautǭ, synienai opheilei to thelēma tou Kyriou pistei tę̄ eis auton, kai en phobǭ Theou mimeisthai ton ᾿Apostolon legonta; Logismous kathairountes, kai pan hypsōma epairomenon kata tēs gnōseōs tou Theou, kai aichmalōtizontes pan noēma eis tēn hypakoēn tou Christou.
Question. Since the Apostle says at one time, “Do not be foolish,” and at another, “Do not be wise in your own opinion,” is it possible for one who is not foolish not to be wise in his own opinion?
Answer. Each command has its own definition. For to “Do not be foolish” he adds, “But understanding what the will of God is”; and to “Do not be wise in your own eyes” is added, “But fear the Lord and turn away from all evil.” So the foolish man is one who does not understand the will of the Lord; and the man wise in his own opinion is everyone who uses his own reasonings and does not follow the words of God by faith. If, then, someone wishes to be neither foolish nor wise in his own opinion, he must understand the will of the Lord by faith in him, and in the fear of God imitate the Apostle, who says: “Casting down reasonings and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God, and taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ.”
Chapter 261
261PG 31:1255
Τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπαγγειλαμένου, ὅτι «Πάντα, ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ πιστεύοντες λήψεσθε·· καὶ πάλιν·· Ἐὰν δύο ὑμῶν συμ φωνήσωσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, περὶ παντὸς πράγματος, οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται, γενήσεται αὐτοῖς· πῶς αἰτήσαντές τινα καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ ἅγιοι οὐκ ἔλαβον; ὡς καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος εἰπών· • Ὑπὲρ τούτου τρὶς τὸν Κύριον παρεκάλεσα, ἵνα ἀποστῇ ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ·· καὶ μὴ λαβὼν τὸ αἴτημα, καὶ Ἱερεμίας δὲ ὁ προφήτης, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Μωϋσῆς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰπόντος ἐν προσευχῇ· Πάτερ, εἰ δυνατὸν, παρελθέτω ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο, εἶτα ἐπαγαγόντος, Πλὴν μὴ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν γενέσθω πρῶτον μὲν εἰδέναι δεῖ, ὅτι οὐ πᾶν ὁ θέλομεν αἰτεῖν ἐπετράπημεν, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τὸ συμφέρον αἰτεῖν πάντως γινώσκομεν. Τὸ γὰρ, τί προσευξόμεθα καθd δεῖ, οὐκ οἴδαμεν. Ὥστε μετὰ πολλῆς μὲν περισχέψεως, κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ποιεῖσθαι δεῖ τὰ αἰτήματα· μὴ ἀκουομένους δὲ εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι ἢ ἐπιμονῆς χρεία, ἢ καὶ εὐτονίας, κατὰ τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου, πρὸς τὸ δεῖν πάντοτε προσεύχε σθαι, καὶ μὴ ἐκκακεῖν, καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐν ἄλλῳ τόπῳ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ εἰρημένον, ὅτι Διὰ τὴν ἀναίδειαν αὐτοῦ ἐγερθεὶς, δώσει αὐτῷ, ὅσων χρήζει· ἢ διορθώσεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας, κατὰ τὸ διὰ τοῦ προφήτου ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ πρός τινας εἰρημένον, εἰπόντος· Ὅταν τὰς χεῖρας ὑμῶν ἐκτείνητε πρὸς μὲ, ἀποστρέψω τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν· καὶ ἐὰν πληθύνητε τὴν δέησιν, οὐκ εἰσακούσομαι ὑμῶν. Αἱ γὰρ χεῖρες ὑμῶν αἵματος πλήρεις. Λούσασθε, καθαροὶ γένεσθε, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ὅτι δὲ καὶ νῦν γίνονται, καὶ εἰσὶ τῶν πολλῶν αἱ χεῖρες αἴματος πλήρεις, οὐδὲν ἀμφιβάλλειν δεῖ τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐκείνῳ τῷ κρίματι τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ κατὰ τοῦ προσταχθέντος ἀναγγείλαι τῷ λαῷ καὶ σιωπήσαντος ἀπεφήνατο, εἰπὼν, ὅτι Τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἡμαρτηκότος ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ σκοποῦ ἐκζητηθήσεται. Ὅπερ ἀληθὲς καὶ ἀπαράβατον εἶναι πληροφορηθεὶς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος ἔλεγε· Καθαρὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων. Οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Εἰ δὲ ὁ σιωπήσας μόνον ἕνοχος τοῦ αἵματος τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων εὑρίσκεται, τί ἄν τις εἴποι περὶ τῶν, δι' ὧν ποιοῦσιν, ἢ δι' ὧν λαλοῦσι, σκανδαλιζόντων ἑτέρους; Ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ δι᾿ ἀναξιότητα τοῦ αἰτοῦντος οὐκ ἐπιτυγχάνεται τὸ αἴτημα, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ Δαβὶδ εὐξαμένου οἶκοδομῆσαι οἶκον τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ κωλυθέντος· ὃς τῆς μὲν πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως οὐκ ἀπηλλοτριώθη, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐκείνου ἄξιος ἐκρίθη. Ὁ μέντοιγε Ἱερεμίας μὴ ἀκουσθεὶς φαίνεται διὰ τὴν κακίαν ἐκείνων, ὑπὲρ ὧν προσηύχετο. Πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τοῦ καιροῦ διὰ ῥαθυμίαν παρεθέντος ἡμῖν, καθ᾽ ὃν ἔδει ποιήσασθαι τὸ αἴτημα, ἀκαίρως ὕστερον καὶ μάτην αἰτοῦντες εὑρισκό μεθα. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ, Ὑπὲρ τούτου τρὶς τὸν Κύριον παρεκάλεσα, ἵνα ἀποστῇ ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι τῶν περιστάσεων, τῶν τε ἔξωθεν καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸ σῶμα, πολὺς καὶ διάφορός ἐστιν ὁ λόγος, τοῦ Θεοῦ ἢ ἐπάγοντος, ἢ συγχωροῦντος διά τινα οἰκονομίαν κρείττονα τῆς παρ' αὐτὰ ἀνέσεως. Ἐὰν μὲν οὖν τις δυνηθῇ γνωρίσαι, ὅτι χρὴ διὰ προσευχῆς καὶ αἰτήσεως ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς περιστάσεως, ἀκούεται αἰτήσας, ὡς οἱ δύο τυφλοὶ ἐν Εὐαγγελίῳ καὶ οἱ δέκα λεπροὶ, καὶ πολλοί ἕτεροι· ἐὰν δὲ τις μὴ γνωρίσῃ τὸν λόγον, καθ' ὃν περιπέπτωκε τῷ πειρασμῷ (πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ δι᾽ ὑπομονῆς κατορθωθῆναι αὐτῷ ὁ σκο πὸς τῶν ἐπαγομένων ὀφείλει), καὶ, δέον εἰς τέλος ὑπομένειν, παραιτῆται τὴν περίστασιν, οὐκ ἀκούεται· ἐπεὶ μὴ συντρέχει τῷ σκοπῷ τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τὸ δὲ, Δύο ὑμῶν ἐὰν συμφωνήσωσιν, αὕτη ἡ περικοπή σαφηνίζει. Περὶ γὰρ τοῦ ἐλέγχοντος τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα, καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἐλεγχομένου ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον. Ὅτι, τοῦ Θεοῦ μὴ θέλοντος τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ὡς τὸ ἐπιστρέψαι καὶ ζῇν αὐτὸν, ἐὰν ὁ ἐλεγχθεὶς κατανυγῇ τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ συνἐλθῃ τῷ σκοπῷ τοῦ ἐλέγχοντος, περὶ παντὸς πράγματος, τουτέστι, περὶ παντὸς ἁμαρτήματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται τὴν ἄφεσιν, δοθήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ φιλανθρώπου Θεοῦ. Ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ συμφωνήσῃ ὁ ἐλεγχόμενος τῷ ἐλέγχοντι, οὐκέτι ἄφεσις γίνεται, ἀλλὰ δεσμὸς κατὰ τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον, ὅτι "Όσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, πληρουμένου τοῦ κρίματος ἐκείνου, ὅτι Ἐὰν καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ ὁ ἐλεγχθεὶς, ἔστω σοι ὡς ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης.
Tou Kyriou epangeilamenou, hoti «Panta, hosa an aitēsēte en tę̄ proseuchę̄ pisteuontes lēpsesthe;; kai palin;; Ean dyo hymōn sym phōnēsōsin epi tēs gēs, peri pantos pragmatos, hou ean aitēsōntai, genēsetai autois; pōs aitēsantes tina kai autoi hoi hagioi ouk elabon? hōs kai ho Apostolos eipōn; • Hyper toutou tris ton Kyrion parekalesa, hina apostę̄ ap᾿ emou;; kai mē labōn to aitēma, kai Hieremias de ho prophētēs, kai autos ho Mōÿsēs. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou eipontos en proseuchę̄; Pater, ei dynaton, parelthetō ap' emou to potērion touto, eita epagagontos, Plēn mē to thelēma to emon, alla to son genesthō prōton men eidenai dei, hoti ou pan ho thelomen aitein epetrapēmen, ou mēn oude to sympheron aitein pantōs ginōskomen. To gar, ti proseuxometha kathd dei, ouk oidamen. Hōste meta pollēs men perischepseōs, kata to thelēma tou Theou, poieisthai dei ta aitēmata; mē akouomenous de eidenai chrē, hoti ē epimonēs chreia, ē kai eutonias, kata tēn parabolēn tou Kyriou, pros to dein pantote proseuche sthai, kai mē ekkakein, kai kata to en allǭ topǭ hyp' autou eirēmenon, hoti Dia tēn anaideian autou egertheis, dōsei autǭ, hosōn chrēzei; ē diorthōseōs kai epimeleias, kata to dia tou prophētou hypo tou Theou pros tinas eirēmenon, eipontos; Hotan tas cheiras hymōn ekteinēte pros me, apostrepsō to prosōpon mou aph᾽ hymōn; kai ean plēthynēte tēn deēsin, ouk eisakousomai hymōn. Hai gar cheires hymōn haimatos plēreis. Lousasthe, katharoi genesthe, kai ta hexēs. Hoti de kai nyn ginontai, kai eisi tōn pollōn hai cheires aimatos plēreis, ouden amphiballein dei tous pisteuontas ekeinǭ tǭ krimati tou Theou, ho kata tou prostachthentos anangeilai tǭ laǭ kai siōpēsantos apephēnato, eipōn, hoti To haima tou hēmartēkotos ek tōn cheirōn tou skopou ekzētēthēsetai. Hoper alēthes kai aparabaton einai plērophorētheis ho ᾿Apostolos elege; Katharos egō apo tou nyn apo tou haimatos pantōn. Ou gar hypesteilamēn tou mē anangeilai hymin pasan tēn boulēn tou Theou. Ei de ho siōpēsas monon henochos tou haimatos tōn hamartanontōn heurisketai, ti an tis eipoi peri tōn, di' hōn poiousin, ē di' hōn lalousi, skandalizontōn heterous? Esti de hote kai di᾿ anaxiotēta tou aitountos ouk epitynchanetai to aitēma, hōs epi tou Dabid euxamenou oikodomēsai oikon tǭ Theǭ, kai kōlythentos; hos tēs men pros Theon euarestēseōs ouk apēllotriōthē, ou mēn kai ekeinou axios ekrithē. Ho mentoige Hieremias mē akoustheis phainetai dia tēn kakian ekeinōn, hyper hōn prosēucheto. Pollakis de kai tou kairou dia rhathymian parethentos hēmin, kath᾽ hon edei poiēsasthai to aitēma, akairōs hysteron kai matēn aitountes heurisko metha. Peri de tou, Hyper toutou tris ton Kyrion parekalesa, hina apostę̄ ap' emou, eidenai chrē, hoti tōn peristaseōn, tōn te exōthen kai tōn peri to sōma, polys kai diaphoros estin ho logos, tou Theou ē epagontos, ē synchōrountos dia tina oikonomian kreittona tēs par' auta aneseōs. Ean men oun tis dynēthę̄ gnōrisai, hoti chrē dia proseuchēs kai aitēseōs apallagēnai tēs peristaseōs, akouetai aitēsas, hōs hoi dyo typhloi en Euangeliǭ kai hoi deka leproi, kai polloi heteroi; ean de tis mē gnōrisę̄ ton logon, kath' hon peripeptōke tǭ peirasmǭ (pollakis gar kai di᾽ hypomonēs katorthōthēnai autǭ ho sko pos tōn epagomenōn opheilei), kai, deon eis telos hypomenein, paraitētai tēn peristasin, ouk akouetai; epei mē syntrechei tǭ skopǭ tēs philanthrōpias tou Theou. To de, Dyo hymōn ean symphōnēsōsin, hautē hē perikopē saphēnizei. Peri gar tou elenchontos ton hēmartēkota, kai peri tou elenchomenou poieitai ton logon. Hoti, tou Theou mē thelontos ton thanaton tou hamartōlou, hōs to epistrepsai kai zę̄n auton, ean ho elenchtheis katanygę̄ tēn psychēn, kai synelthę̄ tǭ skopǭ tou elenchontos, peri pantos pragmatos, toutesti, peri pantos hamartēmatos hou ean aitēsōntai tēn aphesin, dothēsetai autois para tou philanthrōpou Theou. Ean gar mē symphōnēsę̄ ho elenchomenos tǭ elenchonti, ouketi aphesis ginetai, alla desmos kata to epipheromenon, hoti "Osa ean dēsēte epi tēs gēs, estai dedemena en tǭ ouranǭ, plēroumenou tou krimatos ekeinou, hoti Ean kai tēs Ekklēsias parakousę̄ ho elenchtheis, estō soi hōs ho ethnikos kai ho telōnēs.
Question. Since the Lord promised, “All things whatever you ask in prayer, believing, you will receive,” and again, “If two of you agree on earth about any matter they ask, it will be done for them,” how is it that even the saints asked for some things and did not receive them? As the Apostle said, “For this I besought the Lord three times, that it might depart from me,” and did not receive his request; and so too Jeremiah the prophet, and Moses himself.
Answer. Since our Lord Jesus Christ said in prayer, “Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from me,” and then added, “Yet not my will, but yours be done,” we must first know that we have not been permitted to ask for everything we wish, nor do we always know how to ask for what is profitable. “For we do not know what we should pray for as we ought.” So our requests must be made with much circumspection, according to the will of God; and when we are not heard, we must know that there is need either of perseverance or of intensity, according to the Lord's parable on the need to pray always and not lose heart, and according to what he said in another place, “Because of his persistence he will rise and give him as much as he needs”; or of correction and care, according to what was said by God through the prophet to certain people: “When you stretch out your hands to me, I will turn my face from you; and if you multiply your petition, I will not hear you. For your hands are full of blood. Wash, become clean,” and so on. And that even now the hands of many become and are full of blood, those who believe that judgment of God must not doubt, which he pronounced against one who was commanded to warn the people and kept silent: “The blood of the one who has sinned will be required at the hands of the watchman.” Being fully assured that this is true and inviolable, the Apostle said: “I am clean from now on from the blood of all; for I did not shrink from declaring to you the whole counsel of God.” And if the one who only kept silent is found guilty of the blood of those who sin, what could one say of those who cause others to stumble by what they do or say? Sometimes too the request is not granted because of the unworthiness of the one asking, as with David, who prayed to build a house for God and was prevented: he was not estranged from being well-pleasing to God, but neither was he judged worthy of that. Jeremiah, on the other hand, appears not to have been heard because of the wickedness of those for whom he prayed. And often, having let slip through negligence the time when we should have made the request, we find ourselves asking later out of season and in vain.
As for “For this I besought the Lord three times, that it might depart from me,” we must know that the reason for afflictions, both outward and bodily, is manifold and various, God either bringing them or permitting them for some purpose better than relief from them. If, then, someone can recognize that he must be delivered from the affliction through prayer and petition, he is heard when he asks, like the two blind men in the Gospel, the ten lepers, and many others. But if someone does not recognize the reason for which he has fallen into the trial (for often the purpose of what is brought on him is to be achieved through endurance), and, when he ought to endure to the end, begs off the affliction, he is not heard, since he does not concur with the purpose of God's love for mankind.
As for “If two of you agree,” the passage itself makes it clear. For it speaks of one who reproves the sinner and of the one reproved. Since God does not desire the death of the sinner so much as that he turn and live, if the one reproved is pierced in soul and comes to agree with the aim of the one who reproves, about any matter, that is, about any sin whatever for which they ask forgiveness, it will be given them by God who loves mankind. But if the one reproved does not agree with the one who reproves, there is no longer forgiveness but binding, according to what follows: “Whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven,” that judgment being fulfilled: “If the one reproved refuses to listen even to the church, let him be to you as the Gentile and the tax collector.”
Chapter 262
262PG 31:1259
Τῆς Γραφῆς ἐν τοῖς ἐπαινουμένοις τιθείσης τὴν πτωχείαν καὶ τὴν πενίαν, ὡς ἐν τῷ, « Μακά ριοι οἱ πτωχοί· καὶ ἐν τῷ, - Τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῶν πενήτων εἰσήκουσε Κύριος·· καὶ πάλιν· Πτωχὸς καὶ πένης αἰνέσουσι τὸ ὄνομά σου·· τίς ἐστιν ἡ διαφορὰ πτωχείας καὶ πενίας; καὶ πῶς ἀληθεύει ὁ Δαβίδ λέγων·· Ἐγώ δὲ πτωχός εἰμι καὶ πένης; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Μεμνημένος τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος περὶ τοῦ Κυρίου, Ὅτι δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσε, πλούσιος ῶν, λογίζομαι, ὅτι πτωχὸς μὲν ἐστιν ὁ ἀπὸ πλούτου κατελθὼν εἰς ἔνδειαν· πένης δὲ ὁ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐν ἐνδεῖᾳ ὢν καὶ εὐαρέστως τῷ Κυρίῳ κυβερνήσας τὴν τοιαύτην περίστασιν. Ὁ δὲ Δαβίδ πτωχὸς καὶ πένης εἶναι ὁμολογεῖ, τάχα μὲν εἰς πρόσωπον τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ τοῦτο λέγων, πτωχοῦ μὲν ὀνομαζομένου κατὰ τὸ, "Ος δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσε, πλούσιος ὧν· πένης δὲ, καθὸ οὐ πλουσίου τινὸς, ἀλλὰ τέκτονος υἱὸς τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἐχρημάτισε. Τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐπείπερ ᾔδει, κατὰ τὸν Ἰὼβ, μὴ θησαυροφυλακεῖν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ, μηδὲ ὡς ἰδίῳ προσέχειν τῷ πλούτῳ, οἰκονομεῖν δὲ πάντα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Κυρίου.
Tēs Graphēs en tois epainoumenois titheisēs tēn ptōcheian kai tēn penian, hōs en tǭ, « Maka rioi hoi ptōchoi; kai en tǭ, - Tēn epithymian tōn penētōn eisēkouse Kyrios;; kai palin; Ptōchos kai penēs ainesousi to onoma sou;; tis estin hē diaphora ptōcheias kai penias? kai pōs alētheuei ho Dabid legōn;; Egō de ptōchos eimi kai penēs? APOKRISIS. Memnēmenos tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos peri tou Kyriou, Hoti di' hēmas eptōcheuse, plousios ōn, logizomai, hoti ptōchos men estin ho apo ploutou katelthōn eis endeian; penēs de ho ex archēs en endeią ōn kai euarestōs tǭ Kyriǭ kybernēsas tēn toiautēn peristasin. Ho de Dabid ptōchos kai penēs einai homologei, tacha men eis prosōpon tou Kyriou kai touto legōn, ptōchou men onomazomenou kata to, "Os di' hēmas eptōcheuse, plousios hōn; penēs de, katho ou plousiou tinos, alla tektonos huios to kata sarka echrēmatise. Tacha de kai epeiper ę̄dei, kata ton Iōb, mē thēsaurophylakein ta heautou, mēde hōs idiǭ prosechein tǭ ploutǭ, oikonomein de panta kata to thelēma tou Kyriou.
Question. Since Scripture places poverty and want among the things praised, as in “Blessed are the poor,” and in “The Lord has heard the desire of the needy,” and again, “The poor and needy will praise your name,” what is the difference between poverty and want? And how does David speak truly in saying, “But I am poor and needy”?
Answer. Remembering the Apostle, who said of the Lord, “That for our sakes he became poor, though he was rich,” I reckon that the poor man is one who has come down from wealth to want, and the needy man one who from the beginning was in want and has steered such a circumstance in a way pleasing to the Lord. And David confesses that he is poor and needy, perhaps saying this too in the person of the Lord, who is called poor according to “Who for our sakes became poor, though he was rich,” and needy inasmuch as according to the flesh he was called the son not of some rich man but of a carpenter. Or perhaps too because he knew, like Job, not to hoard his own possessions nor to attend to his wealth as his own, but to manage everything according to the will of the Lord.
Chapter 263
263PG 31:1261
Τι βούλεται διδάξαι ὁ Κύριος διὰ τῶν ὑποδειγμάτων, οἷς ἐπιφέρει τὸ, - Οὕτως οὖν πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν, ὃς οὐκ ἀποτάσσεται πᾶσι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ δύναταί μου εἶναι μαθητὴς;» Εἰ γὰρ ὁ μὲν θέλων πύργον οἰκοδομήσαι, ἢ συμβαλεῖν ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ, παρασκευάσασθαι δ ὀφείλει ἢ πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν, ἢ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἡ δυνατὸς, ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ ἢ μὴ θεῖναι θεμέλιον τὴν ἀρχὴν ἢ ἐρωτῆσαι τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην· ἆρα καὶ ὁ θελήσας μαθητής γενέσθαι τοῦ Κυρίου, ἀποτάξασθαι ὀφείλει; ἐὰν δὲ καταμάθῃ πρὸς τοῦτο δυσκόλως ἔχοντα ἑαυτὸν, ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν μαθητεῦσαι τῷ Κυρίῳ; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Σκοπὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ ἐν τοῖς ὑποδείγμασι τούτοις ἐστὶν, οὐκ ἐξουσίαν δοῦναι γενέσθαι μαθητὴν τοῦ Κυρίου, ἢ μή· ἀλλὰ δεῖξαι τὸ ἀδύνατον τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως ἐν τοῖς περισπῶσι τὴν ψυχήν· ἐν οἷς καὶ κινδυνεύει εὐάλωτος γινομένη ταῖς μεθοδείαις τοῦ διαβόλου, καὶ χλεύης καὶ γέλωτος ἀξία, διὰ τὸ ἀτελὲς τῶν ἐσπουδάσθαι δοκούντων, ἐλέγχεται. Ὅπερ ἀπευχόμενος ὁ Προφήτης παθεῖν, ἔλεγεν· Μήποτε ἐπιχαρῶσι μοι οἱ ἐχθροί μου· καὶ ἐν τῷ σαλευθῆναι πόδας μου, ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ ἐμεγαλοῤῥημόνησαν.
Ti bouletai didaxai ho Kyrios dia tōn hypodeigmatōn, hois epipherei to, - Houtōs oun pas ex hymōn, hos ouk apotassetai pasi tois heautou hyparchousin, ou dynatai mou einai mathētēs?» Ei gar ho men thelōn pyrgon oikodomēsai, ē symbalein heterǭ basilei, paraskeuasasthai d opheilei ē pros tēn oikodomēn, ē pros ton polemon; ean de mē hē dynatos, exestin autǭ ē mē theinai themelion tēn archēn ē erōtēsai ta pros eirēnēn; ara kai ho thelēsas mathētēs genesthai tou Kyriou, apotaxasthai opheilei? ean de katamathę̄ pros touto dyskolōs echonta heauton, exestin autǭ mēde tēn archēn mathēteusai tǭ Kyriǭ? APOKRISIS. Skopos tǭ Kyriǭ en tois hypodeigmasi toutois estin, ouk exousian dounai genesthai mathētēn tou Kyriou, ē mē; alla deixai to adynaton tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs en tois perispōsi tēn psychēn; en hois kai kindyneuei eualōtos ginomenē tais methodeiais tou diabolou, kai chleuēs kai gelōtos axia, dia to ateles tōn espoudasthai dokountōn, elenchetai. Hoper apeuchomenos ho Prophētēs pathein, elegen; Mēpote epicharōsi moi hoi echthroi mou; kai en tǭ saleuthēnai podas mou, ep᾿ eme emegalorrhēmonēsan.
Question. What does the Lord mean to teach by the examples to which he adds, “So therefore everyone of you who does not renounce all that he has cannot be my disciple”? For if one who wishes to build a tower, or to engage another king, must make preparation either for the building or for the war, but if he is not able, may either not lay the foundation at all or ask for terms of peace, must one who wishes to become the Lord's disciple likewise renounce all; but if he finds himself ill-disposed toward this, may he not even begin to be a disciple of the Lord?
Answer. The Lord's aim in these examples is not to give leave to become his disciple or not, but to show the impossibility of pleasing God amid what distracts the soul; in which the soul is also in danger, becoming an easy prey to the wiles of the devil, and is shown up as deserving mockery and laughter because of the incompleteness of what it seemed to strive for. The Prophet, praying not to suffer this, said: “Lest my enemies rejoice over me; and when my feet slipped they boasted against me.”
Chapter 264
264PG 31:1261
Τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου λέγοντος· « Ἵνα ἦτε εἰλικρινεῖς·· καὶ πάλιν, « ᾿Αλλ' ὡς ἐξ εἰλικρινείας·· τὸ εἰλικρινὲς τί ἐστιν; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰλικρινὲς λογίζομαι εἶναι τὸ ἀμιγὲς, καὶ ἄκρως κεκαθαρμένον ἀπὸ παντὸς ἐναντίου, συνηγμένον δὲ καὶ τεταγμένον πρὸς μόνην θεοσέβειαν· οὐ μόνον δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἐν ἑκάστῳ καιρῷ καὶ πράγματι πρὸς τὸν ταύτης σκοπὸν ἀκριβῶς ἐπιζητούμενα· ὥστε μηδὲ πρὸς τὰ συγγενῆ τῶν κατορθωμάτων ἀπομετεωρίζεσθαι τὸν εἰς τι ταχθέντα. Δηλοῦται δὲ τὸ μὲν πρότερον ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀκολουθίας· ἐπιφέρει γὰρ τῷ, ᾿Αλλ' ὡς ἐξ εἰλικρινείας, τὸ, Ὡς ἐκ Θεοῦ κατενώπιον Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον ἐκ τοῦ, Μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ' ὃ δεῖ φρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισε μέτρον πίστεως· καὶ ἐκ τῶν τούτοις ἐπιφερομένων.
Tou ᾿Apostolou legontos; « Hina ēte eilikrineis;; kai palin, « ᾿All' hōs ex eilikrineias;; to eilikrines ti estin? APOKRISIS. Eilikrines logizomai einai to amiges, kai akrōs kekatharmenon apo pantos enantiou, synēgmenon de kai tetagmenon pros monēn theosebeian; ou monon de, alla kai pros ta en hekastǭ kairǭ kai pragmati pros ton tautēs skopon akribōs epizētoumena; hōste mēde pros ta syngenē tōn katorthōmatōn apometeōrizesthai ton eis ti tachthenta. Dēloutai de to men proteron ex autēs tēs akolouthias; epipherei gar tǭ, ᾿All' hōs ex eilikrineias, to, Hōs ek Theou katenōpion Theou en Christǭ laloumen; to de deuteron ek tou, Mē hyperphronein par' ho dei phronein, alla phronein eis to sōphronein, hekastǭ hōs ho Theos emerise metron pisteōs; kai ek tōn toutois epipheromenōn.
Question. Since the Apostle says, “That you may be sincere,” and again, “But as of sincerity,” what is sincerity?
Answer. I reckon sincerity to be what is unmixed and perfectly purified from everything contrary, gathered together and ordered to godliness alone; and not only that, but also to what is exactly required at each time and in each matter toward its aim, so that one appointed to something is not distracted even toward good deeds akin to it. The first is shown by the sequence itself: for to “But as of sincerity” he adds, “As from God, before God, we speak in Christ.” The second is shown by “Not to think more highly than one ought to think, but to think so as to be sober-minded, as God has apportioned to each a measure of faith,” and by what follows.
Chapter 265
265PG 31:1261
Εἰ πρὸς μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς εἴρηται τὸ, « Ἐὰν προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ ἐκεῖ μνησθῇς, ὅτι ἔχει τι ὁ ἀδελφός σου κατὰ σοῦ, ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ὕπαγε, πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου, › ἢ καὶ πρὸς πάντας· καὶ πῶς ἕκαστος ἡμῶν προσφέρει δῶρον ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο ἐξαιρέτως μὲν καὶ πρωτοτύπως πρὸς ἱερεῖς ἐκλαμβάνειν ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη, ἐπειδὴ γέγραπται, ὅτι Ὑμεῖς δὲ ἱερεῖς Κυρίου κληθήσεσθε, λειτουργοὶ Θεοῦ πάντες· καὶ, Θυσία αἰνέσεως δοξάσει με· καὶ πάλιν· Θυσία τῷ Θεῷ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον. Καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος δέ φησι· Παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν, ἀγίαν, εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ, τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν. Ὧν ἕκαστον κοινὸν πάντων ἐστίν· καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἕκαστον ἡμῶν κατορθοῦν τὸ τοιοῦτον.
Ei pros monous tous hiereis eirētai to, « Ean prospherę̄s to dōron sou epi to thysiastērion, kai ekei mnēsthę̄s, hoti echei ti ho adelphos sou kata sou, aphes ekei to dōron sou emprosthen tou thysiastēriou, kai hypage, prōton diallagēthi tǭ adelphǭ sou, kai tote elthōn prosphere to dōron sou, › ē kai pros pantas; kai pōs hekastos hēmōn prospherei dōron epi to thysiastērion. APOKRISIS. Touto exairetōs men kai prōtotypōs pros hiereis eklambanein akolouthon an eiē, epeidē gegraptai, hoti Hymeis de hiereis Kyriou klēthēsesthe, leitourgoi Theou pantes; kai, Thysia aineseōs doxasei me; kai palin; Thysia tǭ Theǭ pneuma syntetrimmenon. Kai ho ᾿Apostolos de phēsi; Parastēsai ta sōmata hymōn thysian zōsan, agian, euareston tǭ Theǭ, tēn logikēn latreian hymōn. Hōn hekaston koinon pantōn estin; kai anankaion hekaston hēmōn katorthoun to toiouton.
Question. Was the saying, “If you are offering your gift at the altar, and there remember that your brother has something against you, leave your gift there before the altar, and go; first be reconciled to your brother, and then come and offer your gift,” spoken to the priests only, or to all? And how does each of us offer a gift on the altar?
Answer. It would be fitting to take this especially and primarily of priests; but since it is written, “But you shall be called priests of the Lord, ministers of God, all of you,” and, “A sacrifice of praise will glorify me,” and again, “A sacrifice to God is a broken spirit,” and the Apostle says, “To present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God, your reasonable service,” each of these is common to all; and it is necessary for each of us to achieve this.
Chapter 266
266PG 31:1263
Τί ἐστι τὸ ἄλας ὁ προσέταξεν ἔχειν ὁ Κύριος, εἰπὼν, « Ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἄλας, καὶ εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις. » Καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος δέ φησιν. ῾Ο λόγος ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι ἄλατι ἠρτυμένος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα διὰ τῶν συνεζευγμένων ἑκάστῳ κεφαλαίῳ ὁ νοῦς φανερός ἐστιν. Ἐν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ῥήμασι τὸ μηδεμίαν ὑπόθεσιν τῆς ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων διαλύσεως καὶ διαστάσεως παρέχειν, ἀεὶ δὲ ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης πρὸς τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος συντηρεῖσθαι διδασκόμεθα· ἐν δὲ τοῖς τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου, μνημονεύσας τις τοῦ εἰπόντος· Εἰ βρωθήσεται ἄρτος ἄνευ ἀλός; εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστι γεῦμα ἐν ῥήμασι κενοῖς; διδαχθήσεται οἰκονομεῖν τοὺς λόγους εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως, Ἴνα δῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσι, καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ καὶ τάξει εὐσχήμονι χρώμενος, πρὸς τὸ εὐπειθεστέρους γενέσθαι τοὺς ἀκούοντας.
Ti esti to alas ho prosetaxen echein ho Kyrios, eipōn, « Echete en heautois alas, kai eirēneuete en allēlois. » Kai ho ᾿Apostolos de phēsin. ῾O logos hymōn pantote en chariti alati ērtymenos. APOKRISIS. Kai entautha dia tōn synezeugmenōn hekastǭ kephalaiǭ ho nous phaneros estin. En men gar tois tou Kyriou rhēmasi to mēdemian hypothesin tēs ap᾿ allēlōn dialyseōs kai diastaseōs parechein, aei de en tǭ syndesmǭ tēs eirēnēs pros tēn henotēta tou pneumatos syntēreisthai didaskometha; en de tois tou ᾿Apostolou, mnēmoneusas tis tou eipontos; Ei brōthēsetai artos aneu alos? ei de kai esti geuma en rhēmasi kenois? didachthēsetai oikonomein tous logous eis oikodomēn tēs pisteōs, Ina dǭ charin tois akouousi, kairǭ euthetǭ kai taxei euschēmoni chrōmenos, pros to eupeithesterous genesthai tous akouontas.
Question. What is the salt which the Lord commanded us to have, saying, “Have salt in yourselves, and be at peace with one another”? And the Apostle says, “Let your speech always be with grace, seasoned with salt.”
Answer. Here too the meaning is plain from what is joined to each saying. In the Lord's words we are taught to give no occasion for dissolution and separation from one another, but always to be kept together in the bond of peace for the unity of the Spirit. In the Apostle's, one who remembers him who said, “Will bread be eaten without salt? Or is there any taste in empty words?” will be taught to manage his words for the building up of faith, “that it may give grace to those who hear,” using a fitting time and seemly order, so that the hearers may become more ready to obey.
Chapter 267
267PG 31:1263
Εἰ ὁ μὲν τις δαρήσεται πολλὰς, ὁ δὲ ὀλίγας· πῶς λέγουσί τινες μὴ εἶναι τέλος τῆς κολάσεως; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὰ ἀμφίβολα καὶ ἐπικεκαλυμμένως εἰρῆσθαι δοκοῦντα ἔν τισι τόποις τῆς θεοπνεύστου Γραφῆς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν ἄλλοις τόποις όμολογουμένων σαφηνίζεται. Τοῦ οὖν Κυρίου ποτὲ μὲν ἀποφαινομένου, ὅτι ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον, ποτὲ δὲ ἐκπέμποντός τινας εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἄλλοτε ὀνομάζοντος γέενναν πυρὸς, καὶ ἐπιφέροντος, "Οπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται· καὶ ἔτι πάλαι διὰ τοῦ προφήτου περί τινων προειρηκότος, ὅτι Ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτήσει, κειμένων, ἓν και τοῦτο τῆς μεθοδείας τοῦ διαβόλου, τὸ τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθομένους τῶν τοσούτων καὶ τοιούτων τοῦ Κυρίου ῥημάτων καὶ ἀποφάσεων, τέλος κολάσεως εἰς τὸ μᾶλλον κατατολμᾶν τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἑαυτοῖς ὑπογράφειν. Εἰ γὰρ τῆς αἰωνίου κολάσεως ἔσται ποτέ τέλος, τέλος ἕξει πάντως καὶ ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή. Εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦτο νοῆσαι οὐ καταδεχόμεθα, ποῖον ἔχει λόγον τῇ κολάσει τῇ αἰωνίῳ τέλος διδόναι; Ἡ γὰρ τοῦ αἰωνίου προσθήκη ἐφ᾽ ἑκατέρων ἴσως κεῖται. ᾿Απελεύσονται γὰρ, φησὶν, οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον· οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Τούτων οὖν οὕτως ὁμολογουμένων, εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι καὶ τὸ, Δαρήσεται πολλὰς, καὶ τὸ, Δαρήσεται ὀλίγας, οὐχὶ τέλος, ἀλλὰ διαφορὰν κολάσεως δηλοῖ. Εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς δίκαιος κριτής ἐστιν, οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πονηροῖς, ἀποδιδοὺς ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ, δύναται εἶναι ὁ μέν τις πυρὸς ἀσβέστου ἄξιος, καὶ τούτου ἤτοι μαλακωτέρου, ἢ μᾶλλον φλέγοντος· ὁ δέ τις σκώληκος ἀτελευτήτου, καὶ τούτου πάλιν ἢ πραότερον ὀδυνῶντος, ἢ σφοδρότερον κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἑκάστου· καὶ ἄλλος γεέννης διάφορα πάντως έχούσης τὰ κολαστήρια· καὶ ἕτερος τοῦ ἐξωτέρου σκότους, ἔνθα ὁ μέν τις ἐν κλαυθμῷ μόνον, ὁ δὲ τις καὶ ἐν βρυγμῷ τῶν ὀδόντων διὰ τὸ ἐπιτεταμένον τῶν πόνων γίνεται. Καὶ τὸ ἐξώτερον δὲ σκότος ὑποφαίνει πάντως εἶναι τι καὶ ἐσώτερον. Καὶ τὸ, Εἰς πυθμένα ᾄδου, ἐν Παροιμίαις εἰρημένον δηλοῖ, ὅτι εἰσί τινες ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ μὲν, οὐκ ἐν πυθμένι δὲ ἄδου, κουφοτέραν ὑπομένοντες τὴν κόλασιν. Τοῦτο δὲ χαρακτηρίζειν ἔστι καὶ νῦν ἐν τοῖς τοῦ σώματος πάθεσιν. Ὁ μὲν γάρ τις πυρέσσει μετὰ συμπτωμάτων καὶ ἄλλων παθῶν· ὁ δὲ τις πυρέσσει μόνον, καὶ οὗτος οὐχ ὁμοίως τῷ ἑτέρῳ· καὶ ἄλλος οὐ πυρέσσει μὲν, ὀδύνῃ δέ τινι μέλους καταπονεῖται· καὶ οὗτος πάλιν ἑτέρου πλεῖον ἢ ἔλαττον. Εἴρηται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο τῷ Κυρίῳ τὸ, πολλὰς καὶ ὀλίγας, κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν τῆς συνηθείας, ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ τοιαῦτα. Οἴδαμεν γὰρ πολλάκις τὸ τοιοῦτον εἶδος τοῦ λόγου καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὑφ᾽ ἑνός τινος πάθους κεκακωμένων παραλαμβανόμενον· οἷον ὅταν λέγωμεν ἐπί τινος πυρέσσοντος μόνον, ἢ ὀφθαλμὸν ἐδυνωμένου, θαυμάζοντες, ὅτι πόσα ἔπαθεν, ἢ πόσας ὑπέμεινεν ἀνάγκας. Ωστε τὸ, πολλὰς καὶ ὀλίγας δέρεσθαι, πάλιν λέγω, οὐκ ἐν τῇ τοῦ χρόνου παρατάσει ἢ συμπληρώσει, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ διαφορᾷ τῆς κολάσεως γίνεται.
Ei ho men tis darēsetai pollas, ho de oligas; pōs legousi tines mē einai telos tēs kolaseōs? APOKRISIS. Ta amphibola kai epikekalymmenōs eirēsthai dokounta en tisi topois tēs theopneustou Graphēs hypo tōn en allois topois omologoumenōn saphēnizetai. Tou oun Kyriou pote men apophainomenou, hoti apeleusontai houtoi eis kolasin aiōnion, pote de ekpempontos tinas eis to pyr to aiōnion to hētoimasmenon tǭ diabolǭ kai tois angelois autou; kai allote onomazontos geennan pyros, kai epipherontos, "Opou ho skōlēx autōn ou teleutą, kai to pyr ou sbennytai; kai eti palai dia tou prophētou peri tinōn proeirēkotos, hoti Ho skōlēx autōn ou teleutēsei, keimenōn, hen kai touto tēs methodeias tou diabolou, to tous pollous tōn anthrōpōn, hōsper epilathomenous tōn tosoutōn kai toioutōn tou Kyriou rhēmatōn kai apophaseōn, telos kolaseōs eis to mallon katatolman tēs hamartias heautois hypographein. Ei gar tēs aiōniou kolaseōs estai pote telos, telos hexei pantōs kai hē aiōnios zōē. Ei de epi tēs zōēs touto noēsai ou katadechometha, poion echei logon tę̄ kolasei tę̄ aiōniǭ telos didonai? Hē gar tou aiōniou prosthēkē eph᾽ hekaterōn isōs keitai. ᾿Apeleusontai gar, phēsin, houtoi eis kolasin aiōnion; hoi de dikaioi eis zōēn aiōnion. Toutōn oun houtōs homologoumenōn, eidenai chrē, hoti kai to, Darēsetai pollas, kai to, Darēsetai oligas, ouchi telos, alla diaphoran kolaseōs dēloi. Ei gar ho Theos dikaios kritēs estin, ou monon tois agathois, alla kai tois ponērois, apodidous hekastǭ kata tēn praxin autou, dynatai einai ho men tis pyros asbestou axios, kai toutou ētoi malakōterou, ē mallon phlegontos; ho de tis skōlēkos ateleutētou, kai toutou palin ē praoteron odynōntos, ē sphodroteron kata tēn axian hekastou; kai allos geennēs diaphora pantōs echousēs ta kolastēria; kai heteros tou exōterou skotous, entha ho men tis en klauthmǭ monon, ho de tis kai en brygmǭ tōn odontōn dia to epitetamenon tōn ponōn ginetai. Kai to exōteron de skotos hypophainei pantōs einai ti kai esōteron. Kai to, Eis pythmena ądou, en Paroimiais eirēmenon dēloi, hoti eisi tines en tǭ hądę̄ men, ouk en pythmeni de adou, kouphoteran hypomenontes tēn kolasin. Touto de charaktērizein esti kai nyn en tois tou sōmatos pathesin. Ho men gar tis pyressei meta symptōmatōn kai allōn pathōn; ho de tis pyressei monon, kai houtos ouch homoiōs tǭ heterǭ; kai allos ou pyressei men, odynę̄ de tini melous kataponeitai; kai houtos palin heterou pleion ē elatton. Eirētai de kai touto tǭ Kyriǭ to, pollas kai oligas, kata tēn chrēsin tēs synētheias, hōsper oun kai alla tina toiauta. Oidamen gar pollakis to toiouton eidos tou logou kai epi tōn hyph᾽ henos tinos pathous kekakōmenōn paralambanomenon; hoion hotan legōmen epi tinos pyressontos monon, ē ophthalmon edynōmenou, thaumazontes, hoti posa epathen, ē posas hypemeinen anankas. Ōste to, pollas kai oligas deresthai, palin legō, ouk en tę̄ tou chronou paratasei ē symplērōsei, all᾽ en tę̄ diaphorą tēs kolaseōs ginetai.
Question. If one will be beaten with many blows and another with few, how do some say that there is no end to punishment?
Answer. What seems to be said ambiguously and obscurely in some places of the God-inspired Scripture is made clear by what is acknowledged in other places. Since, then, the Lord at one time declares that “these will go away into eternal punishment,” and at another sends some “into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels,” and elsewhere names “the hell of fire” and adds, “where their worm does not die and the fire is not quenched,” and long before, through the prophet, had said of some that “their worm will not die,” though these things stand written, this too is one of the devil's wiles: that most people, as though forgetting so many and such great words and sentences of the Lord, prescribe for themselves an end of punishment, so as to venture the more boldly on sin. For if there will ever be an end of eternal punishment, eternal life too will certainly have an end. And if we do not accept thinking this of life, what reason is there to give an end to eternal punishment? For the addition of “eternal” stands equally with both: “For these will go away,” it says, “into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life.” These things being thus acknowledged, we must know that both “will be beaten with many blows” and “will be beaten with few” signify not an end but a difference of punishment. For if God is a righteous judge, not only to the good but also to the wicked, rendering to each according to his deeds, one may be worthy of unquenchable fire, and that either milder or more burning; another of the undying worm, and that again either paining more gently or more fiercely, according to each one's desert; another of hell, which certainly has different punishments; and another of the outer darkness, where one is only in weeping, while another is also in gnashing of teeth because of the intensity of his pains. And the outer darkness certainly implies that there is also an inner one. And the saying in Proverbs, “to the depths of Hades,” shows that there are some who are in Hades, but not in the depths of Hades, undergoing a lighter punishment. One can picture this even now in the sufferings of the body. One man has fever with other symptoms and ailments; another has fever only, and not like the first; another has no fever but is afflicted by pain in some limb, and this man again more or less than another. And the Lord spoke this “many and few” according to common usage, as also certain other such things. For we know that this form of speech is often used even of those afflicted by a single ailment, as when we say of someone with fever only, or with a pain in the eye, in wonder, “How much he has suffered!” or “How many hardships he has endured!” So to be beaten with many or few blows, I say again, lies not in the length or completion of time, but in the difference of the punishment.
Chapter 268
268PG 31:1265
Κατὰ ποῖον νοῦν λέγονταὶ τινες υἱοὶ ἀπειθείας, καὶ τέκνα ὀργῆς; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τέκνα καὶ υἱούς τινος ὀνομάζειν οἶδεν ὁ Κύ εἴτε κακοῦ. Εἰ τέκνα γὰρ, φησί, τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἦτε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐποιεῖτε ἄν· καὶ πάλιν· Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ, καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν. ῞Ὥστε καὶ ἀπειθείας υἱὸς ὁ τὰ τῆς ἀπειθείας έργαζόμενος γίνεται. Τάχα δὲ, ὥσπερ οὐχ ἁμαρτωλὸς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοαμαρτία ὁ διάβολος ὀνομάζεται, διὰ τὸ ἀρχηγὸς, ὡς οἶμαι, γεγονέναι τῆς ἁμαρτίας· οὕτω καὶ αὐτοαπείθεια λέγοιτο ἂν ὁ διάβολος διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν. Τέκνον δὲ ὀργῆς ἐστί τις, καθ' ὁ ἄξιον ἑαυτὸν πεποίηκε τῆς ὀργῆς. Ὡς γὰρ τοὺς ἀξίους τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὰ τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἔργα, υἱοὺς φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὺς ἡμέρας ὁ ᾿Από στολος προσηγόρευσεν· οὕτως ἀκόλουθον νοεῖν καὶ τὸ, Α ριος τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὰ θελήματα αὐτοῦ, εἴτε ἀγαθοῦ Ημεντέκνα ὀργῆς. Εἰδέναι μέντοιγε χρὴ, ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπειθείας, ὁ αὐτός ἐστι καὶ τέκνον ὀργῆς, τοῦ Κυρίου ἀποφηναμένου, ὅτι ῾Ὁ ἀπειθῶν τῷ Υἱῷ οὐκ ὄψεται τὴν ζωὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μενεῖ ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν
Kata poion noun legontai tines huioi apeitheias, kai tekna orgēs? APOKRISIS. Tekna kai huious tinos onomazein oiden ho Ky eite kakou. Ei tekna gar, phēsi, tou Abraam ēte, ta erga tou ᾿Abraam epoieite an; kai palin; Hymeis ek tou patros tou diabolou este, kai tas epithymias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein. ῾Hōste kai apeitheias huios ho ta tēs apeitheias ergazomenos ginetai. Tacha de, hōsper ouch hamartōlos monon, alla kai autoamartia ho diabolos onomazetai, dia to archēgos, hōs oimai, gegonenai tēs hamartias; houtō kai autoapeitheia legoito an ho diabolos dia tēn autēn aitian. Teknon de orgēs esti tis, kath' ho axion heauton pepoiēke tēs orgēs. Hōs gar tous axious tou Kyriou, kai tous poiountas ta tou phōtos kai hēmeras erga, huious phōtos kai huious hēmeras ho ᾿Apo stolos prosēgoreusen; houtōs akolouthon noein kai to, A rios tous poiountas ta thelēmata autou, eite agathou Ēmentekna orgēs. Eidenai mentoige chrē, hoti ho huios tēs apeitheias, ho autos esti kai teknon orgēs, tou Kyriou apophēnamenou, hoti ῾Ho apeithōn tǭ Huiǭ ouk opsetai tēn zōēn, all᾽ hē orgē tou Theou menei ep᾿ auton
Question. In what sense are some called sons of disobedience and children of wrath?
Answer. The Lord is accustomed to call those who do someone's will, whether good or evil, his children and sons. “For if you were children of Abraham,” he says, “you would do the works of Abraham”; and again, “You are of your father the devil, and you wish to do the desires of your father.” So one who works the works of disobedience becomes a son of disobedience. And perhaps, as the devil is called not only a sinner but sin itself, because he became, as I think, the author of sin, so the devil might also be called disobedience itself for the same reason. And one is a child of wrath inasmuch as he has made himself worthy of wrath. For as the Apostle called those worthy of the Lord, who do the works of light and of day, sons of light and sons of day, so it is fitting to understand also, “We were children of wrath.” One must know, however, that the son of disobedience is the same as the child of wrath, since the Lord declared: “He who disobeys the Son will not see life, but the wrath of God will remain on him.”
Chapter 269
269PG 31:1267
Ἐπειδὴ γέγραπται, « Ποιοῦντες τὰ θεληματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν·· εἱ ἄλλα μὲν ἐστι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὰ μὲν τῆς σαρκὸς θελήματα ἐν ἄλλῳ τόπῳ κατὰ μέρος ὀνομαστὶ καταλέγει ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, λέγων - Φανερὰ δὲ ἐστι τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκὸς, ἅτινὰ ἐστι μοιχεία, πορνεία, ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια, εἰδωλολατρεία, φαρμακεία, ἔχθραι, ἔρεις, ζῆλοι, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις, φθόνοι, φόνοι, μέθαι, κῶμοι, καὶ τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ περιληπτικώτερον, ὅτι Τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς Θεόν· τῷ γὰρ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐχ ὑποτάσσεται, οὔτε γὰρ δύναται· τὰ δὲ τῶν διανοιῶν θελήματα λογισμοὶ εἶεν ἂν μὴ μαρτυρούμενοι ὑπὸ τῆς Γραφῆς, οἷοί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται· Λογισμούς καθαιροῦντες, καὶ πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ νοήματα μὴ αἰχμαλωτιζόμενα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Διόπερ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ φυλάσσειν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Δαβὶδ εἰρημένον·
Epeidē gegraptai, « Poiountes ta thelēmata tēs sarkos kai tōn dianoiōn;; hei alla men esti APOKRISIS. Ta men tēs sarkos thelēmata en allǭ topǭ kata meros onomasti katalegei ho ᾿Apostolos, legōn - Phanera de esti ta erga tēs sarkos, hatina esti moicheia, porneia, akatharsia, aselgeia, eidōlolatreia, pharmakeia, echthrai, ereis, zēloi, thymoi, eritheiai, dichostasiai, haireseis, phthonoi, phonoi, methai, kōmoi, kai ta homoia toutois; kai allachou perilēptikōteron, hoti To phronēma tēs sarkos echthra eis Theon; tǭ gar nomǭ tou Theou ouch hypotassetai, oute gar dynatai; ta de tōn dianoiōn thelēmata logismoi eien an mē martyroumenoi hypo tēs Graphēs, hoioi eisin ekeinoi, peri hōn eirētai; Logismous kathairountes, kai pan hypsōma epairomenon kata tēs gnōseōs tou Theou, kai noēmata mē aichmalōtizomena eis tēn hypakoēn tou Christou. Dioper anankaion kai asphales aei kai pantachou phylassein ekeino to hypo tou Dabid eirēmenon;
Question. Since it is written, “Doing the wishes of the flesh and of the thoughts,” whether the [wishes of the flesh] are one thing [and those of the thoughts another].
Answer. The wishes of the flesh the Apostle lists by name, one by one, in another place, saying: “Now the works of the flesh are plain, which are adultery, sexual immorality, uncleanness, licentiousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strife, jealousies, rages, rivalries, dissensions, factions, envyings, murders, drunkenness, revellings, and things like these”; and elsewhere more comprehensively: “The mind of the flesh is enmity against God; for it is not subject to the law of God, nor indeed can it be.” The wishes of the thoughts would be reasonings not attested by Scripture, such as those of which it is said, “Casting down reasonings and every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God,” and thoughts not taken captive to the obedience of Christ. Therefore it is necessary and safe always and everywhere to keep what was said by David: …
Chapter 270
270PG 31:1269
Τί ἐστιν,· ᾿Απορούμενοι, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐξαπορούμενοι;» ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ εἰς Θεὸν, πεποιθήσεως ἐξ ἀντιπαραθέσεως τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου φρονήματος δεικνὺς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ κειμένων οὕτω τίθησιν. Ὡς μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον φρόνημα, Ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι, φησίν· ὡς δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐπὶ Θεὸν πεποίθησιν ἐπιφέρει τὸ, ᾿Αλλ' οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι· πάλιν, ὡς μὲν πρὸς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον φρόνημα, Ἀπορούμενοι· ὡς δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἐπὶ Θεὸν πεποίθησιν, τὸ, Οὐκ ἐξαπορούμενοι· καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ὁμοίως. Οἷὰ ἐστι κἀκεῖνα τὰ ἀλλαχοῦ αὐτῷ εἰρημένα· Ὡς ἀποθνήσκοντες, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶμεν· ὡς πτωχοί, πολλοὺς δὲ πλουτίζοντες· ὡς μηδὲν ἔχοντες, καὶ πάντα κατέχοντες.
Ti estin,; ᾿Aporoumenoi, all' ouk exaporoumenoi?» APOKRISIS. Tēn plērophorian tēs heautou eis Theon, pepoithēseōs ex antiparatheseōs tou anthrōpinou phronēmatos deiknys ho ᾿Apostolos, hekaston tōn en tǭ topǭ toutǭ keimenōn houtō tithēsin. Hōs men gar pros to anthrōpinon phronēma, En panti thlibomenoi, phēsin; hōs de pros tēn epi Theon pepoithēsin epipherei to, ᾿All' ou stenochōroumenoi; palin, hōs men pros to anthrōpinon phronēma, Aporoumenoi; hōs de pros tēn epi Theon pepoithēsin, to, Ouk exaporoumenoi; kai ta loipa homoiōs. Hoia esti kakeina ta allachou autǭ eirēmena; Hōs apothnēskontes, kai idou zōmen; hōs ptōchoi, pollous de ploutizontes; hōs mēden echontes, kai panta katechontes.
Question. What is the meaning of “Perplexed, but not in despair”?
Answer. The Apostle, showing the full assurance of his trust in God by contrast with the human mind, sets down each of the things in this passage in this way. As regards the human mind, he says, “Afflicted in every way”; as regards trust in God he adds, “But not crushed.” Again, as regards the human mind, “Perplexed”; as regards trust in God, “Not in despair”; and the rest likewise. Such too are the things he said elsewhere: “As dying, and behold, we live; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, and yet possessing all things.”
Chapter 271
271PG 31:1269
Τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος, « Πλὴν τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην· καὶ ἰδοὺ πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν·· εἰ πάντων, ὅσα ἥμαρτέ τις, διὰ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης τὸν καθαρισμὸν εὑρίσκει. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Αὐτὴ ἡ ἀκολουθία τῶν προκειμένων σαφηνίζει το εἰρημένον. Προειπὼν γὰρ, ὅτι Καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, τὸ δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας, οὕτως ἐπήγαγε· Πλὴν τὰ ἐνόντα, δότε ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἰδοὺ πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστι· πάντα ταῦτα δηλονότι ὅσα ἐν τῷ ἁρπάζειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν ἁμαρτάνομεν, καὶ πονηρευόμεθα. Παρίστησι δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ζακχαῖος εἰπών· Ἰδοὺ τὰ ἡμίση τῶν ὑπαρχόντων μου δίδωμι τοῖς πτωχοῖς· καὶ εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, ἀποδίδωμι τετραπλοῦν. "Ὥστε ὅσα τοιαῦτά ἐστιν ἁμαρτήματα, ἅπερ δυνατὸν ἀναλῦσαι, καὶ ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔστιν ἀντιδοῦναι πολυπλάσιον, τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ καθαρίζεσθαι· καὶ τούτῳ, φημὶ, τῷ τρόπῳ, οὐκ αὐτῷ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἀρκοῦντι πρὸς τὴν κάθαρσιν, χρήζοντι δὲ προηγουμένως τοῦ ἐλέους τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ἐν ᾧ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, ποιοῦντες ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ τοὺς ἀξίους καρποὺς τῆς μετανοίας.
Tou Kyriou legontos, « Plēn ta enonta dote eleēmosynēn; kai idou panta kathara hymin estin;; ei pantōn, hosa hēmarte tis, dia tēs eleēmosynēs ton katharismon heuriskei. APOKRISIS. Autē hē akolouthia tōn prokeimenōn saphēnizei to eirēmenon. Proeipōn gar, hoti Katharizete to exōthen tou potēriou kai tēs paropsidos, to de esōthen hymōn gemei harpagēs kai ponērias, houtōs epēgage; Plēn ta enonta, dote eleēmosynēn, kai idou panta kathara hymin esti; panta tauta dēlonoti hosa en tǭ harpazein kai pleonektein hamartanomen, kai ponēreuometha. Paristēsi de touto kai ho Zakchaios eipōn; Idou ta hēmisē tōn hyparchontōn mou didōmi tois ptōchois; kai ei tinos ti esykophantēsa, apodidōmi tetraploun. "Hōste hosa toiauta estin hamartēmata, haper dynaton analysai, kai hyper hōn estin antidounai polyplasion, toutǭ tǭ tropǭ katharizesthai; kai toutǭ, phēmi, tǭ tropǭ, ouk autǭ kath' heauton arkounti pros tēn katharsin, chrēzonti de proēgoumenōs tou eleous tou Theou, kai tou haimatos tou Christou; en hǭ kai tōn allōn hapantōn echomen tēn apolytrōsin, poiountes eph᾽ hekastǭ tous axious karpous tēs metanoias.
Question. Since the Lord says, “But give as alms what is within, and see, all things are clean for you,” does one find cleansing through almsgiving for everything he has sinned?
Answer. The sequence of what precedes makes the saying clear. For having first said, “You cleanse the outside of the cup and the dish, but your inside is full of robbery and wickedness,” he then added, “But give as alms what is within, and see, all things are clean for you”: all these things, plainly, in which we sin and do wickedness by robbing and grasping. Zacchaeus shows this too, saying: “See, half of my goods I give to the poor; and if I have defrauded anyone of anything, I restore it fourfold.” So sins of this kind, which can be undone and for which one can repay many times over, are cleansed in this way; and in this way, I say, not as sufficient in itself for cleansing, but needing above all the mercy of God and the blood of Christ, in whom we have redemption from all the others too, by bearing fruits worthy of repentance for each.
Chapter 272
272PG 31:1269
Ἐπειδὴ πρόσταγμά ἐστι τοῦ Κυρίου μὴ μεριμνᾶν περὶ τῆς αὔριον, πῶς ὑγιῶς τὸ πρόσταγμα νοήσομεν; ῾Ὁρῶμεν γὰρ, ὅτι πολ λὴν ἔχομεν σπουδὴν τῶν πρὸς ἐς τὴν τὴν χρείαν ἕνεκεν, ὥστε παραθέσθαι καὶ τὰ πρὸς πλείονα χρόνον ἀρκέσαι δυνάμενα. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ καταδεξάμενος τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου διδασκαλίαν, Α εἰπόντος· Ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ, καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐπαγγελίας, ἐπαγαγόντος· Καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν· οὐκ ἐν ταῖς βιωτικαῖς μερίμναις ταῖς συμπνιγούσαις τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπον ποιούσαις, καταργεῖ τὴν ψυχήν. Ἐν δὲ τῷ καλῷ ἀγῶνι τῆς πρὸς Θεὸν εὐαρεστήσεως ἀγωνιζόμενος, πιστεύει τῷ Κυρίῳ εἰπόντι· ῎Αξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ· καὶ οὐδὲν· ταύτης ἕνεκεν περιεργάζεται. Ἐργάζεται δὲ καὶ μεριμνᾷ οὐχὶ δι᾽ ἑαυτὸν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καθὼς ὑπέδειξε καὶ ἐδίδαξεν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, εἰπών· Πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὕτω κοπιώντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ δι᾽ ἑαυτὸν μεριμνᾶν φιλαυτίας ἐστὶν ἔγκλημα· τὸ δὲ διὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν μεριμνᾶν καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι φιλοχρίστου καὶ φιλαδέλφου διαθέσεώς ἐστιν ἐγκώμιον,
Epeidē prostagma esti tou Kyriou mē merimnan peri tēs aurion, pōs hygiōs to prostagma noēsomen? ῾Horōmen gar, hoti pol lēn echomen spoudēn tōn pros es tēn tēn chreian heneken, hōste parathesthai kai ta pros pleiona chronon arkesai dynamena. APOKRISIS. Ho katadexamenos tēn tou Kyriou didaskalian, A eipontos; Zēteite prōton tēn basileian tou Theou, kai tēn dikaiosynēn autou, kai plērophorētheis tēn alētheian tēs autou epangelias, epagagontos; Kai tauta panta prostethēsetai hymin; ouk en tais biōtikais merimnais tais sympnigousais ton logon, kai akarpon poiousais, katargei tēn psychēn. En de tǭ kalǭ agōni tēs pros Theon euarestēseōs agōnizomenos, pisteuei tǭ Kyriǭ eiponti; ᾿Axios ho ergatēs tēs trophēs autou; kai ouden; tautēs heneken periergazetai. Ergazetai de kai merimną ouchi di᾽ heauton, alla dia tēn entolēn tou Christou, kathōs hypedeixe kai edidaxen ho ᾿Apostolos, eipōn; Panta hypedeixa hymin, hoti houtō kopiōntas dei antilambanesthai tōn asthenountōn. To men gar di᾽ heauton merimnan philautias estin enklēma; to de dia tēn entolēn merimnan kai ergazesthai philochristou kai philadelphou diatheseōs estin enkōmion,
Question. Since it is the Lord's command not to be anxious about tomorrow, how shall we understand the command soundly? For we see that we take great pains over what serves our need, so as to lay up even what can suffice for a longer time.
Answer. One who has accepted the teaching of the Lord, who said, “Seek first the kingdom of God and his righteousness,” and is fully assured of the truth of his promise, when he added, “And all these things will be added to you,” does not let his soul be idle in the worldly cares that choke the word and make it unfruitful. Contending in the good contest of pleasing God, he believes the Lord, who said, “The workman is worthy of his food,” and busies himself with nothing for its sake. He works and takes care, not for himself, but for Christ's commandment, as the Apostle showed and taught, saying: “In all things I showed you that by labouring like this we must help the weak.” For to be anxious for oneself is the charge of self-love; but to be anxious and to work for the commandment is the praise of a disposition that loves Christ and the brothers.
Chapter 273
273PG 31:1271
τι ἄν τις ποιήσας, βλασφημεῖ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐκ τῆς τότε βλασφημίας, ἣν ἐβλασφήμησαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ἐφ' οἷς καὶ τὸ κρίμα τοῦτο ἐτέθη, δῆλόν ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ νῦν ἐκεῖνος βλασφημεῖ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, ὃς ἂν τὰς ἐνεργείας καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος τῷ ἐναντίῳ ἐπιφημίσῃ· ὅπερ πάσχομεν οἱ πολλοὶ, τὸν μὲν σπουδαῖον κενόδοξον πολλάκις ῥιψοκινδύνως ἀποκαλοῦντες, τοῦ δὲ ζῆλον ἀγαθὸν ἐπιδεικνυμένου ὀργὴν καταψευδόμενοι, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα ἐν ὑπονοίαις πονηραῖς ψευδῶς ἐπιφημίζοντες
ti an tis poiēsas, blasphēmei eis to Pneuma to hagion? APOKRISIS. Ek tēs tote blasphēmias, hēn eblasphēmēsan hoi Pharisaioi, eph' hois kai to krima touto etethē, dēlon estin, hoti kai nyn ekeinos blasphēmei eis to Pneuma to hagion, hos an tas energeias kai tous karpous tou hagiou Pneumatos tǭ enantiǭ epiphēmisę̄; hoper paschomen hoi polloi, ton men spoudaion kenodoxon pollakis rhipsokindynōs apokalountes, tou de zēlon agathon epideiknymenou orgēn katapseudomenoi, kai alla toiauta en hyponoiais ponērais pseudōs epiphēmizontes
Question. What must one do to blaspheme against the Holy Spirit?
Answer. From the blasphemy uttered then by the Pharisees, against whom this judgment was set, it is plain that he blasphemes against the Holy Spirit now too who ascribes the workings and fruits of the Holy Spirit to the adversary; which many of us do, often recklessly calling the zealous man vainglorious, falsely charging one who shows good zeal with anger, and in evil suspicions falsely ascribing other such things.
Chapter 274
274PG 31:1271
Πῶς γινεταί τις ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ μωρός ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐὰν φοβηθῇ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, λέγοντος· Οὐαὶ οἱ συνετοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἐπιστήμονες· καὶ μιμήσηται τὸν εἰπόντα· Κτηνώδης ἐγενήθην παρὰ σοί· καὶ πᾶσαν οἴησιν συνέσεως ἀποβαλών, μὴ πρότερόν τι τῶν ἰδίων λογισμῶν ὡς ἀγαθὸν ἐγκρίνῃ, μήτε μὴν λογίσηταί τι τὴν ἀρχὴν, πρὶν ἂν ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς ἐντολῆς συνεθισθῇ πρὸς τὸ ἀρέσκον τῷ Θεῷ εἴτε ἐν ἔργῳ, εἴτε ἐν λόγῳ, εἴτε ἐν ἐνθυμήσει, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος Πεποίθησιν δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν διὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ πρὸς τὸν Θεόν· οὐχ ὅτι ἀφ' ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοὶ ἐσμεν λογίσασθαί τι ὡς ἐξ ἑαυτῶν· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἱκανότης ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ διδάσκοντος ἄνθρωπον γνῶσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται.
Pōs ginetai tis en tǭ aiōni toutǭ mōros APOKRISIS. Ean phobēthę̄ to krima tou Theou, legontos; Ouai hoi synetoi en heautois, kai enōpion autōn epistēmones; kai mimēsētai ton eiponta; Ktēnōdēs egenēthēn para soi; kai pasan oiēsin syneseōs apobalōn, mē proteron ti tōn idiōn logismōn hōs agathon enkrinę̄, mēte mēn logisētai ti tēn archēn, prin an hyp᾿ autēs tou Kyriou tēs entolēs synethisthę̄ pros to areskon tǭ Theǭ eite en ergǭ, eite en logǭ, eite en enthymēsei, tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos Pepoithēsin de toiautēn echomen dia tou Christou pros ton Theon; ouch hoti aph' heautōn hikanoi esmen logisasthai ti hōs ex heautōn; all᾽ hē hikanotēs hēmōn ek tou Theou tou didaskontos anthrōpon gnōsin, kathōs gegraptai.
Question. How does one become a fool in this age?
Answer. If he fears the judgment of God, who says, “Woe to those who are wise in themselves and knowing in their own sight,” and imitates him who said, “I became like a beast before you”; and, casting away all conceit of understanding, does not first approve any of his own reasonings as good, nor indeed reason anything at all, until he has been accustomed by the Lord's commandment itself to what pleases God, whether in deed, word, or thought, since the Apostle said: “Such is the confidence we have through Christ toward God; not that we are sufficient of ourselves to reason anything as from ourselves, but our sufficiency is from God,” who teaches man knowledge, as it is written.
Chapter 275
275PG 31:1273
Εἰ δύναται ἐγκοψαι πρόθεσιν ἁγίου ὁ Σατανας, ὅτι γέγραπται· -· Ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος προεθέμην ἐλθεῖν καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς, καὶ ἐνέκοψεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Σατανᾶς.» ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ, Τῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ κατορθωμάτων τὰ μὲν προθέσει καὶ κρίσει ψυχῆς ἐκτελεῖται, τὰ δὲ διὰ σώματος ἐνεργεῖται ἢ ἐν σπουδῇ ἢ ἐν ὑπομονῇ. Ὅσα μὲν οὖν ἐν προθέσει τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ κρίσει κεῖται, ταῦτα ἐγκόψαι οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ δυνατόν ἐστι τῷ Σατανᾷ· ἐν δὲ τοῖς διὰ σωματικῆς ἐνεργείας κατορθουμένοις πολλάκις τι καὶ συγχωρεῖ ὁ Θεὸς γενέσθαι ἐμπόδιον, εἰς δοκιμὴν καὶ ἔλεγχον τοῦ ἐμποδιζομένου, ἵνα ἢ μετατιθέμενος τῆς ἀγαθῆς προθέσεως ἐλεγχθῇ, ὡς οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς πέτρας σπαρέντες, οἳ πρὸς ὀλίγον μὲν τὸν λόγον μετὰ χαρᾶς ἐδέξαντο, γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως, εὐθέως ἀπέστησαν· ἢ ἐπιμένων τοῖς καλοῖς ἀποδειχθῇ ἐν σπουδῇ τῶν κατορθωμάτων, ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, ὃς πολλάκις προθέμενος ἀπελθεῖν πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, καὶ κωλυθείς, ὡς αὐτὸς ὡμολόγησεν, ὅμως οὐκ ἐπαύσατο θέλων, μέχρις ὅτε καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ προέθετο· ἐν δὲ ὑπομονῇ, ὡς ὁ Ἰὼβ, ὃς, τοσαῦτα ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου παθὼν, ἀναγκάζοντος φθέγξασθαί τι βλάσφημον, ἢ ἀχαριστῆσαι Θεῷ, καὶ μέχρι τῶν ἐσχάτων συμφορῶν οὐκ ἐξέστη τῆς εὐσεβοῦς κρίσεως, καὶ τοῦ φρονεῖν περὶ Θεοῦ ὑγιῶς. Γέγραπται γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ· Ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις οὐδὲν ἥμαρτεν Ἰὼβ τοῖς χείλεσιν αὐτοῦ ἐναντίον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν άφροσύνην τῷ Θεῷ.
Ei dynatai enkopsai prothesin hagiou ho Satanas, hoti gegraptai; -; Egō men Paulos proethemēn elthein kai hapax kai dis, kai enekopsen hēmas ho Satanas.» APOKRISIS, Tōn en Kyriǭ katorthōmatōn ta men prothesei kai krisei psychēs ekteleitai, ta de dia sōmatos energeitai ē en spoudę̄ ē en hypomonę̄. Hosa men oun en prothesei tēs psychēs kai krisei keitai, tauta enkopsai oudeni tropǭ dynaton esti tǭ Sataną; en de tois dia sōmatikēs energeias katorthoumenois pollakis ti kai synchōrei ho Theos genesthai empodion, eis dokimēn kai elenchon tou empodizomenou, hina ē metatithemenos tēs agathēs protheseōs elenchthę̄, hōs hoi epi tēs petras sparentes, hoi pros oligon men ton logon meta charas edexanto, genomenēs de thlipseōs, eutheōs apestēsan; ē epimenōn tois kalois apodeichthę̄ en spoudę̄ tōn katorthōmatōn, hōs autos ho ᾿Apostolos, hos pollakis prothemenos apelthein pros tous Rhōmaious, kai kōlytheis, hōs autos hōmologēsen, homōs ouk epausato thelōn, mechris hote kai eplērōsen ho proetheto; en de hypomonę̄, hōs ho Iōb, hos, tosauta hypo tou diabolou pathōn, anankazontos phthenxasthai ti blasphēmon, ē acharistēsai Theǭ, kai mechri tōn eschatōn symphorōn ouk exestē tēs eusebous kriseōs, kai tou phronein peri Theou hygiōs. Gegraptai gar peri autou; En pasi toutois ouden hēmarten Iōb tois cheilesin autou enantion tou Theou, kai ouk edōken aphrosynēn tǭ Theǭ.
Question. Whether Satan can hinder the purpose of a saint, since it is written, “I Paul proposed to come once and again, and Satan hindered us.”
Answer. Of good deeds in the Lord, some are accomplished by the purpose and judgment of the soul, and others are carried out through the body, either in zeal or in endurance. What lies in the purpose and judgment of the soul Satan can in no way hinder; but in what is achieved through bodily action God often allows some obstacle to arise, for the testing and proving of the one hindered: so that either, changing from his good purpose, he may be exposed, like those sown on the rock, who received the word with joy for a while, but when affliction came at once fell away; or, persevering in good things, he may be shown in his zeal for good deeds, like the Apostle himself, who often purposed to go to the Romans and was prevented, as he himself confessed, yet did not cease wishing until he fulfilled what he had purposed; or in endurance, like Job, who, suffering so much from the devil, who was forcing him to utter something blasphemous or to be ungrateful to God, even to the last calamities did not depart from his pious judgment and from thinking soundly about God. For it is written of him: “In all this Job did not sin with his lips before God, and did not charge God with folly.”
Chapter 276
276PG 31:1273
Τί ἐστι τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰρημενον, « Εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς, τι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, καὶ εὐάρεστον, καὶ τέλειον; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πολλά ἐστιν, ἃ ὁ Θεὸς θέλει· τὰ μὲν ἐν μακροθυμίᾳ καὶ χρηστότητι, ἅπερ ἀγαθά ἐστί τε καὶ λέγεται· τὰ δὲ κατ᾿ ὀργὴν διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν, ἅπερ κακὰ ὀνομάζεται. Ἐγὼ γὰρ εἰμι, φησὶν, ὁ ποιῶν εἰρήνην, καὶ κτίζων κακά. Κακὰ δὲ, οὐχ ὑπὲρ ὧν κολαζόμεθα, ἀλλὰ δι' ὧν παιδευόμεθα. Τὰ δὲ παιδεύοντα, καὶ διὰ τῆς κακώσεως εἰς ἐπιστροφὴν ἄγοντα, γίνεται εἰς ἀγαθόν. Ὅσα μὲν οὖν μακροθυμῶν καὶ χρηστευόμενος θέλει ὁ Θεὸς, ταῦτα καὶ ἡμᾶς καὶ θέλειν καὶ μιμεῖσθαι ἀναγκαῖον. Γινεσθε γὰρ, φησὶν, οἰκτίρμονες, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Πατήρ ὑμῶν οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν. Καὶ ὁ Ἀπόστολος δὲ, Γίνεσθε, φησί, μιμηταὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὡς τέκνα ἀγαπητά· καὶ περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Χριστὸς ἡγάπησεν ἡμᾶς. Ὅσα δὲ κατ᾿ ὀργὴν διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἐπάγει, ταῦτα κακὰ λεγόμενα, ὡς εἶπον, τῷ λόγῳ τῆς κακώσεως, οὐ πάντως καὶ ἡμῖν ἔξεστι ποιεῖν. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐστι, λιμῷ πολλάκις, ἢ λοιμῷ, ἢ πολέμῳ, ἢ ἄλλῳ τινὶ τοιούτῳ διαφθαρῆναι ἀνθρώπους, τῷ θελήματι τούτῳ ἐξυπηρετεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς χρή. Πρὸς γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ὑπηρέταις κακοῖς ὁ Θεὸς κέχρηται, κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον, ὅτι Ἐξαπέστειλεν εἰς αὐτοὺς ὀργὴν θυμοῦ αὐτοῦ, θυμὸν καὶ ὀργὴν, καὶ θλίψιν, ἀποστολὴν δι' ἀγγέλων πονηρῶν. Οὐκοῦν πρῶτον μὲν ζητεῖν δεῖ, τί τὸ ἀγαθὸν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ· εἶτα, ὅταν γνωρίσωμεν τὸ ἀγαθὸν, ἐξετάζειν, εἰ τὸ ἀγαθὸν τοῦτο καὶ εὐάρεστον τῷ Θεῷ ἐστιν. Ἔστι γάρ τι, ὃ τῷ μὲν ἰδίῳ λόγῳ καὶ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐστι, καὶ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ὅταν δὲ ἢ παρὰ πρόσωπον, ἢ παρὰ καιρὸν γένηται, οὐκέτι καὶ εὐάρεστον Θεῷ ἐστιν. Οἷον, θέλημα Θεοῦ ἦν, καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἦν τὸ θυμιᾶν Θεῷ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἦν εὐάρεστον Θεῷ, τοὺς περὶ Δαθὰν καὶ ᾿Αβειρὼν τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Καὶ πάλιν, θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐστι, καὶ ἀγαθόν ἐστι τὸ ἐλεημοσύνην ποιεῖν· ἀλλὰ τὸ ἕνεκεν τοῦ δοξασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ποιεῖν, οὐκέτι καὶ εὐάρεστον Θεῷ ἐστι. Καὶ πάλιν, θέλημα Θεοῦ ἦν, καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἦν τὸ τοὺς μαθητὰς, ὃ πρὸς τὸ οὖς ἤκουσαν, κηρύξαι ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων· ἀλλὰ τὸ πρὸ καιροῦ τι εἰπεῖν οὐκέτι καὶ εὐάρεστον ἦν τῷ Θεῷ· Μηδενὶ γὰρ εἴπητε, φησὶ, τὸ ὄραμα τοῦτο, ἕως οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ. Καὶ καθόλου πᾶν θέλημα Θεοῦ ἀγαθὸν τότε καὶ εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν, ὅταν πληρωθῇ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰρημένον· Πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖτε· καὶ, Πάντα εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ τάξιν γινέσθω. Πάλιν δὲ, ὅταν καὶ θέλημα Θεοῦ ἡ τι, καὶ ἀγαθὸν ἦ, καὶ εὐάρεστον ᾖ, οὐδ᾽ οὕτως ἀμεριμνεῖν χρὴ, ἀλλ᾿ ἀγωνιᾷν καὶ φροντίζειν, ὅπως τέλειον καὶ ἀνελλιπές τοῦτο ᾖ· ἐν μέτρῳ ποτὲ μὲν τοῦ γινομένου, εἰ κατὰ τὸ προστεταγμένον γίνεται, ποτὲ δὲ τῆς τοῦ ποιοῦντος δυνάμεως. ᾿Αγαπήσεις γὰρ, φησὶ, Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς δυνάμεώς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς ἑαυτόν· καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐν τῷ κατὰ Ἰωάννην Εὐαγγελίῳ ἐδίδαξε. Καὶ· πᾶσαν δὲ ἐντολὴν, καθὼς γέγραπται· Μακάριος γάρ, φησίν, ὁ δοῦλος, ὃν ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως.
Ti esti to hypo tou ᾿Apostolou eirēmenon, « Eis to dokimazein hymas, ti to thelēma tou Theou to agathon, kai euareston, kai teleion? APOKRISIS. Polla estin, ha ho Theos thelei; ta men en makrothymią kai chrēstotēti, haper agatha esti te kai legetai; ta de kat᾿ orgēn dia tas hamartias hēmōn, haper kaka onomazetai. Egō gar eimi, phēsin, ho poiōn eirēnēn, kai ktizōn kaka. Kaka de, ouch hyper hōn kolazometha, alla di' hōn paideuometha. Ta de paideuonta, kai dia tēs kakōseōs eis epistrophēn agonta, ginetai eis agathon. Hosa men oun makrothymōn kai chrēsteuomenos thelei ho Theos, tauta kai hēmas kai thelein kai mimeisthai anankaion. Ginesthe gar, phēsin, oiktirmones, kathōs kai ho Patēr hymōn oiktirmōn estin. Kai ho Apostolos de, Ginesthe, phēsi, mimētai tou Theou, hōs tekna agapēta; kai peripateite en agapę̄, kathōs kai ho Christos hēgapēsen hēmas. Hosa de kat᾿ orgēn dia tas hamartias hēmōn epagei, tauta kaka legomena, hōs eipon, tǭ logǭ tēs kakōseōs, ou pantōs kai hēmin exesti poiein. Ou gar epeidē thelēma Theou esti, limǭ pollakis, ē loimǭ, ē polemǭ, ē allǭ tini toioutǭ diaphtharēnai anthrōpous, tǭ thelēmati toutǭ exypēreteisthai hēmas chrē. Pros gar ta toiauta kai hypēretais kakois ho Theos kechrētai, kata to eirēmenon, hoti Exapesteilen eis autous orgēn thymou autou, thymon kai orgēn, kai thlipsin, apostolēn di' angelōn ponērōn. Oukoun prōton men zētein dei, ti to agathon thelēma tou Theou; eita, hotan gnōrisōmen to agathon, exetazein, ei to agathon touto kai euareston tǭ Theǭ estin. Esti gar ti, ho tǭ men idiǭ logǭ kai thelēma Theou esti, kai agathon estin hotan de ē para prosōpon, ē para kairon genētai, ouketi kai euareston Theǭ estin. Hoion, thelēma Theou ēn, kai agathon ēn to thymian Theǭ, all᾽ ouk ēn euareston Theǭ, tous peri Dathan kai ᾿Abeirōn touto poiein. Kai palin, thelēma Theou esti, kai agathon esti to eleēmosynēn poiein; alla to heneken tou doxasthēnai hypo tōn anthrōpōn poiein, ouketi kai euareston Theǭ esti. Kai palin, thelēma Theou ēn, kai agathon ēn to tous mathētas, ho pros to ous ēkousan, kēryxai epi tōn dōmatōn; alla to pro kairou ti eipein ouketi kai euareston ēn tǭ Theǭ; Mēdeni gar eipēte, phēsi, to orama touto, heōs hou ho Huios tou anthrōpou ek nekrōn anastę̄. Kai katholou pan thelēma Theou agathon tote kai euareston estin, hotan plērōthę̄ ep᾿ autǭ to hypo tou ᾿Apostolou eirēmenon; Panta eis doxan Theou poieite; kai, Panta euschēmonōs kai kata taxin ginesthō. Palin de, hotan kai thelēma Theou hē ti, kai agathon ē, kai euareston ę̄, oud᾽ houtōs amerimnein chrē, all᾿ agōniąn kai phrontizein, hopōs teleion kai anellipes touto ę̄; en metrǭ pote men tou ginomenou, ei kata to prostetagmenon ginetai, pote de tēs tou poiountos dynameōs. ᾿Agapēseis gar, phēsi, Kyrion ton Theon sou ex holēs tēs psychēs sou, kai ex holēs tēs dynameōs sou, kai ex holēs tēs ischyos sou, kai ex holēs tēs dianoias sou, kai ton plēsion sou hōs heauton; kathōs kai ho Kyrios en tǭ kata Iōannēn Euangeliǭ edidaxe. Kai; pasan de entolēn, kathōs gegraptai; Makarios gar, phēsin, ho doulos, hon elthōn ho kyrios autou, heurēsei poiounta houtōs.
Question. What is the meaning of what the Apostle said, “That you may prove what is the will of God, good, and acceptable, and perfect”?
Answer. There are many things that God wills: some in patience and kindness, which are and are called good; others in wrath because of our sins, which are called evils. “For I am he,” he says, “who makes peace and creates evils”: evils, not those for which we are punished, but those through which we are disciplined. And what disciplines and leads to turning back through affliction turns out for good. Whatever, then, God wills in patience and kindness, it is necessary for us too to will and imitate. “Be merciful,” he says, “as your Father also is merciful.” And the Apostle says: “Be imitators of God, as beloved children; and walk in love, as Christ also loved us.” But what he brings in wrath because of our sins, which are called evils, as I said, by reason of the affliction, it is by no means permitted for us also to do. For it is not because it is God's will that people often perish by famine or plague or war or some other such thing that we must serve this will. For such things God also uses evil servants, according to what is said: “He sent out against them the wrath of his anger, rage and wrath and affliction, a sending by evil angels.” So we must first seek what the good will of God is; then, when we have recognized the good, examine whether this good is also acceptable to God. For there is something that is in its own nature both God's will and good, but when it is done by the wrong person or at the wrong time, it is no longer acceptable to God. For example, it was God's will and good to offer incense to God, but it was not acceptable to God that Dathan and Abiram and their company should do it. And again, it is God's will and good to give alms, but to do it in order to be glorified by men is no longer acceptable to God. And again, it was God's will and good that the disciples should proclaim on the housetops what they heard in the ear; but to say something before the time was no longer acceptable to God. “Tell the vision to no one,” he says, “until the Son of Man is risen from the dead.” And in general every will of God is good and acceptable when what the Apostle said is fulfilled in it: “Do all to the glory of God”; and, “Let all things be done decently and in order.” And again, when something is God's will, and good, and acceptable, not even so should one be at ease, but should be anxious and take thought that it may be perfect and lacking nothing: measured sometimes by what is done, whether it is done as commanded, and sometimes by the strength of the doer. “For you shall love the Lord your God with all your soul, and with all your strength, and with all your might, and with all your mind, and your neighbour as yourself,” as the Lord also taught in the Gospel according to John; and every commandment likewise, as it is written: “For blessed,” he says, “is that servant whom his master will find so doing when he comes.”
Chapter 277
277PG 31:1277
Ποῖόν ἐστι τὸ ταμιεῖον, εἰς ὃ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν προσευχόμενον προστάσσει ὁ Κύριος ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ταμιεῖον μεν η συνήθεια ὀνομάζειν οἶδεν οἶκον σχολάζοντα καὶ ἀνακεχωρημένον, ἐν ᾧ ἀποτιθέμεθα ἅπερ ἂν ταμιεύσασθαι βουληθῶμεν· ἢ ἐν ᾧ κρυβῆναι δυνατὸν, κατὰ τὸ καὶ ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ εἰρημένον· Βάδιζε, λαός μου, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμιεῖόν σου, ἀποκρύβηθι. Τὴν δὲ δύναμιν τῆς ἐντολῆς ἡ ὑπόθεσις σαφηνίζει· πρὸς γὰρ τοὺς νοσοῦντας τὸ πάθος τῆς ἀνθρωπαρεσκείας ὁ λόγος ἐστίν. "Ωστε ἐὰν μέν τις ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους ἐκείνου παρενοχλῆται, καλῶς ποιεῖ, ὑπαναχωρῶν ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ μονούμενος, μέχρις ἂν δυνηθῇ ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν ἕξιν τοῦ μὴ περιβλέπεσθαι εἰς τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπαίνους, εἰς μόνον δὲ τὸν Θεὸν ἀποβλέπειν, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα Ἰδοὺ, ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ δούλων εἰς χεῖρας τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν· ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ παιδίσκης εἰς χεῖρας τῆς κυρίας αὐτῆς· οὕτως οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν πρὸς Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν ἡμῶν. Ἐὰν δὲ τις Θεοῦ χάριτι καθαρεύῃ τοῦ πάθους ἐκείνου, οὐκ ἔχει ἀνάγκην κρύπτειν τὸ καλόν, "Όπερ διδάσκων αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος, λέγει· Οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη. Οὐδὲ καίουσι λύχνον, καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. Οὕτω λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. Ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς νοῦς καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐλεημοσύνης καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς νηστείας, ἅπερ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ κεῖται· καὶ καθόλου ἐπὶ παντὸς πράγματος τῆς θεοσεβείας.
Poion esti to tamieion, eis ho eiselthein ton proseuchomenon prostassei ho Kyrios APOKRISIS. Tamieion men ē synētheia onomazein oiden oikon scholazonta kai anakechōrēmenon, en hǭ apotithemetha haper an tamieusasthai boulēthōmen; ē en hǭ krybēnai dynaton, kata to kai en tǭ prophētę̄ eirēmenon; Badize, laos mou, eiselthe eis to tamieion sou, apokrybēthi. Tēn de dynamin tēs entolēs hē hypothesis saphēnizei; pros gar tous nosountas to pathos tēs anthrōpareskeias ho logos estin. "Ōste ean men tis hypo tou pathous ekeinou parenochlētai, kalōs poiei, hypanachōrōn en tę̄ proseuchę̄ kai monoumenos, mechris an dynēthę̄ analabein tēn hexin tou mē periblepesthai eis tous para tōn anthrōpōn epainous, eis monon de ton Theon apoblepein, kata ton eiponta Idou, hōs ophthalmoi doulōn eis cheiras tōn kyriōn autōn; hōs ophthalmoi paidiskēs eis cheiras tēs kyrias autēs; houtōs hoi ophthalmoi hēmōn pros Kyrion ton Theon hēmōn. Ean de tis Theou chariti kathareuę̄ tou pathous ekeinou, ouk echei anankēn kryptein to kalon, "Oper didaskōn autos ho Kyrios, legei; Ou dynatai polis krybēnai epanō orous keimenē. Oude kaiousi lychnon, kai titheasin auton hypo ton modion, all' epi tēn lychnian, kai lampei pasi tois en tę̄ oikią. Houtō lampsatō to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, hopōs idōsin hymōn ta kala erga, kai doxasōsi ton Patera hymōn ton en tois ouranois. Ho de autos nous kai epi tēs eleēmosynēs kai epi tēs nēsteias, haper en tǭ autǭ topǭ keitai; kai katholou epi pantos pragmatos tēs theosebeias.
Question. What is the inner room into which the Lord commands the one who prays to enter?
Answer. Common usage calls an inner room a quiet and secluded chamber, in which we put away whatever we wish to store; or in which it is possible to hide, as is said in the prophet too: “Go, my people, enter into your inner room, hide yourself.” But the occasion makes clear the force of the commandment: for the word is addressed to those sick with the passion of man-pleasing. So if someone is troubled by that passion, he does well to withdraw in prayer and be alone, until he can acquire the habit of not looking around for the praises of men but looking to God alone, after him who said: “Behold, as the eyes of servants to the hands of their masters, as the eyes of a maid to the hands of her mistress, so are our eyes to the Lord our God.” But if someone by God's grace is pure of that passion, he has no need to hide what is good. Teaching this, the Lord himself says: “A city set on a hill cannot be hidden. Nor do they light a lamp and put it under the measure, but on the lampstand, and it gives light to all in the house. So let your light shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven.” The same meaning holds for almsgiving and fasting, which stand in the same passage, and in general for every matter of godliness.
Chapter 278
278PG 31:1277
Πῶς τὸ πνεῦμά τινος προσεύχεται, ὁ δὲ νοῦς αὐτοῦ ἄκαρπός ἐστιν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Τοῦτο περὶ τῶν ἐν γλώσσῃ ἀγνοουμένῃ τοῖς ἀκούουσι τὰς προσευχὰς ἀναπεμπόντων ἐῤῥήθη. Φησὶ γάρ· Ἐὰν προσεύχωμαι γλώσσῃ, τὸ πνεῦμά μου προσεύχεται, ὁ δὲ νοῦς μου ἄκαρπός ἐστιν. Ὅταν μὲν γὰρ ἄγνωστα ᾗ τοῖς παροῦσι τὰ ῥήματα τῆς προσευχῆς, ἄκαρπός ἐστιν ὁ νοῦς τοῦ προσευχομένου, μηδενὸς ὠφελουμένου· ὅταν δὲ οἱ παρόντες νοῶσι τὴν προσευχὴν ὠφελεῖν δυναμένην τοὺς ἀκούοντας, τότε ὁ προσευχόμενος καρπὸν ἔχει τὴν τῶν ὠφελουμένων βελτίωσιν. Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ πάσης έκφωνήσεως τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ ῥημάτων. Γέγραπται γάρ· ᾿Αλλ' εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως.
Pōs to pneuma tinos proseuchetai, ho de nous autou akarpos estin APOKRISIS Touto peri tōn en glōssę̄ agnooumenę̄ tois akouousi tas proseuchas anapempontōn errhēthē. Phēsi gar; Ean proseuchōmai glōssę̄, to pneuma mou proseuchetai, ho de nous mou akarpos estin. Hotan men gar agnōsta hę̄ tois parousi ta rhēmata tēs proseuchēs, akarpos estin ho nous tou proseuchomenou, mēdenos ōpheloumenou; hotan de hoi parontes noōsi tēn proseuchēn ōphelein dynamenēn tous akouontas, tote ho proseuchomenos karpon echei tēn tōn ōpheloumenōn beltiōsin. Homoiōs de kai epi pasēs ekphōnēseōs tōn tou Theou rhēmatōn. Gegraptai gar; ᾿All' ei tis agathos pros oikodomēn tēs pisteōs.
Question. How does someone's spirit pray while his mind is unfruitful?
Answer. This was said of those who offer up prayers in a tongue unknown to the hearers. For it says: “If I pray in a tongue, my spirit prays, but my mind is unfruitful.” When the words of the prayer are unknown to those present, the mind of the one praying is unfruitful, since no one is benefited; but when those present understand the prayer, which can benefit those who hear, then the one praying has as fruit the improvement of those who are benefited. And likewise with every utterance of the words of God. For it is written: “But only such as is good for the building up of faith.”
Chapter 279
279PG 31:1279
Τί ἐστι τὸ, « Ψάλατε συνετῶς; ι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐπὶ τῶν βρωμάτων ἡ αἴσθησις τῆς ποιότητος ἑκάστου βρώματος, τοῦτό ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῶν ῥημάτων τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς ἡ σύνεσις. Λάρυγξ μὲν γὰρ, φησί, σῖτα γεύεται, νοῦς δὲ ῥήματα διακρίνει. Ἐὰν οὖν τις οὕτω συνδιατεθῇ τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ δυνάμει ἑκάστου ῥήματος, ὡς συνδιατίθεται τὴν γεῦσιν τῇ ποιότητι ἑκάστου βρώματος, ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐπλήρωσε τὴν ἐντολὴν τὴν λέγουσαν· Ψάλατε συνετῶς.
Ti esti to, « Psalate synetōs? i APOKRISIS. Hoper estin epi tōn brōmatōn hē aisthēsis tēs poiotētos hekastou brōmatos, touto estin epi tōn rhēmatōn tēs hagias Graphēs hē synesis. Larynx men gar, phēsi, sita geuetai, nous de rhēmata diakrinei. Ean oun tis houtō syndiatethę̄ tēn psychēn tę̄ dynamei hekastou rhēmatos, hōs syndiatithetai tēn geusin tę̄ poiotēti hekastou brōmatos, ho toioutos eplērōse tēn entolēn tēn legousan; Psalate synetōs.
Question. What is the meaning of “Sing psalms with understanding”?
Answer. What perception of the quality of each food is in eating, understanding is in the words of holy Scripture. “For the throat tastes food,” it says, “but the mind discerns words.” If, then, someone's soul is so attuned to the force of each word as his taste is attuned to the quality of each food, such a one has fulfilled the commandment that says: “Sing psalms with understanding.”
Chapter 280
280PG 31:1279
Τίς ἐστιν ὁ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδία; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ μὴ λαμβανόμενος ἑαυτοῦ ἐπὶ ἀθετήσει ἐντολῆς Θεοῦ, ἡ ἐλλείψει, ἢ ἀμελείᾳ.
Tis estin ho katharos tę̄ kardia? APOKRISIS. Ho mē lambanomenos heautou epi athetēsei entolēs Theou, hē elleipsei, ē ameleią.
Question. Who is the pure in heart?
Answer. One who does not catch himself in setting aside a commandment of God, or falling short of it, or neglecting it.
Chapter 281
281PG 31:1279
Τὴν μὴ θέλουσαν ψάλαι, εἰ χρὴ ἀναγκάζεσθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὴ ἐπιθυμητικῶς ἔρχεται ἐπὶ τὸ ψάλλειν, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐπιφαίνεται αὐτῇ ἡ διάθεσις τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ὡς γλυκέα τῷ λάρυγγί μου τὰ λόγιά σου, ὑπὲρ μέλι τῷ στόματί μου· καὶ εἰ μὴ ζημίαν μεγάλην ἡγεῖται τὴν ἀργίαν, ἢ διορθωσάσθω, ἢ ἐξαρθήτω, ἵνα μὴ μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα δολώσῃ
Tēn mē thelousan psalai, ei chrē anankazesthai APOKRISIS. Ei mē epithymētikōs erchetai epi to psallein, kai ei mē epiphainetai autę̄ hē diathesis tou eipontos; Hōs glykea tǭ laryngi mou ta logia sou, hyper meli tǭ stomati mou; kai ei mē zēmian megalēn hēgeitai tēn argian, ē diorthōsasthō, ē exarthētō, hina mē mikra zymē holon to phyrama dolōsę̄
Question. Should a sister who does not wish to sing psalms be compelled?
Answer. If she does not come to the singing with desire, and the disposition of him who said, “How sweet are your words to my throat, sweeter than honey to my mouth,” does not show in her, and if she does not count idleness a great loss, let her either correct herself or be removed, so that a little leaven may not corrupt the whole lump.
Chapter 282
282PG 31:1279
Τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες, « Ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, » καὶ ἀκούοντες, • Οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς;» ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τάχα ἐκεῖνοι, οὓς ὑπέγραψεν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος ἐπὶ τοῦ ἰδίου προσώπου, εἰπών· Ἐὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαλῶ, καὶ τῶν ἀγγέλων, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Καὶ ἐὰν ἔχω πᾶσαν τὴν γνῶσιν, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν· καὶ ἐὰν ψωμίσω πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντά μου· καὶ ἐὰν παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου ἵνα καυθήσωμαι, ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ ἔχω, οὐδὲν ὠφελοῦμαι Ὅπερ ἐπαιδεύθη ὁ ᾿Απόστολος παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος περί τίνων· Ποιοῦσι γὰρ πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. Τὸ γὰρ μὴ διὰ τὴν πρὸς Θεὸν. ἀγάπην, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔπαινον. γινόμενον, οἷον ἂν ᾗ, οὐ θεοσεβείας ἔπαινον εὑρίσκει, ἀλλ᾿ ἀνθρωπαρεσκείας, ἢ αὐταρεσκείας, ἢ φιλονεικίας, ἢ φθόνου, ἤ τινος τοιαύτης αἰτίας ἔχει τὸ κρίμα. Διὸ καὶ ἀδικίας ἔργον τὸ τοιοῦτον ὁ Κύριος ὀνομάζει, λέγων πρὸς τοὺς εἰπόντας τὸ, Ἐφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν σου, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· Ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, πάντες ἐργάται ἀδικίας. Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἀδικίας ἐργάται οἱ ταῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ δωρεαῖς εἰς πραγματείαν τῶν ἰδίων ἡδονῶν καταχρώμενοι; Οἷον ἦσαν ἐκεῖνοι περὶ ὧν φησιν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος· Οὐ γάρ ἐσμεν ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ πάλιν· Νομιζόντων πορισμὸν εἶναι τὴν εὐσέβειαν, καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα. Ὧν ἁπάντων καθαρεύων ἀποδέδεικται ἡμῖν ὁ αὐτὸς Ἀπόστολος δι᾽ ὧν φησιν· Οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ Θεῷ τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν. Οὔτε γάρ ποτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακείας ἐγενήθημεν ὑμῖν, καθώς οἴδατε, οὔτε προφάσει πλεονεξίας· Θεὸς μάρτυς· οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ' ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ᾿ ἄλλων.
Tines eisin hoi legontes, « Ephagomen enōpion sou kai epiomen, » kai akouontes, • Ouk oida hymas?» APOKRISIS. Tacha ekeinoi, hous hypegrapsen ho ᾿Apostolos epi tou idiou prosōpou, eipōn; Ean tais glōssais tōn anthrōpōn lalō, kai tōn angelōn, kai ta hexēs. Kai ean echō pasan tēn gnōsin, kai pasan tēn pistin; kai ean psōmisō panta ta hyparchonta mou; kai ean paradō to sōma mou hina kauthēsōmai, agapēn de mē echō, ouden ōpheloumai Hoper epaideuthē ho ᾿Apostolos para tou Kyriou eipontos peri tinōn; Poiousi gar pros to theathēnai tois anthrōpois. Amēn legō hymin, apechousi ton misthon autōn. To gar mē dia tēn pros Theon. agapēn, alla dia ton para tōn anthrōpōn epainon. ginomenon, hoion an hę̄, ou theosebeias epainon heuriskei, all᾿ anthrōpareskeias, ē autareskeias, ē philoneikias, ē phthonou, ē tinos toiautēs aitias echei to krima. Dio kai adikias ergon to toiouton ho Kyrios onomazei, legōn pros tous eipontas to, Ephagomen enōpion sou, kai ta hexēs; Apostēte ap᾿ emou, pantes ergatai adikias. Pōs gar ouk adikias ergatai hoi tais tou Theou dōreais eis pragmateian tōn idiōn hēdonōn katachrōmenoi? Hoion ēsan ekeinoi peri hōn phēsin ho ᾿Apostolos; Ou gar esmen hōs hoi polloi kapēleuontes ton logon tou Theou; kai palin; Nomizontōn porismon einai tēn eusebeian, kai polla toiauta. Hōn hapantōn kathareuōn apodedeiktai hēmin ho autos Apostolos di᾽ hōn phēsin; Ouch hōs anthrōpois areskontes, alla Theǭ tǭ dokimazonti tas kardias hēmōn. Oute gar pote en logǭ kolakeias egenēthēmen hymin, kathōs oidate, oute prophasei pleonexias; Theos martys; oute zētountes ex anthrōpōn doxan, oute aph' hymōn, oute ap᾿ allōn.
Question. Who are those who say, “We ate and drank in your presence,” and hear, “I do not know you”?
Answer. Perhaps those whom the Apostle described in his own person, saying, “If I speak with the tongues of men and of angels,” and so on; “and if I have all knowledge and all faith; and if I give away all my goods; and if I hand over my body to be burned, but have not love, I gain nothing.” This the Apostle was taught by the Lord, who said of certain people: “For they do it to be seen by men. Truly I say to you, they have their reward.” For what is done not out of love for God but for praise from men, whatever it may be, does not win the praise of godliness, but carries the judgment of man-pleasing, or self-pleasing, or contentiousness, or envy, or some such cause. That is why the Lord calls such a thing a work of unrighteousness, saying to those who said, “We ate in your presence,” and so on: “Depart from me, all you workers of unrighteousness.” For how are they not workers of unrighteousness who abuse God's gifts as a trade for their own pleasures? Such were those of whom the Apostle says, “For we are not, like many, peddling the word of God,” and again, “supposing that godliness is a means of gain,” and many such things. From all of which the same Apostle has been shown to us to be pure, when he says: “Not as pleasing men, but God who tests our hearts. For we never came with a word of flattery, as you know, nor with a pretext for covetousness, God is witness; nor seeking glory from men, either from you or from others.”
Chapter 283
283PG 31:1281
Εἰ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημά τινος κοινωνός ἐστιν ἐκείνου. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ πιστεύομεν τῷ Κυρίῳ λέγοντί· Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστι τῆς ἁμαρτίας· καὶ πάλιν· Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ, καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν· οἴδαμεν, ὅτι οὐχὶ κοινωνὸς ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ κύριον ἑαυτοῦ καὶ πατέρα ἐπιγράφεται ἐκεῖνον, οὗ τὸ ἔργον ποιεῖ, κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου φωνήν. Μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τοῦτο σαφῶς καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος, λέγων· Οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοὴν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε, ἤτοι άμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην;
Ei ho poiōn to thelēma tinos koinōnos estin ekeinou. APOKRISIS. Ei pisteuomen tǭ Kyriǭ legonti; Pas ho poiōn tēn hamartian doulos esti tēs hamartias; kai palin; Hymeis ek tou patros tou diabolou este, kai tas epithymias tou patros hymōn thelete poiein; oidamen, hoti ouchi koinōnos haplōs, alla kyrion heautou kai patera epigraphetai ekeinon, hou to ergon poiei, kata tēn tou Kyriou phōnēn. Martyrei de touto saphōs kai ho ᾿Apostolos, legōn; Ouk oidate, hoti hǭ paristanete heautous doulous eis hypakoēn, douloi este hǭ hypakouete, ētoi amartias eis thanaton ē hypakoēs eis dikaiosynēn?
Question. Whether one who does someone's will is that person's partner.
Answer. If we believe the Lord, who says, “Everyone who commits sin is the slave of sin,” and again, “You are of your father the devil, and you wish to do the desires of your father,” we know that he is not simply a partner, but inscribes as his lord and father the one whose work he does, according to the Lord's word. And the Apostle too testifies to this clearly, saying: “Do you not know that to whom you present yourselves as slaves for obedience, you are slaves of the one you obey, whether of sin to death or of obedience to righteousness?”
Chapter 284
284PG 31:1281
Ἐὰν πτωχεύσῃ ἀδελφότης διὰ περίστασιν ἢ νόσον, εἰ ἀδιάκριτόν ἐστι παρ' ἑτέρων λαμβάνειν τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν· καὶ εἰ χρὴ, παρὰ τίνων λήψεται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ μνημονεύων τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, Ἐφ' ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἑλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε, φροντίδα πολλὴν μετὰ σπουδῆς πλείονος καὶ ἐπιμελείας ποιεῖται ἄξιος εἶναι ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Κυρίου τετάχθαι. Ἐὰν οὖν τις τοιοῦτος ᾖ, μὴ διακρινέσθω λαμβάνων, ἀλλ᾿ εὐχαριστείτω. Παρὰ τίνων δὲ χρὴ λαμβάνειν, καὶ πότε, καὶ πῶς, ὁ τὴν κοινὴν φροντίδα ἐπιτεταγμένος δοκιμάζειν ὀφείλει· μνημονεύων τοῦ Δαβὶδ εἰπόντος· ῎Ελαιον ἁμαρτωλοῦ μὴ λιπανάτω τὴν κεφαλήν μου· καὶ πάλιν· Πορευόμενος ἐν ὁδῷ ἀμώμῳ, οὗτός μοι ἐλειτούργει.
Ean ptōcheusę̄ adelphotēs dia peristasin ē noson, ei adiakriton esti par' heterōn lambanein ta pros tēn chreian; kai ei chrē, para tinōn lēpsetai. APOKRISIS. Ho mnēmoneuōn tou Kyriou eipontos, Eph' hoson epoiēsate heni toutōn tōn adelphōn mou tōn helachistōn, emoi epoiēsate, phrontida pollēn meta spoudēs pleionos kai epimeleias poieitai axios einai adelphos tou Kyriou tetachthai. Ean oun tis toioutos ę̄, mē diakrinesthō lambanōn, all᾿ eucharisteitō. Para tinōn de chrē lambanein, kai pote, kai pōs, ho tēn koinēn phrontida epitetagmenos dokimazein opheilei; mnēmoneuōn tou Dabid eipontos; ᾿Elaion hamartōlou mē lipanatō tēn kephalēn mou; kai palin; Poreuomenos en hodǭ amōmǭ, houtos moi eleitourgei.
Question. If a brotherhood becomes poor through circumstance or sickness, is it without scruple to receive what it needs from others? And if so, from whom shall it receive?
Answer. One who remembers the Lord, who said, “Inasmuch as you did it to one of the least of these my brothers, you did it to me,” takes great care, with more zeal and diligence, to be worthy of being counted a brother of the Lord. If, then, someone is such, let him have no scruple in receiving, but give thanks. From whom one should receive, and when, and how, the one appointed to the common care must judge, remembering David, who said, “Let not the oil of a sinner anoint my head,” and again, “He who walked in a blameless way, he ministered to me.”
Chapter 285
285PG 31:1283
Εἰ χρὴ ἀδελφότητα μετὰ ἀδελφότητος πραγματευομένην τὴν ἀξίαν τιμὴν τοῦ εἴδους περιεργάζεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ μὲν συγχωρεῖ ὁ λόγος ἐν ἀδελφοῖς τὸ ἀγοράζειν παρ᾿ ἀλλήλων καὶ πωλεῖν ἀλλήλοις, οὐκ ἔχω τι λέγειν· κοινωνεῖν γὰρ ἀλλήλοις παιδευόμεθα πρὸς τὴν χρείαν, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· Τὸ ὑμῶν περίσσευμα εἰς τὸ ἐκείνων ὑστέρημα, καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, ὅπως γένηται ἰσότης· εἰ δὲ ἄρα συνεμπίπτει ποτὲ τοιαύτη ἀνάγκη, χρὴ τὸν ἀγοράζοντὰ μᾶλλον ἀκριβεύεσθαι μὴ τῆς ἀξίας ἐλάττονα δῷ τιμὴν ἤπερ τὸν πωλοῦντα. ᾿Αμφότεροι δὲ μνημονευέτωσαν τοῦ εἰπόντος· Ζημιοῦν ἄνδρα δίκαιον οὐ καλόν.
Ei chrē adelphotēta meta adelphotētos pragmateuomenēn tēn axian timēn tou eidous periergazesthai. APOKRISIS. Ei men synchōrei ho logos en adelphois to agorazein par᾿ allēlōn kai pōlein allēlois, ouk echō ti legein; koinōnein gar allēlois paideuometha pros tēn chreian, kata to gegrammenon; To hymōn perisseuma eis to ekeinōn hysterēma, kai to ekeinōn perisseuma eis to hymōn hysterēma, hopōs genētai isotēs; ei de ara synempiptei pote toiautē anankē, chrē ton agorazonta mallon akribeuesthai mē tēs axias elattona dǭ timēn ēper ton pōlounta. ᾿Amphoteroi de mnēmoneuetōsan tou eipontos; Zēmioun andra dikaion ou kalon.
Question. Whether a brotherhood trading with a brotherhood should be particular about the fair price of the goods.
Answer. Whether reason allows brothers to buy from one another and sell to one another, I have nothing to say; for we are taught to share with one another according to need, as it is written: “Your abundance for their want, and their abundance for your want, so that there may be equality.” But if such a necessity should ever arise, the buyer should take more care not to give less than the fair price than the seller should. And let both remember him who said: “It is not good to harm a righteous man.”
Chapter 286
286PG 31:1283
Εἰ δεῖ τὸν ἐν ἀδελφότητι ζῶντα, καὶ ἀσθενείᾳ σωματικῇ περιπεσόντα, εἰς ξενοδοχεῖον ἀπάγειν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Στοχάζεσθαι χρὴ ἑκάστου τόπου καὶ σκοποῦ τοῦ οἰκείου πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ.
Ei dei ton en adelphotēti zōnta, kai astheneią sōmatikę̄ peripesonta, eis xenodocheion apagein. APOKRISIS. Stochazesthai chrē hekastou topou kai skopou tou oikeiou pros to koinę̄ sympheron eis doxan Theou.
Question. Whether one living in a brotherhood who falls into bodily illness should be taken to the hospice.
Answer. One must consider each place and its proper purpose, toward what benefits all in common, to the glory of God.
Chapter 287
287PG 31:1283
Τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἄξιοι καρποὶ τῆς μετανοίας; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὰ ἀντικείμενα τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἔργα δικαιοσύνης, ἅπερ ὁ μετανοῶν καρποφορεῖν ὀφείλει, ποιῶν τὸ εἰρημένον· Ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες.
Tines eisin hoi axioi karpoi tēs metanoias? APOKRISIS. Ta antikeimena tę̄ hamartią erga dikaiosynēs, haper ho metanoōn karpophorein opheilei, poiōn to eirēmenon; En panti ergǭ agathǭ karpophorountes.
Question. What are the fruits worthy of repentance?
Answer. The works of righteousness opposed to the sin, which the one who repents ought to bear as fruit, doing what is said: “Bearing fruit in every good work.”
Chapter 288
288PG 31:1283
Ὁ θέλων ἐξομολογήσασθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἑαυτοῦ εἰ πᾶσιν ἐξομολογεῖσθαι ὀφείλει, καὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν, ἢ τίσιν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ σκοπὸς τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων φανερός, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, ὅτι Οὐ θέλω τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ὡς τὸ ἐπιστρέψαι καὶ ζῇν αὐτόν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν καὶ τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς ὁ τρόπος οἰκεῖος ὀφείλει εἶναι τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος, καὶ καρπῶν δὲ χρεία ἀξίων τῆς μετανοίας, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· Ποιήσατε καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας, ἵνα μὴ τὰ τῆς ἐπιφερομένης ἀπειλῆς συμβῇ ἐν τῇ ἐλλείψει τῶν καρπῶν· Πᾶν γὰρ δένδρον, φησὶ, μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται, καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται· ἀναγκαῖον τοῖς πεπιστευμένοις τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῶν μυστηρίων τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. Οὕτω γὰρ καὶ οἱ πάλαι μετανοοῦντες ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων εὑρίσκονται πεποιηκότες. Γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν μὲν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ, ὅτι τῷ Βαπτιστῇ Ἰωάννῃ ἐξωμολογοῦντο τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν· ἐν δὲ ταῖς Πράξεσι, τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, ὑφ᾽ ὧν καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ἅπαντες.
Ho thelōn exomologēsasthai tas hamartias heautou ei pasin exomologeisthai opheilei, kai tois tychousin, ē tisin APOKRISIS. Ho skopos tēs philanthrōpias tou Theou epi tōn hamartanontōn phaneros, kata to gegrammenon, hoti Ou thelō ton thanaton tou hamartōlou, hōs to epistrepsai kai zę̄n auton. Epei oun kai tēs epistrophēs ho tropos oikeios opheilei einai tou hamartēmatos, kai karpōn de chreia axiōn tēs metanoias, kata to gegrammenon; Poiēsate karpous axious tēs metanoias, hina mē ta tēs epipheromenēs apeilēs symbę̄ en tę̄ elleipsei tōn karpōn; Pan gar dendron, phēsi, mē poioun karpon kalon ekkoptetai, kai eis pyr balletai; anankaion tois pepisteumenois tēn oikonomian tōn mystēriōn tou Theou exomologeisthai ta hamartēmata. Houtō gar kai hoi palai metanoountes epi tōn hagiōn heuriskontai pepoiēkotes. Gegraptai gar en men tǭ Euangeliǭ, hoti tǭ Baptistę̄ Iōannę̄ exōmologounto tas hamartias autōn; en de tais Praxesi, tois apostolois, hyph᾽ hōn kai ebaptizonto hapantes.
Question. Whether one who wishes to confess his sins ought to confess them to everyone, and to anyone at all, or to whom.
Answer. The aim of God's love for mankind toward sinners is plain, according to what is written: “I do not desire the death of the sinner, so much as that he turn and live.” Since, then, the manner of turning back must be suited to the sin, and there is also need of fruits worthy of repentance, as it is written, “Bear fruits worthy of repentance,” so that the threat that follows may not come about through lack of fruits (“For every tree,” it says, “that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire”), it is necessary to confess sins to those entrusted with the stewardship of the mysteries of God. For so those who repented of old are also found to have done in the presence of the saints. For it is written in the Gospel that they confessed their sins to John the Baptist, and in Acts, to the apostles, by whom also they were all baptized.
Chapter 289
289PG 31:1285
Ὁ μετανοήσας ἐπὶ ἁμαρτήματι, καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὸ αὐτὸ ἐμπεσὼν ἁμάρτημα, τί ποιήσει; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ ἅπαξ τινα μετανοήσαντα τὴν αὐτὴν πάλιν ποιῆσαι ἁμαρτίαν ἔλεγχός ἐστι τοῦ τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἐκείνης μὴ ἐκκαθᾶραι, ἀφ᾿ οὗ, καθάπερ ἀπὸ ῥίζης τινὸς, πάλιν ἀνάγκη τὰ ἴσα φύεσθαι. Ως γὰρ εἴ τις φυτοῦ τοὺς κλάδους ἐκκόψαι θελήσειε, τὴν ῥίζαν ἑάσας, οὐδὲν ἦττον ἡ ῥίζα μένουσα τὰ αὐτὰ πάλιν βλαστάνει· οὕτως, ἐπειδή τινα τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων οὐκ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἔχει τὴν ἀρχὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἑτέρων φύεται, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα τὸν καθαρεῦσαι ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν βουλόμενον τὰ πρῶτα αἴτια τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐκείνων ἐξᾶραι· οἷον, ἔρις ἢ φθόνος οὐκ ἀφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἄρχεται, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ ῥίζης τῆς φιλοδοξίας βλαστάνει. ᾿Αντιποιούμενος γὰρ τῆς δόξης τῆς παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἐρίζει τῷ εὐδοκιμοῦντι, ἢ φθονεῖ τῷ παρευδοκιμοῦντι. Ἐὰν οὖν, ἅπαξ τις λαβόμενος ἑαυτοῦ ἐπὶ φθόνῳ, ἢ ἔριδι, πάλιν τοῖς αὐτοῖς περιπέσῃ, γνωριζέτω ἑαυτὸν τὸ πρῶτον αἴτιον τοῦ φθόνου ἢ τῆς ἔριδος, τὴν φιλοδοξίαν ἐν βάθει νοσοῦντα. Καὶ χρή γε αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου διὰ τῶν τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης γυμνασμάτων (γυμνάσιον γὰρ ταπεινοφροσύνης ἡ ἐν τοῖς εὐτελεστέροις πράγμασι διατριβή) τὸ πάθος τῆς φιλοδοξίας θεραπεῦσαι, ἵνα οὕτως, ἐν διαθέσει τῆς ταπεινοφροσύνης γενόμενος, μηκέτι ἐκπέσῃ εἰς τὰ προειρημένα τῆς φιλοδοξίας βλαστήματα· καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ τῶν τοιούτων ἁμαρτημάτων ὁμοίως.
Ho metanoēsas epi hamartēmati, kai palin eis to auto empesōn hamartēma, ti poiēsei? APOKRISIS. To hapax tina metanoēsanta tēn autēn palin poiēsai hamartian elenchos esti tou to prōton aition tēs hamartias ekeinēs mē ekkatharai, aph᾿ hou, kathaper apo rhizēs tinos, palin anankē ta isa phyesthai. Ōs gar ei tis phytou tous kladous ekkopsai thelēseie, tēn rhizan heasas, ouden ētton hē rhiza menousa ta auta palin blastanei; houtōs, epeidē tina tōn hamartēmatōn ouk en heautois echei tēn archēn, all᾽ ex heterōn phyetai, anankē pasa ton kathareusai ap᾿ autōn boulomenon ta prōta aitia tōn hamartēmatōn ekeinōn exarai; hoion, eris ē phthonos ouk aph᾿ heautōn archetai, all᾽ apo rhizēs tēs philodoxias blastanei. ᾿Antipoioumenos gar tēs doxēs tēs para tois anthrōpois, erizei tǭ eudokimounti, ē phthonei tǭ pareudokimounti. Ean oun, hapax tis labomenos heautou epi phthonǭ, ē eridi, palin tois autois peripesę̄, gnōrizetō heauton to prōton aition tou phthonou ē tēs eridos, tēn philodoxian en bathei nosounta. Kai chrē ge auton ek tou enantiou dia tōn tēs tapeinophrosynēs gymnasmatōn (gymnasion gar tapeinophrosynēs hē en tois eutelesterois pragmasi diatribē) to pathos tēs philodoxias therapeusai, hina houtōs, en diathesei tēs tapeinophrosynēs genomenos, mēketi ekpesę̄ eis ta proeirēmena tēs philodoxias blastēmata; kai eph᾽ hekastǭ tōn toioutōn hamartēmatōn homoiōs.
Question. What shall one do who has repented of a sin and falls again into the same sin?
Answer. That someone who has once repented should commit the same sin again is proof that he has not cleansed away the first cause of that sin, from which, as from a root, the same things must of necessity grow again. For as, if someone should wish to cut off the branches of a plant but leave the root, the root, remaining, puts forth the same things again none the less, so, since some sins do not have their beginning in themselves but grow from others, it is altogether necessary that one who wishes to be cleansed of them remove the first causes of those sins. For example, strife or envy does not begin from itself, but sprouts from the root of love of glory. For one who lays claim to glory among men strives with the one held in repute, or envies the one held in more repute. If, then, someone who has once caught himself in envy or strife falls into the same things again, let him recognize that he is sick deep down with the first cause of the envy or strife, love of glory. And he must heal the passion of love of glory by its opposite, through the exercises of humility (for occupation with humbler tasks is an exercise of humility), so that, coming in this way into the disposition of humility, he may no longer fall into the aforesaid shoots of love of glory; and likewise with each of such sins.
Chapter 290
290PG 31:1285
Πῶς περισσεύει τις ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ Κυρίου πάντοτε ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἤτοι τὸ διδόμενον χάρισμα πολυπλασιάζων ἐν τῇ τῶν εὐεργετουμένων ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὠφελείᾳ καὶ προκοπῇ, ἢ ἐκ συγκρίσεως τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων σπουδασμάτων τὸ πλέον τῆς σπουδῆς ἐπιδεικνύμενος ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ τοῦ Κυρίου.
Pōs perisseuei tis en tǭ ergǭ tou Kyriou pantote APOKRISIS. Ētoi to didomenon charisma polyplasiazōn en tę̄ tōn euergetoumenōn hyp᾿ autou ōpheleią kai prokopę̄, ē ek synkriseōs tōn anthrōpinōn spoudasmatōn to pleon tēs spoudēs epideiknymenos en tǭ ergǭ tou Kyriou.
Question. How does one always abound in the work of the Lord?
Answer. Either by multiplying the gift given him in the benefit and progress of those he does good to, or by showing more zeal in the work of the Lord than is shown in human pursuits by comparison.
Chapter 291
291PG 31:1285
Τίς· έστιν ο συντετριμμένος κάλαμος, ἢ τὸ τυφόμενον λίνον; καὶ πῶς τις τὸ μὲν οὐ κατεάξει, τὸ δὲ οὐ σβέννυσιν· ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Συντετριμμένον μὲν κάλαμον λογίζομαι εἶναι τὸν ἐν πάθει τινὶ ποιοῦντα ἐντολὴν Θεοῦ· ὃν κατεάσσειν καὶ ἀποκόπτειν οὐ χρὴ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θεραπεύειν, ὡς ὁ Κύριος ἐδίδαξεν, εἰπών· Προσέχετε τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς. Καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος παραγγέλλει, λέγων· Πάντα ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν· καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ Μηδέν κατ' έριθείαν ἢ κενοδοξίαν. Λίνον δὲ τυφόμενον, ὅταν τις ποιῇ τὴν ἐντολὴν μὴ διαπύρῳ ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ τελείᾳ σπουδῇ, νωθρότερον δέ πως καὶ χαυνότερον, ὃν οὐ χρὴ παύειν, διεγείρειν δὲ μᾶλλον ὑπομνήσει τῶν κριμάτων τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν αὐτοῦ
Tis; estin o syntetrimmenos kalamos, ē to typhomenon linon? kai pōs tis to men ou kateaxei, to de ou sbennysin; APOKRISIS. Syntetrimmenon men kalamon logizomai einai ton en pathei tini poiounta entolēn Theou; hon kateassein kai apokoptein ou chrē, alla mallon therapeuein, hōs ho Kyrios edidaxen, eipōn; Prosechete tēn eleēmosynēn hymōn mē poiein emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, pros to theathēnai autois. Kai ho ᾿Apostolos parangellei, legōn; Panta poieite chōris gongysmōn kai dialogismōn; kai allachou Mēden kat' eritheian ē kenodoxian. Linon de typhomenon, hotan tis poię̄ tēn entolēn mē diapyrǭ epithymią kai teleią spoudę̄, nōthroteron de pōs kai chaunoteron, hon ou chrē pauein, diegeirein de mallon hypomnēsei tōn krimatōn tou Theou, kai tōn epangeliōn autou
Question. What is the bruised reed, or the smoldering wick? And how does one not break the one and not quench the other?
Answer. The bruised reed, I reckon, is the one who does a commandment of God with some passion. Such a one must not be broken and cut off, but rather healed, as the Lord taught, saying, “Take care not to do your alms before people, so as to be seen by them.” And the Apostle commands, saying, “Do all things without grumbling and disputing,” and elsewhere, “Nothing from rivalry or vainglory.” The smoldering wick is when someone does the commandment, not with fiery desire and perfect zeal, but somewhat sluggishly and slackly. Such a one must not be stopped, but rather roused by being reminded of God’s judgments and of his promises.
Chapter 292
292PG 31:1287
Εἰ χρὴ ἐν ἀδελφότητι παιδίων βιωτικῶν εἶναι διδάσκαλον ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Οἱ πατέρες, μὴ παροργίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν, ἀλλ' ἐκτρέφετε αὐτὰ ἐν παιδείᾳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου· ἐὰν οἱ προσάγοντες ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ σκοπῷ προσάγωσι, καὶ οἱ δεχόμενοι πληροφορίαν ἔχωσιν, ὅτι δύνανται ἐν παιδεία καὶ νουθεσίᾳ Κυρίου ἐκθρέψαι τὰ προσαγόμενα, φυλασσέσθω τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου προστεταγμένον, εἰπόντος· ῎Αφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρὸς μὲ, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ: τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. "Ανευ δὲ τοῦ τοιούτου σκοποῦ καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐλπίδος οὔτε Θεῷ ἀρέσκον τοῦτο, καὶ ἡμῖν οὔτε πρέπον οὔτε συμφέρον λογίζομαι.
Ei chrē en adelphotēti paidiōn biōtikōn einai didaskalon APOKRISIS. Tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Hoi pateres, mē parorgizete ta tekna hymōn, all' ektrephete auta en paideią kai nouthesią Kyriou; ean hoi prosagontes epi toioutǭ skopǭ prosagōsi, kai hoi dechomenoi plērophorian echōsin, hoti dynantai en paideia kai nouthesią Kyriou ekthrepsai ta prosagomena, phylassesthō to hypo tou Kyriou prostetagmenon, eipontos; ᾿Aphete ta paidia erchesthai pros me, kai mē kōlyete auta: tōn gar toioutōn estin hē basileia tōn ouranōn. "Aneu de tou toioutou skopou kai tēs toiautēs elpidos oute Theǭ areskon touto, kai hēmin oute prepon oute sympheron logizomai.
Question. Whether in a brotherhood one should be a teacher of children of people living in the world.
Answer. The Apostle said, “Fathers, do not provoke your children to anger, but bring them up in the discipline and instruction of the Lord.” If those who bring the children bring them with such an aim, and those who receive them are fully assured that they can bring up those brought to them in the discipline and instruction of the Lord, let the Lord’s command be kept, for he said, “Let the children come to me, and do not hinder them; for to such belongs the kingdom of heaven.” But without such an aim and such a hope, I reckon this neither pleasing to God nor fitting or profitable for us.
Chapter 293
293PG 31:1287
Πῶς δεῖ προσφέρεσθαι τοῖς τὰ μείζονα τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων παραιτουμένοις, τὰ δὲ μικρὰ ἀδιαφόρως ποιοῦσιν; ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Πρῶτον μὲν εἰδέναι χρὴ, ὅτι ἐν τῇ Καινῇ Διαθήκῃ ταύτην τὴν διαφορὰν οὐκ ἔστι μαθεῖν. Μία γὰρ ἀπόφασις κατὰ πάντων ἁμαρτημάτων κεῖται, τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, ὅτι ῾Ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστι τῆς ἁμαρτίας· καὶ πάλιν, ὅτι Ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ· καὶ τοῦ Ἰωάννου βοῶντος· Ο ἀπειθῶν τῷ Υἱῷ οὐκ ὄψεται τὴν ζωὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μενεῖ ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν· τῆς ἀπειθείας οὐκ ἐν τῇ διαφορᾷ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῇ παρακοῇ τὴν ἀπειλὴν ἐχούσης. Ὅλως δὲ, εἰ ἐπιτρεπόμεθα λέγειν μικρὸν καὶ μέγα ἁμάρτημα, ἀναντίρῥητον ἔδει τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἑκάστῳ μέγα εἶναι τὸ ἑκάστου κρατοῦν, καὶ μικρὸν τοῦτο, οὗ ἕκαστος κρατεῖ· ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀθλητῶν ὁ μὲν νικήσας ἐστὶν ἰσχυρότερος, ὁ δὲ ἡττηθεὶς ἀσθενέστερος τοῦ ἐπικρατεστέρου, ὅστις ἂν ᾖ. Δεῖ οὖν ἐπὶ παντὸς ἀμαρτάνοντος οἱονδήποτε ἁμάρτημα φυλάσσειν τὸ κρῖμα τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, ὅτι Ἂν ἁμάρτῃ εἰς σε ὁ ἀδελφός σου, ὕπαγε, ἔλεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. Ἐάν σου ἀκούσῃ, ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε μετὰ σεαυτοῦ ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο, ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. Ἐὰν δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, εἰπὲ τῇ ᾿Εκκλησίᾳ· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. Φυλασσέσθω δὲ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου εἰρημένον· Διὰ τι οὐ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε, ἵνα ἐξαρθῇ ἐκ μέσου ὑμῶν ὁ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο ποιήσας; Χρὴ γὰρ τὴν μακροθυμίαν καὶ τὴν εὐσπλαγχνίαν ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῇ ἀποτομία.
Pōs dei prospheresthai tois ta meizona tōn hamartēmatōn paraitoumenois, ta de mikra adiaphorōs poiousin? APOKRISIS. Prōton men eidenai chrē, hoti en tę̄ Kainę̄ Diathēkę̄ tautēn tēn diaphoran ouk esti mathein. Mia gar apophasis kata pantōn hamartēmatōn keitai, tou Kyriou eipontos, hoti ῾Ho poiōn tēn hamartian doulos esti tēs hamartias; kai palin, hoti Ho logos hon elalēsa, ekeinos krinei auton en tę̄ eschatę̄ hēmerą; kai tou Iōannou boōntos; O apeithōn tǭ Huiǭ ouk opsetai tēn zōēn, all᾽ hē orgē tou Theou menei ep᾿ auton; tēs apeitheias ouk en tę̄ diaphorą tōn hamartēmatōn, all᾽ en tę̄ parakoę̄ tēn apeilēn echousēs. Holōs de, ei epitrepometha legein mikron kai mega hamartēma, anantirrhēton edei tēn apodeixin hekastǭ mega einai to hekastou kratoun, kai mikron touto, hou hekastos kratei; hōsper epi tōn athlētōn ho men nikēsas estin ischyroteros, ho de hēttētheis asthenesteros tou epikratesterou, hostis an ę̄. Dei oun epi pantos amartanontos hoiondēpote hamartēma phylassein to krima tou Kyriou eipontos, hoti An hamartę̄ eis se ho adelphos sou, hypage, elenxon auton metaxy sou kai autou monou. Ean sou akousę̄, ekerdēsas ton adelphon sou; ean de mē akousę̄, paralabe meta seautou eti hena ē dyo, hina epi stomatos dyo martyrōn ē triōn stathę̄ pan rhēma. Ean de parakousę̄ autōn, eipe tę̄ ᾿Ekklēsią; ean de kai tēs Ekklēsias parakousę̄, estō soi hōsper ho ethnikos kai ho telōnēs. Phylassesthō de epi pasi tois toioutois to hypo tou Apostolou eirēmenon; Dia ti ou mallon epenthēsate, hina exarthę̄ ek mesou hymōn ho to ergon touto poiēsas? Chrē gar tēn makrothymian kai tēn eusplanchnian epipheresthai tę̄ apotomia.
Question. How should one deal with those who refuse the greater sins but commit the small ones without concern?
Answer. First one must know that this distinction is not to be learned in the New Testament. For one sentence is laid down against all sins, since the Lord said, “Whoever commits sin is a slave of sin”; and again, “The word that I have spoken will judge him on the last day”; and John cries out, “Whoever disobeys the Son shall not see life, but the wrath of God will remain on him.” Disobedience carries the threat, not according to the difference of sins, but in the disobedience itself. In general, if we are permitted to speak of a small and a great sin, the indisputable proof would have to be that for each person great is what masters him, and small what he masters; just as among athletes the one who has won is the stronger, and the one defeated is weaker than the one who prevailed, whoever he may be. So in the case of everyone who sins, whatever his sin, one must keep the judgment of the Lord, who said, “If your brother sins against you, go, reprove him between you and him alone. If he listens to you, you have gained your brother; but if he does not listen, take with you one or two more, so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word may be established. If he refuses to listen to them, tell it to the church; and if he refuses to listen even to the church, let him be to you as the Gentile and the tax collector.” In all such cases let what the Apostle said be kept as well: “Why did you not rather mourn, so that the one who did this deed might be removed from your midst?” For patience and compassion must go with severity.
Chapter 294
294PG 31:1289
Ἐκ ποίας αἰτίας ἐκπίπτει τις τῆς διηνεκούς μνήμης τοῦ Θεοῦ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Ἐάν τις ἀμνήμων γένηται τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἀσυνείδητος εὑρεθῇ πρὸς τὸν εὐεργέτην.
Ek poias aitias ekpiptei tis tēs diēnekous mnēmēs tou Theou. APOKRISIS Ean tis amnēmōn genētai tōn euergesiōn tou Theou, kai asyneidētos heurethę̄ pros ton euergetēn.
Question. For what cause does one fall away from the continual remembrance of God?
Answer. If one becomes forgetful of God's benefits and is found without a sense of gratitude toward the Benefactor.
Chapter 295
295PG 31:1289
Ἐκ ποίων σημείων γνωρίζεται ὁ μετεωρος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὅταν ἀμελῇ τις τῶν πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν Θεοῦ, τοῦ Προφήτου εἰπόντος· Προωρώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διαπαντὸς, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μοὺ ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ.
Ek poiōn sēmeiōn gnōrizetai ho meteōros. APOKRISIS. Hotan amelę̄ tis tōn pros euarestēsin Theou, tou Prophētou eipontos; Proōrōmēn ton Kyrion enōpion mou diapantos, hoti ek dexiōn mou estin, hina mē saleuthō.
Question. By what signs is the distracted man recognized?
Answer. When someone neglects what serves to please God, since the Prophet said: “I set the Lord always before me, for he is at my right hand, that I may not be moved.”
Chapter 296
296PG 31:1289
Πῶς πληροφορηθῇ ἡ ψυχὴ, ὅτι τῶν ἁμαρτημά των καθαρεύει ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ἐὰν καταμάθῃ τις ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν διάθεσιν τοῦ Δαβίδ, εἰπόντος· Ἀδικίαν ἐμίσησα καὶ ἑβδελυξάμην· ἢ καταμάθῃ εἰ κατώρθωσεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὸ παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου προστεταγμένον, εἰπόντος· Νεκρώσατε οὖν τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακὴν, καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρεία· δι' ἃ ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ· ἔνθα καὶ πλατύνων κατὰ παντὸς ἁμαρτήματος τὸ τοιοῦτον κρίμα, ἐπήγαγεν· Ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας, ἵνα δυνηθῇ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι Οὐκ ἐκολλήθη μοι καρδία σκαμβή· ἐκκλίνοντος ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ τοῦ πονηροῦ, οὐκ ἐγίνωσκον. Γνωρίζει δέ τις ἑαυτὸν ἐν τοιαύτῃ διαθέσει καθεστῶτα, ἐὰν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας τὴν αὐτὴν τοῖς ἁγίοις φρικώδη συμπάθειαν ἀναλάβῃ· τοῦ μὲν Δαβὶδ εἰπόντος· Εἶδον ἀσυνετοῦντας, καὶ ἐξετηκόμην, ὅτι τὰ λόγιὰ σου οὐκ ἐφυλάξαντο· τοῦ δὲ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος· Τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ; τις σκανἐστίν. Ὅταν οὖν ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις ἁμαρτήμασιν ἢ οὕτω διακειμένην καταμάθῃ τις ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν, τίας. δαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι; Εἰ γὰρ, κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ λόγου, ἡ ψυχὴ κρείττων ἐστὶ τοῦ σώματος, ὁρῶμεν δὲ, ὅτι ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος πᾶσαν μὲν ῥυπαρίαν σικχαινόμεθα καὶ βδελυσσόμεθα· παντὸς δὲ σπαραγμοῦ καὶ πάσης ἐπιβουλῆς θεωρία συντριμμὸν καὶ λύπην ἐργάζεται τῇ καρδίᾳ· πόσῳ μᾶλλον ἀκόλουθον τὰ προειρημένα πάσχειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσι τὸν φιλόχριστον καὶ φιλάδελφον, ὅταν βλέπῃ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων, ὥσπερ ὑπὸ θηρίων, τιτρωσκομένην τὴν ψυχὴν, καὶ βιβρωσκομένην, καὶ ὥσπερ ἰχῶρας καὶ σηπεδόνας ἐπιφαίνουσαν; τοῦ μὲν Δαβὶδ εἰπόντος, ὅτι Αἱ ἀνομίαι μου ὑπερῆραν τὴν κεφαλήν μου· ὡσεὶ φορτίον βαρὺ ἐβαρύνθησαν ἐπ' ἐμέ· προσώζεσαν καὶ ἐσάπησαν οἱ μώλωπές μου ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς ἀφροσύνης μου· έταλαιπώρησα καὶ κατεκάμφθην ἕως τέλους· ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν σκυθρωπάζων ἐπορευόμην· τοῦ δὲ ᾿Αποστόλου λέγοντος· Κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐπ᾿ ἀλλοτρίοις, κατὰ τὰ προειρημένα ἐξ ἀρχῆς, τότε πληροφορηθήτω, ὅτι καθαρεύει ἀπὸ ἁμαρ
Pōs plērophorēthę̄ hē psychē, hoti tōn hamartēma tōn kathareuei APOKRISIS. Ean katamathę̄ tis en heautǭ tēn diathesin tou Dabid, eipontos; Adikian emisēsa kai hebdelyxamēn; ē katamathę̄ ei katōrthōsen en heautǭ to para tou ᾿Apostolou prostetagmenon, eipontos; Nekrōsate oun ta melē hymōn ta epi tēs gēs, porneian, akatharsian, pathos, epithymian kakēn, kai tēn pleonexian, hētis estin eidōlolatreia; di' ha erchetai hē orgē tou Theou; entha kai platynōn kata pantos hamartēmatos to toiouton krima, epēgagen; Epi tous huious tēs apeitheias, hina dynēthę̄ eipein, hoti Ouk ekollēthē moi kardia skambē; ekklinontos ap᾿ emou tou ponērou, ouk eginōskon. Gnōrizei de tis heauton en toiautę̄ diathesei kathestōta, ean kai pros tous hamartanontas tēn autēn tois hagiois phrikōdē sympatheian analabę̄; tou men Dabid eipontos; Eidon asynetountas, kai exetēkomēn, hoti ta logia sou ouk ephylaxanto; tou de Apostolou legontos; Tis asthenei, kai ouk asthenō? tis skanestin. Hotan oun ē epi tois idiois hamartēmasin ē houtō diakeimenēn katamathę̄ tis heautou tēn psychēn, tias. dalizetai, kai ouk egō pyroumai? Ei gar, kata tēn alētheian tou logou, hē psychē kreittōn esti tou sōmatos, horōmen de, hoti epi tou sōmatos pasan men rhyparian sikchainometha kai bdelyssometha; pantos de sparagmou kai pasēs epiboulēs theōria syntrimmon kai lypēn ergazetai tę̄ kardią; posǭ mallon akolouthon ta proeirēmena paschein epi tois hamartanousi ton philochriston kai philadelphon, hotan blepę̄ tōn hamartanontōn, hōsper hypo thēriōn, titrōskomenēn tēn psychēn, kai bibrōskomenēn, kai hōsper ichōras kai sēpedonas epiphainousan? tou men Dabid eipontos, hoti Hai anomiai mou hyperēran tēn kephalēn mou; hōsei phortion bary ebarynthēsan ep' eme; prosōzesan kai esapēsan hoi mōlōpes mou apo prosōpou tēs aphrosynēs mou; etalaipōrēsa kai katekamphthēn heōs telous; holēn tēn hēmeran skythrōpazōn eporeuomēn; tou de ᾿Apostolou legontos; Kentron tou thanatou hē hamartia ep᾿ allotriois, kata ta proeirēmena ex archēs, tote plērophorēthētō, hoti kathareuei apo hamar
Question. How may the soul be fully assured that it is clean of its sins?
Answer. If one perceives in himself the disposition of David, who said, “I have hated and abhorred unrighteousness”; or perceives whether he has achieved in himself what was commanded by the Apostle, who said, “Put to death therefore your members that are on the earth: sexual immorality, uncleanness, passion, evil desire, and covetousness, which is idolatry; on account of which the wrath of God comes,” where, extending such a judgment over every sin, he added, “upon the sons of disobedience”; so that he can say, “A crooked heart has not clung to me; when the wicked turned away from me, I did not know him.” And one recognizes himself as established in such a disposition if he also takes up toward those who sin the same shuddering compassion as the saints; for David said, “I saw the senseless and was wasting away, because they did not keep your words,” and the Apostle says, “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who is made to stumble, and I do not burn?” For if, by the truth of reason, the soul is better than the body, and we see that with the body we loathe and abhor all filth, and the sight of every laceration and every injury works contrition and grief in the heart, how much more fitting is it for one who loves Christ and the brothers to suffer what has been said over those who sin, when he sees the soul of sinners wounded and devoured as by wild beasts, and showing, as it were, discharges and putrefaction? As David said, “My iniquities have gone over my head; like a heavy burden they have weighed on me. My wounds have grown foul and festered because of my folly; I have been wretched and bowed down utterly; I went about mourning all the day”; and the Apostle says, “The sting of death is sin.” When, then, someone perceives his soul so disposed, whether over his own sins or over those of others, according to what was said from the beginning, then let him be fully assured that he is clean of sin.
Chapter 297
297PG 31:1291
Πῶς ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπιστρεφειν χρή. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ζηλώσαντα τὴν διάθεσιν τοῦ Δαβίδ, πρῶτον μὲν λέγοντος· Τὴν ἀνομίαν μου ἐγνώρισα, καὶ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν μου οὐκ ἐκάλυψα. Εἶπα· Ἐξαγορεύσω κατ' ἐμοῦ τὴν ἀνομίαν μου τῷ Κυρίῳ· ἔπειτα δὲ ἐν τῷ διηγεῖσθαι τὸν τρόπον διὰ τοῦ ἕκτου ψαλμοῦ, καὶ δι᾽ ἄλλων δὲ πολυτρόπως· διὰ δὲ τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου μανθάνοντα ταῦτα ἃ ἐμαρτύρησε τοῖς Κορινθίοις ὑπὲρ ἀλλοτρίου ἁμαρτήματος, εἰπὼν, ὅτι Ἡ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον κατεργάζεται· καὶ τὰ ἰδιώματα τῆς λύπης ἐπενεγκών· Ἰδοὺ γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ κατὰ Θεὸν λυπηθῆναι πόσην κατειργάσατο ἐν ὑμῖν σπουδήν· ἀλλ' ἀπολογίαν, ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ φόβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀλλὰ ζῆλον, ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν. Ἐν παντὶ συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς ἀγνοὺς εἶναι ἐν τῷ πράγματι. "Ωστε ἐκ τούτων δῆλον, ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἀναχωρεῖν χρὴ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων ταῦτα πάσχειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφίστασθαι αὐτῶν τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων· τοῦ μὲν Δαβὶδ καὶ τοῦτο δηλώσαντος ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, πάντες οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν· τοῦ δὲ ᾿Αποστόλου παραγγείλαντος τῷ τοιούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν.
Pōs apo tōn hamartēmatōn epistrephein chrē. APOKRISIS. Zēlōsanta tēn diathesin tou Dabid, prōton men legontos; Tēn anomian mou egnōrisa, kai tēn hamartian mou ouk ekalypsa. Eipa; Exagoreusō kat' emou tēn anomian mou tǭ Kyriǭ; epeita de en tǭ diēgeisthai ton tropon dia tou hektou psalmou, kai di᾽ allōn de polytropōs; dia de tou ᾿Apostolou manthanonta tauta ha emartyrēse tois Korinthiois hyper allotriou hamartēmatos, eipōn, hoti Hē kata Theon lypē metanoian eis sōtērian ametamelēton katergazetai; kai ta idiōmata tēs lypēs epenenkōn; Idou gar auto touto to kata Theon lypēthēnai posēn kateirgasato en hymin spoudēn; all' apologian, alla aganaktēsin, alla phobon, alla epipothēsin, alla zēlon, alla ekdikēsin. En panti synestēsate heautous agnous einai en tǭ pragmati. "Ōste ek toutōn dēlon, hoti ou monon anachōrein chrē tēs hamartias, kai hyper tōn hamartanontōn tauta paschein, alla kai aphistasthai autōn tōn hamartanontōn; tou men Dabid kai touto dēlōsantos en tǭ eipein; Apostēte ap᾿ emou, pantes hoi ergazomenoi tēn anomian; tou de ᾿Apostolou parangeilantos tǭ toioutǭ mēde synesthiein.
Question. How should one turn back from sins?
Answer. By emulating the disposition of David, who first says, “I acknowledged my iniquity, and did not hide my sin. I said, I will declare my iniquity against myself to the Lord”; and then by describing the manner in the sixth psalm, and in many other ways in others; and by learning through the Apostle what he testified of the Corinthians over another's sin, saying, “For godly grief works repentance to salvation, not to be regretted,” and adding the marks of that grief: “For see what earnestness this very godly grief has produced in you: what defence, what indignation, what fear, what longing, what zeal, what punishment! In everything you have shown yourselves to be pure in the matter.” So it is clear from these that one must not only withdraw from sin and suffer these things over those who sin, but also stand apart from the sinners themselves; as David showed this too, saying, “Depart from me, all you who work iniquity,” and the Apostle commanded not even to eat with such a one.
Chapter 298
298PG 31:1293
Εἰ τὰ καλὰ κατ' ἰδίαν ἀρέσκειαν ποιεῖν ὁ Λόγος συγχωρεῖ. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ ἑαυτῷ ἀρέσκων ἀνθρώπῳ ἀρέσκει. "Ανθρωπος γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἕκαστος. "Ωσπερ οὖν Ἐπικατάρατος ἄνθρωπος, ὃς τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχει ἐπ᾿ ἄνθρωπον, καὶ στηρίξει σάρκα βραχίονος αὐτοῦ, ὃ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πεποίθησιν δηλοῖ· οἷς ἐπιφέρει, Καὶ ἀπὸ Κυρίου ἀποσταίη ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ· οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἄλλῳ ἀρέσκων, ἢ κατ᾿ ἰδίαν ἀρέσκειάν τι ποιῶν, τῆς θεοσεβείας ἐκπίπτει, εἰς δὲ ἀνθρωπαρέσκειαν ἐμπίπτει. Ποιοῦσι γὰρ, φησὶν ὁ Κύριος, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν. Καὶ ὁ ᾿Απόστολος δὲ ὁμολογεῖ, ὅτι Εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην. Σφοδροτέρα δὲ ἀπειλὴ φέρεται ἐν τῇ θεοπνεύστῳ Γραφῇ λεγούσῃ, ὅτι Ὁ Θεὸς διεσκόρπισεν ὀστᾶ ἀνθρωπαρέσκων.
Ei ta kala kat' idian areskeian poiein ho Logos synchōrei. APOKRISIS. Ho heautǭ areskōn anthrōpǭ areskei. "Anthrōpos gar kai autos hekastos. "Ōsper oun Epikataratos anthrōpos, hos tēn elpida echei ep᾿ anthrōpon, kai stērixei sarka brachionos autou, ho tēn heautou pepoithēsin dēloi; hois epipherei, Kai apo Kyriou apostaiē hē psychē autou; houtō kai ho allǭ areskōn, ē kat᾿ idian areskeian ti poiōn, tēs theosebeias ekpiptei, eis de anthrōpareskeian empiptei. Poiousi gar, phēsin ho Kyrios, pros to theathēnai tois anthrōpois. Amēn legō hymin, apechousi ton misthon autōn. Kai ho ᾿Apostolos de homologei, hoti Ei eti anthrōpois ēreskon, Christou doulos ouk an ēmēn. Sphodrotera de apeilē pheretai en tę̄ theopneustǭ Graphę̄ legousę̄, hoti Ho Theos dieskorpisen osta anthrōpareskōn.
Question. Whether the Word allows good things to be done for one's own pleasure.
Answer. One who pleases himself pleases a man; for each one is himself a man. As, then, “Cursed is the man who has his hope in man, and will lean on the flesh of his arm” (which signifies his trust in himself), to which he adds, “and whose soul departs from the Lord,” so also one who pleases another, or does anything for his own pleasure, falls away from godliness and falls into man-pleasing. “For they do it,” says the Lord, “to be seen by men. Truly I say to you, they have their reward.” And the Apostle confesses: “If I were still pleasing men, I would not be a servant of Christ.” And a more severe threat is uttered in the God-inspired Scripture, which says: “God has scattered the bones of men-pleasers.”
Chapter 299
299PG 31:1293
Πῶς πληροφορηθῇ ἡ ψυχὴ ἀποστῆναι τῆς φιλοδοξίας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. "Ὅταν ἀνάσχηται τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος· Οὕτως λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, καὶ δοξάσωσι τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου παραγγέλλοντος, ὅτι Εἴτε ἐσθίετε, εἴτε πίνετε, εἴτε τι ποιεῖτε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ ποιεῖτε· ἵνα ὁ θεοσεβής, μήτε τῆς παρούσης, μήτε τῆς μελλούσης δόξης ἀντιποιούμενος, τὴν δὲ πρὸς Θεὸν ἀγάπην πάντων προτιμήσας, παῤῥησίαν ἔχῃ εἰπεῖν μετὰ τῶν προκειμένων τὸ, Οὔτε ἐνεστῶτα, οὔτε μέλλοντα δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν· αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰπόντος· Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου· καὶ, ὅτι ῾Ὁ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ λαλῶν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ· ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν.
Pōs plērophorēthę̄ hē psychē apostēnai tēs philodoxias. APOKRISIS. "Hotan anaschētai tou Kyriou eipontos; Houtōs lampsatō to phōs hymōn emprosthen tōn anthrōpōn, hopōs idōsin hymōn ta kala erga, kai doxasōsi ton Patera hymōn ton en tois ouranois; kai tou Apostolou parangellontos, hoti Eite esthiete, eite pinete, eite ti poieite, panta eis doxan Theou poieite; hina ho theosebēs, mēte tēs parousēs, mēte tēs mellousēs doxēs antipoioumenos, tēn de pros Theon agapēn pantōn protimēsas, parrhēsian echę̄ eipein meta tōn prokeimenōn to, Oute enestōta, oute mellonta dynēsetai hēmas chōrisai apo tēs agapēs tou Theou, tēs en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn; autou tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou eipontos; Egō de ou zētō tēn doxan mou; kai, hoti ῾Ho aph' heautou lalōn tēn doxan tēn idian zētei; ho de zētōn tēn doxan tou pempsantos auton, houtos alēthēs estin.
Question. How may the soul be fully assured that it has departed from love of glory?
Answer. When it heeds the Lord, who said, “So let your light shine before men, that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in heaven,” and the Apostle, who commands, “Whether you eat or drink, or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God”; so that the godly man, laying claim neither to present nor to future glory, but preferring love for God to everything, may have boldness to say with the things set out there, “Neither things present nor things to come will be able to separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord”; since our Lord Jesus Christ himself said, “But I do not seek my own glory,” and, “He who speaks from himself seeks his own glory; but he who seeks the glory of him who sent him, he is true.”
Chapter 300
300PG 31:1293
Τις ὁ τρόπος τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς, ὅτε περὶ ἀοράτου ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὁ μὲν τρόπος τῆς ἐπιστροφῆς ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἐρωτήματι δηλοῦται, ἐν τῷ, πῶς ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐπιστρέφειν χρή· τὸ δὲ περὶ ἀοράτου εἶναι τὸν λό γον, μνημονεύσωμεν τοῦ Κυρίου, ὅτι Οὐδέν ἐστι κρυπτὸν, ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται· καὶ, ὅτι Ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα.
Tis ho tropos tēs epistrophēs, hote peri aoratou estin ho logos. APOKRISIS. Ho men tropos tēs epistrophēs en ekeinǭ tǭ erōtēmati dēloutai, en tǭ, pōs apo tōn hamartēmatōn epistrephein chrē; to de peri aoratou einai ton lo gon, mnēmoneusōmen tou Kyriou, hoti Ouden esti krypton, ho ou gnōsthēsetai; kai, hoti Ek tou perisseumatos tēs kardias lalei to stoma.
Question. What is the manner of turning back, when the matter concerns something unseen?
Answer. The manner of turning back is shown in that question, “How should one turn back from sins?” As for the matter concerning something unseen, let us remember the Lord, who said that “there is nothing hidden that will not be known,” and that “out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.”
Chapter 301
301PG 31:1295
Ἐὰν δὲ εἴπῃ, ὅτι Οὐ καταγινώσκει μου τὸ συνειδός. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν σωματικῶν παθῶν συμβαίνει. Πολλὰ γάρ ἐστι πάθη, ὧν οὐκ ἐπαισθάνονται οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες· τῇ μέντοιγε τῶν ἰατρῶν σημειώσει πιστεύουσι μᾶλλον, ἢ τῇ ἑαυτῶν ἀναισθησίᾳ προσέχουσιν. Οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς παθῶν, τουτἐστιν, ἐπὶ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, κἂν ἑαυτοῦ τις μὴ καταγινώσκῃ, μὴ ἐπαισθανόμενος τοῦ ἁμαρτήματος, πιστεύειν μέντοιγε ὀφείλει τοῖς δυναμένοις πλέον ἰδεῖν τὰ ἐκείνου· τοῦτο δειξάντων μὲν τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων, ὅτε, ἐν πληροφορίᾳ ὄντες τῆς ἑαυτῶν εἰλικρινοῦς πρὸς τὸν Κύριον διαθέσεως, καὶ ἀκούσαντες, ὅτι Εἰς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει με, τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἐπίστευσαν μᾶλλον, καὶ διεφέροντο λέγοντες· Μήτι ἐγώ είμι, Κύριε; σαφέστερον δὲ ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἁγίου Πέτρου διδάσκοντος, ὃς διαπύρῳ μὲν ταπεινοφροσύνη παραιτεῖται τὴν ὑπηρεσίαν τοῦ Δεσπότου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ διδασκάλου· πληροφορίᾳ δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας τῶν τοῦ Κυρίου ῥημάτων ἀκούσας, ὅτι Ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ' ἐμοῦ, λέγει· Μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ τὴν κεφαλήν.
Ean de eipę̄, hoti Ou kataginōskei mou to syneidos. APOKRISIS. Touto kai epi tōn sōmatikōn pathōn symbainei. Polla gar esti pathē, hōn ouk epaisthanontai hoi asthenountes; tę̄ mentoige tōn iatrōn sēmeiōsei pisteuousi mallon, ē tę̄ heautōn anaisthēsią prosechousin. Houtō kai epi tōn tēs psychēs pathōn, toutestin, epi tōn hamartēmatōn, kan heautou tis mē kataginōskę̄, mē epaisthanomenos tou hamartēmatos, pisteuein mentoige opheilei tois dynamenois pleon idein ta ekeinou; touto deixantōn men tōn hagiōn apostolōn, hote, en plērophorią ontes tēs heautōn eilikrinous pros ton Kyrion diatheseōs, kai akousantes, hoti Eis ex hymōn paradōsei me, tǭ logǭ tou Kyriou episteusan mallon, kai diepheronto legontes; Mēti egō eimi, Kyrie? saphesteron de hēmas tou hagiou Petrou didaskontos, hos diapyrǭ men tapeinophrosynē paraiteitai tēn hypēresian tou Despotou kai Theou kai didaskalou; plērophorią de tēs alētheias tōn tou Kyriou rhēmatōn akousas, hoti Ean mē nipsō se, ouk echeis meros met' emou, legei; Mē tous podas mou monon, alla kai tas cheiras, kai tēn kephalēn.
Question. And if he says, “My conscience does not condemn me”?
Answer. This also happens with bodily diseases. For there are many diseases which the sick do not perceive; yet they trust the physicians' diagnosis rather than heed their own lack of feeling. So also with the passions of the soul, that is, with sins: even if someone does not condemn himself, not perceiving the sin, he ought nevertheless to believe those who can see his state better. The holy apostles showed this when, though fully assured of their own sincere disposition toward the Lord, on hearing, “One of you will betray me,” they believed the Lord's word rather, and were distressed, saying, “Is it I, Lord?” And holy Peter teaches us more clearly still: with burning humility he refuses the service of his Master, God, and Teacher; but, in full assurance of the truth of the Lord's words, when he heard, “If I do not wash you, you have no part with me,” he says, “Not my feet only, but also my hands and my head.”
Chapter 302
302PG 31:1295
Εἰ χρὴ ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκονομίας διδόναι τοῖς ἐνδεέσι τῶν ἔξωθεν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦ Κυρίου εἰπόντος, Οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ· καὶ, ὅτι Οὐκ ἔστι καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις· τὰ διατεταγμένα τοῖς ἀνακειμένοις Θεῷ οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον εἰς ἀδιαφόρους παραναλίσκειν. Εἰ δὲ δυνατὸν γενέσθαι τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τῆς ἐπαινουμένης ἐν πίστει γυναικὸς, ὅτι Ναὶ, Κύριε· καὶ γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν· ἐν τῇ τοῦ οἰκονόμου ἀνακείσθω δοκιμασίᾳ μετὰ κοινῆς τῶν μετ᾿ αὐτὸν προεχόντων γνώμης· ἵνα ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος ὁ ἥλιος, καθὼς γέγραπται, ἀνατείλῃ ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς.
Ei chrē apo tēs oikonomias didonai tois endeesi tōn exōthen. APOKRISIS. Tou Kyriou eipontos, Ouk apestalēn ei mē eis ta probata ta apolōlota oikou Israēl; kai, hoti Ouk esti kalon labein ton arton tōn teknōn, kai balein tois kynariois; ta diatetagmena tois anakeimenois Theǭ ouk anankaion eis adiaphorous paranaliskein. Ei de dynaton genesthai to eirēmenon hypo tēs epainoumenēs en pistei gynaikos, hoti Nai, Kyrie; kai gar ta kynaria esthiei apo tōn psichiōn tōn piptontōn apo tēs trapezēs tōn kyriōn autōn; en tę̄ tou oikonomou anakeisthō dokimasią meta koinēs tōn met᾿ auton proechontōn gnōmēs; hina ek tou perisseumatos ho hēlios, kathōs gegraptai, anateilę̄ epi ponērous kai agathous.
Question. Whether one should give from the stewardship to those in need from outside.
Answer. Since the Lord said, “I was not sent except to the lost sheep of the house of Israel,” and, “It is not good to take the children's bread and throw it to the dogs,” it is not necessary to spend on just anyone what has been assigned to those dedicated to God. But whether what was said by the woman praised for her faith can be done, “Yes, Lord; for even the dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from their masters' table,” let it be left to the judgment of the steward, with the common opinion of those who rank next after him; so that from what is left over the sun may rise, as it is written, on the evil and the good.
Chapter 303
303PG 31:1295
Εἰ χρὴ τοῖς παρὰ πάντων λεγομένοις ὑπακούειν ἐν ἀδελφότητι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ ἐρώτημα τοῦτο πολλὴν δυσχέρειαν ἔχει τῆς ἀποκρίσεως. Πρῶτον μὲν, ὅτι ἀταξίας ἔμφασιν φανερῶς δίδωσιν ἐν τῷ παρὰ πάντων λέγεσθαί τι, τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος· Προφῆται δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι διακρινέτωσαν· καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς μερισμοῖς τῶν χαρισμάτων, ἴδιον ἑκάστου τῶν λαλούντων τὸ τάγμα τάξαντος, ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισε μέτρον πίστεως· καὶ ἐν τῷ ὑποδείγματι τῶν μελῶν τοῦ σώματος σαφῶς μὲν παριστῶντος ἐν μέρει εἶναι τὸ μέρος τοῦ λαλοῦντος, ἀκριβέστερον δὲ διευκρινοῦντος ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, εἴτε ὁ παρακαλῶν ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει, καὶ τὰ λοιπά· ὡς δῆλον ἐκ τούτων εἶναι μὴ πάντα πᾶσιν ἐπιτετράφθαι, ἕκαστον δὲ ἰδίᾳ κλήσει μένειν, καὶ κατορθοῦν ἐπιμελέστερον τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου πιστευθέν. Δεῖ τοίνυν τὸν μὲν προεστῶτα τοῦ κοινοῦ, καὶ διατασσόμενον τοῖς πᾶσι, μετὰ πολλῆς δοκιμασίας ἐγχειρισθῆναι τὴν φροντίδα ταύτην, καὶ ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὸ πρέπον ἐπαγρυπνεῖν τῇ μερίμνῃ, ὅπως εὐαρέστως τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ ἐστοχασμένως τῆς ἑκάστου ἐπιτηδειότητός τε καὶ δυνάμεως πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον διατάσσηται, καὶ ἐπιτάσσῃ· τοὺς δὲ ὑπηκόους, τῆς εὐταξίας φυλαττομένης, καὶ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τὸ ἴδιον μέτρον γνωριζούσης, μεμνῆσθαι τοῦ Κυρίου λέγοντος· Τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούει· κἀγὼ γινώσκω αὐτὰ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσί μοι· κἀγὼ ζωὴν αἰώνιον δίδωμι αὐτοῖς· καὶ προειπόντος, Ἀλλοτρίῳ δὲ οὐ μὴ ἀκολουθήσουσιν, ἀλλὰ φεύξονται ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδασι τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν· καὶ τοῦ Αποστόλου λέγοντος, ὅτι Εἴ τις ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖ, καὶ μὴ προσέρχεται ὑγιαίνουσι λόγοις τοῖς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ τῇ κατ' εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία, τετύφωται, μηδὲν ἐπιστάμενος· μετὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπισυμβαίνοντα ἐπαγαγόντος· ᾿Αφίστασο ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων· καὶ πάλιν ἀλλαχοῦ· Προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε· πάντα δοκιμάζετε· τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε· ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε. "Ωστε εἰ μέν τί ἐστι κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου λεγόμενον, ἢ πρὸς τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου κατευθυνόμενον, κἂν θανάτου ἀπειλὴν ἔχῃ, ὑπακούειν χρή· εἰ δὲ τι παρ' ἐντολήν ἐστιν, ἢ τὴν ἐντολὴν παραβλάπτει, κἂν ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἡ τις τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐπιτάσσῃ, κἂν ζωῆς ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχῃ, κἂν θανάτου ἀπειλὴν, οὐδαμῶς ἀνέχεσθαι χρὴ, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου εἰπόντος· Κἂν ἡμεῖς αὐτοὶ, ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ εὐαγγελίζηται ὑμῖν παρ' ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα ἔστω.
Ei chrē tois para pantōn legomenois hypakouein en adelphotēti APOKRISIS. To erōtēma touto pollēn dyschereian echei tēs apokriseōs. Prōton men, hoti ataxias emphasin phanerōs didōsin en tǭ para pantōn legesthai ti, tou Apostolou legontos; Prophētai de dyo ē treis laleitōsan, kai hoi alloi diakrinetōsan; kai tou autou en tois merismois tōn charismatōn, idion hekastou tōn lalountōn to tagma taxantos, en tǭ eipein; Hekastǭ hōs ho Theos emerise metron pisteōs; kai en tǭ hypodeigmati tōn melōn tou sōmatos saphōs men paristōntos en merei einai to meros tou lalountos, akribesteron de dieukrinountos en tǭ eipein; Eite ho didaskōn en tę̄ didaskalią, eite ho parakalōn en tę̄ paraklēsei, kai ta loipa; hōs dēlon ek toutōn einai mē panta pasin epitetraphthai, hekaston de idią klēsei menein, kai katorthoun epimelesteron to hypo tou Kyriou pisteuthen. Dei toinyn ton men proestōta tou koinou, kai diatassomenon tois pasi, meta pollēs dokimasias encheiristhēnai tēn phrontida tautēn, kai hekastǭ kata to prepon epagrypnein tę̄ merimnę̄, hopōs euarestōs tǭ Theǭ, kai estochasmenōs tēs hekastou epitēdeiotētos te kai dynameōs pros to koinę̄ sympheron diatassētai, kai epitassę̄; tous de hypēkoous, tēs eutaxias phylattomenēs, kai tēs hypakoēs to idion metron gnōrizousēs, memnēsthai tou Kyriou legontos; Ta probata ta ema tēs phōnēs mou akouei; kagō ginōskō auta, kai akolouthousi moi; kagō zōēn aiōnion didōmi autois; kai proeipontos, Allotriǭ de ou mē akolouthēsousin, alla pheuxontai ap' autou, hoti ouk oidasi tōn allotriōn tēn phōnēn; kai tou Apostolou legontos, hoti Ei tis heterodidaskalei, kai mē proserchetai hygiainousi logois tois tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, kai tę̄ kat' eusebeian didaskalia, tetyphōtai, mēden epistamenos; meta de ta episymbainonta epagagontos; ᾿Aphistaso apo tōn toioutōn; kai palin allachou; Prophēteias mē exoutheneite; panta dokimazete; to kalon katechete; apo pantos eidous ponērou apechesthe. "Ōste ei men ti esti kat᾿ entolēn tou Kyriou legomenon, ē pros tēn entolēn tou Kyriou kateuthynomenon, kan thanatou apeilēn echę̄, hypakouein chrē; ei de ti par' entolēn estin, ē tēn entolēn parablaptei, kan angelos ex ouranou, hē tis tōn apostolōn epitassę̄, kan zōēs epangelian echę̄, kan thanatou apeilēn, oudamōs anechesthai chrē, tou ᾿Apostolou eipontos; Kan hēmeis autoi, ē angelos ex ouranou euangelizētai hymin par' ho euēngelisametha hymin, anathema estō.
Question. Whether one should obey what is said by everyone in a brotherhood.
Answer. This question is very difficult to answer. First, because it plainly suggests disorder, in that something is said by everyone, since the Apostle says, “Let two or three prophets speak, and let the others discern”; and the same Apostle, in the distribution of the gifts, assigned to each of those who speak his own order, saying, “To each as God has apportioned a measure of faith”; and in the example of the members of the body showed clearly that the part of the one who speaks is a part, and distinguished it more exactly, saying, “Whether he who teaches, in teaching; or he who exhorts, in exhortation,” and the rest; so that it is clear from these that not everything has been entrusted to all, but each must remain in his own calling and fulfil more carefully what has been entrusted by the Lord. The superior of the community, then, who arranges for all, must be entrusted with this charge after much testing, and must keep watch with care for each as is fitting, so that he may arrange and command in a way pleasing to God and with an eye to each one's fitness and strength for the common good. And those under him, good order being kept and obedience knowing its own measure, must remember the Lord, who says, “My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me, and I give them eternal life,” and who had said before, “A stranger they will not follow, but will flee from him, for they do not know the voice of strangers”; and the Apostle, who says, “If anyone teaches otherwise and does not agree with the sound words of our Lord Jesus Christ and the teaching that accords with godliness, he is conceited, understanding nothing,” and who, after what follows, adds, “Withdraw from such people”; and again elsewhere, “Do not despise prophecies; test all things; hold fast what is good; abstain from every form of evil.” So if something is said according to the Lord's commandment, or is directed toward the Lord's commandment, one must obey, even if it carries the threat of death; but if something is contrary to the commandment, or harms the commandment, even if an angel from heaven or one of the apostles commands it, even if it carries a promise of life or a threat of death, one must by no means put up with it, since the Apostle said: “Even if we ourselves, or an angel from heaven, should preach to you a gospel contrary to what we preached to you, let him be accursed.”
Chapter 304
304PG 31:1299
Εἰ ὑπὲρ τῶν παραδεδομένων τῇ ἀδελφότητι παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων, θελόντων διδόναι τι, χρὴ δέχεσθαι. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ.' Ἡ τούτου φροντὶς καὶ δοκιμασία ἀνῆκε τῷ προεστῶτι. Πλὴν, ὡς κατ᾿ ἐμὴν γνώμην, λογίζομαι ὅτι μᾶλλον ἀπρόσκοπόν ἐστι τοῖς πολλοῖς, καὶ εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς πίστεως ὠφελιμώτερον τὸ ἀπωθεῖσθαι τὰς τοιαύτας χάριτας. Ἐκ γὰρ τῆς ὑποδοχῆς πρῶτον μὲν συμβαίνει καὶ ὀνειδισμὸν κατὰ τοῦ κοινοῦ προενεχθῆναι πολλάκις. Ἔπειτα, ὅτι καὶ ἐπάρσεως παρέχει πρόφασιν τῷ οἰκείῳ τῶν προσενεγκόντων. Πρὸς τούτοις, ὅτι κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου περὶ τῶν εἰς τὸ κοινὸν τὰ ἴδια ἐσθιόντων καὶ πινόντων γίνεται τὸ, Καταισχύνετε τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας, καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα. Τοσούτων δὲ προφάσεων εἰς ἁμαρτίαν ἐπισυμβαινουσῶν, καλόν ἐστι τὸ μὴ δέχεσθαι τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἐπιτρέπειν δὲ τῷ προεστῶτι δοκιμάζειν, καὶ παρὰ τίνων χρὴ ληφθῆναι, καὶ πῶς δεῖ οἰκονομηθῆναι.
Ei hyper tōn paradedomenōn tę̄ adelphotēti para tōn oikeiōn, thelontōn didonai ti, chrē dechesthai. APOKRISIS.' Hē toutou phrontis kai dokimasia anēke tǭ proestōti. Plēn, hōs kat᾿ emēn gnōmēn, logizomai hoti mallon aproskopon esti tois pollois, kai eis oikodomēn tēs pisteōs ōphelimōteron to apōtheisthai tas toiautas charitas. Ek gar tēs hypodochēs prōton men symbainei kai oneidismon kata tou koinou proenechthēnai pollakis. Epeita, hoti kai eparseōs parechei prophasin tǭ oikeiǭ tōn prosenenkontōn. Pros toutois, hoti kata to eirēmenon hypo tou Apostolou peri tōn eis to koinon ta idia esthiontōn kai pinontōn ginetai to, Kataischynete tous mē echontas, kai polla toiauta. Tosoutōn de prophaseōn eis hamartian episymbainousōn, kalon esti to mē dechesthai ta toiauta, epitrepein de tǭ proestōti dokimazein, kai para tinōn chrē lēphthēnai, kai pōs dei oikonomēthēnai.
Question. Whether, when the relatives of those handed over to the brotherhood wish to give something on their behalf, it should be accepted.
Answer. The care and judgment of this belongs to the superior. But, in my own opinion, I reckon that it gives less offence to the many, and is more profitable for the building up of faith, to refuse such favours. For from accepting them it first often happens that reproach is brought against the community. Then, it gives the relative of those who brought them an occasion for elation. Besides this, there happens what the Apostle said of those who eat and drink their own in the common gathering: “You shame those who have nothing”; and many such things. Since so many occasions for sin arise, it is good not to accept such things, but to leave it to the superior to judge both from whom one should receive and how it should be managed.
Chapter 305
305PG 31:1299
Εἰ δεῖ λαμβάνειν παρὰ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἢ κατα χάριν φιλίας, ἢ προκατειλημμένης συγγενείας. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο τὸ ἐρώτημα τὴν ὁμοίαν δύναμιν ἔχει τῷ ερωτήματι, Εἰ παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων χρή τι λαμβάνειν.
Ei dei lambanein para tōn exōthen ē kata charin philias, ē prokateilēmmenēs syngeneias. APOKRISIS. Touto to erōtēma tēn homoian dynamin echei tǭ erōtēmati, Ei para tōn oikeiōn chrē ti lambanein.
Question. Whether one should receive from those outside, either as a favour of friendship or from a previous kinship.
Answer. This question has the same force as the question, “Whether one should receive anything from relatives.”
Chapter 306
306PG 31:1299
Μετὰ ποίου τρόπου τὸ ἀμετεώριστον κατορθοῦται. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. και Ἐὰν τὸ τοῦ ἐκλεκτοῦ Δαβὶδ φρόνημά τις ἀναλάβῃ, εἰπόντος, ποτὲ μὲν, Προωρώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνὠπιόν μου διαπαντὸς, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ· ποτὲ δὲ, ὅτι Οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διαπαντὸς πρὸς τὸν Κύριον, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐκσπάσει ἐκ παγίδος τοὺς πόδας μου· ποτὲ δὲ, Ἰδοὺ ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ δούλων εἰς χεῖρας τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν, ὡς ὀφθαλμοὶ παιδίσκης εἰς χεῖρας τῆς κυρίας αὐτῆς· οὕτως οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν πρὸς Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν ἡμῶν. Καὶ ἵνα τῷ ἐλάττονι παραδείγματι σπουδαιότερον τὰ μείζονα κατορθοῦν φροντίσωμεν, ῃ ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ λογιζέσθω, οἷός ἐστιν ἐνώπιον φανερὰ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους φυλάσσειν σπουδάζομεν, τῶν παρόντων, κἂν ἰσότιμοι τυγχάνωσι· πῶς τὸ ἀκατάγνωστον ἑαυτῷ σπουδάζει κατορθῶσαι, καὶ ἐν στάσει, καὶ ἐν περιπάτῳ, καὶ ἐν κινήματι παντὸς μέλους, καὶ ἐν φθέγματι. Ωσπερ δὲ τὰ ἀνθρώποις οὕτω καὶ πολὺ πλέον, ἐάν τις τὸν Θεὸν πληροφορηθῇ ἔχειν ἐπόπτην, ἐτάζοντα καρδίας καὶ νεφρούς, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον, καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ πληροῦντα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν· Οὗ ἐὰν ὦσι δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμι ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν· καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ἐπιστατοῦν, καὶ μερίζον τὰ χαρίσματα, καὶ ἐνεργοῦν· καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους παρατηρητὰς ἑκάστου κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου· Ὁρᾶτε μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων· λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ διαπαντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς· πολυπλασίονα καὶ σφοδρότερον ἀγῶνα ἔχει, ὅπως εὐάρεστον τὴν θεοσέβειαν κατορθώσῃ, καὶ οὕτω τὸ ἀμετεώριστον σφοδρότερον καὶ ἀκριβέστερον βεβαιοῦται. Ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐὰν σπουδάσῃ πληρῶσαι τὸ, Εὐλογήσω τὸν Κύριον ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ· διαπαντὸς ἡ αἴνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ στόματί μου· καὶ τὸ, Μελετήσει ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς, ἵνα τῇ ὁμαλῇ καὶ διηνεκεῖ μελέτῃ καὶ θεωρίᾳ τῶν θελημάτων καὶ τῶν δοξῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ μὴ εὔρῃ ὁ νοῦς καιρὸν μετεωρισμοῦ.
Meta poiou tropou to ameteōriston katorthoutai. APOKRISIS. kai Ean to tou eklektou Dabid phronēma tis analabę̄, eipontos, pote men, Proōrōmēn ton Kyrion enōpion mou diapantos, hoti ek dexiōn mou estin, hina mē saleuthō; pote de, hoti Hoi ophthalmoi mou diapantos pros ton Kyrion, hoti autos ekspasei ek pagidos tous podas mou; pote de, Idou hōs ophthalmoi doulōn eis cheiras tōn kyriōn autōn, hōs ophthalmoi paidiskēs eis cheiras tēs kyrias autēs; houtōs hoi ophthalmoi hēmōn pros Kyrion ton Theon hēmōn. Kai hina tǭ elattoni paradeigmati spoudaioteron ta meizona katorthoun phrontisōmen, ę̄ hekastos heautǭ logizesthō, hoios estin enōpion phanera pros anthrōpous phylassein spoudazomen, tōn parontōn, kan isotimoi tynchanōsi; pōs to akatagnōston heautǭ spoudazei katorthōsai, kai en stasei, kai en peripatǭ, kai en kinēmati pantos melous, kai en phthegmati. Ōsper de ta anthrōpois houtō kai poly pleon, ean tis ton Theon plērophorēthę̄ echein epoptēn, etazonta kardias kai nephrous, kata to gegrammenon, kai ton monogenē Huion tou Theou plērounta tēn epangelian; Hou ean ōsi dyo ē treis synēgmenoi eis to emon onoma, ekei eimi en mesǭ autōn; kai to hagion Pneuma epistatoun, kai merizon ta charismata, kai energoun; kai tous angelous paratērētas hekastou kata to eirēmenon hypo tou Kyriou; Horate mē kataphronēsēte henos tōn mikrōn toutōn; legō gar hymin, hoti hoi angeloi autōn en tǭ ouranǭ diapantos blepousi to prosōpon tou Patros mou tou en ouranois; polyplasiona kai sphodroteron agōna echei, hopōs euareston tēn theosebeian katorthōsę̄, kai houtō to ameteōriston sphodroteron kai akribesteron bebaioutai. Eti de kai ean spoudasę̄ plērōsai to, Eulogēsō ton Kyrion en panti kairǭ; diapantos hē ainesis autou en tǭ stomati mou; kai to, Meletēsei en tǭ nomǭ autou hēmeras kai nyktos, hina tę̄ homalę̄ kai diēnekei meletę̄ kai theōrią tōn thelēmatōn kai tōn doxōn tou Theou mē eurę̄ ho nous kairon meteōrismou.
Question. In what way is freedom from distraction achieved?
Answer. If one takes up the mind of the chosen David, who said at one time, “I set the Lord always before me, for he is at my right hand, that I may not be moved,” at another, “My eyes are ever toward the Lord, for he will pluck my feet out of the snare,” and at another, “Behold, as the eyes of servants to the hands of their masters, as the eyes of a maid to the hands of her mistress, so are our eyes to the Lord our God.” And so that by the lesser example we may take more earnest care to achieve the greater, let each one consider what he is like in the presence of those around him, even if they happen to be his equals: how he strives to achieve blamelessness in standing, in walking, in the movement of every limb, and in speech. And as we strive to keep what is visible to men, so also, and much more, if someone is fully assured that he has God as overseer, who tries hearts and reins, as it is written, and the only-begotten Son of God fulfilling the promise, “Where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them,” and the Holy Spirit presiding, distributing the gifts, and working, and the angels watching each one, according to what was said by the Lord, “See that you do not despise one of these little ones; for I tell you that their angels in heaven always behold the face of my Father who is in heaven,” he has a struggle many times greater and more intense to achieve godliness that is pleasing; and so freedom from distraction is more strongly and exactly established. And further, if he is eager to fulfil the saying, “I will bless the Lord at all times; his praise shall continually be in my mouth,” and the saying, “He will meditate on his law day and night,” so that through steady and continual meditation and contemplation of the will and the glories of God the mind may find no occasion for distraction.
Chapter 307
307PG 31:1301
Εἰ χρὴ ἐξ ἐφημερίας ἀπάρχεσθαι τῆς ψαλμῳδίας, ἢ τῆς προσευχῆς. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Τοῦτο ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀξίων φυλαξάτω τὴν εὐταξίαν, ἵνα μήτε εὐτελὲς καὶ ἀδιάφορον τὸ πρᾶγμα νομισθῇ, μήτε μὴν ἡ ὁμαλότης ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς καὶ δευτέρου προσώπου ὑπερηφανίας τοῦ ἡγουμένου καὶ καταφρονήσεως τῶν λοιπῶν δῷ ὑποψίαν
Ei chrē ex ephēmerias aparchesthai tēs psalmǭdias, ē tēs proseuchēs. APOKRISIS Touto en tǭ plēthei tōn axiōn phylaxatō tēn eutaxian, hina mēte euteles kai adiaphoron to pragma nomisthę̄, mēte mēn hē homalotēs eph᾽ henos kai deuterou prosōpou hyperēphanias tou hēgoumenou kai kataphronēseōs tōn loipōn dǭ hypopsian
Question. Whether one should lead the psalmody or the prayer in turn.
Answer. In a large number of worthy brothers, let this keep good order, so that the thing may not be thought cheap and indifferent, nor yet may keeping it to one or two persons give rise to a suspicion of pride in the one who leads and of contempt for the rest.
Chapter 308
308PG 31:1301
Εἰ χρὴ ἐν ἀδελφότητι τὸν διδόντα τι ἀμείβεσθαι· καὶ εἰ κατὰ ἀναλογίαν τοῦ δόματος ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀντίδοσιν ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τοῦτο ὅλον τὸ ἐρώτημα ἀνθρώπινον. Εἰ δὲ χρὴ εὐγνωμοσύνης διδόναι ἀπόδειξιν, ἐν τῷ οἰκονομοῦντι ἀποκείσθω ἡ δοκιμασία, καὶ τοῦ λαμβάνειν τὰ διδόμενα, καὶ τοῦ ἀμείβεσθαι τὸν διδόντα.
Ei chrē en adelphotēti ton didonta ti ameibesthai; kai ei kata analogian tou domatos poieisthai tēn antidosin APOKRISIS. Touto holon to erōtēma anthrōpinon. Ei de chrē eugnōmosynēs didonai apodeixin, en tǭ oikonomounti apokeisthō hē dokimasia, kai tou lambanein ta didomena, kai tou ameibesthai ton didonta.
Question. Whether in a brotherhood one should repay someone who gives something, and whether the return should be made in proportion to the gift.
Answer. This whole question is a human one. But if it is necessary to give proof of gratitude, let the judgment lie with the steward, both of receiving what is given and of repaying the one who gives.
Chapter 309
309PG 31:1301
Εἰ τῶν συνήθων καὶ κατὰ φύσιν γινομένων τινὶ, χρὴ τολμᾶν εἰς κοινωνίαν τῶν ἁγίων παρέρχεσθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Κρείττονα τῆς φύσεως καὶ τῆς συνηθείας ἔδειξεν ὁ ᾿Απόστολος εἶναι τὸν ἐν τῷ βαπτισμῷ συνταφέντα Χριστῷ· ποτὲ μὲν εἰπὼν, ἐν τῷ περὶ τοῦ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι βαπτίσματος τόπῳ, μετὰ τὰ προκείμενα· Τοῦτο γινώσκοντες, ὅτι ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη, ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ· ποτὲ δὲ παραγγείλας, Νεκρώσατε οὖν τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακὴν, καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρεία, δι' ἃ ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας· ποτὲ δὲ ὅρον ἐκθέμενος ἐν τῷ εἰπεῖν· Οἱ δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. Ἐγὼ δὲ ἔγνων, ὅτι ταῦτα κατωρθώθη Χριστοῦ χάριτι καὶ ἐν ἀνδράσι καὶ ἐν γυναιξὶ πίστει τῇ εἰς τὸν Κύριον γνησίᾳ. Τὸ δὲ ἐν ἀκαθαρσίᾳ ὄντα τινὰ ἐγγίζειν τοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ ἐκ τῆς Παλαιᾶς Διαθήκης φοβερώτερον διδασκόμεθα τὸ κρῖμα Εἰ δὲ πλεῖον τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὧδε, φοβερώτερον δηλονότι παιδεύσει ἡμᾶς ὁ Ἀπόστολος εἰπών· Ὁ ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων ἀναξίως, κρῖμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει.
Ei tōn synēthōn kai kata physin ginomenōn tini, chrē tolman eis koinōnian tōn hagiōn parerchesthai APOKRISIS. Kreittona tēs physeōs kai tēs synētheias edeixen ho ᾿Apostolos einai ton en tǭ baptismǭ syntaphenta Christǭ; pote men eipōn, en tǭ peri tou en tǭ hydati baptismatos topǭ, meta ta prokeimena; Touto ginōskontes, hoti ho palaios hēmōn anthrōpos synestaurōthē, hina katargēthę̄ to sōma tēs hamartias, tou mēketi douleuein hēmas tę̄ hamartią; pote de parangeilas, Nekrōsate oun ta melē hymōn ta epi tēs gēs, porneian, akatharsian, pathos, epithymian kakēn, kai tēn pleonexian, hētis estin eidōlolatreia, di' ha erchetai hē orgē tou Theou epi tous huious tēs apeitheias; pote de horon ekthemenos en tǭ eipein; Hoi de tou Christou tēn sarka estaurōsan syn tois pathēmasi kai tais epithymiais. Egō de egnōn, hoti tauta katōrthōthē Christou chariti kai en andrasi kai en gynaixi pistei tę̄ eis ton Kyrion gnēsią. To de en akatharsią onta tina engizein tois hagiois kai ek tēs Palaias Diathēkēs phoberōteron didaskometha to krima Ei de pleion tou hierou hōde, phoberōteron dēlonoti paideusei hēmas ho Apostolos eipōn; Ho esthiōn kai pinōn anaxiōs, krima heautǭ esthiei kai pinei.
Question. Whether one to whom something of the ordinary things that happen by nature has occurred should dare to come to the communion of the holy things.
Answer. The Apostle showed that the one buried with Christ in baptism is above nature and custom. At one time he said, in the passage about the baptism in water, after what goes before, “Knowing this, that our old man was crucified with him, so that the body of sin might be done away with, that we should no longer be slaves to sin”; at another he commanded, “Put to death, then, your members that are on the earth: sexual immorality, impurity, passion, evil desire, and covetousness, which is idolatry, on account of which the wrath of God comes upon the sons of disobedience”; and at another he set out a definition, saying, “And those who belong to Christ have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.” And I have known these things to be achieved by the grace of Christ, both in men and in women, through genuine faith in the Lord. That one who is in uncleanness should approach the holy things … we are taught, from the Old Testament as well, the judgment, more fearfully … And if something greater than the temple is here, plainly the Apostle will teach us more fearfully, saying, “Whoever eats and drinks unworthily eats and drinks judgment on himself.”
Chapter 310
310PG 31:1303
Εἰ χρὴ εἰς κοινὸν οἶκον προσκομιδὴν γίνεσθαι ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Ὥσπερ οὐδὲν κοινὸν σκεῦος ἐπιτρέπει ὁ Λόγος εἰσφέρεσθαι εἰς τὰ ἅγια, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὰ ἄγια εἰς κοινὸν οἶκον ἐπιτελεῖσθαι, τῆς Παλαιᾶς Διαθήκης φανερῶς προστάγματι Θεοῦ μηδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐπιτρεπούσης γίνεσθαι· τοῦ δὲ Κυρίου λέγοντος· Πλεῖον τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὧδε· καὶ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λέγοντος· Μὴ γὰρ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε εἰς τὸ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν; Τί εἶπω ὑμῖν; ἐπαινέσω ὑμᾶς; Ἐν τούτῳ οὐκ ἐπαινῶ· ἐγὼ γὰρ παρέδωκα ὑμῖν ἢ καὶ παρέλαβον, καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. Ἐξ ὧν παιδευόμεθα μήτε τὸ κοινὸν δεῖπνον ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν, μήτε τὸ Κυριακὸν δεῖπνον ἐν οἰκίᾳ καθυβρίζειν, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ ἐν ἀνάγκῃ ἐπιλέξηταί τις καθαρώτερον τόπον, ἢ οἶκον ἐν καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ
Ei chrē eis koinon oikon proskomidēn ginesthai APOKRISIS. Hōsper ouden koinon skeuos epitrepei ho Logos eispheresthai eis ta hagia, houtōs oude ta agia eis koinon oikon epiteleisthai, tēs Palaias Diathēkēs phanerōs prostagmati Theou mēden toiouton epitrepousēs ginesthai; tou de Kyriou legontos; Pleion tou hierou hōde; kai tou Apostolou legontos; Mē gar oikias ouk echete eis to esthiein kai pinein? Ti eipō hymin? epainesō hymas? En toutǭ ouk epainō; egō gar paredōka hymin ē kai parelabon, kai ta hexēs. Ex hōn paideuometha mēte to koinon deipnon en ekklēsią esthiein kai pinein, mēte to Kyriakon deipnon en oikią kathybrizein, ektos ei mē en anankę̄ epilexētai tis katharōteron topon, ē oikon en kairǭ euthetǭ
Question. Whether the offering should be made in an ordinary house.
Answer. Just as the word of God does not permit any ordinary vessel to be brought into the holy place, so neither does it permit the holy things to be performed in an ordinary house; for the Old Testament, by God’s command, plainly allows nothing of the kind to be done; and the Lord says, “Something greater than the temple is here”; and the Apostle says, “What! Do you not have houses to eat and drink in? What shall I say to you? Shall I praise you? In this I do not praise you. For I handed down to you what I also received,” and what follows. From these we are taught neither to eat and drink the ordinary supper in a church, nor to insult the Lord’s Supper in a house, unless in necessity someone chooses a cleaner place or house at a fitting time.
Chapter 311
311PG 31:1303
Εἰ χρὴ εἰς ἐπίσκεψιν ἀπέρχεσθαι ἐπιζητούντων τινῶν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Τὸ μὲν ἐπισκέπτεσθαι ἀρεστὸν Θεῷ· δεῖ δὲ τὸν ἐπισκεπτόμενον συνετὸν εἶναι ἀκροατὴν, καὶ φρόνιμον ἐν ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσι, πληροῦντα τὸ εἰρημένον Ἔστω ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν ἐν χάριτι ἄλατι ἠρτυμένος, ἢ διὰ συγγένειαν ἢ διὰ φιλίαν ἐπίσκεψιν ποιεῖσθαι ἀλλότριον τοῦ ἡμετέρου ἐπαγγέλματος.
Ei chrē eis episkepsin aperchesthai epizētountōn tinōn. APOKRISIS. To men episkeptesthai areston Theǭ; dei de ton episkeptomenon syneton einai akroatēn, kai phronimon en tais apokrisesi, plērounta to eirēmenon Estō ho logos hymōn en chariti alati ērtymenos, ē dia syngeneian ē dia philian episkepsin poieisthai allotrion tou hēmeterou epangelmatos.
Question. Whether one should go to make a visit when some ask for it.
Answer. Visiting is pleasing to God; but the one who visits must be an intelligent listener and prudent in his answers, fulfilling the saying, “Let your speech always be with grace, seasoned with salt.” But to make a visit for the sake of kinship or friendship is foreign to our profession.
Chapter 312
312PG 31:1305
Εἰ χρὴ τοὺς ἐπισκεπτομένους λαϊκοὺς προτρέπεσθαι εἰς εὐχήν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ. Εἰ φίλοι εἰσὶ Θεοῦ, ἀκόλουθον, τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου γράψαντος αὐτοῖς· Προσεύχεσθε καὶ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ἵνα μοι δοθῇ λόγος ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ στόματός μου, μετὰ παῤῥησίας λαλῆσαι τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ.
Ei chrē tous episkeptomenous laïkous protrepesthai eis euchēn. APOKRISIS. Ei philoi eisi Theou, akolouthon, tou ᾿Apostolou grapsantos autois; Proseuchesthe kai peri emou, hina moi dothę̄ logos en anoixei tou stomatos mou, meta parrhēsias lalēsai to mystērion tou Theou.
Question. Whether lay people who visit should be urged to prayer.
Answer. If they are friends of God, it is fitting, since the Apostle wrote to them: “Pray also for me, that utterance may be given me in opening my mouth, to speak boldly the mystery of God.”
Chapter 313
313PG 31:1305
Εἰ χρὴ ἐργάζεσθαι, ἐπισκεπτομένων τινῶν. ΑΠΟΚΡΙΣΙΣ Οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' ἐντολὴν γινομένων ἐκκόπτεσθαι χρὴ διὰ τοὺς ἐπεισερχομένους ἕνεκεν φιλικοῦ καθήκοντος· εἰ μή τις ἂν ἰδιάζουσα ψυχῆς ἐπιμέλεια τὴν σωματικὴν σπουδὴν κατ᾿ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Κυρίου παρευδοκιμῇ, τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσιν εἰπόντων· Οὐκ ἀρεστὸν, καταλιπόντας ἡμᾶς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, διακονεῖν τραπέζαις.
Ei chrē ergazesthai, episkeptomenōn tinōn. APOKRISIS Ouden tōn kat' entolēn ginomenōn ekkoptesthai chrē dia tous epeiserchomenous heneken philikou kathēkontos; ei mē tis an idiazousa psychēs epimeleia tēn sōmatikēn spoudēn kat᾿ entolēn tou Kyriou pareudokimę̄, tōn hagiōn apostolōn en tais Praxesin eipontōn; Ouk areston, katalipontas hēmas ton logon tou Theou, diakonein trapezais.
Question. Whether one should work when some people are visiting.
Answer. Nothing done according to the commandment should be cut short because of those who come in for a friendly duty; unless some special care of a soul takes precedence over bodily work according to the Lord's commandment, since the holy apostles said in Acts: “It is not pleasing that we should leave the word of God and serve tables.”